UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
 
 
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 
     
 
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009
 
     
 
OR
 
     
o
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
 
 
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
 

For the transition period from _____________ to ______________

Commission file number 1-3480

MDU Resources Group, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
 
41-0423660
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation
or organization)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1200 West Century Avenue
P.O. Box 5650
Bismarck, North Dakota 58506-5650
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)

(701) 530-1000
(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
 
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value $1.00
 
 
New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

Preferred Stock, par value $100
(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes  x No o .

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes  o No x .

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x  No o .

 

 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes  x No o .

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of the registrant's knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act (Check one):

Large accelerated filer x
Accelerated filer o
Non-accelerated filer o
Smaller reporting company o

(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o No x .

State the aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by nonaffiliates of the registrant as of June 30, 2009: $3,489,895,496.

Indicate the number of shares outstanding of each of the registrant's classes of common stock, as of February 2, 2010: 187,863,394 shares.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant's 2010 Proxy Statement are incorporated by reference in Part III, Items 10, 11, 12, 13 and 14 of this Report.


 
2

 

Contents
Part I
 
   
Forward-Looking Statements
8
   
Items 1 and 2 Business and Properties
 
General
8
Electric
10
Natural Gas Distribution
14
Construction Services
16
Pipeline and Energy Services
18
Natural Gas and Oil Production
20
Construction Materials and Contracting
23
   
Item 1A  Risk Factors
28
   
Item 1B  Unresolved Comments
34
   
Item 3  Legal Proceedings
34
   
Item 4  Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders
34
   
Part II
 
   
Item 5  Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
35
   
Item 6  Selected Financial Data
36
   
Item 7  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
39
   
Item 7A  Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
66
   
Item 8  Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
70
   
Item 9  Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
135
   
Item 9A  Controls and Procedures
135
   
Item 9B  Other Information
135
   
Part III
 
   
Item 10  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
136
   
Item 11  Executive Compensation
136
   
Item 12  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
137
   
Item 13  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
139
   
Item 14  Principal Accountant Fees and Services
139
   
Part IV
 
   
Item 15  Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
140
   
Signatures
146
   
Exhibits
 

 
3

 


Definitions

The following abbreviations and acronyms used in this Form 10-K are defined below:

Abbreviation or Acronym

AFUDC
Allowance for funds used during construction
ALJ
Administrative Law Judge
Alusa
Tecnica de Engenharia Electrica - Alusa
Army Corps
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
ASC
FASB Accounting Standards Codification
Bbl
Barrel
Bcf
Billion cubic feet
BER
Montana Board of Environmental Review
Big Stone Station
450-MW coal-fired electric generating facility near Big Stone City, South Dakota (22.7 percent ownership)
Big Stone Station II
Formerly proposed coal-fired electric generating facility near Big Stone City, South Dakota (the Company had anticipated ownership of at least 116 MW)
Bitter Creek
Bitter Creek Pipelines, LLC, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of WBI Holdings
Black Hills Power
Black Hills Power and Light Company
Brazilian Transmission Lines
Company's equity method investment in companies owning ECTE, ENTE and ERTE
Btu
British thermal unit
Cascade
Cascade Natural Gas Corporation, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of MDU Energy Capital
CBNG
Coalbed natural gas
CELESC
Centrais Elétricas de Santa Catarina S.A.
CEM
Colorado Energy Management, LLC, a former direct wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial Resources (sold in the third quarter of 2007)
CEMIG
Companhia Energética de Minas Gerais
Centennial
Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
Centennial Capital
Centennial Holdings Capital LLC, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial
Centennial International
Centennial Energy Resources International, Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial Resources
Centennial Power
Centennial Power, Inc., a former direct wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial Resources (sold in the third quarter of 2007)
Centennial Resources
Centennial Energy Resources LLC, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial
CERCLA
Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act
Clean Air Act
Federal Clean Air Act
Clean Water Act
Federal Clean Water Act
Company
MDU Resources Group, Inc.
D.C. Appeals Court
U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit
dk
Decatherm


 
4

 


ECTE
Empresa Catarinense de Transmissão de Energia S.A.
EIS
Environmental Impact Statement
ENTE
Empresa Norte de Transmissão de Energia S.A.
EPA
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
ERTE
Empresa Regional de Transmissão de Energia S.A.
ESA
Endangered Species Act
Exchange Act
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended
FASB
Financial Accounting Standards Board
FERC
Federal Energy Regulatory Commission
Fidelity
Fidelity Exploration & Production Company, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of WBI Holdings
GAAP
Accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America
GHG
Greenhouse gas
Great Plains
Great Plains Natural Gas Co., a public utility division of the Company
Hartwell
Hartwell Energy Limited Partnership, a former equity method investment of the Company (sold in the third quarter of 2007)
IBEW
International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers
ICWU
International Chemical Workers Union
Indenture
Indenture dated as of December 15, 2003, as supplemented, from the Company to The Bank of New York as Trustee
Innovatum
Innovatum, Inc., a former indirect wholly owned subsidiary of WBI Holdings (the stock and Innovatum's assets have been sold)
Intermountain
Intermountain Gas Company, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of MDU Energy Capital (acquired October 1, 2008)
IPUC
Idaho Public Utilities Commission
Item 8
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Kennecott
Kennecott Coal Sales Company
Knife River
Knife River Corporation, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial
K-Plan
Company's 401(k) Retirement Plan
kW
Kilowatts
kWh
Kilowatt-hour
LTM
LTM, Inc., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Knife River
LPP
Lea Power Partners, LLC, a former indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial Resources (member interests were sold in October 2006)
LWG
Lower Willamette Group
MAPP
Mid-Continent Area Power Pool
MBbls
Thousands of barrels
MBI
Morse Bros., Inc., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Knife River
MBOGC
Montana Board of Oil and Gas Conservation
Mcf
Thousand cubic feet
MD&A
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Mdk
Thousand decatherms
MDU Brasil
MDU Brasil Ltda., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial International


 
5

 

 
MDU Construction Services
MDU Construction Services Group, Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial
MDU Energy Capital
MDU Energy Capital, LLC, a direct wholly owned subsidiary of the Company
MEIC
Montana Environmental Information Center, Inc.
Midwest ISO
Midwest Independent Transmission System Operator, Inc.
MMBtu
Million Btu
MMcf
Million cubic feet
MMcfe
Million cubic feet equivalent - natural gas equivalents are determined using the ratio of six Mcf of natural gas to one Bbl of oil
MMdk
Million decatherms
MNPUC
Minnesota Public Utilities Commission
Montana-Dakota
Montana-Dakota Utilities Co., a public utility division of the Company
Montana DEQ
Montana State Department of Environmental Quality
Montana First Judicial District Court
Montana First Judicial District Court, Lewis and Clark County
Montana Twenty-Second Judicial District Court
Montana Twenty-Second Judicial District Court, Big Horn County
Mortgage
Indenture of Mortgage dated May 1, 1939, as supplemented, amended and restated, from the Company to The Bank of New York and Douglas J. MacInnes, successor trustees
MPX
MPX Termoceara Ltda. (49 percent ownership, sold in June 2005)
MTPSC
Montana Public Service Commission
MW
Megawatt
NDPSC
North Dakota Public Service Commission
NEPA
National Environmental Policy Act
North Dakota District Court
North Dakota South Central Judicial District Court for Burleigh County
NPRC
Northern Plains Resource Council
NSPS
New Source Performance Standards
Oil
Includes crude oil, condensate and natural gas liquids
OPUC
Oregon Public Utilities Commission
Order on Rehearing
Order on Rehearing and Compliance and Remanding Certain Issues for Hearing
Oregon DEQ
Oregon State Department of Environmental Quality
PCBs
Polychlorinated biphenyls
Prairielands
Prairielands Energy Marketing, Inc., an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of WBI Holdings
PRP
Potentially Responsible Party
Proxy Statement
Company's 2010 Proxy Statement
PSD
Prevention of Significant Deterioration
RCRA
Resource Conservation and Recovery Act
ROD
Record of Decision
SDPUC
South Dakota Public Utilities Commission
SEC
U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission
SEC Defined Prices
The average price of natural gas and oil during the applicable 12-month period, determined as an unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within such period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements, excluding escalations based upon future


 
6

 


 
conditions
Securities Act
Securities Act of 1933, as amended
Securities Act Industry Guide 7
Description of Property by Issuers Engaged or to be Engaged in Significant Mining Operations
Sheridan System
A separate electric system owned by Montana-Dakota
SMCRA
Surface Mining Control and Reclamation Act
South Dakota Federal District Court
U.S. District Court for the District of South Dakota
South Dakota SIP
South Dakota State Implementation Plan
Stock Purchase Plan
Company's Dividend Reinvestment and Direct Stock Purchase Plan
TRWUA
Tongue River Water Users' Association
UA
United Association of Journeyman and Apprentices of the Plumbing and Pipefitting Industry of the United States and Canada
WBI Holdings
WBI Holdings, Inc., a direct wholly owned subsidiary of Centennial
Westmoreland
Westmoreland Coal Company
Williston Basin
Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline Company, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of WBI Holdings
WUTC
Washington Utilities and Transportation Commission
WYPSC
Wyoming Public Service Commission
 
 

 
7

 

Part I

Forward-Looking Statements

This Form 10-K contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 21E of the Exchange Act. Forward-looking statements are all statements other than statements of historical fact, including without limitation those statements that are identified by the words "anticipates," "estimates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "predicts" and similar expressions, and include statements concerning plans, objectives, goals, strategies, future events or performance, and underlying assumptions (many of which are based, in turn, upon further assumptions) and other statements that are other than statements of historical facts. From time to time, the Company may publish or otherwise make available forward-looking statements of this nature, including statements contained within Item 7 – MD&A – Prospective Information.

Forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties, which could cause actual results or outcomes to differ materially from those expressed. The Company's expectations, beliefs and projections are expressed in good faith and are believed by the Company to have a reasonable basis, including without limitation, management's examination of historical operating trends, data contained in the Company's records and other data available from third parties. Nonetheless, the Company's expectations, beliefs or projections may not be achieved or accomplished.

Any forward-looking statement contained in this document speaks only as of the date on which the statement is made, and the Company undertakes no obligation to update any forward-looking statement or statements to reflect events or circumstances that occur after the date on which the statement is made or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events. New factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for management to predict all of the factors, nor can it assess the effect of each factor on the Company's business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statement. All forward-looking statements, whether written or oral and whether made by or on behalf of the Company, are expressly qualified by the risk factors and cautionary statements in this Form 10-K, including statements contained within Item 1A – Risk Factors.

Items 1 and 2. Business and Properties

General
The Company is a diversified natural resource company, which was incorporated under the laws of the state of Delaware in 1924. Its principal executive offices are at 1200 West Century Avenue, P.O. Box 5650, Bismarck, North Dakota 58506-5650, telephone (701) 530-1000.

Montana-Dakota, through the electric and natural gas distribution segments, generates, transmits and distributes electricity and distributes natural gas in Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota and Wyoming. Cascade distributes natural gas in Oregon and Washington. Intermountain distributes natural gas in Idaho. Great Plains distributes natural gas in western Minnesota and southeastern North Dakota. These operations also supply related value-added products and services.

The Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, Centennial, owns WBI Holdings (comprised of the pipeline and energy services and the natural gas and oil production segments), Knife River (construction materials and contracting segment), MDU Construction Services (construction

 
8

 


services segment), Centennial Resources and Centennial Capital (both reflected in the Other category).

The Company's equity method investment in the Brazilian Transmission Lines, as discussed in Item 8 – Note 4, is reflected in the Other category.

As of December 31, 2009, the Company had 8,081 employees with 158 employed at MDU Resources Group, Inc., 874 at Montana-Dakota, 31 at Great Plains, 329 at Cascade, 264 at Intermountain, 603 at WBI Holdings, 2,879 at Knife River and 2,943 at MDU Construction Services. The number of employees at certain Company operations fluctuates during the year depending upon the number and size of construction projects. The Company considers its relations with employees to be satisfactory.

At Montana-Dakota and Williston Basin, 365 and 80 employees, respectively, are represented by the IBEW. Labor contracts with such employees are in effect through May 30, 2011, and March 31, 2011, for Montana-Dakota and Williston Basin, respectively.

At Cascade, 201 employees are represented by the ICWU. The labor contract with the field operations group, consisting of 169 employees, is effective through April 1, 2012. Cascade has an agreement with the bargaining unit consisting of 32 customer service representatives and credit and collections clerks in effect through March 19, 2011.

At Intermountain, 114 employees are represented by the UA. Labor contracts with such employees are in effect through September 30, 2010.

Knife River has 43 labor contracts that represent approximately 440 of its construction materials employees. Knife River is in negotiations on five of its labor contracts.

MDU Construction Services has 126 labor contracts representing the majority of its employees. The majority of the labor contracts contain provisions that prohibit work stoppages or strikes and provide for binding arbitration dispute resolution in the event of an extended disagreement.

The Company's principal properties, which are of varying ages and are of different construction types, are generally in good condition, are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used.

The financial results and data applicable to each of the Company's business segments, as well as their financing requirements, are set forth in Item 7 – MD&A and Item 8 – Note 15 and Supplementary Financial Information.

The operations of the Company and certain of its subsidiaries are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations providing for air, water and solid waste pollution control; state facility-siting regulations; zoning and planning regulations of certain state and local authorities; federal health and safety regulations and state hazard communication standards. The Company believes that it is in substantial compliance with these regulations, except as to what may be ultimately determined with regard to items discussed in Environmental matters in Item 8 – Note 19. There are no pending CERCLA actions for any of the Company's properties, other than the Portland, Oregon, Harbor Superfund Site.

 
9

 


The Company produces GHG emissions primarily from its fossil fuel electric generating facilities, as well as from natural gas pipeline and storage systems, operations of equipment and fleet vehicles, and oil and natural gas exploration and development activities. GHG emissions also result from customer use of natural gas for heating and other uses. As concern for reductions in GHG emissions and expansion of renewable energy resources has increased, the Company has placed an increasing emphasis on developing renewable generation resources. Governmental legislative and regulatory initiatives regarding environmental and energy policy are continuously evolving and could negatively impact the Company’s operations and financial results. Until legislation and regulation are finalized, the impact of these measures cannot be accurately predicted. The Company will continue to monitor legislative activity related to environmental and energy policy initiatives. Disclosure regarding specific environmental matters applicable to each of the Company's businesses is set forth under each business description later.

This annual report on Form 10-K, the Company's quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, the Company's current reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act are available free of charge through the Company's Web site as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company has electronically filed such reports with, or furnished such reports to, the SEC. The Company's Web site address is www.mdu.com. The information available on the Company's Web site is not part of this annual report on Form 10-K.

Electric
General   Montana-Dakota provides electric service at retail, serving more than 122,000 residential, commercial, industrial and municipal customers in 177 communities and adjacent rural areas as of December 31, 2009. The principal properties owned by Montana-Dakota for use in its electric operations include interests in nine electric generating facilities, as further described under System Supply, System Demand and Competition, and approximately 3,000 and 4,600 miles of transmission and distribution lines, respectively. Montana-Dakota has obtained and holds, or is in the process of renewing, valid and existing franchises authorizing it to conduct its electric operations in all of the municipalities it serves where such franchises are required. Montana-Dakota intends to protect its service area and seek renewal of all expiring franchises. As of December 31, 2009, Montana-Dakota's net electric plant investment approximated $514.5 million.

The percentage of Montana-Dakota's 2009 retail electric utility operating revenues by jurisdiction is as follows: North Dakota – 58 percent; Montana – 24 percent; Wyoming – 11 percent; and South Dakota – 7 percent. Retail electric rates, service, accounting and certain security issuances are subject to regulation by the NDPSC, MTPSC, SDPUC and WYPSC. The interstate transmission and wholesale electric power operations of Montana-Dakota also are subject to regulation by the FERC under provisions of the Federal Power Act, as are interconnections with other utilities and power generators, the issuance of securities, accounting and other matters. Montana-Dakota participates in the Midwest ISO wholesale energy and ancillary services market. The Midwest ISO is a regional transmission organization responsible for operational control of the transmission systems of its members. The Midwest ISO provides security center operations, tariff administration and operates day-ahead and real-time energy markets and an ancillary services market. As a member of Midwest ISO, Montana-Dakota's generation is sold into the Midwest ISO energy market and its energy needs are purchased from that market.

System Supply, System Demand and Competition   Through an interconnected electric system, Montana-Dakota serves markets in portions of western North Dakota, including Bismarck, Dickinson and Williston; eastern Montana, including Glendive and Miles City; and northern South

 
10

 


Dakota, including Mobridge. The interconnected system consists of nine electric generating facilities, which have an aggregate nameplate rating attributable to Montana-Dakota's interest of 463,055 kW and a total summer net capability of 486,900 kW. Montana-Dakota's four principal generating stations are steam-turbine generating units using coal for fuel. The nameplate rating for Montana-Dakota's ownership interest in these four stations (including interests in the Big Stone Station and the Coyote Station, aggregating 22.7 percent and 25.0 percent, respectively) is 327,758 kW. Three combustion turbine peaking stations, a wind electric generating facility and a heat recovery electric generating facility supply the balance of Montana-Dakota's interconnected system electric generating capability.

In September 2005, Montana-Dakota entered into a contract for seasonal capacity from a neighboring utility, starting at 85 MW in 2007, increasing to 105 MW in 2011, with an option for capacity in 2012. In April 2007, Montana-Dakota entered into a contract for seasonal capacity of 10 MW in May through October of each year continuing through 2010. In August 2009, Montana-Dakota entered into a contract for capacity of 110 MW, 115 MW and 120 MW annually for the three-year period from June 1 to May 31, 2013, 2014 and 2015, respectively. Energy also will be purchased as needed from the Midwest ISO market. In 2009, Montana-Dakota purchased approximately 17 percent of its net kWh needs for its interconnected system through the Midwest ISO market.

The following table sets forth details applicable to the Company's electric generating stations:

                 
2009 Net
 
     
Nameplate
   
Summer
   
Generation
 
     
Rating
   
Capability
   
(kWh in
 
Generating Station
Type
 
(kW)
   
(kW)
   
thousands)
 
North Dakota:
                   
Coyote*
Steam
    103,647       106,750       625,979  
Heskett
Steam
    86,000       102,730       556,757  
Williston
Combustion Turbine
    7,800       9,600       (81 ) **
Glen Ullin
Heat Recovery
    7,500       ***       10,271  
South Dakota:
                         
Big Stone*
Steam
    94,111       107,500       624,595  
Montana:
                         
Lewis & Clark
Steam
    44,000       52,300       316,532  
Glendive
Combustion Turbine
    77,347       79,610       1,950  
Miles City
Combustion Turbine
    23,150       24,500       (28 ) **
Diamond Willow
Wind
    19,500       3,910       67,690  
        463,055       486,900       2,203,665  
    *  Reflects Montana-Dakota's ownership interest.
 
  **  Station use, to meet MAPP's accreditation requirements, exceeded generation.
*** Pending accreditation.
 

Virtually all of the current fuel requirements of the Coyote, Heskett and Lewis & Clark stations are met with coal supplied by subsidiaries of Westmoreland under contracts that expire in May 2016, April 2011 and December 2012, respectively. The Coyote coal supply agreement provides for the purchase of coal necessary to supply the coal requirements of the Coyote Station or 30,000 tons per week, whichever may be the greater quantity at contracted pricing. The maximum quantity of coal during the term of the agreement, and any extension, is 75 million tons. The Heskett and Lewis & Clark coal supply agreements provide for the purchase of coal necessary

 
11

 


to supply the coal requirements of these stations at contracted pricing. Montana-Dakota estimates the Heskett and Lewis & Clark coal requirement to be in the range of 500,000 to 600,000 tons, and 250,000 to 350,000 tons per contract year, respectively.

Montana-Dakota has a coal supply agreement, which meets the majority of the Big Stone Station’s fuel requirements, for the purchase of 1.0 million tons of coal in 2010 with Kennecott at contracted pricing.

The average cost of coal purchased, including freight, at Montana-Dakota's electric generating stations (including the Big Stone and Coyote stations) was as follows:

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
Average cost of coal per MMBtu
  $ 1.52     $ 1.49     $ 1.29  
Average cost of coal per ton
  $ 22.05     $ 21.45     $ 18.71  

The maximum electric peak demand experienced to date attributable to sales to retail customers on the interconnected system was 525,643 kW in July 2007. Montana-Dakota's latest forecast for its interconnected system indicates that its annual peak will continue to occur during the summer and the peak demand growth rate through 2015 will approximate two percent annually.

Montana-Dakota expects that it has secured adequate capacity available through existing baseload generating stations, renewable generation, turbine peaking stations, demand reduction programs and firm contracts to meet the peak customer demand requirements of its customers through mid-2015. Future capacity that is needed to replace contracts and meet system growth requirements is expected to be met by constructing new generation resources or acquiring additional capacity through power contracts. For additional information regarding potential power generation projects, see Item 7 – MD&A – Prospective Information – Electric.

Montana-Dakota has major interconnections with its neighboring utilities and considers these interconnections adequate for coordinated planning, emergency assistance, exchange of capacity and energy and power supply reliability.

Through the Sheridan System, Montana-Dakota serves Sheridan, Wyoming, and neighboring communities. The maximum peak demand experienced to date attributable to Montana-Dakota sales to retail customers on that system was approximately 60,600 kW in July 2007. Montana-Dakota has a power supply contract with Black Hills Power to purchase up to 74,000 kW of capacity annually through December 31, 2016. On April 9, 2009, Montana-Dakota exercised an option to purchase a 25 percent interest in the Wygen III electric generating facility under construction by Black Hills Power to serve a portion of the needs of its Sheridan-area customers. The plant is expected to be commercial in the second quarter of 2010, and will replace 25 MW of capacity and energy purchased under the power supply contract. Montana-Dakota received a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity from the WYPSC on July 29, 2008, for ownership of Wygen III.

Montana-Dakota is subject to competition in varying degrees, in certain areas, from rural electric cooperatives, on-site generators, co-generators and municipally owned systems. In addition, competition in varying degrees exists between electricity and alternative forms of energy such as natural gas.

 
12

 


Regulatory Matters and Revenues Subject to Refund   Fuel adjustment clauses contained in North Dakota and South Dakota jurisdictional electric rate schedules allow Montana-Dakota to reflect monthly increases or decreases in fuel and purchased power costs (excluding demand charges). In North Dakota, the Company is deferring electric fuel and purchased power costs (excluding demand charges) that are greater or less than amounts presently being recovered through its existing rate schedules. In Montana, a monthly Fuel and Purchased Power Tracking Adjustment mechanism allows Montana-Dakota to reflect 90 percent of the increases or decreases in fuel and purchased power costs (including demand charges) and Montana-Dakota is deferring 90 percent of costs that are greater or less than amounts presently being recovered through its existing rate schedules. In Wyoming, an annual Electric Power Supply Cost Adjustment mechanism allows Montana-Dakota to reflect increases or decreases in fuel and purchased power costs (including demand charges) related to power supply and Montana-Dakota is deferring costs that are greater or less than amounts presently being recovered through its existing rate schedules. Such orders generally provide that these amounts are recoverable or refundable through rate adjustments within a period ranging from 14 to 25 months from the time such costs are paid. For additional information, see Item 8 – Note 6.

On August 14, 2009, Montana-Dakota filed an application with the WYPSC for an electric rate increase. For additional information, see Item 8 – Note 18.

In November 2009, a decision was made by the Big Stone Station II participants not to proceed with the project. For additional information, see Item 8 – Note 18.

Environmental Matters   Montana-Dakota's electric operations are subject to federal, state and local laws and regulations providing for air, water and solid waste pollution control; state facility-siting regulations; zoning and planning regulations of certain state and local authorities; federal health and safety regulations; and state hazard communication standards. Montana-Dakota believes it is in substantial compliance with these regulations.

Montana-Dakota's electric generating facilities have Title V Operating Permits, under the Clean Air Act, issued by the states in which they operate. Each of these permits has a five-year life. Near the expiration of these permits, renewal applications are submitted. Permits continue in force beyond the expiration date, provided the application for renewal is submitted by the required date, usually six months prior to expiration. Title V Operating Permits for the Big Stone Station and the Lewis & Clark Station were renewed in 2009. In August 2009, an application for renewal of the Heskett Station Title V Operating Permit was submitted. On February 25, 2009, a Montana Air Quality Permit application was granted for the Lewis & Clark Station to obtain a mercury emissions limit and approve its proposed mercury emissions control strategy.

State water discharge permits issued under the requirements of the Clean Water Act are maintained for power production facilities on the Yellowstone and Missouri rivers. These permits also have five-year lives. Montana-Dakota renews these permits as necessary prior to expiration. Other permits held by these facilities may include an initial siting permit, which is typically a one-time, preconstruction permit issued by the state; state permits to dispose of combustion by-products; state authorizations to withdraw water for operations; and Army Corps permits to construct water intake structures. Montana-Dakota's Army Corps permits grant one-time permission to construct and do not require renewal. Other permit terms vary and the permits are renewed as necessary.

 
13

 


Montana-Dakota's electric operations are conditionally exempt small-quantity hazardous waste generators and subject only to minimum regulation under the RCRA. Montana-Dakota routinely handles PCBs from its electric operations in accordance with federal requirements. PCB storage areas are registered with the EPA as required.

In June 2008, the Sierra Club filed a complaint in the South Dakota Federal District Court against Montana-Dakota and the two other co-owners of the Big Stone Station. For more information regarding this complaint, see Item 8 – Note 19.

Montana-Dakota incurred $5.9 million of environmental capital expenditures in 2009. Capital expenditures are estimated to be $1.7 million, $5.0 million and $6.5 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively, to maintain environmental compliance as new emission controls are required. Projects will include sulfur-dioxide, nitrogen oxide and mercury control equipment installation at electric generating stations. Montana-Dakota’s capital and operational expenditures could also be affected in a variety of ways by potential new GHG legislation or regulation. In particular, such legislation or regulation would likely increase capital expenditures for renewable energy resources and operational costs associated with GHG emissions compliance until carbon capture technology becomes economical, at which time capital expenditures may be necessary to incorporate such technology into existing or new generating facilities. Montana-Dakota expects that it will recover the operational and capital expenditures for GHG regulatory compliance in its rates consistent with the recovery of other reasonable costs of complying with environmental laws and regulations.

Natural Gas Distribution
General   The Company's natural gas distribution operations consist of Montana-Dakota, Great Plains, Cascade and Intermountain which sell natural gas at retail, serving over 829,000 residential, commercial and industrial customers in 333 communities and adjacent rural areas across eight states as of December 31, 2009, and provide natural gas transportation services to certain customers on their systems. These services are provided through distribution systems aggregating approximately 17,000 miles. The natural gas distribution operations have obtained and hold, or are in the process of renewing, valid and existing franchises authorizing them to conduct their natural gas operations in all of the municipalities they serve where such franchises are required. These operations intend to protect their service areas and seek renewal of all expiring franchises. As of December 31, 2009, the natural gas distribution operations' net natural gas distribution plant investment approximated $909.9 million.
 
The percentage of the natural gas distribution operations’ 2009 natural gas utility operating sales revenues by jurisdiction is as follows: Idaho – 32 percent; Washington – 30 percent; North Dakota – 11 percent; Oregon – 9 percent; Montana – 7 percent; South Dakota – 6 percent; Minnesota – 3 percent; and Wyoming – 2 percent. The natural gas distribution operations are subject to regulation by the IPUC, MNPUC, MTPSC, NDPSC, OPUC, SDPUC, WUTC and WYPSC regarding retail rates, service, accounting and certain security issuances.

System Supply, System Demand and Competition The natural gas distribution operations serve retail natural gas markets, consisting principally of residential and firm commercial space and water heating users, in portions of Idaho, including Boise, Nampa, Twin Falls, Pocatello and Idaho Falls; western Minnesota, including Fergus Falls, Marshall and Crookston; eastern Montana, including Billings, Glendive and Miles City; North Dakota, including Bismarck, Dickinson, Wahpeton, Williston, Minot and Jamestown; central and eastern Oregon, including Bend and Pendleton; western and north-central South Dakota, including Rapid City, Pierre, Spearfish and Mobridge; western, southeastern and south-central Washington, including Bellingham, Bremerton,

 
14

 


Longview, Moses Lake, Mount Vernon, Tri-Cities, Walla Walla and Yakima; and northern Wyoming, including Sheridan. These markets are highly seasonal and sales volumes depend largely on the weather, the effects of which are mitigated in certain jurisdictions by a weather normalization mechanism discussed in Regulatory Matters.

Competition in varying degrees exists between natural gas and other fuels and forms of energy. The natural gas distribution operations have established various natural gas transportation service rates for their distribution businesses to retain interruptible commercial and industrial loads. Certain of these services include transportation under flexible rate schedules whereby interruptible customers can avail themselves of the advantages of open access transportation on regional transmission pipelines, including the systems of Williston Basin, Northern Border Pipeline Company, Northern Natural Gas Company, South Dakota Intrastate Pipeline, Viking Gas Transmission Company, Northwest Pipeline GP and Gas Transmission Northwest Corporation. These services have enhanced the natural gas distribution operations' competitive posture with alternative fuels, although certain customers have bypassed the distribution systems by directly accessing transmission pipelines within close proximity. These bypasses did not have a material effect on results of operations.

The natural gas distribution operations obtain their system requirements directly from producers, processors and marketers. Such natural gas is supplied by a portfolio of contracts specifying market-based pricing and is transported under transportation agreements by Williston Basin, South Dakota Intrastate Pipeline Company, Northern Border Pipeline Company, Viking Gas Transmission Company, Northern Natural Gas Company, Source Gas, TransCanada Foothills System, TransCanada NOVA System, Northwestern Energy, Northwest Pipeline GP, TransCanada Gas Transmission Northwest Corporation and Spectra Energy Transmission West. The natural gas distribution operations have contracts for storage services to provide gas supply during the winter heating season and to meet peak day demand with Williston Basin, Northern Natural Gas Company, Questar Pipeline and Northwest Pipeline GP. In addition, certain of the operations have entered into natural gas supply management agreements with Sequent Energy Management, IGI Resources Inc. and Tenaska Gas Storage. Demand for natural gas, which is a widely traded commodity, has historically been sensitive to seasonal heating and industrial load requirements as well as changes in market price. The natural gas distribution operations believe that, based on current and projected domestic and regional supplies of natural gas and the pipeline transmission network currently available through their suppliers and pipeline service providers, supplies are adequate to meet their system natural gas requirements for the next decade.

Regulatory Matters   The natural gas distribution operations' retail natural gas rate schedules contain clauses permitting adjustments in rates based upon changes in natural gas commodity, transportation and storage costs. Current tariffs allow for recovery or refunds of under- or over-recovered gas costs within a period ranging from 12 to 28 months.

Montana-Dakota's North Dakota and South Dakota natural gas tariffs contain weather normalization mechanisms applicable to firm customers that adjust the distribution delivery charge revenues to reflect weather fluctuations during the November 1 through May 1 billing periods.

Cascade has received approval for decoupling its margins from weather and conservation in Oregon, and has also received approval of a decoupling mechanism in Washington that allows it to recover margin differences resulting from customer conservation. Cascade also has an earnings sharing mechanism with respect to its Oregon jurisdictional operations as required by the OPUC.

 
15

 


Environmental Matters   The natural gas distribution operations are subject to federal, state and local environmental, facility-siting, zoning and planning laws and regulations. The natural gas distribution operations believe they are in substantial compliance with those regulations.

Natural gas distribution operations are conditionally exempt small-quantity hazardous waste generators and subject only to minimum regulation under the RCRA. Certain of the natural gas distribution operations routinely handle PCBs from their natural gas operations in accordance with federal requirements. PCB storage areas are registered with the EPA as required. Capital and operational expenditures for natural gas distribution operations could be affected in a variety of ways by potential new GHG legislation or regulation. In particular, such legislation or regulation would likely increase capital expenditures for energy efficiency and conservation programs and operational costs associated with GHG emissions compliance. The natural gas distribution operations expect they will recover the operational and capital expenditures for GHG regulatory compliance in its rates consistent with the recovery of other reasonable costs of complying with environmental laws and regulations.

The natural gas distribution operations did not incur any material environmental expenditures in 2009 and, except as to what may be ultimately determined with regard to the issues described later, do not expect to incur any material capital expenditures related to environmental compliance with current laws and regulations in relation to the natural gas distribution operations through 2012.

Montana-Dakota has had an economic interest in five historic manufactured gas plants within its service territory, none of which are currently being actively investigated, and for which any remediation expenses are not expected to be material. Cascade has had an economic interest in nine former manufactured gas plants within its service territory. Cascade has been involved with other PRPs in the investigation of a manufactured gas plant site in Oregon, with remediation of this site pending additional investigation. See Item 8 – Note 19 for a further discussion of this site and for two additional sites for which Cascade has received claim notice. To the extent these claims are not covered by insurance, Cascade will seek recovery through the OPUC and WUTC of remediation costs in its natural gas rates charged to customers.

Construction Services
General   MDU Construction Services specializes in constructing and maintaining electric and communication lines, gas pipelines, fire suppression systems, and external lighting and traffic signalization equipment. This segment also provides utility excavation services and inside electrical wiring, cabling and mechanical services, sells and distributes electrical materials, and manufactures and distributes specialty equipment. These services are provided to utilities and large manufacturing, commercial, industrial, institutional and government customers.

Construction and maintenance crews are active year round. However, activity in certain locations may be seasonal in nature due to the effects of weather.

MDU Construction Services operates a fleet of owned and leased trucks and trailers, support vehicles and specialty construction equipment, such as backhoes, excavators, trenchers, generators, boring machines and cranes. In addition, as of December 31, 2009, MDU Construction Services owned or leased facilities in 17 states. This space is used for offices, equipment yards, warehousing, storage and vehicle shops. At December 31, 2009, MDU Construction Services' net plant investment was approximately $48.5 million.

 
16

 


MDU Construction Services' backlog is comprised of the uncompleted portion of services to be performed under job-specific contracts. The backlog at December 31, 2009, was approximately $383 million compared to $604 million at December 31, 2008. MDU Construction Services expects to complete a significant amount of this backlog during the year ending December 31, 2010. Due to the nature of its contractual arrangements, in many instances MDU Construction Services' customers are not committed to the specific volumes of services to be purchased under a contract, but rather MDU Construction Services is committed to perform these services if and to the extent requested by the customer. Therefore, there can be no assurance as to the customer's requirements during a particular period or that such estimates at any point in time are predictive of future revenues.

MDU Construction Services works with the National Electrical Contractors Association, the IBEW and other trade associations on hiring and recruiting a qualified workforce.

Competition   MDU Construction Services operates in a highly competitive business environment. Most of MDU Construction Services' work is obtained on the basis of competitive bids or by negotiation of either cost-plus or fixed-price contracts. The workforce and equipment are highly mobile, providing greater flexibility in the size and location of MDU Construction Services' market area. Competition is based primarily on price and reputation for quality, safety and reliability. The size and location of the services provided, as well as the state of the economy, will be factors in the number of competitors that MDU Construction Services will encounter on any particular project. MDU Construction Services believes that the diversification of the services it provides, the markets it serves throughout the United States and the management of its workforce will enable it to effectively operate in this competitive environment.

Utilities and independent contractors represent the largest customer base for this segment. Accordingly, utility and subcontract work accounts for a significant portion of the work performed by MDU Construction Services and the amount of construction contracts is dependent to a certain extent on the level and timing of maintenance and construction programs undertaken by customers. MDU Construction Services relies on repeat customers and strives to maintain successful long-term relationships with these customers.

Environmental Matters MDU Construction Services' operations are subject to regulation customary for the industry, including federal, state and local environmental compliance. MDU Construction Services believes it is in substantial compliance with these regulations.

The nature of MDU Construction Services' operations is such that few, if any, environmental permits are required. Operational convenience supports the use of petroleum storage tanks in several locations, which are permitted under state programs authorized by the EPA. MDU Construction Services has no ongoing remediation related to releases from petroleum storage tanks. MDU Construction Services' operations are conditionally exempt small-quantity waste generators, subject to minimal regulation under the RCRA. Federal permits for specific construction and maintenance jobs that may require these permits are typically obtained by the hiring entity, and not by MDU Construction Services.

MDU Construction Services did not incur any material environmental expenditures in 2009 and does not expect to incur any material capital expenditures related to environmental compliance with current laws and regulations through 2012.

 
17

 


Pipeline and Energy Services
General   Williston Basin, the regulated business of WBI Holdings, owns and operates over 3,700 miles of transmission, gathering and storage lines and owns or leases and operates 33 compressor stations in Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota and Wyoming. Three underground storage fields in Montana and Wyoming provide storage services to local distribution companies, producers, natural gas marketers and others, and serve to enhance system deliverability. Williston Basin's system is strategically located near five natural gas producing basins, making natural gas supplies available to Williston Basin's transportation and storage customers. The system has 11 interconnecting points with other pipeline facilities allowing for the receipt and/or delivery of natural gas to and from other regions of the country and from Canada. At December 31, 2009, Williston Basin's net plant investment was approximately $287.3 million. Under the Natural Gas Act, as amended, Williston Basin is subject to the jurisdiction of the FERC regarding certificate, rate, service and accounting matters.

Bitter Creek, the nonregulated pipeline business, owns and operates gathering facilities in Colorado, Kansas, Montana and Wyoming. Bitter Creek also owns a one-sixth interest in the assets of various offshore gathering pipelines, an associated onshore pipeline and related processing facilities in Texas. In total, these facilities include over 1,900 miles of field gathering lines and 88 owned or leased compression stations, some of which interconnect with Williston Basin's system. In 2009, the Company acquired the assets of a cathodic protection company. This acquisition was not material to the Company. Bitter Creek also provides a variety of energy-related services such as water hauling, contract compression operations, measurement services and energy efficiency product sales and installation services to large end-users.

WBI Holdings, through its energy services business, provides natural gas purchase and sales services to local distribution companies, producers, other marketers and a limited number of large end-users, primarily using natural gas produced by the Company's natural gas and oil production segment. Certain of the services are provided based on contracts that call for a determinable quantity of natural gas. WBI Holdings currently estimates that it can adequately meet the requirements of these contracts. WBI Holdings transacts a majority of its pipeline and energy services business in the northern Great Plains and Rocky Mountain regions of the United States.

System Demand and Competition Williston Basin competes with several pipelines for its customers' transportation, storage and gathering business and at times may discount rates in an effort to retain market share. However, the strategic location of Williston Basin's system near five natural gas producing basins and the availability of underground storage and gathering services provided by Williston Basin and affiliates along with interconnections with other pipelines serve to enhance Williston Basin's competitive position.

Although certain of Williston Basin's firm customers, including its largest firm customer Montana-Dakota, serve relatively secure residential and commercial end-users, they generally all have some price-sensitive end-users that could switch to alternate fuels.

Williston Basin transports substantially all of Montana-Dakota's natural gas, primarily utilizing firm transportation agreements, which for the year ended December 31, 2009, represented 50 percent of Williston Basin's subscribed firm transportation contract demand. Montana-Dakota has firm transportation agreements with Williston Basin expiring November 2010 through June 2012. In addition, Montana-Dakota has a contract with Williston Basin to provide firm storage services to facilitate meeting Montana-Dakota's winter peak requirements expiring in July 2015.

 
18

 


Bitter Creek competes with several pipelines for existing customers and for the expansion of its systems to gather natural gas in new areas. Bitter Creek's strong position in the fields in which it operates, its focus on customer service and the variety of services it offers, along with its interconnection with various other pipelines, serve to enhance its competitive position.

System Supply   Williston Basin's underground natural gas storage facilities have a certificated storage capacity of approximately 353 Bcf, including 193 Bcf of working gas capacity, 85 Bcf of cushion gas and 75 Bcf of native gas. The native gas includes an estimated 29 Bcf of recoverable gas. Williston Basin's storage facilities enable its customers to purchase natural gas at more uniform daily volumes throughout the year and meet winter peak requirements.

Natural gas supplies emanate from traditional and nontraditional production activities in the region and from off-system supply sources. While certain traditional regional supply sources are in various stages of decline, incremental supply from nontraditional sources have been developed which have helped support Williston Basin's supply needs. This includes new natural gas supply associated with the continued development of the Bakken area in Montana and North Dakota. The Powder River Basin, including the Company's CBNG assets, also provides a nontraditional natural gas supply to the Williston Basin system. For additional information regarding CBNG legal proceedings, see Item 1A – Risk Factors and Item 8 – Note 19. In addition, off-system supply sources are available through the Company's interconnections with other pipeline systems. Williston Basin expects to facilitate the movement of these supplies by making available its transportation and storage services. Williston Basin will continue to look for opportunities to increase transportation, gathering and storage services through system expansion and/or other pipeline interconnections or enhancements that could provide substantial future benefits.

Regulatory Matters and Revenues Subject to Refund In December 1999, Williston Basin filed a general natural gas rate change application with the FERC. For additional information, see Item 8 – Note 18.

Environmental Matters   WBI Holdings' pipeline and energy services operations are generally subject to federal, state and local environmental, facility-siting, zoning and planning laws and regulations. WBI Holdings believes it is in substantial compliance with those regulations.

Ongoing operations are subject to the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the NEPA and other state and federal regulations. Administration of many provisions of these laws has been delegated to the states where Williston Basin and Bitter Creek operate. Permit terms vary and all permits carry operational compliance conditions. Some permits require annual renewal, some have terms ranging from one to five years and others have no expiration date. Permits are renewed and modified, as necessary, based on defined permit expiration dates, operational demand and/or regulatory changes.

Detailed environmental assessments and/or environmental impact statements are included in the FERC's permitting processes for both the construction and abandonment of Williston Basin's natural gas transmission pipelines, compressor stations and storage facilities.

WBI Holdings' pipeline and energy services operations did not incur any material environmental expenditures in 2009 and do not expect to incur any material capital expenditures related to environmental compliance with current laws and regulations through 2012.

 
19

 


Natural Gas and Oil Production
General   Fidelity is involved in the acquisition, exploration, development and production of natural gas and oil resources. Fidelity's activities include the acquisition of producing properties and leaseholds with potential development opportunities, exploratory drilling and the operation and development of natural gas and oil production properties. Fidelity continues to seek additional reserve and production growth opportunities through these activities. Future growth is dependent upon its success in these endeavors. Fidelity shares revenues and expenses from the development of specified properties in proportion to its ownership interests.

Fidelity's business is focused primarily in two core regions: Rocky Mountain and Mid-Continent/Gulf States.

Rocky Mountain
Fidelity's properties in this region are primarily in Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, Utah and Wyoming. Fidelity owns in fee or holds natural gas and oil leases for the properties it operates that are in the Bonny Field in eastern Colorado, the Baker Field in southeastern Montana and southwestern North Dakota, the Bowdoin area in north-central Montana, the Powder River Basin of Montana and Wyoming, the Bakken area in North Dakota, the Paradox Basin of Utah, and the Big Horn Basin of Wyoming. Fidelity also owns nonoperated natural gas and oil interests and undeveloped acreage positions in this region.

Mid-Continent/Gulf States
This region includes properties in Alabama, Louisiana, New Mexico, Texas and the Offshore Gulf of Mexico. The Offshore Gulf of Mexico interests are primarily located in the shallow waters off the coasts of Texas and Louisiana. Fidelity owns in fee or holds natural gas and oil leases for the properties it operates that are in the Tabasco and Texan Gardens fields of Texas and natural gas properties in Rusk County in eastern Texas. In addition, Fidelity owns several nonoperated interests and undeveloped acreage positions in this region.

Operating Information   Annual net production by region for 2009 was as follows:

   
Natural
                   
   
Gas
   
Oil
   
Total
   
Percent of
 
Region
 
(MMcf)
 
(MBbls)
   
(MMcfe)
   
Total
 
Rocky Mountain
    41,635       2,182       54,729       73 %
Mid-Continent/Gulf States
    14,997       929       20,570       27  
Total
    56,632       3,111       75,299       100 %
* Baker field and Bowdoin field represent 28 percent and 19 percent, respectively, of total annual net natural gas production.
 


 
20

 


Annual net production by region for 2008 was as follows:

   
Natural
                   
   
Gas
   
Oil
   
Total
   
Percent of
 
Region
 
(MMcf)
 *  
(MBbls)
   
(MMcfe)
   
Total
 
Rocky Mountain
    47,504       1,698       57,691       70 %
Mid-Continent/Gulf States
    17,953       1,110       24,612       30  
Total
    65,457       2,808       82,303       100 %
* Baker field and Bowdoin field represent 28 percent and 18 percent, respectively, of total annual net natural gas production.
 

Annual net production by region for 2007 was as follows:

   
Natural
                   
   
Gas
   
Oil
   
Total
   
Percent of
 
Region
 
(MMcf)
 *  
(MBbls)
   
(MMcfe)
   
Total
 
Rocky Mountain
    48,832       1,287       56,553       74 %
Mid-Continent/Gulf States
    13,966       1,078       20,435       26  
Total
    62,798       2,365       76,988       100 %
* Baker field and Bowdoin field represent 31 percent and 19 percent, respectively, of total annual net natural gas production.
 

Well and Acreage Information   Gross and net productive well counts and gross and net developed and undeveloped acreage related to Fidelity's interests at December 31, 2009, were as follows:

 
Gross
Net
** 
Productive wells:
     
  
Natural gas
3,869
 
3,121
 
Oil
3,706
 
258
 
Total
7,575
 
3,379
 
Developed acreage (000's)
720
 
400
 
Undeveloped acreage (000's)
834
 
449
 
  * Reflects well or acreage in which an interest is owned.
 
** Reflects Fidelity's percentage of ownership.
 

Exploratory and Development Wells   The following table reflects activities related to Fidelity's natural gas and oil wells drilled and/or tested during 2009, 2008 and 2007:

   
Net Exploratory
   
Net Development
       
   
Productive
   
Dry Holes
   
Total
   
Productive
   
Dry Holes
   
Total
   
Total
 
2009
    1       2       3       104             104       107  
2008
    11       4       15       251       9       260       275  
2007
    4       5       9       317       16       333       342  

At December 31, 2009, there were 74 gross (60 net) wells in the process of drilling or under evaluation, 70 of which were development wells and 4 of which were exploratory wells. These wells are not included in the previous table. Fidelity expects to complete the drilling and testing of the majority of these wells within the next 12 months.

 
21

 


The information in the preceding table should not be considered indicative of future performance nor should it be assumed that there is necessarily any correlation between the number of productive wells drilled and quantities of reserves found or economic value. Productive wells are those that produce commercial quantities of hydrocarbons whether or not they produce a reasonable rate of return.

Competition   The natural gas and oil industry is highly competitive. Fidelity competes with a substantial number of major and independent natural gas and oil companies in acquiring producing properties and new leases for future exploration and development, and in securing the equipment, services and expertise necessary to explore, develop and operate its properties.

Environmental Matters   Fidelity's natural gas and oil production operations are generally subject to federal, state and local environmental and operational laws and regulations. Fidelity believes it is in substantial compliance with these regulations.

The ongoing operations of Fidelity are subject to the Clean Air Act, the Clean Water Act, the NEPA and other state and federal regulations. Administration of many provisions of these laws has been delegated to the states where Fidelity operates. Permit terms vary and all permits carry operational compliance conditions. Some permits require annual renewal, some have terms ranging from one to five years and others have no expiration date. Permits are renewed and modified, as necessary, based on defined permit expiration dates, operational demand and/or regulatory changes.

Detailed environmental assessments and/or environmental impact statements under federal and state laws are required as part of the permitting process covering the conduct of drilling and production operations as well as in the abandonment and reclamation of facilities.

In connection with production operations, Fidelity has incurred certain capital expenditures related to water handling. For 2009, capital expenditures for water handling in compliance with current laws and regulations were approximately $222,000 and are estimated to be approximately $3.0 million, $8.9 million and $9.2 million in 2010, 2011 and 2012, respectively. These water handling costs are primarily related to the CBNG properties. For more information regarding CBNG litigation, see Item 1A – Risk Factors and Item 8 – Note 19.

Proved Reserve Information   Estimates of proved reserves were prepared in accordance with guidelines established by the industry and the SEC. The estimates are arrived at using actual historical wellhead production trends and/or standard reservoir engineering methods utilizing available geological, geophysical, engineering and economic data. Other factors used in the reserve estimates are prices, estimates of well operating and future development costs, taxes, timing of operations, and the interests owned by the Company in the properties. These estimates are refined as new information becomes available.

The reserve estimates are prepared by internal engineers assigned to an asset team by geographic area and are reviewed and approved by management. The technical person responsible for overseeing the preparation of the reserve estimates holds a bachelor of science degree in geological engineering, has substantial practical experience in petroleum engineering and reserve estimation, and is a member of multiple professional organizations. In addition, the Company engages an independent third party to audit its proved reserves. Ryder Scott Company, L.P. reviewed the Company’s proved reserve quantity estimates as of December 31, 2009. The technical person at Ryder Scott Company, L.P. primarily responsible for overseeing the reserves

 
22

 


audit holds a bachelor of science degree in mechanical engineering, has extensive experience estimating and auditing reserves attributable to oil and gas properties, and is a member of multiple professional organizations.

Fidelity's recoverable proved reserves by region at December 31, 2009, are as follows:

   
Natural
                     
PV-10
 
   
Gas
   
Oil
   
Total
   
Percent
   
Value*
 
Region
 
(MMcf)
   
(MBbls)
   
(MMcfe)
   
of Total
   
(in millions)
 
Rocky Mountain
    309,359       24,354       455,482       70 %   $ 563.9  
Mid-Continent/Gulf States
    139,066       9,862       198,242       30       225.3  
Total reserves
    448,425       34,216       653,724       100 %     789.2  
Discounted future income taxes
                                    130.4  
Standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows relating to proved reserves
                                  $ 658.8  
*
Pre-tax PV-10 value is a non-GAAP financial measure that is derived from the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure which is the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows. The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows disclosed in Item 8 – Supplementary Financial Information, is presented after deducting discounted future income taxes, whereas the PV-10 value is presented before income taxes. Pre-tax PV-10 value is commonly used by the Company to evaluate properties that are acquired and sold and to assess the potential return on investment in the Company's natural gas and oil properties. The Company believes pre-tax PV-10 value is a useful supplemental disclosure to the standardized measure as the Company believes readers may utilize this value as a basis for comparison of the relative size and value of the Company’s reserves to other companies because many factors that are unique to each individual company impact the amount of future income taxes to be paid. However, pre-tax PV-10 value is not a substitute for the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows. Neither the Company's pre-tax PV-10 value nor the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows purports to represent the fair value of the Company's natural gas and oil properties.

For additional information related to natural gas and oil interests, see Item 8 – Note 1 and Supplementary Financial Information.

Construction Materials and Contracting
General   Knife River operates construction materials and contracting businesses headquartered in Alaska, California, Hawaii, Idaho, Iowa, Minnesota, Montana, North Dakota, Oregon, Texas, Washington and Wyoming. These operations mine, process and sell construction aggregates (crushed stone, sand and gravel); produce and sell asphalt mix and supply liquid asphalt for various commercial and roadway applications; and supply ready-mixed concrete for use in most types of construction, including roads, freeways and bridges, as well as homes, schools, shopping centers, office buildings and industrial parks. Although not common to all locations, other products include the sale of cement, various finished concrete products and other building materials and related contracting services.

For information regarding construction materials litigation, see Item 8 – Note 19.

 
23

 


The construction materials business had approximately $459 million in backlog at December 31, 2009, compared to $453 million at December 31, 2008. The Company anticipates that a significant amount of the current backlog will be completed during the year ending December 31, 2010.

Competition   Knife River's construction materials products are marketed under highly competitive conditions. Price is the principal competitive force to which these products are subject, with service, quality, delivery time and proximity to the customer also being significant factors. The number and size of competitors varies in each of Knife River's principal market areas and product lines.

The demand for construction materials products is significantly influenced by the cyclical nature of the construction industry in general. In addition, construction materials activity in certain locations may be seasonal in nature due to the effects of weather. The key economic factors affecting product demand are changes in the level of local, state and federal governmental spending, general economic conditions within the market area that influence both the commercial and private sectors, and prevailing interest rates.

Knife River is not dependent on any single customer or group of customers for sales of its products and services, the loss of which would have a material adverse effect on its construction materials businesses.

Reserve Information Reserve estimates are calculated based on the best available data. These data are collected from drill holes and other subsurface investigations, as well as investigations of surface features such as mine highwalls and other exposures of the aggregate reserves. Mine plans, production history and geologic data also are utilized to estimate reserve quantities. Most acquisitions are made of mature businesses with established reserves, as distinguished from exploratory-type properties.

Estimates are based on analyses of the data described above by experienced internal mining engineers, operating personnel and geologists. Property setbacks and other regulatory restrictions and limitations are identified to determine the total area available for mining. Data described above are used to calculate the thickness of aggregate materials to be recovered. Topography associated with alluvial sand and gravel deposits is typically flat and volumes of these materials are calculated by applying the thickness of the resource over the areas available for mining. Volumes are then converted to tons by using an appropriate conversion factor. Typically, 1.5 tons per cubic yard in the ground is used for sand and gravel deposits.

Topography associated with the hard rock reserves is typically much more diverse. Therefore, using available data, a final topography map is created and computer software is utilized to compute the volumes between the existing and final topographies. Volumes are then converted to tons by using an appropriate conversion factor. Typically, 2 tons per cubic yard in the ground is used for hard rock quarries.

Estimated reserves are probable reserves as defined in Securities Act Industry Guide 7. Remaining reserves are based on estimates of volumes that can be economically extracted and sold to meet current market and product applications. The reserve estimates include only salable tonnage and thus exclude waste materials that are generated in the crushing and processing phases of the operation. Approximately 1.0 billion tons of the 1.1 billion tons of aggregate reserves are permitted reserves. The remaining reserves are on properties that are expected to be permitted for mining under current regulatory requirements. The data used to calculate the remaining reserves

 
24

 


may require revisions in the future to account for changes in customer requirements and unknown geological occurrences. The years remaining were calculated by dividing remaining reserves by the three-year average sales from 2007 through 2009. Actual useful lives of these reserves will be subject to, among other things, fluctuations in customer demand, customer specifications, geological conditions and changes in mining plans.

The following table sets forth details applicable to the Company's aggregate reserves under ownership or lease as of December 31, 2009, and sales for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007:

 
Number of Sites
 
Number of Sites
     
Estimated
   
Reserve
 
(Crushed Stone)
 
(Sand & Gravel)
 
Tons Sold (000's)
 
Reserves
 
Lease
Life
Production Area
owned
leased
 
owned
leased
 
2009
2008
2007
 
(000's tons)
 
Expiration
(years)
Anchorage, AK
-
-
 
1
-
 
891
1,267
1,118
 
17,554
 
N/A
16
Hawaii
-
6
 
-
-
 
1,940
2,467
3,081
 
63,622
 
2011-2064
25
Northern CA
-
-
 
9
1
 
1,215
2,054
2,534
 
49,393
 
2014
26
Southern CA
-
2
 
-
-
 
337
106
69
 
94,887
 
2035
Over 100
Portland, OR
1
3
 
6
3
 
2,718
4,074
5,372
 
248,243
 
2010-2055
61
Eugene, OR
3
4
 
4
1
 
1,097
1,633
2,007
 
172,258
 
2010-2046
Over 100
Central OR/WA/Idaho
1
2
 
4
3
 
1,436
1,686
2,652
 
107,632
 
2010-2021
56
Southwest OR
5
4
 
12
7
 
1,871
2,248
3,686
 
102,561
 
2011-2048
39
Central MT
-
-
 
3
2
 
1,220
2,086
2,424
 
27,136
 
2013-2027
14
Northwest MT
-
-
 
9
3
 
1,289
1,198
1,318
 
48,033
 
2010-2020
38
Wyoming
-
-
 
1
2
 
655
720
116
 
14,041
 
2013-2019
28
Central MN
-
1
 
38
33
 
1,868
1,367
2,639
 
83,549
 
2010-2028
43
Northern MN
2
-
 
17
6
 
838
333
753
 
28,262
 
2010-2016
44
ND/SD
-
-
 
2
24
 
699
876
943
 
39,428
 
2010-2031
47
Iowa
-
2
 
1
14
 
545
1,405
1,592
 
10,544
 
2010-2018
9
Texas
1
2
 
-
2
 
1,080
1,619
1,290
 
18,348
 
2010-2025
14
Sales from other
   sources
           
4,296
5,968
5,318
         
             
23,995
31,107
36,912
 
1,125,491
     

The 1.1 billion tons of estimated aggregate reserves at December 31, 2009, is comprised of 472 million tons that are owned and 653 million tons that are leased. Approximately 51 percent of the tons under lease have lease expiration dates of 20 years or more. The weighted average years remaining on all leases containing estimated probable aggregate reserves is approximately 22 years, including options for renewal that are at Knife River's discretion. Based on a three-year average of sales from 2007 through 2009 of leased reserves, the average time necessary to produce remaining aggregate reserves from such leases is approximately 53 years. Some sites have leases that expire prior to the exhaustion of the estimated reserves. The estimated reserve life assumes, based on Knife River's experience, that leases will be renewed to allow sufficient time to fully recover these reserves.

 
25

 


The following table summarizes Knife River's aggregate reserves at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and reconciles the changes between these dates:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(000's of tons)
 
Aggregate reserves:
                 
Beginning of year
    1,145,161       1,215,253       1,248,099  
Acquisitions
    21,400       27,650       29,740  
Sales volumes*
    (19,699 )     (25,139 )     (31,594 )
Other**
    (21,371 )     (72,603 )     (30,992 )
End of year
    1,125,491       1,145,161       1,215,253  
  * Excludes sales from other sources.
 
** Includes property sales and revisions of previous estimates.
 

Environmental Matters   Knife River's construction materials and contracting operations are subject to regulation customary for such operations, including federal, state and local environmental compliance and reclamation regulations. Except as to what may be ultimately determined with regard to the Portland, Oregon, Harbor Superfund Site issue described later, Knife River believes it is in substantial compliance with these regulations. Individual permits applicable to Knife River’s various operations are managed largely by local operations, particularly as they relate to application, modification, renewal, compliance, and reporting procedures.

Knife River's asphalt and ready-mixed concrete manufacturing plants and aggregate processing plants are subject to Clean Air Act and Clean Water Act requirements for controlling air emissions and water discharges. Some mining and construction activities also are subject to these laws. In most of the states where Knife River operates, these regulatory programs have been delegated to state and local regulatory authorities. Knife River's facilities also are subject to RCRA as it applies to the management of hazardous wastes and underground storage tank systems. These programs also have generally been delegated to the state and local authorities in the states where Knife River operates. Knife River's facilities must comply with requirements for managing wastes and underground storage tank systems.

Some Knife River activities are directly regulated by federal agencies. For example, certain in-water mining operations are subject to provisions of the Clean Water Act that are administered by the Army Corps. Knife River operates several such operations, including gravel bar skimming and dredging operations, and Knife River has the associated permits as required. The expiration dates of these permits vary, with five years generally being the longest term.

Knife River's operations also are occasionally subject to the ESA. For example, land use regulations often require environmental studies, including wildlife studies, before a permit may be granted for a new or expanded mining facility or an asphalt or concrete plant. If endangered species or their habitats are identified, ESA requirements for protection, mitigation or avoidance apply. Endangered species protection requirements are usually included as part of land use permit conditions. Typical conditions include avoidance, setbacks, restrictions on operations during certain times of the breeding or rearing season, and construction or purchase of mitigation habitat. Knife River's operations also are subject to state and federal cultural resources protection laws when new areas are disturbed for mining operations or processing plants. Land use permit applications generally require that areas proposed for mining or other surface disturbances be

 
26

 


surveyed for cultural resources. If any are identified, they must be protected or managed in accordance with regulatory agency requirements.

The most comprehensive environmental permit requirements are usually associated with new mining operations, although requirements vary widely from state to state and even within states. In some areas, land use regulations and associated permitting requirements are minimal. However, some states and local jurisdictions have very demanding requirements for permitting new mines. Environmental impact reports are sometimes required before a mining permit application can even be considered for approval. These reports can take up to several years to complete. The report can include projected impacts of the proposed project on air and water quality, wildlife, noise levels, traffic, scenic vistas and other environmental factors. The reports generally include suggested actions to mitigate the projected adverse impacts.

Provisions for public hearings and public comments are usually included in land use permit application review procedures in the counties where Knife River operates. After taking into account environmental, mine plan and reclamation information provided by the permittee as well as comments from the public and other regulatory agencies, the local authority approves or denies the permit application. Denial is rare, but land use permits often include conditions that must be addressed by the permittee. Conditions may include property line setbacks, reclamation requirements, environmental monitoring and reporting, operating hour restrictions, financial guarantees for reclamation, and other requirements intended to protect the environment or address concerns submitted by the public or other regulatory agencies.

Knife River has been successful in obtaining mining and other land use permit approvals so that sufficient permitted reserves are available to support its operations. For mining operations, this often requires considerable advanced planning to ensure sufficient time is available to complete the permitting process before the newly permitted aggregate reserve is needed to support Knife River's operations.

Knife River's Gascoyne surface coal mine last produced coal in 1995 but continues to be subject to reclamation requirements of the SMCRA, as well as the North Dakota Surface Mining Act. Portions of the Gascoyne Mine remain under reclamation bond until the 10-year revegetation liability period has expired. A portion of the original permit has been released from bond and additional areas are currently in the process of having the bond released. Knife River's intention is to request bond release as soon as it is deemed possible with all final bond release applications being filed by 2013.

Knife River did not incur any material environmental expenditures in 2009 and, except as to what may be ultimately determined with regard to the issue described below, Knife River does not expect to incur any material expenditures related to environmental compliance with current laws and regulations through 2012.

In December 2000, MBI was named by the EPA as a PRP in connection with the cleanup of a commercial property site, acquired by MBI in 1999, and part of the Portland, Oregon, Harbor Superfund Site. For additional information, see Item 8 – Note 19.

 
27

 


Item 1A. Risk Factors

The Company's business and financial results are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including those set forth below and in other documents that it files with the SEC. The factors and the other matters discussed herein are important factors that could cause actual results or outcomes for the Company to differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements included elsewhere in this document.

Economic Risks
The Company's natural gas and oil production and pipeline and energy services businesses are dependent on factors, including commodity prices and commodity price basis differentials, which are subject to various external influences that cannot be controlled.

These factors include: fluctuations in natural gas and oil prices; fluctuations in commodity price basis differentials; availability of economic supplies of natural gas; drilling successes in natural gas and oil operations; the timely receipt of necessary permits and approvals; the ability to contract for or to secure necessary drilling rig and service contracts and to retain employees to drill for and develop reserves; the ability to acquire natural gas and oil properties; and other risks incidental to the operations of natural gas and oil wells. Volatility in natural gas and oil prices could negatively affect the results of operations and cash flows of the Company's natural gas and oil production and pipeline and energy services businesses.

The regulatory approval, permitting, construction, startup and operation of power generation facilities may involve unanticipated changes or delays that could negatively impact the Company's business and its results of operations and cash flows.

The construction, startup and operation of power generation facilities involve many risks, including: delays; breakdown or failure of equipment; competition; inability to obtain required governmental permits and approvals; inability to negotiate acceptable acquisition, construction, fuel supply, off-take, transmission or other material agreements; changes in market price for power; cost increases; as well as the risk of performance below expected levels of output or efficiency. Such unanticipated events could negatively impact the Company's business, its results of operations and cash flows.

Economic volatility affects the Company's operations, as well as the demand for its products and services and the value of its investments and investment returns and, as a result, may have a negative impact on the Company's future revenues and cash flows.

The global demand for natural resources, interest rates, governmental budget constraints and the ongoing threat of terrorism can create volatility in the financial markets. The current economic slowdown has negatively affected the level of public and private expenditures on projects and the timing of these projects which, in turn, has negatively affected the demand for certain of the Company's products and services. Continued economic volatility could adversely impact the Company's results of operations and cash flows. Changing market conditions could negatively affect the market value of assets held in the Company’s pension and other postretirement benefit plans and may increase the amount and accelerate the timing of required funding contributions.

 
28

 


The Company relies on financing sources and capital markets. Access to these markets may be adversely affected by factors beyond the Company's control. If the Company is unable to obtain economic financing in the future, the Company's ability to execute its business plans, make capital expenditures or pursue acquisitions that the Company may otherwise rely on for future growth could be impaired. As a result, the market value of the Company's common stock may be adversely affected. If the Company issues a substantial amount of common stock it could have a dilutive effect on its existing shareholders.

The Company relies on access to both short-term borrowings, including the issuance of commercial paper, and long-term capital markets as sources of liquidity for capital requirements not satisfied by its cash flow from operations. If the Company is not able to access capital at competitive rates, the ability to implement its business plans may be adversely affected. Market disruptions or a further downgrade of the Company's credit ratings may increase the cost of borrowing or adversely affect its ability to access one or more financial markets. Such disruptions could include:

·
A severe prolonged economic downturn
·
The bankruptcy of unrelated industry leaders in the same line of business
·
Further deterioration in capital market conditions
·
Turmoil in the financial services industry
·
Volatility in commodity prices
·
Terrorist attacks

Economic turmoil, market disruptions and volatility in the securities trading markets, as well as other factors including changes in the Company's financial condition, results of operations and prospects, may adversely affect the market price of the Company's common stock.

The Company currently has authorization to issue and sell up to $1.0 billion of securities pursuant to a registration statement on file with the SEC. The issuance of a substantial amount of the Company’s common stock, whether sold pursuant to the registration statement, issued in connection with an acquisition or otherwise issued, or the perception that such an issuance could occur, may adversely affect the market price of the Company’s common stock.

The Company is exposed to credit risk and the risk of loss resulting from the nonpayment and/or nonperformance by the Company's customers and counterparties .

If any of the Company's customers or counterparties were to experience financial difficulties or file for bankruptcy, the Company could experience difficulty in collecting receivables. The nonpayment and/or nonperformance by the Company's customers and counterparties could have a negative impact on the Company's results of operations and cash flows.

The backlogs at the Company’s construction services and construction materials and contracting businesses are subject to delay or cancellation and may not be realized.

Backlog consists of the uncompleted portion of services to be performed under job-specific contracts. Contracts are subject to delay, default or cancellation and the contracts in the Company’s backlog are subject to changes in the scope of services to be provided as well as adjustments to the costs relating to the applicable contracts. Backlog may also be affected by project delays or cancellations resulting from weather conditions, external market factors and

 
29

 


economic factors beyond the Company’s control, including the current economic slowdown. Accordingly, there is no assurance that backlog will be realized.

Actual quantities of recoverable natural gas and oil reserves and discounted future net cash flows from those reserves may vary significantly from estimated amounts.

The process of estimating natural gas and oil reserves is complex. Reserve estimates are based on assumptions relating to natural gas and oil pricing, drilling and operating expenses, capital expenditures, taxes, timing of operations, and the percentage of interest owned by the Company in the well. The reserve estimates are prepared for each of the Company’s properties by internal engineers assigned to an asset team by geographic area. The internal engineers analyze available geological, geophysical, engineering and economic data for each geographic area. The internal engineers make various assumptions regarding this data. The extent, quality and reliability of this data can vary. Although the Company has prepared its reserve estimates in accordance with guidelines established by the industry and the SEC, significant changes to the reserve estimates may occur based on actual results of production, drilling, costs and pricing.

The Company bases the estimated discounted future net cash flows from proved reserves on prices and current costs in accordance with SEC requirements. Actual future prices and costs may be significantly different. Sustained downward movements in natural gas and oil prices could result in future noncash write-downs of the Company's natural gas and oil properties.

Environmental and Regulatory Risks
Some of the Company's operations are subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations that may increase costs of operations, impact or limit business plans, or expose the Company to environmental liabilities.

The Company is subject to extensive environmental laws and regulations affecting many aspects of its present and future operations including air quality, water quality, waste management and other environmental considerations. These laws and regulations can result in increased capital, operating and other costs, and delays as a result of ongoing litigation and administrative proceedings and compliance, remediation, containment and monitoring obligations, particularly with regard to laws relating to power plant emissions and CBNG development. These laws and regulations generally require the Company to obtain and comply with a wide variety of environmental licenses, permits, inspections and other approvals. Public officials and entities, as well as private individuals and organizations, may seek injunctive relief or other remedies to enforce applicable environmental laws and regulations. The Company cannot predict the outcome (financial or operational) of any related litigation or administrative proceedings that may arise.

Existing environmental laws and regulations may be revised and new laws and regulations seeking to protect the environment may be adopted or become applicable to the Company. These laws and regulations could require the Company to limit the use or output of certain facilities, restrict the use of certain fuels, require the installation of pollution control equipment or the initiation of pollution control technologies, remediate environmental contamination, remove or reduce environmental hazards, or prevent or limit the development of resources. Revised or additional laws and regulations, which result in increased compliance costs or additional operating restrictions, particularly if those costs are not fully recoverable from customers, could have a material adverse effect on the Company's results of operations and cash flows.

 
30

 


The Company's electric generation operations could be adversely impacted by global climate change initiatives to reduce GHG emissions.

Concern that GHG emissions are contributing to global climate change has led to international, federal and state legislative and regulatory proposals to reduce or mitigate the effects of GHG emissions including the EPA’s proposed endangerment finding for GHGs which could lead to regulation of GHG under the Clean Air Act. The primary GHG emitted from the Company's operations is carbon dioxide from combustion of fossil fuels at Montana-Dakota's electric generating facilities, particularly its coal-fired electric generating facilities which comprise more than 70 percent of Montana-Dakota’s generating capacity. More than 90 percent of the electricity generated by Montana-Dakota is from coal-fired plants and Montana-Dakota has acquired a 25 MW ownership interest in the Wygen III coal-fired generation facility which is under construction near Gillette, Wyoming. Montana-Dakota also owns approximately 100 MW of natural gas- and oil-fired peaking plants. While there are many uncertainties regarding the future of GHG regulation, Montana-Dakota’s electric generating facilities may be subject to regulation under climate change laws or regulations within the next few years. Implementation of treaties, legislation or regulations to reduce GHG emissions could affect Montana-Dakota's electric utility operations by requiring the expansion of energy conservation efforts and/or the increased development of renewable energy sources, as well as instituting other mandates that could significantly increase the capital expenditures and operating costs at its fossil fuel-fired generating facilities. The most prominent federal legislative proposals are based on “cap and trade” programs which place a limit on GHG emissions from major emission sources such as the electric generating industry. The impact of a cap and trade program on Montana-Dakota would be determined by considerations such as the overall GHG emissions cap level, the scope and timeframe by which the cap level is decreased, the extent to which GHG offsets are allowed, whether allowances are given to new and existing emission sources, and the indirect impact on natural gas, coal and other fuel prices. Montana-Dakota’s ability to recover costs incurred to comply with new regulations and programs will also be important in determining the financial impact on the Company.

Due to the uncertainty of technologies available to control GHG emissions and the unknown nature of compliance obligations with potential GHG emission legislation or regulations, the Company cannot determine the financial impact on its operations. If Montana-Dakota does not receive timely and full recovery of the costs of complying with GHG emission legislation and regulations from its customers, then such requirements could have an adverse impact on the results of its operations.

One of the Company's subsidiaries is subject to ongoing litigation and administrative proceedings in connection with its CBNG development activities. These proceedings have caused delays in CBNG drilling activity, and the ultimate outcome of the actions could have a material negative effect on existing CBNG operations and/or the future development of its CBNG properties.

Fidelity’s operations are and have been the subject of numerous lawsuits filed in connection with its CBNG development in the Montana and Wyoming Powder River Basin. If the plaintiffs are successful in the current lawsuits, the ultimate outcome of the actions could have a material negative effect on Fidelity's existing CBNG operations and/or the future development of its CBNG properties.

 
31

 


The BER in March 2006 issued a decision in a rulemaking proceeding, initiated by the NPRC, that amends the non-degradation policy applicable to water discharged in connection with CBNG operations. The amended policy includes additional limitations on factors deemed harmful, thereby restricting water discharges even further than under previous standards. Due in part to this amended policy, in May 2006, the Northern Cheyenne Tribe commenced litigation in Montana state court challenging two five-year water discharge permits that the Montana DEQ granted to Fidelity in February 2006 and which are critical to Fidelity's ability to manage water produced under present and future CBNG operations. Although the Montana state court decided the case in favor of Fidelity and the Montana DEQ in January 2009, the case was appealed to the Montana Supreme Court in March 2009. In a separate proceeding in Montana state court, plaintiffs are challenging the ROD adopted by the MBOGC in 2003 and alleging that various water management tools, including Fidelity’s water discharge permits, allow for the “wasting” of water in violation of the Montana State Constitution. If these permits are set aside, Fidelity's CBNG operations in Montana could be significantly and adversely affected.

The Company is subject to extensive government regulations that may delay and/or have a negative impact on its business and its results of operations and cash flows. Statutory and regulatory requirements also may limit another party’s ability to acquire the Company.

The Company is subject to regulation by federal, state and local regulatory agencies with respect to, among other things, allowed rates of return, financing, industry rate structures, and recovery of purchased power and purchased gas costs. These governmental regulations significantly influence the Company’s operating environment and may affect its ability to recover costs from its customers. The Company is unable to predict the impact on operating results from the future regulatory activities of any of these agencies. Changes in regulations or the imposition of additional regulations could have an adverse impact on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows. Approval from a number of federal and state regulatory agencies would need to be obtained by any potential acquirer of the Company. The approval process could be lengthy and the outcome uncertain.

Risks Relating to Foreign Operations
The value of the Company's investments in foreign operations may diminish due to political, regulatory and economic conditions and changes in currency exchange rates in countries where the Company does business.

The Company is subject to political, regulatory and economic conditions and changes in currency exchange rates in foreign countries where the Company does business. Significant changes in the political, regulatory or economic environment in these countries could negatively affect the value of the Company's investments located in these countries. Also, since the Company is unable to predict the fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates, these fluctuations may have an adverse impact on the Company's results of operations and cash flows.

 
32

 


Other Risks
Weather conditions can adversely affect the Company's operations and revenues and cash flows.

The Company's results of operations can be affected by changes in the weather. Weather conditions directly influence the demand for electricity and natural gas, affect the price of energy commodities, affect the ability to perform services at the construction services and construction materials and contracting businesses and affect ongoing operation and maintenance and construction and drilling activities for the pipeline and energy services and natural gas and oil production businesses. In addition, severe weather can be destructive, causing outages, reduced natural gas and oil production, and/or property damage, which could require additional costs to be incurred. Physical changes to the planet could further change the intensity and frequency of severe weather conditions. As a result, adverse weather conditions could negatively affect the Company's results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Competition is increasing in all of the Company's businesses.

All of the Company's businesses are subject to increased competition. Construction services' competition is based primarily on price and reputation for quality, safety and reliability. The construction materials products are marketed under highly competitive conditions and are subject to such competitive forces as price, service, delivery time and proximity to the customer. The electric utility and natural gas industries also are experiencing increased competitive pressures as a result of consumer demands, technological advances, volatility in natural gas prices and other factors. Pipeline and energy services competes with several pipelines for access to natural gas supplies and gathering, transportation and storage business. The natural gas and oil production business is subject to competition in the acquisition and development of natural gas and oil properties. The increase in competition could negatively affect the Company's results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

The Company could be subject to limitations on its ability to pay dividends.

The Company depends on earnings from its divisions and dividends from its subsidiaries to pay dividends on its common stock. Regulatory, contractual and legal limitations, as well as capital requirements and the Company’s financial performance or cash flows, could limit the earnings of the Company’s divisions and subsidiaries which, in turn, could restrict the Company’s ability to pay dividends on its common stock and adversely affect the Company’s stock price.

An increase in costs related to obligations under multi-employer pension plans could have a material negative effect on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows.

The Company participates in various multi-employer pension plans for employees represented by certain unions. The Company is required to make contributions to these plans in amounts established under collective bargaining agreements. Pension expense for these plans is recognized as contributions are made. The amount of any increase or decrease in the Company’s required contributions to these multi-employer pension plans will depend upon many factors including the outcome of collective bargaining, actions taken by trustees who manage the plans, government regulations, the actual return on assets held in the plans and the potential payment of a withdrawal liability upon withdrawal from a plan, among other factors. Based on available information, the Company believes that many of the multi-employer plans to which it contributes are underfunded. The underfunded liabilities of these plans may result in increased future payments by the

 
33

 


Company and other participating employers. The Company’s risk of such increased payments may be greater if any of the participating employers in these underfunded plans withdraws from the plan due to insolvency and is not able to contribute an amount sufficient to fund the unfunded liabilities associated with its participants in the plan. The Company may experience increased operating expenses as a result of required contributions to multi-employer pension plans, which may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of operations and cash flows.

Other factors that could impact the Company's businesses.

The following are other factors that should be considered for a better understanding of the financial condition of the Company. These other factors may impact the Company's financial results in future periods.

·
Acquisition, disposal and impairments of assets or facilities
·
Changes in operation, performance and construction of plant facilities or other assets
·
Changes in present or prospective generation
·
The ability to obtain adequate and timely cost recovery for the Company’s regulated operations through regulatory proceedings
·
The availability of economic expansion or development opportunities
·
Population growth rates and demographic patterns
·
Market demand for, and/or available supplies of, energy- and construction-related products and services
·
The cyclical nature of large construction projects at certain operations
·
Changes in tax rates or policies
·
Unanticipated project delays or changes in project costs, including related energy costs
·
Unanticipated changes in operating expenses or capital expenditures
·
Labor negotiations or disputes
·
Inability of the various contract counterparties to meet their contractual obligations
·
Changes in accounting principles and/or the application of such principles to the Company
·
Changes in technology
·
Changes in legal or regulatory proceedings
·
The ability to effectively integrate the operations and the internal controls of acquired companies
·
The ability to attract and retain skilled labor and key personnel
·
Increases in employee and retiree benefit costs and funding requirements

Item 1B. Unresolved Comments

The Company has no unresolved comments with the SEC.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

For information regarding legal proceedings of the Company, see Item 8 – Note 19.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote of Security Holders

No matters were submitted to a vote of security holders during the fourth quarter of 2009.

 
34

 

Part II

Item 5.
Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The Company's common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "MDU." The price range of the Company's common stock as reported by The Wall Street Journal composite tape during 2009 and 2008 and dividends declared thereon were as follows:

               
Common
 
   
Common
   
Common
   
Stock
 
   
Stock Price
   
Stock Price
   
Dividends
 
   
(High)
   
(Low)
   
Per Share
 
2009
                 
First quarter
  $ 22.89     $ 12.79     $ .1550  
Second quarter
    19.76       15.70       .1550  
Third quarter
    21.16       17.44       .1550  
Fourth quarter
    24.22       19.96       .1575  
                    $ .6225  
                         
2008
                       
First quarter
  $ 27.83     $ 23.08     $ .1450  
Second quarter
    35.25       24.70       .1450  
Third quarter
    35.34       26.03       .1550  
Fourth quarter
    29.50       15.50       .1550  
                    $ .6000  

As of December 31, 2009, the Company's common stock was held by approximately 15,500 stockholders of record.


 
35

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

      2009 *     2008 **     2007       2006       2005       2004  
Selected Financial Data
                                               
Operating revenues (000's):
                                               
Electric
  $ 196,171     $ 208,326     $ 193,367     $ 187,301     $ 181,238     $ 178,803  
Natural gas distribution
    1,072,776       1,036,109       532,997       351,988       384,199       316,120  
Construction services
    819,064       1,257,319       1,103,215       987,582       687,125       426,821  
Pipeline and energy services
    307,827       532,153       447,063       443,720       477,311       354,164  
Natural gas and oil production
    439,655       712,279       514,854       483,952       439,367       342,840  
Construction materials and contracting
    1,515,122       1,640,683       1,761,473       1,877,021       1,604,610       1,322,161  
Other
    9,487       10,501       10,061       8,117       6,038       4,423  
Intersegment eliminations
    (183,601 )     (394,092 )     (315,134 )     (335,142 )     (375,965 )     (272,199 )
    $ 4,176,501     $ 5,003,278     $ 4,247,896     $ 4,004,539     $ 3,403,923     $ 2,673,133  
Operating income (loss) (000's):
                                               
Electric
  $ 36,709     $ 35,415     $ 31,652     $ 27,716     $ 29,038     $ 26,776  
Natural gas distribution
    76,899       76,887       32,903       8,744       7,404       1,820  
Construction services
    44,255       81,485       75,511       50,651       28,171       (5,757 )
Pipeline and energy services
    69,388       49,560       58,026       57,133       43,507       29,570  
Natural gas and oil production
    (473,399 )     202,954       227,728       231,802       230,383       178,897  
Construction materials and contracting
    93,270       62,849       138,635       156,104       105,318       86,030  
Other
    (219 )     2,887       (7,335 )     (9,075 )     (5,298 )     (3,954 )
    $ (153,097 )   $ 512,037     $ 557,120     $ 523,075     $ 438,523     $ 313,382  
Earnings (loss) on common stock (000's):
                                               
Electric
  $ 24,099     $ 18,755     $ 17,700     $ 14,401     $ 13,940     $ 12,790  
Natural gas distribution
    30,796       34,774       14,044       5,680       3,515       2,182  
Construction services
    25,589       49,782       43,843       27,851       14,558       (5,650 )
Pipeline and energy services
    37,845       26,367       31,408       32,126       22,867       13,806  
Natural gas and oil production
    (296,730 )     122,326       142,485       145,657       141,625       110,779  
Construction materials and contracting
    47,085       30,172       77,001       85,702       55,040       50,707  
Other
    7,357       10,812       (4,380 )     (4,324 )     13,061       15,967  
Earnings (loss) on common stock before
                                               
income from discontinued
                                               
operations
    (123,959 )     292,988       322,101       307,093       264,606       200,581  
Income from discontinued
                                               
operations, net of tax
                109,334       7,979       9,792       5,801  
    $ (123,959 )   $ 292,988     $ 431,435     $ 315,072     $ 274,398     $ 206,382  
Earnings (loss) per common share before
                                               
discontinued operations - diluted
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.59     $ 1.76     $ 1.69     $ 1.47     $ 1.14  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                .60       .05       .06       .03  
    $ (.67 )   $ 1.59     $ 2.36     $ 1.74     $ 1.53     $ 1.17  
Common Stock Statistics
                                               
Weighted average common shares
                                               
outstanding - diluted (000's)
    185,175       183,807       182,902       181,392       179,490       176,117  
Dividends per common share
  $ .6225     $ .6000     $ .5600     $ .5234     $ .4934     $ .4667  
Book value per common share
  $ 13.61     $ 14.95     $ 13.80     $ 11.88     $ 10.43     $ 9.39  
Market price per common share (year end)
  $ 23.60     $ 21.58     $ 27.61     $ 25.64     $ 21.83     $ 17.79  
Market price ratios:
                                               
Dividend payout
    N/A       38 %     24 %     30 %     32 %     40 %
Yield
    2.7 %     2.9 %     2.1 %     2.1 %     2.3 %     2.7 %
Price/earnings ratio
    N/A       13.6 x     11.7 x     14.7 x     14.3 x     15.2 x
Market value as a percent of book value
    173.4 %     144.3 %     200.1 %     215.8 %     209.2 %     189.4 %
Profitability Indicators
                                               
Return on average common equity
    (4.9 )%     11.0 %     18.5 %     15.6 %     15.7 %     13.2 %
Return on average invested capital
    (1.7 )%     8.0 %     13.1 %     10.6 %     10.8 %     9.4 %
Fixed charges coverage, including
                                               
preferred dividends
    ***     5.3 x     6.4 x     6.4 x     6.6 x     4.8 x
General
                                               
Total assets (000's)
  $ 5,990,952     $ 6,587,845     $ 5,592,434     $ 4,903,474     $ 4,423,562     $ 3,733,521  
Total debt (000's)
  $ 1,509,606     $ 1,752,402     $ 1,310,163     $ 1,254,582     $ 1,206,510     $ 945,487  
Capitalization ratios:
                                               
Common equity
    63 %     61 %     66 %     63 %     61 %     63 %
Preferred stocks
                                  1  
Total debt
    37       39       34       37       39       36  
      100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %     100 %


 
36

 


    * Reflects a $384.4 million after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties.
  ** Reflects an $84.2 million after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties.
***  For more information on fixed charges coverage, including preferred dividends, see Item 7 – MD&A.


Notes:
·
Common stock share amounts reflect the Company's three-for-two common stock split effected in July 2006.
·
Cascade and Intermountain, natural gas distribution businesses, were acquired on July 2, 2007, and October 1, 2008, respectively. For further information, see Item 8 – Note 2.

 
37

 


   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
   
2004
 
Electric
                                   
Retail sales (thousand kWh)
    2,663,560       2,663,452       2,601,649       2,483,248       2,413,704       2,303,460  
Sales for resale (thousand kWh)
    90,789       223,778       165,639       483,944       615,220       821,516  
Electric system summer generating and firm purchase capability - kW (Interconnected system)
    594,700       597,250       571,160       547,485       546,085       544,220  
Demand peak – kW
                                               
(Interconnected system)
    525,643       525,643       525,643       485,456       470,470       470,470  
Electricity produced (thousand kWh)
    2,203,665       2,538,439       2,253,851       2,218,059       2,327,228       2,552,873  
Electricity purchased (thousand kWh)
    682,152       516,654       576,613       833,647       892,113       794,829  
Average cost of fuel and purchased
                                               
power per kWh
  $ .023     $ .025     $ .025     $ .022     $ .020     $ .019  
Natural Gas Distribution*
                                               
Sales (Mdk)
    102,670       87,924       52,977       34,553       36,231       36,607  
Transportation (Mdk)
    132,689       103,504       54,698       14,058       14,565       13,856  
Degree days (% of normal)
                                               
Montana-Dakota
    104 %     103 %     93 %     87 %     91 %     91 %
Cascade
    105 %     108 %     102 %                  
Intermountain
    107 %     90 %                        
Pipeline and Energy Services
                                               
Transportation (Mdk)
    163,283       138,003       140,762       130,889       104,909       114,206  
Gathering (Mdk)
    92,598       102,064       92,414       87,135       82,111       80,527  
Natural Gas and Oil Production
                                               
Production:
                                               
Natural gas (MMcf)
    56,632       65,457       62,798       62,062       59,378       59,750  
Oil (MBbls)
    3,111       2,808       2,365       2,041       1,707       1,747  
Total production (MMcfe)
    75,299       82,303       76,988       74,307       69,622       70,234  
Average realized prices (including hedges):
                                               
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 5.16     $ 7.38     $ 5.96     $ 6.03     $ 6.11     $ 4.69  
Oil (per barrel)
  $ 47.38     $ 81.68     $ 59.26     $ 50.64     $ 42.59     $ 34.16  
Average realized prices (excluding hedges):
                                               
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 2.99     $ 7.29     $ 5.37     $ 5.62     $ 6.87     $ 4.90  
Oil (per barrel)
  $ 49.76     $ 82.28     $ 59.53     $ 51.73     $ 48.73     $ 37.75  
Proved reserves:
                                               
Natural gas (MMcf)
    448,425       604,282       523,737       538,100       489,100       453,200  
Oil (MBbls)
    34,216       34,348       30,612       27,100       21,200       17,100  
Total reserves (MMcfe)
    653,724       810,371       707,409       700,700       616,400       555,900  
Construction Materials and Contracting
                                               
Sales (000's):
                                               
Aggregates (tons)
    23,995       31,107       36,912       45,600       47,204       43,444  
Asphalt (tons)
    6,360       5,846       7,062       8,273       9,142       8,643  
Ready-mixed concrete (cubic yards)
    3,042       3,729       4,085       4,588       4,448       4,292  
Aggregate reserves (000’s tons)
    1,125,491       1,145,161       1,215,253       1,248,099       1,273,696       1,257,498  
* Cascade and Intermountain were acquired on July 2, 2007, and October 1, 2008, respectively. For further information, see Item 8 – Note 2.
 


 
38

 

Item 7.
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview
The Company’s strategy is to apply its expertise in energy and transportation infrastructure industries to increase market share, increase profitability and enhance shareholder value through:

·  
Organic growth as well as a continued disciplined approach to the acquisition of well-managed companies and properties
·  
The elimination of system-wide cost redundancies through increased focus on integration of operations and standardization and consolidation of various support services and functions across companies within the organization
·  
The development of projects that are accretive to earnings per share and return on invested capital

The Company has capabilities to fund its growth and operations through various sources, including internally generated funds, commercial paper facilities and the issuance from time to time of debt and equity securities. Due to recent economic volatility, the Company in 2009 increased its focus on the use of operating cash flows to substantially fund capital expenditures. In the event that access to the commercial paper markets were to become unavailable, the Company may need to borrow under its credit agreements. For more information on the Company’s net capital expenditures, see Liquidity and Capital Commitments.

The key strategies for each of the Company’s business segments and certain related business challenges are summarized below. For a summary of the Company's business segments, see Item 8 – Note 15.

Key Strategies and Challenges
Electric and Natural Gas Distribution
Strategy  Provide competitively priced energy to customers while working with them to ensure efficient usage. Both the electric and natural gas distribution segments continually seek opportunities for growth and expansion of their customer base through extensions of existing operations, including electric generation and transmission build-out, and through selected acquisitions of companies and properties at prices that will provide stable cash flows and an opportunity for the Company to earn a competitive return on investment.

Challenges  Both segments are subject to extensive regulation in the state jurisdictions where they conduct operations with respect to costs and permitted returns on investment as well as subject to certain operational regulations at the federal level. The ability of these segments to grow through acquisitions is subject to significant competition from other energy providers. In addition, the ability of both segments to grow service territory and customer base is affected by the economic environment of the markets served and competition from other energy providers and fuels. The construction of electric generating facilities and transmission lines may be subject to increasing cost and lead time, extensive permitting procedures, and federal and state legislative and regulatory initiatives, which may necessitate increases in electric energy prices. Legislative and regulatory initiatives to increase renewable energy resources and reduce GHG emissions could increase the price and decrease the retail demand for electricity and natural gas.

 
39

 

Construction Services
Strategy  Provide a competitive return on investment while operating in a competitive industry by: building new and strengthening existing customer relationships; effectively controlling costs; retaining, developing and recruiting talented employees; focusing business development efforts on project areas that will permit higher margins; and properly managing risk. This segment continuously seeks opportunities to expand through strategic acquisitions.

Challenges  This segment operates in highly competitive markets with many jobs subject to competitive bidding. Maintenance of effective operational and cost controls, retention of key personnel, managing through downturns in the economy and effective management of working capital are ongoing challenges.

Pipeline and Energy Services
Strategy  Utilize the segment’s existing expertise in energy infrastructure and related services to increase market share and profitability through optimization of existing operations, internal growth, and acquisitions of energy-related assets and companies. Incremental and new growth opportunities include: access to new sources of natural gas for storage, gathering and transportation services; expansion of existing gathering, transmission and storage facilities; expansion of related energy services; and incremental expansion of pipeline capacity to allow customers access to more liquid and higher-priced markets.

Challenges Challenges for this segment include: energy price volatility; natural gas basis differentials; regulatory requirements; recruitment and retention of a skilled workforce; and competition from other natural gas pipeline and gathering companies.

Natural Gas and Oil Production
Strategy  Apply technology and utilize existing exploration and production expertise, with a focus on operated properties, to increase production and reserves from existing leaseholds, and to seek additional reserves and production opportunities in new areas to further expand the segment’s asset base. By optimizing existing operations and taking advantage of new and incremental growth opportunities, this segment’s goal is to increase both production and reserves over the long term so as to generate competitive returns on investment.

Challenges  Volatility in natural gas and oil prices; ongoing environmental litigation and administrative proceedings; timely receipt of necessary permits and approvals; recruitment and retention of a skilled workforce; availability of drilling rigs, materials, auxiliary equipment and industry-related field services, and inflationary pressure on development and operating costs, all primarily in a higher price environment; and competition from other natural gas and oil companies are ongoing challenges for this segment.

Construction Materials and Contracting
Strategy  Focus on high-growth strategic markets located near major transportation corridors and desirable mid-sized metropolitan areas; strengthen long-term, strategic aggregate reserve position through purchase and/or lease opportunities; enhance profitability through cost containment, margin discipline and vertical integration of the segment’s operations; and continue growth through organic and acquisition opportunities. Ongoing efforts to increase margin are being pursued through the implementation of a variety of continuous improvement programs, including corporate purchasing of equipment, parts and commodities (liquid asphalt, diesel fuel, cement and other materials), and negotiation of contract price escalation provisions. Vertical integration allows the segment to manage operations from aggregate mining to final lay-down of concrete and

 
40

 

asphalt, with control of and access to adequate quantities of permitted aggregate reserves being significant. A key element of the Company’s long-term strategy for this business is to further expand its presence, through acquisition, in the higher-margin materials business (rock, sand, gravel, liquid asphalt, ready-mixed concrete and related products), complementing and expanding on the Company’s expertise.

Challenges  The economic downturn has adversely impacted operations, particularly in the private market. This business unit expects to continue cost containment efforts and a greater emphasis on industrial, energy and public works projects. Significant volatility in the cost of raw materials such as diesel, gasoline, liquid asphalt, cement and steel continue to be a concern. Increased competition in certain construction markets has also lowered margins.

For further information on the risks and challenges the Company faces as it pursues its growth strategies and other factors that should be considered for a better understanding of the Company's financial condition, see Item 1A – Risk Factors. For further information on each segment's key growth strategies, projections and certain assumptions, see Prospective Information.

For information pertinent to various commitments and contingencies, see Item 8 – Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 
41

 

Earnings Overview
The following table summarizes the contribution to consolidated earnings (loss) by each of the Company's businesses.

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in millions, where applicable)
 
Electric
  $ 24.1     $ 18.7     $ 17.7  
Natural gas distribution
    30.8       34.8       14.0  
Construction services
    25.6       49.8       43.8  
Pipeline and energy services
    37.8       26.4       31.4  
Natural gas and oil production
    (296.7 )     122.3       142.5  
Construction materials and contracting
    47.1       30.2       77.0  
Other
    7.3       10.8       (4.3 )
Earnings (loss) before discontinued operations
    (124.0 )     293.0       322.1  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                109.3  
Earnings (loss) on common stock
  $ (124.0 )   $ 293.0     $ 431.4  
Earnings (loss) per common share – basic:
                       
   Earnings (loss) before discontinued operations
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.60     $ 1.77  
   Discontinued operations, net of tax
                .60  
   Earnings (loss) per common share – basic
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.60     $ 2.37  
Earnings (loss) per common share – diluted:
                       
  Earnings (loss) before discontinued operations
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.59     $ 1.76  
  Discontinued operations, net of tax
                .60  
  Earnings (loss) per common share – diluted
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.59     $ 2.36  
Return on average common equity
    (4.9 )%     11.0 %     18.5 %

2009 compared to 2008 Consolidated loss for 2009 was $124.0 million compared to earnings of $293.0 million in 2008. This decrease was due to:

·  
A noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties of $384.4 million (after tax) as well as lower average realized natural gas and oil prices of 30 percent and 42 percent, respectively and decreased natural gas production of 13 percent, partially offset by the absence of the 2008 noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties of $84.2 million (after tax), lower depreciation, depletion and amortization expense and lower production taxes at the natural gas and oil production business
·  
Lower construction workloads, partially offset by lower general and administrative expense at the construction services business

Partially offsetting these decreases were:

·  
Increased earnings from liquid asphalt oil and asphalt operations, as well as lower selling, general and administrative expense at the construction materials and contracting business
·  
Increased volumes transported to storage, higher storage services revenue and lower operation and maintenance expense at the pipeline and energy services business

 
42

 

2008 compared to 2007 Consolidated earnings for 2008 decreased $138.4 million from the prior year due to:

·  
The absence in 2008 of income from discontinued operations, net of tax, largely related to the gain on the sale of the Company's domestic independent power production assets and earnings related to an electric generating facility construction project
·  
An $84.2 million after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties as well as higher depreciation, depletion and amortization expense, production taxes and lease operating costs at the natural gas and oil production business
·  
Decreased earnings at the construction materials and contracting business, primarily construction workloads and margins, as well as product volumes from existing operations, that were significantly lower as a result of the economic downturn

Partially offsetting these decreases were higher average natural gas and oil prices as well as increased oil and natural gas production at the natural gas and oil production business; increased earnings at the natural gas distribution business, largely due to the July 2007 acquisition of Cascade and the October 2008 acquisition of Intermountain; and higher construction workloads at the construction services business.

Financial and Operating Data
Below are key financial and operating data for each of the Company's businesses.

Electric

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in millions, where applicable)
 
Operating revenues
  $ 196.2     $ 208.3     $ 193.4  
Operating expenses:
                       
Fuel and purchased power
    65.7       75.4       69.6  
Operation and maintenance
    60.7       64.8       61.7  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    24.7       24.0       22.5  
Taxes, other than income
    8.4       8.7       7.9  
      159.5       172.9       161.7  
Operating income
    36.7       35.4       31.7  
Earnings
  $ 24.1     $ 18.7     $ 17.7  
Retail sales (million kWh)
    2,663.5       2,663.4       2,601.7  
Sales for resale (million kWh)
    90.8       223.8       165.6  
Average cost of fuel and purchased power per kWh
  $ .023     $ .025     $ .025  

2009 compared to 2008   Electric earnings increased $5.4 million (28 percent) compared to the prior year due to:

·  
Higher other income, primarily allowance for funds used during construction of $5.0 million (after tax)
·  
Lower operation and maintenance expense of $2.3 million (after tax), largely payroll and benefit-related costs

Partially offsetting these increases were decreased sales for resale margins due to lower average rates of 31 percent and decreased volumes of 59 percent due to lower market demand and decreased plant generation.

 
43

 

2008 compared to 2007   Electric earnings increased $1.0 million (6 percent) compared to the prior year due to:

·  
Higher retail sales margins, largely due to the implementation of higher rates in Montana, and increased retail sales volumes of 2 percent
·  
Increased sales for resale volumes of 35 percent, primarily due to the addition of the wind-powered electric generating station near Baker, Montana, and higher plant availability

Partially offsetting these increases were:

·  
Higher operation and maintenance expense of $1.7 million (after tax), primarily higher payroll and benefit-related costs, as well as higher scheduled maintenance outage costs at electric generating facilities
·  
Increased interest expense of $1.2 million (after tax)
·  
Higher depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of $900,000 (after tax), largely due to higher property, plant and equipment balances

Natural Gas Distribution

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in millions, where applicable)
 
Operating revenues
  $ 1,072.8     $ 1,036.1     $ 533.0  
Operating expenses:
                       
Purchased natural gas sold
    757.6       757.6       372.2  
Operation and maintenance
    140.5       123.6       88.5  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    42.7       32.6       19.0  
Taxes, other than income
    55.1       45.4       20.4  
      995.9       959.2       500.1  
Operating income
    76.9       76.9       32.9  
Earnings
  $ 30.8     $ 34.8     $ 14.0  
Volumes (MMdk):
                       
Sales
    102.7       87.9       53.0  
Transportation
    132.7       103.5       54.7  
Total throughput
    235.4       191.4       107.7  
Degree days (% of normal)*
                       
Montana-Dakota
    104.4 %     102.7 %     92.9 %
Cascade
    105.1 %     108.0 %     101.7 %
Intermountain
    107.3 %     90.3 %      
Average cost of natural gas,
                       
including transportation, per dk**
  $ 7.38     $ 8.14     $ 6.53  
  * Degree days are a measure of the daily temperature-related demand for energy for heating.
 
**   Regulated natural gas sales only.
 
Note: Cascade and Intermountain were acquired on July 2, 2007, and October 1, 2008, respectively. For further information, see Item 8 – Note 2.
 

2009 compared to 2008 The natural gas distribution business experienced a decrease in earnings of $4.0 million (11 percent) compared to the prior year due to:

 
44

 

·  
Absence of a $4.4 million (after tax) gain on the sale of Cascade’s natural gas management service in June 2008
·  
Lower earnings from energy-related services of $2.0 million (after tax)

Partially offsetting these decreases was lower operation and maintenance expense at existing operations of $2.2 million (after tax), including lower payroll and benefit-related costs.

2008 compared to 2007 The natural gas distribution business experienced an increase in earnings of $20.8 million (148 percent) compared to the prior year due to:

·  
Earnings of $18.4 million at Cascade and Intermountain, including a $4.4 million (after tax) gain on the sale of Cascade's natural gas management service, which were acquired on July 2, 2007, and October 1, 2008, respectively
·  
Increased retail sales volumes from existing operations resulting from colder weather than last year

Construction Services

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In millions)
 
Operating revenues
  $ 819.0     $ 1,257.3     $ 1,103.2  
Operating expenses:
                       
Operation and maintenance
    736.3       1,122.7       979.7  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    12.8       13.4       14.3  
Taxes, other than income
    25.7       39.7       33.7  
      774.8       1,175.8       1,027.7  
Operating income
    44.2       81.5       75.5  
Earnings
  $ 25.6     $ 49.8     $ 43.8  

2009 compared to 2008 Construction services earnings decreased $24.2 million (49 percent) compared to the prior year, primarily due to lower construction workloads, largely in the Southwest region, partially offset by lower general and administrative expense of $6.7 million (after tax), largely payroll-related.

2008 compared to 2007 Construction services earnings increased $6.0 million (14 percent) compared to the prior year, primarily due to higher construction workloads, largely in the Southwest region. Partially offsetting this increase were lower construction margins in certain regions.

 
45

 

Pipeline and Energy Services

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
 
Operating revenues
  $ 307.8     $ 532.2     $ 447.1  
Operating expenses:
                       
Purchased natural gas sold
    138.8       373.9       291.7  
Operation and maintenance
    63.1       73.8       65.6  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    25.5       23.6       21.7  
Taxes, other than income
    11.0       11.3       10.1  
      238.4       482.6       389.1  
Operating income
    69.4       49.6       58.0  
Income from continuing operations
    37.8       26.4       31.4  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                .1  
Earnings
  $ 37.8     $ 26.4     $ 31.5  
Transportation volumes (MMdk):
                       
Montana-Dakota
    38.9       32.0       29.3  
Other
    124.4       106.0       111.5  
      163.3       138.0       140.8  
Gathering volumes (MMdk)
    92.6       102.1       92.4  

2009 compared to 2008 Pipeline and energy services earnings increased $11.4 million (44 percent) largely due to:

·  
Increased transportation volumes of $4.9 million (after tax), largely volumes transported to storage
·  
Lower operation and maintenance expense of $4.5 million (after tax), largely associated with the natural gas storage litigation, which was settled in July 2009
·  
Higher storage services revenues of $3.1 million (after tax)
·  
Higher gathering rates of $2.2 million (after tax)

Partially offsetting the earnings improvement were decreased gathering volumes of 9 percent. Results also reflect lower operating revenues and lower purchased natural gas sold, both related to lower natural gas prices. The above table also reflects lower operation and maintenance expense and revenues related to energy-related service projects.

2008 compared to 2007 Pipeline and energy services earnings decreased $5.1 million (16 percent) largely due to:

·   
Lower storage services revenue of $3.1 million (after tax), largely related to lower storage balances and decreased volumes transported to storage of 31 percent
·  
Higher operation and maintenance expense, largely related to natural gas storage litigation, as previously discussed, as well as higher materials and payroll-related costs
·  
Higher depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of $1.3 million (after tax), largely due to higher property, plant and equipment balances

Partially offsetting these decreases were a 10 percent increase in off-system transportation volumes and demand fees, related to an expansion of the Grasslands system, and $3.0 million (after tax) of higher gathering volumes and rates.

 
46

 

Natural Gas and Oil Production

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in millions, where applicable)
 
Operating revenues:
                 
Natural gas
  $ 292.3     $ 482.8     $ 374.1  
Oil
    147.4       229.3       140.1  
Other
          .2       .6  
      439.7       712.3       514.8  
Operating expenses:
                       
Purchased natural gas sold
          .1       .3  
Operation and maintenance:
                       
Lease operating costs
    70.1       82.0       66.9  
Gathering and transportation
    24.0       24.8       20.4  
Other
    39.2       41.0       34.6  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    129.9       170.2       127.4  
Taxes, other than income:
                       
Production and property taxes
    29.1       54.7       36.7  
Other
    .8       .8       .8  
Write-down of natural gas and oil properties
    620.0       135.8        
      913.1       509.4       287.1  
Operating income (loss)
    (473.4 )     202.9       227.7  
Earnings (loss)
  $ (296.7 )   $ 122.3     $ 142.5  
Production:
                       
Natural gas (MMcf)
    56,632       65,457       62,798  
Oil (MBbls)
    3,111       2,808       2,365  
Total Production (MMcfe)
    75,299       82,303       76,988  
Average realized prices (including hedges):
                       
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 5.16     $ 7.38     $ 5.96  
Oil (per Bbl)
  $ 47.38     $ 81.68     $ 59.26  
Average realized prices (excluding hedges):
                       
Natural gas (per Mcf)
  $ 2.99     $ 7.29     $ 5.37  
Oil (per Bbl)
  $ 49.76     $ 82.28     $ 59.53  
Average depreciation, depletion and amortization rate, per equivalent Mcf
  $ 1.64     $ 2.00     $ 1.59  
Production costs, including taxes, per
                       
equivalent Mcf:
                       
Lease operating costs
  $ .93     $ 1.00     $ .87  
Gathering and transportation
    .32       .30       .26  
Production and property taxes
    .39       .66       .48  
    $ 1.64     $ 1.96     $ 1.61  

2009 compared to 2008 The natural gas and oil production business experienced a loss of $296.7 million in 2009 compared to earnings of $122.3 million in 2008 due to:

 
47

 

·  
A noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties of $384.4 million (after tax) in 2009, partially offset by the absence of the 2008 noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties of $84.2 million (after tax), both discussed in Item 8 – Note 1
·  
Lower average realized natural gas and oil prices of 30 percent and 42 percent, respectively
·  
Decreased natural gas production of 13 percent, largely related to normal production declines at certain properties

Partially offsetting these decreases were:

·  
Lower depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of $25.0 million (after tax), due to lower depletion rates and decreased combined production. The lower depletion rates are largely the result of the write-downs of natural gas and oil properties in December 2008 and March 2009.
·  
Lower production taxes of $15.8 million (after tax) associated largely with lower average prices
·  
Increased oil production of 11 percent, largely related to drilling activity in the Bakken area, partially offset by normal production declines at certain properties
·  
Decreased lease operating expenses of $7.3 million (after tax)

2008 compared to 2007 The natural gas and oil production business experienced a decrease in earnings of $20.2 million (14 percent) due to:

·   
A noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties of $84.2 million (after tax), as previously discussed
·   
Higher depreciation, depletion and amortization expense of $26.6 million (after tax), due to higher depletion rates and increased production
·   
Higher production taxes of $11.1 million (after tax), primarily due to higher average prices and increased production
·  
Increased lease operating costs of $9.3 million (after tax), including the East Texas properties acquired in early 2008

Partially offsetting these decreases were:

·  
Higher average realized natural gas prices of 24 percent
·  
Higher average realized oil prices of 38 percent
·  
Increased oil production of 19 percent, largely related to drilling activity in the Bakken area and Paradox Basin as well as production from the East Texas properties
·  
Increased natural gas production of 4 percent, primarily related to the acquisition of the East Texas properties, as previously discussed

 
48

 

Construction Materials and Contracting

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
 
Operating revenues
  $ 1,515.1     $ 1,640.7     $ 1,761.5  
Operating expenses:
                       
Operation and maintenance
    1,292.0       1,437.9       1,483.5  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    93.6       100.9       95.8  
Taxes, other than income
    36.2       39.1       43.6  
      1,421.8       1,577.9       1,622.9  
Operating income
    93.3       62.8       138.6  
Earnings
  $ 47.1     $ 30.2     $ 77.0  
Sales (000's):
                       
Aggregates (tons)
    23,995       31,107       36,912  
Asphalt (tons)
    6,360       5,846       7,062  
Ready-mixed concrete (cubic yards)
    3,042       3,729       4,085  

2009 compared to 2008 Earnings at the construction materials and contracting business increased $16.9 million (56 percent) due to:

·  
Higher earnings of $17.2 million (after tax) resulting from higher liquid asphalt oil and asphalt volumes and margins
·  
Lower selling, general and administrative expense of $14.6 million (after tax), largely the result of cost reduction measures
·  
Higher aggregate margins of $8.3 million (after tax)

Partially offsetting the increases were:
 
·  
Lower aggregate and ready-mixed concrete sales volumes as a result of the continuing economic downturn
·  
Lower gains on the sale of property, plant and equipment of $5.5 million (after tax)

2008 compared to 2007 Earnings at the construction materials and contracting business decreased $46.8 million (61 percent) due to decreased construction workloads, margins and product volumes that were significantly lower as a result of the economic downturn, primarily as it relates to the residential market, as well as higher diesel fuel costs at existing operations, which had a combined negative effect on earnings of $53.0 million (after tax). Partially offsetting this decrease were earnings from companies acquired since the comparable prior period, which contributed approximately 8 percent of earnings for 2008.

 
49

 

Other and Intersegment Transactions

Amounts presented in the preceding tables will not agree with the Consolidated Statements of Income due to the Company's other operations and the elimination of intersegment transactions. The amounts relating to these items are as follows:

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In millions)
 
Other:
                 
Operating revenues
  $ 9.5     $ 10.5     $ 10.0  
Operation and maintenance
    8.1       5.9       15.9  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    1.3       1.3       1.2  
Taxes, other than income
    .3       .4       .2  
Intersegment transactions:
                       
Operating revenues
  $ 183.6     $ 394.1     $ 315.1  
Purchased natural gas sold
    156.7       365.7       286.8  
Operation and maintenance
    26.9       28.4       28.3  

For further information on intersegment eliminations, see Item 8 – Note 15.

Prospective Information
The following information highlights the key growth strategies, projections and certain assumptions for the Company and its subsidiaries and other matters for certain of the Company’s businesses. Many of these highlighted points are “forward-looking statements.” There is no assurance that the Company’s projections, including estimates for growth and changes in earnings, will in fact be achieved. Please refer to assumptions contained in this section, as well as the various important factors listed in Item 1A – Risk Factors. Changes in such assumptions and factors could cause actual future results to differ materially from the Company’s growth and earnings projections.

MDU Resources Group, Inc.
·  
Earnings per common share for 2010, diluted, are projected in the range of $1.10 to $1.35.
 
·  
The Company expects the percentage of 2010 earnings per common share by quarter to be in the following approximate ranges:
 
–  
First quarter – 15 percent to 20 percent
 
–  
Second quarter – 20 percent to 25 percent
 
–  
Third quarter – 30 percent to 35 percent
 
–  
Fourth quarter – 25 percent to 30 percent
 
·  
Long-term compound annual growth goals on earnings per share from operations are in the range of 7 percent to 10 percent.
 
·  
The Company continually seeks opportunities to expand through strategic acquisitions and organic growth opportunities.
 

 
50

 

Electric
·  
The Company continues to realize efficiencies and enhanced service levels through its efforts to standardize operations, share services and consolidate back-office functions among its four utility companies.
 
·  
The Company is pursuing expansion opportunities.
 
–  
In April 2009, the Company purchased a 25 MW ownership interest in the Wygen III power generation facility which is under construction near Gillette, Wyoming. This rate-based generation will replace a portion of the purchased power for the Wyoming system. The plant is expected to be online during the second quarter of 2010. In August 2009, Montana-Dakota filed an application with the WYPSC for an electric rate increase, as discussed in Item 8 – Note 18.
 
–  
The Company is developing additional wind generation, including a 19.5 MW wind generation facility in southwest North Dakota and a 10.5 MW expansion of the Diamond Willow wind facility near Baker, Montana. Both projects are expected to be commercial midyear 2010.
 
–  
The Company is analyzing potential projects for accommodating load growth and replacing purchased power contracts with company-owned generation. The Company is reviewing the construction of natural gas-fired combustion and wind generation.
 
·  
The Company is reviewing opportunities associated with the potential development of high voltage transmission lines targeted towards delivery of renewable energy from the wind rich regions that lie within its traditional electric service territory to major metropolitan areas.

Natural gas distribution
·  
The Company continues to realize efficiencies and enhanced service levels through its efforts to standardize operations, share services and consolidate back-office functions among its four utility companies.

Construction services
·  
The Company anticipates margins in 2010 to be lower than 2009 levels.
 
·  
The Company is aggressively pursuing expansion in high voltage transmission construction, renewable resource construction and military installation services. The Company was recently awarded the engineering, procurement and construction contract to build the 214-mile Montana Alberta Tie Line between Lethbridge, Alberta and Great Falls, Montana.
 
·  
The Company continues to focus on costs and efficiencies to enhance margins. With its highly skilled technical workforce, this group is prepared to take advantage of government stimulus spending on transmission infrastructure.
 
·  
Work backlog as of December 31, 2009, was approximately $383 million, compared to $604 million at December 31, 2008. The December 31, 2009, backlog includes the new Montana Alberta Tie Line project, and excludes $182 million related to the Fontainebleau project, which is proceeding through the bankruptcy process.

Pipeline and energy services
·  
An incremental expansion to the Grasslands Pipeline of 75,000 Mcf per day went into service August 31, 2009. The firm capacity of the Grasslands Pipeline is at its ultimate full capacity of 213,000 Mcf per day.
 

 
51

 

·  
The Company continues to pursue expansion of facilities and services offered to customers. Energy development within its geographic region, which includes portions of Colorado, Wyoming, Montana and North Dakota, is expanding, most notably the Bakken Shale of North Dakota and eastern Montana. Ongoing energy development is expected to have many direct and indirect benefits to its business.
 
·  
The Company has natural gas storage fields, including the largest storage field in North America located near Baker, Montana. Total working gas storage capacity is 193 Bcf for its three storage fields. The Company is pursuing a project to increase its firm deliverability and related transportation capacity from the Baker Storage field with a targeted in-service date in 2012.

Natural gas and oil production
·  
The Company expects to spend approximately $375 million in capital expenditures for 2010 for further exploitation of its existing properties, exploratory drilling and acquisitions of properties. This includes approximately $150 million for new growth opportunities, including acquisitions.
 
·  
The Company is also actively pursuing other potential exploratory and reserve acquisitions, which are not included in the current forecast.
 
·  
With the reduced 2009 capital expenditures and the forecasted 2010 capital expenditures, the Company expects its 2010 combined natural gas and oil production to be approximately equal to 2009 levels. The 2010 production forecast includes 3.5 Bcfe to 4 Bcfe related to growth opportunities.
 
·  
Earnings guidance reflects estimated natural gas prices for February through December as follows:
 
Index*
Price Per Mcf
Ventura
$5.00 to $5.50
NYMEX
$5.25 to $5.75
CIG
$4.75 to $5.25
* Ventura is an index pricing point related to Northern Natural Gas Co.’s system; CIG is an index pricing point related to Colorado Interstate Gas Co.’s system.

·  
Earnings guidance reflects estimated NYMEX crude oil prices for February through December in the range of $70 to $75 per barrel.
 
·  
For 2010, the Company has hedged 45 percent to 50 percent of both its estimated natural gas and oil production. For 2011, the Company has hedged 10 percent to 15 percent of both its estimated natural gas and oil production. For 2012, the Company has hedged 5 percent to 10 percent of its estimated natural gas production. The hedges that are in place as of January 29, 2010, are summarized in the following chart:
 

 
52

 


 
Commodity
Type
Index *
Period
Outstanding
Forward Notional Volume
(MMBtu/Bbl)
Price
(Per MMBtu/Bbl)
Natural Gas
Swap
HSC
    1/10 - 12/10
1,606,000
$8.08
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
3,650,000
$6.18
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
1,825,000
$6.40
Natural Gas
Collar
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
1,825,000
$5.63-$6.00
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
1,825,000
$5.855
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
1,825,000
$6.045
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
1,825,000
$6.045
Natural Gas
Swap
CIG
    1/10 - 12/10
3,650,000
$5.03
Natural Gas
Swap
HSC
    1/10 - 10/10
608,000
$5.57
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    1/10 - 10/10
2,432,000
$5.645
Natural Gas
Swap
Ventura
    1/10 - 12/10
1,825,000
$5.95
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    4/10 - 12/10
3,025,000
$5.54
Natural Gas
Collar
NYMEX
    1/10 -   3/11
2,275,000
$5.62-$6.50
Natural Gas
Swap
HSC
    1/11 - 12/11
1,350,500
$8.00
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    1/11 - 12/11
4,015,000
$6.1027
Natural Gas
Swap
NYMEX
    1/12 - 12/12
3,477,000
$6.27
Crude Oil
Collar
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
365,000
$60.00-$75.00
Crude Oil
Swap
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
365,000
$73.20
Crude Oil
Collar
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
365,000
$70.00-$86.00
Crude Oil
Swap
NYMEX
    1/10 - 12/10
365,000
$83.05
Crude Oil
Collar
NYMEX
    1/11 - 12/11
547,500
$80.00-$94.00
Natural Gas
Basis
NYMEX to Ventura
    1/10 - 12/10
3,650,000
$0.25
Natural Gas
Basis
NYMEX to Ventura
    1/10 - 12/10
912,500
$0.245
Natural Gas
Basis
NYMEX to Ventura
    1/10 - 12/10
4,562,500
$0.25
Natural Gas
Basis
NYMEX to Ventura
    1/10 - 12/10
1,825,000
$0.225
Natural Gas
Basis
NYMEX to Ventura
    1/10 - 12/10
912,500
$0.23
Natural Gas
Basis
NYMEX to Ventura
    1/10 - 12/10
2,737,500
$0.23
Natural Gas
Basis
NYMEX to Ventura
    1/11 -   3/11
450,000
$0.135
* Ventura is an index pricing point related to Northern Natural Gas Co.’s system; CIG is an index pricing point related to Colorado Interstate Gas Co.’s system; HSC is the Houston Ship Channel hub in southeast Texas which connects to several pipelines.

Construction materials and contracting
·  
Most of the markets served by construction materials are seeing positive impacts related to the federal stimulus spending.
 
·  
The Company is well positioned to take advantage of government stimulus spending on transportation infrastructure particularly in the asphalt paving and liquid asphalt oil product lines. Federal transportation stimulus of $7.9 billion was directed to states where the Company
 

 
53

 

operates. Of that amount, 21 percent was spent in 2009, the remainder to be spent over the next two years, with 82 percent already obligated to specific projects by the various states.
 
·  
The Company continues to pursue work related to energy projects, such as wind towers, transmission projects, geothermal and refineries. It is also pursuing opportunities for expansion of its existing business lines including initiatives aimed at capturing additional market share and expansion into new markets. The Company has planned green field expansions for its liquid asphalt oil business.
 
·  
The Company has a strong emphasis on operational efficiencies and cost reduction.
 
·  
Liquid asphalt margins are expected to be lower in 2010 than the record levels experienced in 2009.
 
·  
Work backlog as of December 31, 2009, was approximately $459 million, compared to $453 million at December 31, 2008. Although public project margins tend to be somewhat lower than private construction-related work, the Company anticipates significant contributions to revenue from public works volume. Ninety-four percent of its year-end backlog is related to public works projects compared to 80 percent at December 31, 2008.
 
·  
As the country’s 8th largest aggregate producer, the Company will continue to strategically manage its 1.1 billion tons of aggregate reserves in all its markets, as well as take further advantage of being vertically integrated.
 

New Accounting Standards
For information regarding new accounting standards, see Item 8 – Note 1, which is incorporated by reference.

Critical Accounting Policies Involving Significant Estimates
The Company has prepared its financial statements in conformity with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, at the date of the financial statements as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. The Company's significant accounting policies are discussed in Item 8 – Note 1.

Estimates are used for items such as impairment testing of long-lived assets, goodwill and natural gas and oil properties; fair values of acquired assets and liabilities under the purchase method of accounting; natural gas and oil reserves; aggregate reserves; property depreciable lives; tax provisions; uncollectible accounts; environmental and other loss contingencies; accumulated provision for revenues subject to refund; costs on construction contracts; unbilled revenues; actuarially determined benefit costs; asset retirement obligations; the valuation of stock-based compensation; and the fair value of derivative instruments. The Company's critical accounting policies are subject to judgments and uncertainties that affect the application of such policies. As discussed below, the Company's financial position or results of operations may be materially different when reported under different conditions or when using different assumptions in the application of such policies.

As additional information becomes available, or actual amounts are determinable, the recorded estimates are revised. Consequently, operating results can be affected by revisions to prior accounting estimates. The following critical accounting policies involve significant judgments and estimates.

 
54

 

Impairment of long-lived assets and intangibles
The Company reviews the carrying values of its long-lived assets and intangibles, excluding natural gas and oil properties, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such carrying values may not be recoverable and annually for goodwill. Unforeseen events and changes in circumstances and market conditions and material differences in the value of long-lived assets and intangibles due to changes in estimates of future cash flows could negatively affect the fair value of the Company's assets and result in an impairment charge. If an impairment indicator exists for tangible and intangible assets, excluding goodwill, the asset group held and used is tested for recoverability by comparing an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the assets compared to the carrying value of the assets. If impairment has occurred, the amount of the impairment recognized is determined by estimating the fair value of the assets and recording a loss if the carrying value is greater than the fair value. In the case of goodwill, the first step, used to identify a potential impairment, compares the fair value of the reporting unit using discounted cash flows, with its carrying amount, including goodwill. The second step, used to measure the amount of the impairment loss if step one indicates a potential impairment, compares the implied fair value of the reporting unit goodwill with the carrying amount of goodwill.

Fair value is the amount at which the asset could be bought or sold in a current transaction between market participants. The Company uses critical estimates and assumptions when testing assets for impairment, including present value techniques based on estimates of cash flows, quoted market prices or valuations by third parties, or multiples of earnings or revenue performance measures. The fair value of the asset could be different using different estimates and assumptions in these valuation techniques.

There is risk involved when determining the fair value of assets, tangible and intangible, as there may be unforeseen events and changes in circumstances and market conditions and changes in estimates of future cash flows.

The Company believes its estimates used in calculating the fair value of long-lived assets, including goodwill and identifiable intangibles, are reasonable based on the information that is known when the estimates are made.

Natural gas and oil properties
The Company uses the full-cost method of accounting for its natural gas and oil production activities. Capitalized costs are subject to a “ceiling test” that limits such costs to the aggregate of the present value of future net cash flows from proved reserves discounted at 10 percent, as mandated under the rules of the SEC, plus the cost of unproved properties less applicable income taxes. Future net revenue was estimated based on end-of-quarter spot market prices adjusted for contracted price changes prior to the fourth quarter of 2009. Effective December 31, 2009, the Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting rules issued by the SEC changed the pricing used to estimate reserves and associated future cash flows to SEC Defined Prices. The Company hedges a portion of its natural gas and oil production and the effects of the cash flow hedges are used in determining the full-cost ceiling. Judgments and assumptions are made when estimating and valuing reserves. There is risk that sustained downward movements in natural gas and oil prices, changes in estimates of reserve quantities and changes in operating and development costs could result in future noncash write-downs of the Company's natural gas and oil properties.

Estimates of proved reserves were prepared in accordance with guidelines established by the industry and the SEC. The estimates are arrived at using actual historical wellhead production

 
55

 

trends and/or standard reservoir engineering methods utilizing available geological, geophysical, engineering and economic data. Other factors used in the reserve estimates are prices, estimates of well operating and future development costs, taxes, timing of operations, and the interests owned by the Company in the properties. These estimates are refined as new information becomes available.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognized when the earnings process is complete, as evidenced by an agreement between the customer and the Company, when delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, when the fee is fixed or determinable and when collection is reasonably assured. The recognition of revenue in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue. Critical estimates related to the recognition of revenue include the accumulated provision for revenues subject to refund and costs on construction contracts under the percentage-of-completion method.

Estimates for revenues subject to refund are established initially for each regulatory rate proceeding and are subject to change depending on the applicable regulatory agency's (Agency) approval of final rates. These estimates are based on the Company's analysis of its as-filed application compared to previous Agency decisions in prior rate filings by the Company and other regulated companies. The Company periodically reviews the status of its outstanding regulatory proceedings and liability assumptions and may from time to time change its liability estimates subject to known developments as the regulatory proceedings move through the regulatory review process. The accuracy of the estimates is ultimately determined when the Agency issues its final ruling on each regulatory proceeding for which revenues were subject to refund. Estimates have changed from time to time as additional information has become available as to what the ultimate outcome may be and will likely continue to change in the future as new information becomes available on each outstanding regulatory proceeding that is subject to refund.

The Company recognizes construction contract revenue from fixed-price and modified fixed-price construction contracts at its construction businesses using the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract. This method depends largely on the ability to make reasonably dependable estimates related to the extent of progress toward completion of the contract, contract revenues and contract costs. Inasmuch as contract prices are generally set before the work is performed, the estimates pertaining to every project could contain significant unknown risks such as volatile labor, material and fuel costs, weather delays, adverse project site conditions, unforeseen actions by regulatory agencies, performance by subcontractors, job management and relations with project owners.

Several factors are evaluated in determining the bid price for contract work. These include, but are not limited to, the complexities of the job, past history performing similar types of work, seasonal weather patterns, competition and market conditions, job site conditions, work force safety, reputation of the project owner, availability of labor, materials and fuel, project location and project completion dates. As a project commences, estimates are continually monitored and revised as information becomes available and actual costs and conditions surrounding the job become known.

The Company believes its estimates surrounding percentage-of-completion accounting are reasonable based on the information that is known when the estimates are made. The Company has contract administration, accounting and management control systems in place that allow its estimates to be updated and monitored on a regular basis. Because of the many factors that are

 
56

 

evaluated in determining bid prices, it is inherent that the Company's estimates have changed in the past and will continually change in the future as new information becomes available for each job.

Purchase accounting
The Company accounts for its acquisitions under the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the acquired assets and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective fair values. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. The recorded values of assets and liabilities are based in part on third-party estimates and valuations when available. The remaining values are based on management's judgments and estimates, and, accordingly, the Company's financial position or results of operations may be affected by changes in estimates and judgments.

Acquired assets and liabilities assumed by the Company that are subject to critical estimates include property, plant and equipment and intangibles.

The fair value of owned aggregate reserves is determined using qualified internal personnel as well as geologists. Reserve estimates are calculated based on the best available data. This data is collected from drill holes and other subsurface investigations as well as investigations of surface features such as mine highwalls and other exposures of the aggregate reserves. Mine plans, production history and geologic data are also used to estimate reserve quantities. Value is assigned to the aggregate reserves based on a review of market royalty rates, expected cash flows and the number of years of aggregate reserves at owned aggregate sites.

The fair value of property, plant and equipment is based on a valuation performed either by qualified internal personnel and/or outside appraisers. Fair values assigned to plant and equipment are based on several factors, including the age and condition of the equipment, maintenance records of the equipment and auction values for equipment with similar characteristics at the time of purchase.

The fair value of leasehold rights is based on estimates including royalty rates, lease terms and other discernible factors for acquired leasehold rights, and estimated cash flows.

While the allocation of the purchase price of an acquisition is subject to a considerable degree of judgment and uncertainty, the Company does not expect the estimates to vary significantly once an acquisition has been completed. The Company believes its estimates have been reasonable in the past as there have been no significant valuation adjustments subsequent to the final allocation of the purchase price to the acquired assets and liabilities. In addition, goodwill impairment testing is performed annually.

Asset retirement obligations
Entities are required to record the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. The Company has recorded obligations related to the plugging and abandonment of natural gas and oil wells, decommissioning of certain electric generating facilities, reclamation of certain aggregate properties, special handling and disposal of hazardous materials at certain electric generating facilities, natural gas distribution and transmission facilities and buildings, and certain other obligations associated with leased properties.

The liability for future asset retirement obligations bears the risk of change as many factors go into the development of the estimate of these obligations and the likelihood that over time these factors

 
57

 

can and will change. Factors used in the estimation of future asset retirement obligations include estimates of current retirement costs, future inflation factors, life of the asset and discount rates. These factors determine both a present value of the retirement liability and the accretion to the retirement liability in subsequent years.

Long-lived assets are reviewed to determine if a legal retirement obligation exists. If a legal retirement obligation exists, a determination of the liability is made if a reasonable estimate of the present value of the obligation can be made. The present value of the retirement obligation is calculated by inflating current estimated retirement costs of the long-lived asset over its expected life to determine the expected future cost and then discounting the expected future cost back to the present value using a discount rate equal to the credit-adjusted risk-free interest rate in effect when the liability was initially recognized.

These estimates and assumptions are subject to a number of variables and are expected to change in the future. Estimates and assumptions will change as the estimated useful lives of the assets change, the current estimated retirement costs change, new legal retirement obligations occur and/or as existing legal asset retirement obligations, for which a reasonable estimate of fair value could not initially be made because of the range of time over which the Company may settle the obligation is unknown or cannot be estimated, become less uncertain and a reasonable estimate of the future liability can be made.

Pension and other postretirement benefits
The Company has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans for certain eligible employees. Various actuarial assumptions are used in calculating the benefit expense (income) and liability (asset) related to these plans. Costs of providing pension and other postretirement benefits bear the risk of change, as they are dependent upon numerous factors based on assumptions of future conditions.

The Company makes various assumptions when determining plan costs, including the current discount rates and the expected long-term return on plan assets, the rate of compensation increases and healthcare cost trend rates. In selecting the expected long-term return on plan assets, which is considered to be one of the key variables in determining benefit expense or income, the Company considers historical returns, current market conditions and expected future market trends, including changes in interest rates and equity and bond market performance. Another key variable in determining benefit expense or income is the discount rate. In selecting the discount rate, the Company matches forecasted future cash flows of the pension and postretirement plans to a yield curve which consists of a hypothetical portfolio of high-quality corporate bonds with varying maturity dates, as well as other factors, as a basis. The Company's pension and other postretirement benefit plan assets are primarily made up of equity and fixed-income investments. Fluctuations in actual equity and bond market returns as well as changes in general interest rates may result in increased or decreased pension and other postretirement benefit costs in the future. Management estimates the rate of compensation increase based on long-term assumed wage increases and the healthcare cost trend rates are determined by historical and future trends.

The Company believes the estimates made for its pension and other postretirement benefits are reasonable based on the information that is known when the estimates are made. These estimates and assumptions are subject to a number of variables and are expected to change in the future. Estimates and assumptions will be affected by changes in the discount rate, the expected long-term return on plan assets, the rate of compensation increase and healthcare cost trend rates. The Company plans to continue to use its current methodologies to determine plan costs.

 
58

 

Income taxes
Income taxes require significant judgments and estimates including the determination of income tax expense, deferred tax assets and liabilities and, if necessary, any valuation allowances that may be required for deferred tax assets and accruals for uncertain tax positions. The effective income tax rate is subject to variability from period to period as a result of changes in federal and state income tax rates and/or changes in tax laws. In addition, the effective tax rate may be affected by other changes including the allocation of property, payroll and revenues between states.
 
The Company provides deferred federal and state income taxes on all temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. Excess deferred income tax balances associated with the Company's rate-regulated activities have been recorded as a regulatory liability and are included in other liabilities. These regulatory liabilities are expected to be reflected as a reduction in future rates charged to customers in accordance with applicable regulatory procedures.

The Company uses the deferral method of accounting for investment tax credits and amortizes the credits on regulated electric and natural gas distribution plant over various periods that conform to the ratemaking treatment prescribed by the applicable state public service commissions.

Tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return are evaluated for recognition using a more-likely-than-not threshold, and those tax positions requiring recognition are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes.

The Company believes its estimates surrounding income taxes are reasonable based on the information that is known when the estimates are made.

Liquidity and Capital Commitments
Cash flows
Operating activities The changes in cash flows from operating activities generally follow the results of operations as discussed in Financial and Operating Data and also are affected by changes in working capital.

Cash flows provided by operating activities in 2009 increased $60.5 million from the comparable prior period. Lower working capital requirements of $263.6 million were partially offset by lower income before depreciation, depletion and amortization and before the after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties, largely the effects of lower commodity prices at the natural gas and oil production business. The lower working capital requirements were largely the result of lower receivables and lower net natural gas costs recoverable through rate adjustments at the natural gas distribution business, as well as lower working capital requirements at the other business segments.

Cash flows provided by operating activities in 2008 increased $223.0 million from the comparable prior period, due to:

·  
Higher income from continuing operations before depreciation, depletion and amortization and before the after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties
·  
Absence of cash flows used related to discontinued operations in 2007 of $71.4 million

 
59

 

Investing activities Cash flows used in investing activities in 2009 decreased $675.2 million from the comparable prior period due to:

·  
Lower cash used in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired, of $527.1 million, primarily due to the absence of the 2008 acquisitions of Intermountain and natural gas and oil producing properties in East Texas
·  
Decreased ongoing capital expenditures of $297.8 million, primarily at the natural gas and oil production business

Partially offsetting the decrease in cash flows used in investing activities were lower proceeds from investments of $89.5 million and decreased net proceeds from the sale or disposition of property of $60.2 million, largely at the construction materials and contracting business.

Cash flows used in investing activities in 2008 increased $765.1 million from the comparable prior period due to:

·  
Absence of cash flows provided by discontinued operations in 2007 of $548.2 million, primarily the result of the sale of the domestic independent power production assets in the third quarter of 2007
·  
Increased ongoing capital expenditures of $188.2 million, largely at the natural gas and oil production business
·  
Higher cash used in connection with acquisitions, net of cash acquired, of $185.1 million, largely due to the acquisition of Intermountain and natural gas and oil producing properties in East Texas in 2008, partially offset by the absence of the 2007 acquisition of Cascade

Partially offsetting the increase in cash flows used in investing activities were higher proceeds from investments of $85.8 million in 2008, as well as the absence of cash used for investments of $67.1 million in 2007.

Financing activities   Cash flows provided by financing activities in 2009 decreased $559.6 million from the comparable prior period, primarily due to lower issuance of long-term debt and short-term borrowings, higher repayment of long-term debt, partially offset by increased issuance of common stock. Lower cash flows provided by financing activities in 2009 reflects lower ongoing capital expenditures and acquisitions, as well as increased cash provided by operating activities.

Cash flows provided by financing activities in 2008 increased $456.2 million from the comparable prior period, primarily due to higher issuance of long-term debt of $333.7 million as well as higher net short-term borrowings of $101.7 million, largely related to higher ongoing capital expenditures and acquisitions.

Defined benefit pension plans
The Company has qualified noncontributory defined benefit pension plans (Pension Plans) for certain employees. Plan assets consist of investments in equity and fixed-income securities. Various actuarial assumptions are used in calculating the benefit expense (income) and liability (asset) related to the Pension Plans. Actuarial assumptions include assumptions about the discount rate, expected return on plan assets and rate of future compensation increases as determined by the Company within certain guidelines. At December 31, 2009, the Pension Plans' accumulated benefit obligations exceeded these plans' assets by approximately $85.0 million. Pretax pension expense reflected in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was $8.2 million,

 
60

 

$4.6 million and $6.5 million, respectively. The Company's pension expense is currently projected to be approximately $3.5 million to $4.5 million in 2010. Funding for the Pension Plans is actuarially determined. The minimum required contributions for 2009, 2008 and 2007 were approximately $7.3 million, $6.8 million and $1.8 million, respectively. For further information on the Company's Pension Plans, see Item 8 – Note 16.

Capital expenditures
The Company's capital expenditures for 2007 through 2009 and as anticipated for 2010 through 2012 are summarized in the following table, which also includes the Company's capital needs for the retirement of maturing long-term debt.

   
Actual
   
Estimated*
 
   
2007
   
2008
   
2009
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
 
   
(In millions)
 
Capital expenditures:
                                   
Electric
  $ 91     $ 73     $ 115     $ 105     $ 72     $ 100  
Natural gas distribution
    500       398       44       76       60       59  
Construction services
    18       24       13       13       11       11  
Pipeline and energy services
    39       43       70       15       28       149  
Natural gas and oil production
    284       711       183       375 **     359       321  
Construction materials and contracting
    190       128       27       37       52       62  
Other
    2       1       3       1       1       1  
Net proceeds from sale or disposition of property
    (25 )     (87 )     (27 )     (4 )     (7 )     (1 )
Net capital expenditures before discontinued operations
    1,099       1,291       428       618       576       702  
Discontinued operations
    (548 )                              
Net capital expenditures
    551       1,291       428       618       576       702  
Retirement of long-term debt
    232       201       293       13       72       136  
    $ 783     $ 1,492     $ 721     $ 631     $ 648     $ 838  
   * The Company continues to evaluate potential future acquisitions and other growth opportunities which are dependent upon the availability of economic opportunities and, as a result, capital expenditures may vary significantly from the above estimates.
 **  Includes approximately $150 million for new growth opportunities, including potential acquisitions.
 
   
Capital expenditures for 2009, 2008 and 2007 in the preceding table include noncash transactions, including the issuance of the Company's equity securities, in connection with acquisitions and the outstanding indebtedness related to the 2008 Intermountain acquisition and the 2007 Cascade acquisition. The net noncash transactions were immaterial in 2009, $97.6 million in 2008 and $217.3 million in 2007.

In 2009, the Company acquired a pipeline and energy services business in Montana. The total purchase consideration for this business and purchase price adjustments with respect to certain other acquisitions made prior to 2009, consisting of the Company's common stock and cash, was $22.0 million.

 
61

 

The 2009 capital expenditures, including those for the previously mentioned acquisitions and retirements of long-term debt, were met from internal sources and the issuance of long-term debt and the Company's equity securities. Estimated capital expenditures for the years 2010 through 2012 include those for:
 
·  
System upgrades
·  
Routine replacements
·  
Service extensions
·  
Routine equipment maintenance and replacements
·  
Buildings, land and building improvements
·  
Pipeline and gathering projects
·  
Further development of existing properties, exploratory drilling and acquisitions at the natural gas and oil production segment
·  
Power generation opportunities, including certain costs for additional electric generating capacity
·  
Other growth opportunities

The Company continues to evaluate potential future acquisitions and other growth opportunities; however, they are dependent upon the availability of economic opportunities and, as a result, capital expenditures may vary significantly from the estimates in the preceding table. It is anticipated that all of the funds required for capital expenditures and retirement of long-term debt for the years 2010 through 2012 will be met from various sources, including internally generated funds; the Company's credit facilities, as described below; and through the issuance of long-term debt and the Company's equity securities.

Capital resources
Certain debt instruments of the Company and its subsidiaries, including those discussed below, contain restrictive covenants and cross-default provisions. In order to borrow under the respective credit agreements, the Company and its subsidiaries must be in compliance with the applicable covenants and certain other conditions, all of which the Company and its subsidiaries, as applicable, were in compliance with at December 31, 2009. In the event the Company and its subsidiaries do not comply with the applicable covenants and other conditions, alternative sources of funding may need to be pursued. For additional information on the covenants, certain other conditions and cross-default provisions, see Item 8 – Note 9.

 
62

 

The following table summarizes the outstanding credit facilities of the Company and its subsidiaries at December 31, 2009:

Company
Facility
   
Facility
Limit
     
Amount
Outstanding
     
Letters
of Credit
   
Expiration
Date
 
(Dollars in millions)
MDU
Resources
Group, Inc.
Commercial paper/Revolving
credit agreement
(a)
  $ 125.0       $  
(b)
  $    
6/21/11
 
MDU Energy
Capital, LLC
Master shelf
agreement
    $ 175.0       $ 165.0       $    
8/14/10
(c)
Cascade
Natural Gas Corporation
Revolving credit
agreement
    $ 50.0  
(d)
  $       $ 1.9  
(e)
12/28/12
(f)
Intermountain
Gas Company
Revolving credit
agreement
    $ 65.0  
(g)
  $ 10.3       $    
8/31/10
 
Centennial
Energy
Holdings, Inc.
Commercial paper/Revolving
credit agreement
(h)
  $ 400.0       $  
(b)
  $ 26.4  
(e)
12/13/12
 
Williston Basin Interstate
Pipeline
Company
Uncommitted
long-term private
shelf agreement
    $ 125.0       $ 87.5       $    
12/23/10
(i)

(a)
The $125 million commercial paper program is supported by a revolving credit agreement with various banks totaling $125 million (provisions allow for increased borrowings, at the option of the Company on stated conditions, up to a maximum of $150 million). There were no amounts outstanding under the credit agreement.
(b)
Amount outstanding under commercial paper program.
(c)
Or such time as the agreement is terminated by either of the parties thereto.
(d)
Certain provisions allow for increased borrowings, up to a maximum of $75 million.
(e)
The outstanding letters of credit, as discussed in Item 8 – Note 19, reduce amounts available under the credit agreement.
(f)
Provisions allow for an extension of up to two years upon consent of the banks.
(g)
Certain provisions allow for increased borrowings, up to a maximum of $70 million.
(h)
The $400 million commercial paper program is supported by a revolving credit agreement with various banks totaling $400 million (provisions allow for increased borrowings, at the option of Centennial on stated conditions, up to a maximum of $450 million). There were no amounts outstanding under the credit agreement.
(i)
Certain provisions allow for an extension to December 23, 2011.

In order to maintain the Company’s and Centennial’s respective commercial paper programs in the amounts indicated above, both the Company and Centennial must have revolving credit agreements in place at least equal to the amount of their commercial paper programs. While the amount of commercial paper outstanding does not reduce available capacity under the respective revolving credit agreements, the Company and Centennial do not issue commercial paper in an aggregate amount exceeding the available capacity under their credit agreements.

The following includes information related to the above table.

 
63

 

MDU Resources Group, Inc. The Company’s revolving credit agreement supports its commercial paper program. The commercial paper borrowings are classified as long-term debt as they are intended to be refinanced on a long-term basis through continued commercial paper borrowings. The Company’s objective is to maintain acceptable credit ratings in order to access the capital markets through the issuance of commercial paper. Downgrades in the Company’s credit ratings have not limited, nor are currently expected to limit, the Company’s ability to access the capital markets. If the Company were to experience a further downgrade of its credit ratings, it may need to borrow under its credit agreement and may experience an increase in overall interest rates with respect to its cost of borrowings.

Prior to the maturity of the credit agreement, the Company expects that it will negotiate the extension or replacement of this agreement. If the Company is unable to successfully negotiate an extension of, or replacement for, the credit agreement, or if the fees on this facility become too expensive, which the Company does not currently anticipate, the Company would seek alternative funding.

In November 2009, the Company completed a defeasance of its outstanding 8.60% Secured Medium-Term Notes under the Mortgage and the Mortgage was discharged. For more information, see Item 8 – Note 9.

The Company's coverage of fixed charges including preferred stock dividends was 5.3 times for the 12 months ended December 31, 2008. Due to the $384.4 million after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties in the first quarter of 2009, earnings were insufficient by $228.7 million to cover fixed charges for the 12 months ended December 31, 2009. If the $384.4 million after-tax noncash write-down is excluded, the coverage of fixed charges including preferred stock dividends would have been 4.6 times for the 12 months ended December 31, 2009. Common stockholders' equity as a percent of total capitalization was 63 percent and 61 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The coverage of fixed charges including preferred stock dividends, that excludes the effect of the after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties is a non-GAAP financial measure. The Company believes that this non-GAAP financial measure is useful because the write-down excluded is not indicative of the Company’s cash flows available to meet its fixed charges obligations. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered a substitute for financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.

In September 2008, the Company entered into a Sales Agency Financing Agreement with Wells Fargo Securities, LLC with respect to the issuance and sale of up to 5 million shares of the Company’s common stock. The common stock may be offered for sale, from time to time, in accordance with the terms and conditions of the agreement, which terminates on May 28, 2011. Proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock under the agreement have been and are expected to be used for corporate development purposes and other general corporate purposes. The Company issued approximately 600,000 shares of stock during the fourth quarter under the Sales Agency Financing Agreement, resulting in net proceeds of $12.2 million, and has issued a total of approximately 3.2 million shares of stock under the Sales Agency Financing Agreement through December 31, 2009, resulting in total net proceeds of $63.1 million.

The Company currently has authorization to issue and sell up to $1.0 billion of securities pursuant to a registration statement on file with the SEC. The Company may sell all or a portion of such securities if warranted by market conditions and the Company's capital requirements. Any offer

 
64

 

and sale of such securities will be made only by means of a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. Centennial’s revolving credit agreement supports its commercial paper program. The Centennial commercial paper borrowings are classified as long-term debt as Centennial intends to refinance these borrowings on a long-term basis through continued Centennial commercial paper borrowings. Centennial’s objective is to maintain acceptable credit ratings in order to access the capital markets through the issuance of commercial paper. Downgrades in Centennial’s credit ratings have not limited, nor are currently expected to limit, Centennial’s ability to access the capital markets. If Centennial were to experience a further downgrade of its credit ratings, it may need to borrow under its credit agreement and may experience an increase in overall interest rates with respect to its cost of borrowings.

Prior to the maturity of the Centennial credit agreement, Centennial expects that it will negotiate the extension or replacement of this agreement, which provides credit support to access the capital markets. In the event Centennial is unable to successfully negotiate this agreement, or in the event the fees on this facility become too expensive, which Centennial does not currently anticipate, it would seek alternative funding.

Off balance sheet arrangements
In connection with the sale of MPX in June 2005 to Petrobras, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company has agreed to indemnify Petrobras for 49 percent of any losses that Petrobras may incur from certain contingent liabilities specified in the purchase agreement. For more information, see Item 8 – Note 19.

Centennial continues to guarantee CEM’s obligations under a construction contract for a 550-MW combined-cycle electric generating facility near Hobbs, New Mexico. For more information, see Item 8 – Note 19.
 
Contractual obligations and commercial commitments
For more information on the Company's contractual obligations on long-term debt, operating leases, purchase commitments and uncertain tax positions, see Item 8 – Notes 9, 14 and 19. At December 31, 2009, the Company's commitments under these obligations were as follows:

   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
2013
   
2014
   
Thereafter
   
Total
 
   
(In millions)
 
Long-term debt
  $ 12.6     $ 72.3     $ 136.3     $ 258.8     $ 9.1     $ 1,010.2     $ 1,499.3  
Estimated interest
                                                       
payments*
    91.9       87.8       84.0       69.8       62.3       342.6       738.4  
Operating leases
    25.2       20.3       15.3       12.6       6.7       43.9       124.0  
Purchase
                                                       
commitments
    507.6       288.3       192.1       105.7       90.3       234.9       1,418.9  
    $ 637.3     $ 468.7     $ 427.7     $ 446.9     $ 168.4     $ 1,631.6     $ 3,780.6  
* Estimated interest payments are calculated based on the applicable rates and payment dates.
 

Not reflected in the table above are $6.1 million in uncertain tax positions for which the year of settlement is not reasonably possible to determine.

 
65

 

Effects of Inflation
Inflation did not have a significant effect on the Company's operations in 2009, 2008 or 2007.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The Company is exposed to the impact of market fluctuations associated with commodity prices, interest rates and foreign currency. The Company has policies and procedures to assist in controlling these market risks and utilizes derivatives to manage a portion of its risk.

For more information on derivatives and the Company's derivative policies and procedures, see Item 8 – Notes 1 and 7.

Commodity price risk
Fidelity utilizes derivative instruments to manage a portion of the market risk associated with fluctuations in the price of natural gas and oil and basis differentials on forecasted sales of natural gas and oil production. Cascade and Intermountain utilize derivative instruments to manage a portion of their regulated natural gas supply portfolio in order to manage fluctuations in the price of natural gas.

 
66

 

The following table summarizes derivative agreements entered into by Fidelity, Cascade and Intermountain as of December 31, 2009. These agreements call for Fidelity to receive fixed prices and pay variable prices, and for Cascade and Intermountain to receive variable prices and pay fixed prices.

(Forward notional volume and fair value in thousands)
 
                   
   
Weighted
             
   
Average
   
Forward
       
   
Fixed
   
Notional
       
   
Price (Per
   
Volume
       
   
MMBtu/Bbl)
   
(MMBtu/Bbl)
   
Fair Value
 
Fidelity 
                 
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2010
  $ 5.99       21,071     $ 5,968  
Natural gas swap agreement maturing in 2011
  $ 8.00       1,351     $ 2,377  
Natural gas basis swap agreements maturing in 2010
  $ .24       14,600     $ (4,021 )
Natural gas basis swap agreement maturing in 2011
  $ .14       450     $ (108 )
Oil swap agreements maturing in 2010
  $ 78.13       730     $ (3,043 )
                         
Cascade
                       
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2010
  $ 8.03       8,922     $ (23,058 )
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2011
  $ 8.10       2,270     $ (4,756 )
                         
Intermountain
                       
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2010
  $ 6.03       900     $ (86 )
                         
   
Weighted
                 
   
Average
   
Forward
         
   
Floor/Ceiling
   
Notional
         
   
Price (Per
   
Volume
         
   
MMBtu/Bbl)
   
(MMBtu/Bbl)
   
Fair Value
 
Fidelity 
                       
Natural gas collar agreements maturing in 2010
    $5.63/$6.25       3,650     $ (39 )
Natural gas collar agreement maturing in 2011
    $5.62/$6.50       450     $ (6 )
Oil collar agreements maturing in 2010
    $65.00/$80.50       730     $ (4,867 )
Oil collar agreement maturing in 2011
    $80.00/$94.00       548     $ 357  


 
67

 

The following table summarizes derivative agreements entered into by Fidelity, Cascade and Intermountain as of December 31, 2008. These agreements call for Fidelity to receive fixed prices and pay variable prices, and for Cascade and Intermountain to receive variable prices and pay fixed prices.

(Forward notional volume and fair value in thousands)
 
                   
   
Weighted
   
Forward
       
   
Average
   
Notional
       
   
Fixed Price
   
Volume
       
   
(Per MMBtu)
   
(MMBtu)
   
Fair Value
 
Fidelity 
                 
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2009
  $ 8.73       10,920     $ 33,059  
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2010
  $ 8.08       1,606     $ 2,011  
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2011
  $ 8.00       1,351     $ 1,211  
Natural gas basis swap agreement maturing in 2009
  $ .61       3,650     $ (1,349 )
                         
Cascade
                       
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2009
  $ 8.26       19,350     $ (49,883 )
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2010
  $ 8.03       8,922     $ (18,947 )
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2011
  $ 8.10       2,270     $ (4,587 )
                         
Intermountain
                       
Natural gas swap agreements maturing in 2009
  $ 5.54       7,905     $ (5,297 )
                         
   
Weighted
                 
   
Average
   
Forward
         
   
Floor/Ceiling
   
Notional
         
   
Price (Per
   
Volume
         
   
MMBtu)
   
(MMBtu)
   
Fair Value
 
Fidelity 
                       
Natural gas collar agreements maturing in 2009
    $8.52/$9.56       14,965     $ 45,105  
Note: The fair value of Cascade’s natural gas swap agreements is presented net of the collateral provided to the counterparty of $11.1 million.
 

Interest rate risk
The Company uses fixed rate long-term debt and from time to time variable rate long-term debt to partially finance capital expenditures and mandatory debt retirements. These debt agreements expose the Company to market risk related to changes in interest rates. The Company manages this risk by taking advantage of market conditions when timing the placement of long-term or permanent financing. The Company also has historically used interest rate swap agreements to manage a portion of the Company's interest rate risk and may take advantage of such agreements in the future to minimize such risk. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no outstanding interest rate hedges.

 
68

 

The following table shows the amount of debt, including current portion, and related weighted average interest rates, both by expected maturity dates, as of December 31, 2009.
 
                                             
Fair
 
   
2010
   
2011
   
2012
   
2013
   
2014
   
Thereafter
   
Total
   
Value
 
   
(Dollars in millions)
 
Long-term debt:
                                               
Fixed rate
  $ 12.6     $ 72.3     $ 136.3     $ 258.8     $ 9.1     $ 1,010.2     $ 1,499.3     $ 1,566.3  
Weighted average
                                                               
interest rate
    6.9 %     7.1 %     5.9 %     6.0 %     6.9 %     6.1 %     6.1 %      

Foreign currency risk
MDU Brasil's equity method investments in the Brazilian Transmission Lines are exposed to market risks from changes in foreign currency exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the Brazilian Real. For further information, see Item 8 – Note 4. At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had no outstanding foreign currency hedges.


 
69

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of MDU Resources Group, Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. The Company's internal control system is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management assessed the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control–Integrated Framework .

Based on our evaluation under the framework in Internal Control Integrated Framework , management concluded that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2009.

The effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, has been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report.



/s/ Terry D. Hildestad
/s/ Doran N. Schwartz
Terry D. Hildestad
Doran N. Schwartz
President and Chief Executive Officer
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
   


 
70

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of MDU Resources Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of MDU Resources Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of income, common stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, listed in the Index at Item 15. These consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall consolidated financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of MDU Resources Group, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, the financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, present fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company adopted the definitions and required pricing assumptions outlined in the Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting rules issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission effective as of December 31, 2009.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated February 17, 2010, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 17, 2010

 
71

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of MDU Resources Group, Inc.:

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of MDU Resources Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2009, based on criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2009, based on the criteria established in Internal Control–Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement

 
72

 

schedule as of and for the year ended December 31, 2009 of the Company and our report February 17, 2010 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule and included an explanatory paragraph regarding the Company’s adoption of the definitions and required pricing assumptions outlined in the Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting rules issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission effective as of December 31, 2009.



/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 17, 2010


 
73

 

MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Income

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
Operating revenues:
                 
Electric, natural gas distribution and pipeline and energy services
  $ 1,504,269     $ 1,685,199     $ 1,095,709  
Construction services, natural gas and oil production, construction materials and contracting, and other
    2,672,232       3,318,079       3,152,187  
Total operating revenues
    4,176,501       5,003,278       4,247,896  
Operating expenses:
                       
Fuel and purchased power
    65,717       75,333       69,616  
Purchased natural gas sold
    739,678       765,900       377,404  
Operation and maintenance:
                       
Electric, natural gas distribution and pipeline and energy services
    263,869       262,053       215,587  
Construction services, natural gas and oil production,   construction materials and contracting, and other
    2,143,195       2,686,055       2,572,864  
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    330,542       366,020       301,932  
Taxes, other than income
    166,597       200,080       153,373  
Write-down of natural gas and oil properties (Note 1)
    620,000       135,800        
Total operating expenses
    4,329,598       4,491,241       3,690,776  
Operating income (loss)
    (153,097 )     512,037       557,120  
Earnings from equity method investments
    8,499       6,627       19,609  
Other income
    9,331       4,012       8,318  
Interest expense
    84,099       81,527       72,237  
Income (loss) before income taxes
    (219,366 )     441,149       512,810  
Income taxes
    (96,092 )     147,476       190,024  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (123,274 )     293,673       322,786  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax (Note 3)
                109,334  
Net income (loss)
    (123,274 )     293,673       432,120  
Dividends on preferred stocks
    685       685       685  
Earnings (loss) on common stock
  $ (123,959 )   $ 292,988     $ 431,435  
Earnings (loss) per common share – basic:
                       
Earnings (loss) before discontinued operations
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.60     $ 1.77  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                .60  
Earnings (loss) per common share – basic
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.60     $ 2.37  
Earnings (loss) per common share – diluted:
                       
Earnings (loss) before discontinued operations
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.59     $ 1.76  
Discontinued operations, net of tax
                .60  
Earnings (loss) per common share – diluted
  $ (.67 )   $ 1.59     $ 2.36  
Dividends per common share
  $ .6225     $ .6000     $ .5600  
Weighted average common shares outstanding – basic
    185,175       183,100       181,946  
Weighted average common shares outstanding – diluted
    185,175       183,807       182,902  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.


 
74

 

MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Balance Sheets

December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
 
(In thousands, except shares and per share amounts)
 
Assets
           
Current assets:
           
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 175,114     $ 51,714  
Receivables, net
    531,980       707,109  
Inventories
    249,804       261,524  
Deferred income taxes
    28,145        
Short-term investments
    2,833       2,467  
Commodity derivative instruments
    7,761       78,164  
Prepayments and other current assets
    66,021       171,314  
Total current assets
    1,061,658       1,272,292  
Investments
    145,416       114,290  
Property, plant and equipment (Note 1)
    6,766,582       7,062,237  
Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
    2,872,465       2,761,319  
Net property, plant and equipment
    3,894,117       4,300,918  
Deferred charges and other assets:
               
Goodwill (Note 5)
    629,463       615,735  
Other intangible assets, net (Note 5)
    28,977       28,392  
Other
    231,321       256,218  
Total deferred charges and other assets
    889,761       900,345  
Total assets
  $ 5,990,952     $ 6,587,845  
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
               
Current liabilities:
               
Short-term borrowings (Note 9)
  $ 10,300     $ 105,100  
Long-term debt due within one year
    12,629       78,666  
Accounts payable
    281,906       432,358  
Taxes payable
    55,540       49,784  
Deferred income taxes
          20,344  
Dividends payable
    29,749       28,640  
Accrued compensation
    47,425       55,646  
Commodity derivative instruments
    36,907       56,529  
Other accrued liabilities
    192,729       140,408  
Total current liabilities
    667,185       967,475  
Long-term debt (Note 9)
    1,486,677       1,568,636  
Deferred credits and other liabilities:
               
Deferred income taxes
    590,968       727,857  
Other liabilities
    674,475       562,801  
Total deferred credits and other liabilities
    1,265,443       1,290,658  
Commitments and contingencies (Notes 16, 18 and 19)
               
Stockholders' equity:
               
Preferred stocks (Note 11)
    15,000       15,000  
Common stockholders' equity:
               
Common stock (Note 12)
               
Authorized – 500,000,000 shares, $1.00 par value
               
Issued – 188,389,265 shares in 2009 and 184,208,283 shares in 2008
    188,389       184,208  
Other paid-in capital
    1,015,678       938,299  
Retained earnings
    1,377,039       1,616,830  
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
    (20,833 )     10,365  
Treasury stock at cost – 538,921 shares
    (3,626 )     (3,626 )
Total common stockholders' equity
    2,556,647       2,746,076  
Total stockholders' equity
    2,571,647       2,761,076  
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 5,990,952     $ 6,587,845  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
75

 

MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders' Equity
Years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
                                     
                           
Accumulated
                   
               
Other
         
Other
                   
   
Common Stock
   
Paid-in
   
Retained
   
Comprehensive
   
Treasury Stock
       
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Capital
   
Earnings
   
Income (Loss)
   
Shares
   
Amount
   
Total
 
   
(In thousands, except shares)
 
Balance at December 31, 2006
    181,557,543     $ 181,558     $ 874,253     $ 1,104,210     $ (6,482 )     (538,921 )   $ (3,626 )   $ 2,149,913  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                      432,120                         432,120  
Other comprehensive
                                                               
income (loss), net of tax -
                                                               
Net unrealized loss
                                                               
on derivative instruments
                                                               
qualifying as hedges
                            (13,505 )                 (13,505 )
Postretirement liability
                                                               
adjustment
                            3,012                   3,012  
Foreign currency
                                                               
translation adjustment
                            7,177                   7,177  
Net unrealized gain
                                                               
on available-for-sale
                                                               
investments
                            405                   405  
Total comprehensive income
                                              429,209  
Uncertain tax positions transition adjustment
                      31                         31  
Dividends on preferred stocks
                      (685 )                       (685 )
Dividends on common stock
                      (102,091 )                       (102,091 )
Tax benefit on stock-based
                                                               
compensation
                5,398                               5,398  
Issuance of common stock
    1,388,985       1,389       33,155                               34,544  
Balance at December 31, 2007
    182,946,528       182,947       912,806       1,433,585       (9,393 )     (538,921 )     (3,626 )     2,516,319  
Comprehensive income:
                                                               
Net income
                      293,673                         293,673  
Other comprehensive
                                                               
income (loss), net of tax -
                                                               
Net unrealized gain
                                                               
on derivative instruments
                                                               
qualifying as hedges
                            43,448                   43,448  
Postretirement liability
                                                               
adjustment
                            (13,751 )                 (13,751 )
Foreign currency
                                                               
translation adjustment
                            (9,534 )                 (9,534 )
Total comprehensive income
                                              313,836  
Fair value option transition adjustment
                      405       (405 )                  
Dividends on preferred stocks
                      (685 )                       (685 )
Dividends on common stock
                      (110,148 )                       (110,148 )
Tax benefit on stock-based
                                                               
compensation
                4,441                               4,441  
Issuance of common stock
    1,261,755       1,261       21,052                               22,313  
Balance at December 31, 2008
    184,208,283       184,208       938,299       1,616,830       10,365       (538,921 )     (3,626 )     2,746,076  
Comprehensive loss:
                                                               
Net loss
                      (123,274 )                       (123,274 )
Other comprehensive
                                                               
income (loss), net of tax -
                                                               
Net unrealized loss
                                                               
on derivative instruments
                                                               
qualifying as hedges
                            (51,684 )                 (51,684 )
Postretirement liability
                                                               
adjustment
                            9,918                   9,918  
Foreign currency
                                                               
translation adjustment
                            10,568                   10,568  
Total comprehensive loss
                                              (154,472 )
Dividends on preferred stocks
                      (685 )                       (685 )
Dividends on common stock
                      (115,832 )                       (115,832 )
Tax benefit on stock-based
                                                               
compensation
                (117 )                             (117 )
Issuance of common stock
    4,180,982       4,181       77,496                               81,677  
Balance at December 31, 2009
    188,389,265     $ 188,389     $ 1,015,678     $ 1,377,039     $ (20,833 )     (538,921 )   $ (3,626 )   $ 2,556,647  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
76

 

MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Operating activities:
                 
Net income (loss)
  $ (123,274 )   $ 293,673     $ 432,120  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                109,334  
Income (loss) from continuing operations
    (123,274 )     293,673       322,786  
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss)
                       
to net cash provided by operating activities:
                       
Depreciation, depletion and amortization
    330,542       366,020       301,932  
Earnings, net of distributions, from equity
                       
method investments
    (3,018 )     365       (14,031 )
Deferred income taxes
    (169,764 )     64,890       67,272  
Write-down of natural gas and oil properties (Note 1)
    620,000       135,800        
Changes in current assets and liabilities, net of
                       
acquisitions:
                       
Receivables
    132,939       27,165       (40,256 )
Inventories
    13,969       (18,574 )     (7,130 )
Other current assets
    67,803       (64,771 )     (7,356 )
Accounts payable
    (61,867 )     28,205       24,702  
Other current liabilities
    44,039       (38,738 )     (22,932 )
Other noncurrent changes
    (4,683 )     (7,848 )     9,594  
Net cash provided by continuing operations
    846,686       786,187       634,581  
Net cash used in discontinued operations
                (71,389 )
Net cash provided by operating activities
    846,686       786,187       563,192  
                         
Investing activities:
                       
Capital expenditures
    (448,675 )     (746,478 )     (558,283 )
Acquisitions, net of cash acquired
    (6,410 )     (533,543 )     (348,490 )
Net proceeds from sale or disposition of property
    26,679       86,927       24,983  
Investments
    (3,740 )     85,773       (67,140 )
Proceeds from sale of equity method investments
                58,450  
Net cash used in continuing operations
    (432,146 )     (1,107,321 )     (890,480 )
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
                548,216  
Net cash used in investing activities
    (432,146 )     (1,107,321 )     (342,264 )
                         
Financing activities:
                       
Issuance of short-term borrowings
    10,300       216,400       311,700  
Repayment of short-term borrowings
    (105,100 )     (113,000 )     (310,000 )
Issuance of long-term debt
    145,000       453,929       120,250  
Repayment of long-term debt
    (292,907 )     (200,527 )     (232,464 )
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
    65,207       15,011       17,263  
Dividends paid
    (115,023 )     (108,591 )     (100,641 )
Tax benefit on stock-based compensation
    601       4,441       5,398  
Net cash provided by (used in) continuing operations
    (291,922 )     267,663       (188,494 )
Net cash provided by discontinued operations
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (291,922 )     267,663       (188,494 )
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
    782       (635 )     308  
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
    123,400       (54,106 )     32,742  
Cash and cash equivalents – beginning of year
    51,714       105,820       73,078  
Cash and cash equivalents – end of year
  $ 175,114     $ 51,714     $ 105,820  
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 
77

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1 – Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of presentation
The consolidated financial statements of the Company include the accounts of the following businesses: electric, natural gas distribution, construction services, pipeline and energy services, natural gas and oil production, construction materials and contracting, and other. The electric, natural gas distribution, and pipeline and energy services businesses are substantially all regulated. Construction services, natural gas and oil production, construction materials and contracting, and other are nonregulated. For further descriptions of the Company's businesses, see Note 15. The statements also include the ownership interests in the assets, liabilities and expenses of jointly owned electric generating facilities.

The Company's regulated businesses are subject to various state and federal agency regulations. The accounting policies followed by these businesses are generally subject to the Uniform System of Accounts of the FERC. These accounting policies differ in some respects from those used by the Company's nonregulated businesses.

The Company's regulated businesses account for certain income and expense items under the provisions of regulatory accounting, which requires these businesses to defer as regulatory assets or liabilities certain items that would have otherwise been reflected as expense or income, respectively, based on the expected regulatory treatment in future rates. The expected recovery or flowback of these deferred items generally is based on specific ratemaking decisions or precedent for each item. Regulatory assets and liabilities are being amortized consistently with the regulatory treatment established by the FERC and the applicable state public service commissions. See Note 6 for more information regarding the nature and amounts of these regulatory deferrals.

Depreciation, depletion and amortization expense is reported separately on the Consolidated Statements of Income and therefore is excluded from the other line items within operating expenses.

Cash and cash equivalents
The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

Allowance for doubtful accounts
The Company's allowance for doubtful accounts as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $16.6 million and $13.7 million, respectively.

Natural gas in storage
Natural gas in storage for the Company's regulated operations is generally carried at average cost, or cost using the last-in, first-out method. The portion of the cost of natural gas in storage expected to be used within one year was included in inventories and was $35.6 million and $27.6 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The remainder of natural gas in storage, which largely represents the cost of the gas required to maintain pressure levels for normal operating purposes, was included in other assets and was $59.6 million and $43.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 
78

 

Inventories
Inventories, other than natural gas in storage for the Company's regulated operations, consisted primarily of aggregates held for resale of $80.1 million and $89.1 million, materials and supplies of $58.1 million and $70.3 million, asphalt oil of $23.0 million and $22.1 million, and other inventories of $53.0 million and $52.4 million, as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. These inventories were stated at the lower of average cost or market value.

Investments
The Company's investments include its equity method investments as discussed in Note 4, the cash surrender value of life insurance policies, investments in fixed-income and equity securities and auction rate securities. Under the equity method, investments are initially recorded at cost and adjusted for dividends and undistributed earnings and losses. On January 1, 2008, the Company elected to measure its investments in certain fixed-income and equity securities at fair value with any unrealized gains and losses recorded on the Consolidated Statements of Income. These investments had previously been accounted for as available-for-sale investments and were recorded at fair value with any unrealized gains and losses, net of income taxes, recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets until realized. The Company accounts for auction rate securities as available-for-sale. For more information, see Notes 8 and 16 and comprehensive income (loss) in this note.

Property, plant and equipment
Additions to property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost. When regulated assets are retired, or otherwise disposed of in the ordinary course of business, the original cost of the asset is charged to accumulated depreciation. With respect to the retirement or disposal of all other assets, except for natural gas and oil production properties as described in natural gas and oil properties in this note, the resulting gains or losses are recognized as a component of income. The Company is permitted to capitalize AFUDC on regulated construction projects and to include such amounts in rate base when the related facilities are placed in service. In addition, the Company capitalizes interest, when applicable, on certain construction projects associated with its other operations. The amount of AFUDC and interest capitalized was $11.5 million, $9.0 million and $7.1 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Generally, property, plant and equipment are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the average useful lives of the assets, except for depletable aggregate reserves, which are depleted based on the units-of-production method, and natural gas and oil production properties, which are amortized on the units-of-production method based on total reserves. The Company collects removal costs for plant assets in regulated utility rates. These amounts are recorded as regulatory liabilities, which are included in other liabilities.

 
79

 

Property, plant and equipment at December 31 was as follows:
               
Weighted
 
               
Average
 
               
Depreciable
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
Life in Years
 
   
(Dollars in thousands, where applicable)
 
Regulated:
                 
Electric:
                 
Generation
  $ 486,710     $ 408,851       58  
Distribution
    230,795       219,501       36  
Transmission
    146,373       142,081       44  
Other
    77,913       78,292       12  
Natural gas distribution:
                       
Distribution
    1,218,124       1,260,651       39  
Other
    238,084       168,836       21  
Pipeline and energy services:
                       
Transmission
    351,019       322,276       52  
Gathering
    41,815       41,825       19  
Storage
    33,701       32,592       52  
Other
    33,283       31,925       27  
Nonregulated:
                       
Construction services:
                       
Land
    4,526       4,526        
Buildings and improvements
    15,110       12,913       23  
Machinery, vehicles and equipment
    87,462       84,042       7  
Other
    9,138       9,820       5  
Pipeline and energy services:
                       
Gathering
    202,467       201,323       17  
Other
    12,914       10,980       10  
Natural gas and oil production:
                       
Natural gas and oil properties
    1,993,594       2,443,946       *  
Other
    35,200       33,456       9  
Construction materials and contracting:
                       
Land
    127,928       127,279        
Buildings and improvements
    65,778       68,356       20  
Machinery, vehicles and equipment
    925,747       932,545       12  
Construction in progress
    3,733       11,488        
Aggregate reserves
    391,803       384,361       **  
Other:
                       
Land
    2,942       2,942        
Other
    30,423       27,430       19  
Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization
    2,872,465       2,761,319          
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 3,894,117     $ 4,300,918          
* Amortized on the units-of-production method based on total proved reserves at an Mcf equivalent average rate of $1.64, $2.00 and $1.59 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. Includes natural gas and oil production properties accounted for under the full-cost method, of which $178.2 million and $232.1 million were excluded from amortization at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 
 **  Depleted on the units-of-production method.
 


 
80

 

Impairment of long-lived assets
The Company reviews the carrying values of its long-lived assets, excluding goodwill and natural gas and oil properties, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such carrying values may not be recoverable. The determination of whether an impairment has occurred is based on an estimate of undiscounted future cash flows attributable to the assets, compared to the carrying value of the assets. If impairment has occurred, the amount of the impairment recognized is determined by estimating the fair value of the assets and recording a loss if the carrying value is greater than the fair value. No significant impairment losses were recorded in 2009, 2008 and 2007. Unforeseen events and changes in circumstances could require the recognition of other impairment losses at some future date.

Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net tangible and intangible assets acquired in a business combination. Goodwill is required to be tested for impairment annually, which is completed in the fourth quarter, or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. For more information on goodwill, see Note 5.

Natural gas and oil properties
The Company uses the full-cost method of accounting for its natural gas and oil production activities. Under this method, all costs incurred in the acquisition, exploration and development of natural gas and oil properties are capitalized and amortized on the units-of-production method based on total proved reserves. Any conveyances of properties, including gains or losses on abandonments of properties, are treated as adjustments to the cost of the properties with no gain or loss recognized.

Capitalized costs are subject to a “ceiling test” that limits such costs to the aggregate of the present value of future net cash flows from proved reserves discounted at 10 percent, as mandated under the rules of the SEC, plus the cost of unproved properties less applicable income taxes. Future net revenue was estimated based on end-of-quarter spot market prices adjusted for contracted price changes prior to the fourth quarter of 2009. Effective December 31, 2009, the Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting rules issued by the SEC changed the pricing used to estimate reserves and associated future cash flows to SEC Defined Prices. Prior to that date, if capitalized costs exceeded the full-cost ceiling at the end of any quarter, a permanent noncash write-down was required to be charged to earnings in that quarter unless subsequent price changes eliminated or reduced an indicated write-down. Effective December 31, 2009, if capitalized costs exceed the full-cost ceiling at the end of any quarter, a permanent noncash write-down is required to be charged to earnings in that quarter regardless of subsequent price changes.

Due to low natural gas and oil prices that existed on March 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008, the Company's capitalized costs under the full-cost method of accounting exceeded the full-cost ceiling at March 31, 2009, and December 31, 2008. Accordingly, the Company was required to write down its natural gas and oil producing properties. The noncash write-downs amounted to $620.0 million and $135.8 million ($384.4 million and $84.2 million after tax) for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The Company hedges a portion of its natural gas and oil production and the effects of the cash flow hedges were used in determining the full-cost ceiling. The Company would have recognized additional write-downs of its natural gas and oil properties of $107.9 million ($66.9 million after tax) at March 31, 2009, and $79.2 million ($49.1 million after tax) at December 31, 2008, if the

 
81

 

effects of cash flow hedges had not been considered in calculating the full-cost ceiling. For more information on the Company's cash flow hedges, see Note 7.

At December 31, 2009, the Company’s full-cost ceiling exceeded the Company’s capitalized cost. However, sustained downward movements in natural gas and oil prices subsequent to December 31, 2009, could result in a future write-down of the Company’s natural gas and oil properties.

The following table summarizes the Company's natural gas and oil properties not subject to amortization at December 31, 2009, in total and by the year in which such costs were incurred:

         
Year Costs Incurred
 
                           
2006
 
   
Total
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
and prior
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Acquisition
  $ 122,806     $ 4,287     $ 81,954     $ 7,972     $ 28,593  
Development
    20,377       9,997       7,149       3,231        
Exploration
    28,216       19,311       8,093       811       1  
Capitalized interest
    6,815       1,336       3,865       478       1,136  
Total costs not subject
                                       
to amortization
  $ 178,214     $ 34,931     $ 101,061     $ 12,492     $ 29,730  

Costs not subject to amortization as of December 31, 2009, consisted primarily of unevaluated leaseholds, drilling costs, seismic costs and capitalized interest associated primarily with natural gas and oil development in the Paradox Basin in Utah; Big Horn Basin in Wyoming; east Texas properties; and CBNG in the Powder River Basin of Wyoming and Montana. The Company expects that the majority of these costs will be evaluated within the next five years and included in the amortization base as the properties are evaluated and/or developed.

Revenue recognition
Revenue is recognized when the earnings process is complete, as evidenced by an agreement between the customer and the Company, when delivery has occurred or services have been rendered, when the fee is fixed or determinable and when collection is reasonably assured. The Company recognizes utility revenue each month based on the services provided to all utility customers during the month. Accrued unbilled revenue which is included in receivables, net, represents revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed. Accrued unbilled revenue at Montana-Dakota, Cascade and Intermountain was $92.6 million and $123.2 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The Company recognizes construction contract revenue at its construction businesses using the percentage-of-completion method as discussed later. The Company recognizes revenue from natural gas and oil production properties only on that portion of production sold and allocable to the Company's ownership interest in the related well. The Company recognizes all other revenues when services are rendered or goods are delivered. The Company presents revenues net of taxes collected from customers at the time of sale to be remitted to governmental authorities, including sales and use taxes.

Percentage-of-completion method
The Company recognizes construction contract revenue from fixed-price and modified fixed-price construction contracts at its construction businesses using the percentage-of-completion method, measured by the percentage of costs incurred to date to estimated total costs for each contract. If a loss is anticipated on a contract, the loss is immediately recognized. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts of $28.8 million and $40.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, represent revenues recognized in excess of amounts billed and were

 
82

 

included in receivables, net. Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts of $49.3 million and $106.9 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, represent billings in excess of revenues recognized and were included in accounts payable. Amounts representing balances billed but not paid by customers under retainage provisions in contracts amounted to $45.4 million and $86.9 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The amounts expected to be paid within one year or less are included in receivables, net, and amounted to $44.0 million and $67.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The long-term retainage which was included in deferred charges and other assets – other was $1.4 million and $19.2 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

Derivative instruments
The Company's policy allows the use of derivative instruments as part of an overall energy price, foreign currency and interest rate risk management program to efficiently manage and minimize commodity price, foreign currency and interest rate risk. The Company's policy prohibits the use of derivative instruments for speculating to take advantage of market trends and conditions, and the Company has procedures in place to monitor compliance with its policies. The Company is exposed to credit-related losses in relation to derivative instruments in the event of nonperformance by counterparties.

The Company's policy generally allows the hedging of monthly forecasted natural gas and oil production at Fidelity for a period up to 36 months from the time the Company enters into the hedge. The Company's policy requires that interest rate derivative instruments not exceed a period of 24 months and foreign currency derivative instruments not exceed a 12-month period. The Company's policy allows the hedging of monthly forecasted purchases of natural gas at Cascade and Intermountain for a period up to three years.

The Company’s policy requires that each month as physical natural gas and oil production at Fidelity occurs and the commodity is sold, the related portion of the derivative agreement for that month’s production must settle with its counterparties. Settlements represent the exchange of cash between the Company and its counterparties based on the notional quantities and prices for each month’s physical delivery as specified within the agreements. The fair value of the remaining notional amounts on the derivative agreements is recorded on the balance sheet as an asset or liability measured at fair value, with the unrealized gains or losses recognized as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). The Company's policy also requires settlement of natural gas derivative instruments at Cascade and Intermountain monthly and all interest rate derivative transactions must be settled over a period that will not exceed 90 days, and any foreign currency derivative transaction settlement periods may not exceed a 12-month period. The Company has policies and procedures that management believes minimize credit-risk exposure. Accordingly, the Company does not anticipate any material effect on its financial position or results of operations as a result of nonperformance by counterparties. For more information on derivative instruments, see Note 7.

The Company's swap and collar agreements are reflected at fair value, based upon futures prices, volatility and time to maturity, among other things.

Asset retirement obligations
The Company records the fair value of a liability for an asset retirement obligation in the period in which it is incurred. When the liability is initially recorded, the Company capitalizes a cost by increasing the carrying amount of the related long-lived asset. Over time, the liability is accreted to its present value each period, and the capitalized cost is depreciated over the useful life of the related asset. Upon settlement of the liability, the Company either settles the obligation for the

 
83

 

recorded amount or incurs a gain or loss at its nonregulated operations or incurs a regulatory asset or liability at its regulated operations. For more information on asset retirement obligations, see Note 10.

Natural gas costs recoverable or refundable through rate adjustments
Under the terms of certain orders of the applicable state public service commissions, the Company is deferring natural gas commodity, transportation and storage costs that are greater or less than amounts presently being recovered through its existing rate schedules. Such orders generally provide that these amounts are recoverable or refundable through rate adjustments within a period ranging from 12 to 28 months from the time such costs are paid. Natural gas costs refundable through rate adjustments were $37.4 million and $64,000 at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which is included in other accrued liabilities. Natural gas costs recoverable through rate adjustments were $982,000 and $51.7 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, which is included in prepayments and other current assets.

Insurance
Certain subsidiaries of the Company are insured for workers' compensation losses, subject to deductibles ranging up to $1 million per occurrence. Automobile liability and general liability losses are insured, subject to deductibles ranging up to $1 million per accident or occurrence. These subsidiaries have excess coverage above the primary automobile and general liability policies on a claims first-made and reported basis beyond the deductible levels. The subsidiaries of the Company are retaining losses up to the deductible amounts accrued on the basis of estimates of liability for claims incurred and for claims incurred but not reported.

Income taxes
The Company provides deferred federal and state income taxes on all temporary differences between the book and tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. Excess deferred income tax balances associated with the Company's rate-regulated activities have been recorded as a regulatory liability and are included in other liabilities. These regulatory liabilities are expected to be reflected as a reduction in future rates charged to customers in accordance with applicable regulatory procedures.

The Company uses the deferral method of accounting for investment tax credits and amortizes the credits on regulated electric and natural gas distribution plant over various periods that conform to the ratemaking treatment prescribed by the applicable state public service commissions.

Tax positions taken or expected to be taken in an income tax return are evaluated for recognition using a more-likely-than-not threshold, and those tax positions requiring recognition are measured as the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority. The Company recognizes interest and penalties accrued related to unrecognized tax benefits in income taxes.

Foreign currency translation adjustment
The functional currency of the Company's investment in the Brazilian Transmission Lines, as further discussed in Note 4, is the Brazilian Real. Translation from the Brazilian Real to the U.S. dollar for assets and liabilities is performed using the exchange rate in effect at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated on a year-to-date basis using weighted average daily exchange rates. Adjustments resulting from such translations are reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss) in common stockholders' equity.

 
84

 

Transaction gains and losses resulting from the effect of exchange rate changes on transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the reporting entity would be recorded in income.

Earnings (loss) per common share
Basic earnings (loss) per common share were computed by dividing earnings (loss) on common stock by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Diluted earnings per common share were computed by dividing earnings on common stock by the total of the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year, plus the effect of outstanding stock options, restricted stock grants and performance share awards. In 2008 and 2007, there were no shares excluded from the calculation of diluted earnings per share. Diluted loss per common share for 2009 was computed by dividing the loss on common stock by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the year. Due to the loss on common stock for 2009, the effect of outstanding stock options, restricted stock grants and performance share awards was excluded from the computation of diluted loss per common share as their effect was antidilutive. Common stock outstanding includes issued shares less shares held in treasury.

Use of estimates
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements, as well as the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates are used for items such as impairment testing of long-lived assets, goodwill and natural gas and oil properties; fair values of acquired assets and liabilities under the purchase method of accounting; natural gas and oil reserves; aggregate reserves; property depreciable lives; tax provisions; uncollectible accounts; environmental and other loss contingencies; accumulated provision for revenues subject to refund; costs on construction contracts; unbilled revenues; actuarially determined benefit costs; asset retirement obligations; the valuation of stock-based compensation; and the fair value of derivative instruments. As additional information becomes available, or actual amounts are determinable, the recorded estimates are revised. Consequently, operating results can be affected by revisions to prior accounting estimates.

Cash flow information
Cash expenditures for interest and income taxes were as follows:

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Interest, net of amount capitalized
  $ 81,267     $ 77,152     $ 74,404  
Income taxes
  $ 39,807     $ 113,212     $ 214,573  

Income taxes paid for the year ended December 31, 2007, were higher than the amount paid for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, primarily due to higher estimated quarterly tax payments paid in 2007 due in large part to the gain on the sale of the domestic independent power production assets as discussed in Note 3.


 
85

 

New accounting standards
Codification In June 2009, the FASB established the ASC as the source of authoritative generally accepted accounting principles recognized by the FASB. The ASC is a reorganization of GAAP into a topical format. It was effective for the Company in the third quarter of 2009. The adoption of the Codification required the Company to revise its disclosures when referencing generally accepted accounting principles.

Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures In September 2006, the FASB established guidance that defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring fair value and expands disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance applies under other accounting pronouncements that require or permit fair value measurements with certain exceptions and was effective for the Company on January 1, 2008. In February 2008, this guidance was revised to delay the effective date for certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities to January 1, 2009. The types of assets and liabilities that are recognized at fair value effective January 1, 2009, due to the delayed effective date, include nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities initially measured at fair value in a business combination or new basis event, certain fair value measurements associated with goodwill impairment testing, indefinite-lived intangible assets and nonfinancial long-lived assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment, and asset retirement obligations initially measured at fair value. The adoption of the fair value measurements and disclosure guidance, including the application to certain nonfinancial assets and nonfinancial liabilities with a delayed effective date of January 1, 2009, did not have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

Business Combinations   In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance related to business combinations that requires an acquirer to recognize and measure the assets acquired, liabilities assumed and any noncontrolling interests in the acquiree at the acquisition date, measured at their fair values as of that date, with limited exception. The business combination guidance also requires that acquisition-related costs will be generally expensed as incurred, and expands the disclosure requirements for business combinations. In addition, the business combination guidance was amended and clarified to address application issues raised in regard to initial recognition and measurement, subsequent measurement and accounting, and disclosure of assets and liabilities arising from contingencies in a business combination. This guidance and its amendments were effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. The adoption of the business combination guidance and its amendments did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Noncontrolling Interests In December 2007, the FASB established accounting and reporting standards for the noncontrolling interest in a subsidiary and for the deconsolidation of a subsidiary. This guidance was effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. The adoption of the noncontrolling interest guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities In March 2008, the FASB released guidance related to derivative instruments and hedging activities that requires enhanced disclosures about an entity’s derivative and hedging activities including how and why an entity uses derivative instruments, how derivative instruments and related hedged items are accounted for, and how derivative instruments and related hedged items affect an entity’s financial position, financial performance and cash flows. This guidance was effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. The adoption of the derivative instruments and hedging activities guidance requires additional disclosures regarding the Company’s derivative instruments; however, it did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

 
86

 

Pensions and Other Postretirement Benefits In December 2008, the FASB issued guidance on an employer’s disclosures about plan assets of a defined benefit pension or other postretirement plan to provide users of financial statements with an understanding of how investment allocation decisions are made, the major categories of plan assets, the inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of plan assets, the effect of fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs on changes in plan assets for the period and significant concentrations of risk within plan assets. This guidance was effective for the Company on January 1, 2009. The adoption of the pension and other postretirement benefits guidance required additional disclosures regarding the Company's defined benefit pension and other postretirement plans in the annual financial statements; however, it did not impact the Company's financial position or results of operations.

Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting In January 2009, the SEC adopted final rules amending its oil and gas reporting requirements. The new rules include changes to the pricing used to estimate reserves, the ability to include nontraditional resources in reserves, the use of new technology for determining reserves and permitting disclosure of probable and possible reserves. The final rules were effective on December 31, 2009. For information on the impacts of adopting the SEC’s final rules for oil and gas reporting, see Supplementary Financial Information.

Financial Instruments In April 2009, the FASB issued guidance that requires disclosures about the fair value of financial instruments for interim reporting periods of publicly traded companies as well as in annual financial statements, which was effective for the Company in the second quarter of 2009. The adoption of the financial instruments guidance required additional disclosures regarding the Company’s fair value of financial instruments; however, it did not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Subsequent Events In May 2009, the FASB issued subsequent events guidance which establishes standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after the balance sheet date but before financial statements are issued or are available to be issued. In addition it requires disclosure of the date through which the Company has evaluated subsequent events and whether it represents the date the financial statements were issued or were available to be issued. This guidance was effective for the Company on June 30, 2009. The adoption of the subsequent events guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Variable Interest Entities In June 2009, the FASB issued guidance related to variable interest entities which changes how a reporting entity determines when an entity that is insufficiently capitalized or is not controlled through voting rights should be consolidated and modifies the approach for determining the primary beneficiary of a variable interest entity. This guidance will require a reporting entity to provide additional disclosures about its involvement with variable interest entities and any significant changes in risk exposure due to that involvement. The guidance related to variable interest entities was effective for the Company on January 1, 2010. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Oil and Gas Reserve Estimation and Disclosure In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance related to oil and gas reserve estimation and disclosure requirements, which aligned the current oil and gas reserve estimation and disclosures with those of the SEC’s final rule, Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting, and requires disclosure in the first annual period of the estimated effect of the initial application of the guidance. The guidance related to oil and gas reserve estimation and disclosure was effective for the Company on December 31, 2009. For more information on the

 
87

 

effects of adopting the oil and gas reserve estimation and disclosure guidance, see Supplementary Financial Information.

Improving Disclosure About Fair Value Measurements In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance related to improving disclosures about fair value measurements. The guidance requires separate disclosures of the amounts of transfers in and out of Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements and a description of the reason for such transfers. In the reconciliation for Level 3 fair value measurements using significant unobservable inputs, information about purchases, sales, issuances and settlements shall be presented separately. These disclosures are required for interim and annual reporting periods and were effective for the Company on January 1, 2010, except for the disclosures related to the purchases, sales, issuances and settlements in the roll forward activity of Level 3 fair value measurements, which are effective on January 1, 2011. The guidance will require additional disclosures but will not impact the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income (loss) is the sum of net income (loss) as reported and other comprehensive income (loss). The Company's other comprehensive income (loss) resulted from gains (losses) on derivative instruments qualifying as hedges, postretirement liability adjustments, foreign currency translation adjustments and gains on available-for-sale investments. For more information on derivative instruments, see Note 7.

The components of other comprehensive income (loss), and their related tax effects for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, were as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
                 
Net unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
                 
qualifying as hedges:
                 
Net unrealized gain (loss) on derivative instruments
                 
arising during the period, net of tax of
                 
$(2,509), $30,414 and $3,989 in 2009,
                 
2008 and 2007, respectively
  $ (4,094 )   $ 49,623     $ 6,508  
Less: Reclassification adjustment for gain on
                       
derivative instruments included in net income,
                       
net of tax of $29,170, $3,795 and $12,504 in
                       
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    47,590       6,175       20,013  
Net unrealized gain (loss) on derivative
                       
instruments qualifying as hedges
    (51,684 )     43,448       (13,505 )
Postretirement liability adjustment, net of tax
                       
of $6,291, $(8,750) and $1,835 in 2009,
                       
2008 and 2007, respectively
    9,918       (13,751 )     3,012  
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax
                       
of $6,814, $(6,108) and $3,606 in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively
    10,568       (9,534 )     7,177  
Net unrealized gain on available-for-sale
                       
investments, net of tax of $270 in 2007
                405  
Total other comprehensive income (loss)
  $ (31,198 )   $ 20,163     $ (2,911 )


 
88

 

The after-tax components of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as of December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, were as follows:

   
Net
Unrealized
Gain (Loss) on
 Derivative
Instruments
Qualifying
as Hedges
   
Post-retirement
Liability
Adjustment
   
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
   
Net
Unrealized
Gain
 on Available-for-sale Investments
   
Total
Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
         
(In thousands)
             
Balance at December 31, 2007
  $ 5,938     $ (21,330 )   $ 5,594     $ 405     $ (9,393 )
Balance at December 31, 2008
  $ 49,386     $ (35,081 )   $ (3,940 )   $     $ 10,365  
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ (2,298 )   $ (25,163 )   $ 6,628     $     $ (20,833 )

Note 2 – Acquisitions
In 2009, the Company acquired a pipeline and energy services business in Montana which was not material. The total purchase consideration for this business and purchase price adjustments with respect to certain other acquisitions made prior to 2009, consisting of the Company’s common stock and cash, was $22.0 million.

In 2008, the Company acquired a construction services business in Nevada; natural gas properties in Texas; construction materials and contracting businesses in Alaska, California, Idaho and Texas; and Intermountain, a natural gas distribution business, as discussed below. The total purchase consideration for these businesses and properties and purchase price adjustments with respect to certain other acquisitions made prior to 2008, consisting of the Company’s common stock and cash and the outstanding indebtedness of Intermountain, was $624.5 million.

On October 1, 2008, the acquisition of Intermountain was finalized and Intermountain became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Intermountain’s service area is in Idaho.

In 2007, the Company acquired construction materials and contracting businesses in North Dakota, Texas and Wyoming; a construction services business in Nevada; and Cascade, a natural gas distribution business, as discussed below. The total purchase consideration for these businesses and properties and purchase price adjustments with respect to certain other acquisitions made prior to 2007, consisting of the Company's common stock and cash and the outstanding indebtedness of Cascade, was $526.3 million.

On July 2, 2007, the acquisition of Cascade was finalized and Cascade became an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Cascade's natural gas service areas are in Washington and Oregon.

The above acquisitions were accounted for under the purchase method of accounting and, accordingly, the acquired assets and liabilities assumed have been preliminarily recorded at their respective fair values as of the date of acquisition. On the above acquisition made in 2009, a final fair market value is pending the completion of the review of the relevant assets and liabilities as of the acquisition date. The results of operations of the acquired businesses and properties are included in the financial statements since the date of each acquisition. Pro forma financial amounts reflecting the effects of the above acquisitions are not presented, as such acquisitions were not material to the Company's financial position or results of operations.


 
89

 

Note 3 – Discontinued Operations
Innovatum, a component of the pipeline and energy services segment, specialized in cable and pipeline magnetization and location. During the third quarter of 2006, the Company initiated a plan to sell Innovatum because the Company determined that Innovatum is a non-strategic asset. During the fourth quarter of 2006, the stock and a portion of the assets of Innovatum were sold and the Company sold the remaining assets of Innovatum in January 2008. The loss on disposal of Innovatum was not material.

During the fourth quarter of 2006, the Company initiated a plan to sell certain of the domestic assets of Centennial Resources. The plan to sell was based on the increased market demand for independent power production assets, combined with the Company's desire to efficiently fund future capital needs. The Company subsequently committed to a plan to sell CEM due to strong interest in the operations of CEM during the bidding process for the domestic independent power production assets in the first quarter of 2007.

In July 2007, Centennial Resources sold its domestic independent power production business consisting of Centennial Power and CEM to Bicent Power LLC (formerly known as Montana Acquisition Company LLC). The transaction was valued at $636 million, which included the assumption of approximately $36 million of project-related debt. The gain on the sale of the assets, excluding the gain on the sale of Hartwell as discussed in Note 4, was approximately $85.4 million (after tax).

The Company's consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes for prior periods present the results of operations of Innovatum and the domestic independent power production assets as discontinued operations. In addition, the assets and liabilities of these operations were treated as held for sale, and as a result, no depreciation, depletion and amortization expense was recorded from the time each of the assets was classified as held for sale.

Operating results related to Innovatum for the year ended December 31, 2007, were as follows:

   
2007
 
(In thousands)
 
Operating revenues
  $ 1,748  
Loss from discontinued operations before income tax benefit
    (210 )
Income tax benefit
    (316 )
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ 106  

Operating results related to the domestic independent power production assets for the year ended December 31, 2007, were as follows:

   
2007
 
(In thousands)
 
Operating revenues
  $ 125,867  
Income from discontinued operations (including gain on disposal in 2007 of $142.4 million) before income tax expense
    177,666  
Income tax expense
    68,438  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
  $ 109,228  

Revenues at the former independent power production operations were recognized based on electricity delivered and capacity provided, pursuant to contractual commitments and, where applicable, revenues were recognized ratably over the terms of the related contract. Arrangements

 
90

 

with multiple revenue-generating activities were recognized with the multiple deliverables divided into separate units of accounting based on specific criteria and revenues of the arrangements allocated to the separate units based on their relative fair values.

Note 4 – Equity Method Investments
Investments in companies in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for using the equity method. The Company's equity method investments at December 31, 2009 and 2008, include the Brazilian Transmission Lines.

In August 2006, MDU Brasil acquired ownership interests in companies owning the Brazilian Transmission Lines. The interests involve the ENTE (13.3-percent ownership interest), ERTE (13.3-percent ownership interest) and ECTE (25-percent ownership interest) electric transmission lines, which are primarily in northeastern and southern Brazil. The transmission contracts provide for revenues denominated in the Brazilian Real, annual inflation adjustments and change in tax law adjustments and have between 21 and 23 years remaining under the contracts. Alusa and CEMIG hold the remaining ownership interests, with CELESC also having an ownership interest in ECTE. The functional currency for the Brazilian Transmission Lines is the Brazilian Real.

In the fourth quarter of 2009, multiple sales agreements were signed with three separate parties for the Company to sell its ownership interests in the Brazilian Transmission Lines. This sale is pending regulatory approvals. One of the parties will purchase 15.6 percent of the Company’s ownership interests over a four-year period. The other parties will purchase 84.4 percent of the Company’s ownership interests at the financial close of the transaction.

In September 2004, Centennial Resources, through indirect wholly owned subsidiaries, acquired a 50 percent ownership interest in Hartwell, which owns a 310-MW natural gas-fired electric generating facility near Hartwell, Georgia. In July 2007, the Company sold its ownership interest in Hartwell, and realized a gain of $10.1 million ($6.1 million after tax) from the sale which is recorded in earnings from equity method investments on the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the investments in which the Company held an equity method interest had total assets of $387.0 million and $294.7 million, respectively, and long-term debt of $176.7 million and $158.0 million, respectively. The Company's investment in its equity method investments was approximately $62.4 million and $44.4 million, including undistributed earnings of $9.3 million and $6.8 million, at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

 
91

 

Note 5 – Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2009, were as follows:
   
Balance
   
Goodwill
   
Balance
 
   
as of
   
Acquired
   
as of
 
   
January 1,
   
During
   
December 31,
 
   
2009
   
the Year*
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Electric
  $     $     $  
Natural gas distribution
    344,952       784       345,736  
Construction services
    95,619       4,508       100,127  
Pipeline and energy services
    1,159       6,698       7,857  
Natural gas and oil production
                 
Construction materials and contracting
    174,005       1,738       175,743  
Other
                 
Total
  $ 615,735     $ 13,728     $ 629,463  
* Includes purchase price adjustments that were not material related to acquisitions in a prior period.
 

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the year ended December 31, 2008, were as follows:
   
Balance
   
Goodwill
   
Balance
 
   
as of
   
Acquired
   
as of
 
   
January 1,
   
During
   
December 31,
 
   
2008
   
the Year*
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Electric
  $     $     $  
Natural gas distribution
    171,129       173,823       344,952  
Construction services
    91,385       4,234       95,619  
Pipeline and energy services
    1,159             1,159  
Natural gas and oil production
                 
Construction materials and contracting
    162,025       11,980       174,005  
Other
                 
Total
  $ 425,698     $ 190,037     $ 615,735  
* Includes purchase price adjustments that were not material related to acquisitions in a prior period.
 


 
92

 

Other amortizable intangible assets at December 31 were as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Customer relationships
  $ 24,942     $ 21,842  
Accumulated amortization
    (9,500 )     (6,985 )
      15,442       14,857  
Noncompete agreements
    12,377       10,080  
Accumulated amortization
    (6,675 )     (5,126 )
      5,702       4,954  
Other
    10,859       10,949  
Accumulated amortization
    (3,026 )     (2,368 )
      7,833       8,581  
Total
  $ 28,977     $ 28,392  

Amortization expense for intangible assets for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was $5.0 million, $5.1 million and $4.4 million, respectively. Estimated amortization expense for intangible assets is $4.5 million in 2010, $4.0 million in 2011, $3.9 million in 2012, $3.4 million in 2013, $3.0 million in 2014 and $10.2 million thereafter.

 
93

 

Note 6 – Regulatory Assets and Liabilities
The following table summarizes the individual components of unamortized regulatory assets and liabilities as of December 31:
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Regulatory assets:
           
Pension and postretirement benefits (a)
  $ 91,078     $ 119,868  
Deferred income taxes*
    85,712       46,855  
Natural gas supply derivatives (a) (b)
    27,900       89,813  
Costs related to potential generation development (a)
    15,499        
Long-term debt refinancing costs (a)
    12,089       9,991  
Taxes recoverable from customers (a)
    10,102       4,824  
Plant costs (a)
    7,775       8,534  
Natural gas cost recoverable through rate adjustments (b)
    982       51,699  
Other (a) (b)
    12,242       7,978  
Total regulatory assets
    263,379       339,562  
Regulatory liabilities:
               
Plant removal and decommissioning costs (c)
    251,143       94,737  
Deferred income taxes*
    53,835       65,909  
Natural gas costs refundable through rate adjustments (d)
    37,356       64  
Taxes refundable to customers (c)
    34,571       25,642  
Natural gas supply derivatives (c)
          5,540  
Other (c) (d)
    17,767       7,460  
Total regulatory liabilities
    394,672       199,352  
Net regulatory position
  $ (131,293 )   $ 140,210  
* Represents deferred income taxes related to regulatory assets and liabilities.
(a) Included in deferred charges and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(b) Included in prepayments and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(c) Included in other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
(d) Included in other accrued liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
 

The regulatory assets are expected to be recovered in rates charged to customers. A portion of the Company's regulatory assets are not earning a return; however, these regulatory assets are expected to be recovered from customers in future rates. In 2009, the Company determined that plant removal costs related to recent acquisitions should be reclassified from accumulated depreciation to a regulatory liability. This reclassification is reflected in the preceding table.

If, for any reason, the Company's regulated businesses cease to meet the criteria for application of regulatory accounting for all or part of their operations, the regulatory assets and liabilities relating to those portions ceasing to meet such criteria would be removed from the balance sheet and included in the statement of income as an extraordinary item in the period in which the discontinuance of regulatory accounting occurs.

Note 7 – Derivative Instruments
Derivative instruments, including certain derivative instruments embedded in other contracts, are required to be recorded on the balance sheet as either an asset or liability measured at fair value. The Company’s policy is to not offset fair value amounts for derivative instruments, and as a result the Company’s derivative assets and liabilities are presented gross on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Changes in the derivative instrument's fair value are recognized currently in earnings unless specific hedge accounting criteria are met. Accounting for qualifying hedges

 
94

 

allows derivative gains and losses to offset the related results on the hedged item in the income statement and requires that a company must formally document, designate and assess the effectiveness of transactions that receive hedge accounting treatment.

In the event a derivative instrument being accounted for as a cash flow hedge does not qualify for hedge accounting because it is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of a hedged item; if the derivative instrument expires or is sold, terminated or exercised; or if management determines that designation of the derivative instrument as a hedge instrument is no longer appropriate, hedge accounting would be discontinued and the derivative instrument would continue to be carried at fair value with changes in its fair value recognized in earnings. In these circumstances, the net gain or loss at the time of discontinuance of hedge accounting would remain in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the period or periods during which the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings, at which time the net gain or loss would be reclassified into earnings. In the event a cash flow hedge is discontinued because it is unlikely that a forecasted transaction will occur, the derivative instrument would continue to be carried on the balance sheet at its fair value, and gains and losses that had accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) would be recognized immediately in earnings. In the event of a sale, termination or extinguishment of a foreign currency derivative, the resulting gain or loss would be recognized immediately in earnings. The Company's policy requires approval to terminate a derivative instrument prior to its original maturity. As of December 31, 2009, the Company had no outstanding foreign currency or interest rate hedges.

Cascade and Intermountain
At December 31, 2009, Cascade and Intermountain held natural gas swap agreements, with total forward notional volumes of 12.1 million MMBtu, which were not designated as hedges. Cascade and Intermountain utilize natural gas swap agreements to manage a portion of their regulated natural gas supply portfolios in order to manage fluctuations in the price of natural gas related to core customers in accordance with authority granted by the IPUC, WUTC and OPUC. Core customers consist of residential, commercial and smaller industrial customers. The fair value of the derivative instrument must be estimated as of the end of each reporting period and is recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as an asset or a liability. Cascade and Intermountain record periodic changes in the fair market value of the derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as a regulatory asset or a regulatory liability, and settlements of these arrangements are expected to be recovered through the purchased gas cost adjustment mechanism. Gains and losses on the settlements of these derivative instruments are recorded as a component of purchased natural gas sold on the Consolidated Statements of Income as they are recovered through the purchased gas cost adjustment mechanism. Under the terms of these arrangements, Cascade and Intermountain will either pay or receive settlement payments based on the difference between the fixed strike price and the monthly index price applicable to each contract. For the year ended December 31, 2009, Cascade and Intermountain recorded the decrease in the fair market value of the derivative instruments of $61.9 million in regulatory assets.

Certain of Cascade's derivative instruments contain credit-risk-related contingent features that permit the counterparties to require collateralization if Cascade's derivative liability positions exceed certain dollar thresholds. The dollar thresholds in certain of Cascade's agreements are determined and may fluctuate based on Cascade's credit rating on its debt. In addition, Cascade's and Intermountain's derivative instruments contain cross-default provisions that state if the entity fails to make payment with respect to certain of its indebtedness, in excess of specified amounts, the counterparties could require early settlement or termination of such entity's derivative instruments in liability positions. The aggregate fair value of Cascade and Intermountain's derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a liability position at December 31, 2009, was $27.9 million. The aggregate fair value of assets that would have been

 
95

 

needed to settle the instruments immediately if the credit-risk-related contingent features were triggered on December 31, 2009, was $27.9 million.

Fidelity
At December 31, 2009, Fidelity held natural gas swaps and collar agreements with total forward notional volumes of 26.5 million MMBtu, natural gas basis swaps with total forward notional volumes of 15.1 million MMBtu, and oil swaps and collar agreements with total forward notional volumes of 2.0 million Bbl, all of which were designated as cash flow hedging instruments. Fidelity utilizes these derivative instruments to manage a portion of the market risk associated with fluctuations in the price of natural gas and oil and basis differentials on its forecasted sales of natural gas and oil production.

The fair value of the derivative instruments must be estimated as of the end of each reporting period and is recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as an asset or liability. Changes in the fair value attributable to the effective portion of hedging instruments, net of tax, are recorded in stockholders' equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). At the date the natural gas and oil quantities are settled, the amounts accumulated in other comprehensive income (loss) are reported in the Consolidated Statements of Income. To the extent that the hedges are not effective, the ineffective portion of the changes in fair market value is recorded directly in earnings. The proceeds received for natural gas and oil production are generally based on market prices.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the amount of hedge ineffectiveness was immaterial, and there were no components of the derivative instruments’ gain or loss excluded from the assessment of hedge effectiveness. Gains and losses must be reclassified into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of cash flow hedges if it is probable that the original forecasted transactions will not occur. There were no such reclassifications into earnings as a result of the discontinuance of hedges.

Gains and losses on derivative instruments that are reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) to current-period earnings are included in operating revenues on the Consolidated Statements of Income. For further information regarding the gains and losses on derivative instruments qualifying as cash flow hedges that were recognized in other comprehensive income (loss) and the gains and losses reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) into earnings, see Note 1.

As of December 31, 2009, the maximum term of the swap and collar agreements, in which the exposure to the variability in future cash flows for forecasted transactions is being hedged, is 24 months. The Company estimates that over the next 12 months net losses of approximately $3.8 million (after tax) will be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss into earnings, subject to changes in natural gas and oil market prices, as the hedged transactions affect earnings.

Certain of Fidelity's derivative instruments contain cross-default provisions that state if Fidelity fails to make payment with respect to certain indebtedness, in excess of specified amounts, the counterparties could require early settlement or termination of derivative instruments in liability positions. The aggregate fair value of Fidelity's derivative instruments with credit-risk-related contingent features that are in a liability position at December 31, 2009, was $13.9 million. The aggregate fair value of assets that would have been needed to settle the instruments immediately if the credit-risk-related contingent features were triggered on December 31, 2009, was $13.9 million.

 
96

 

The location and fair value of all of the Company’s derivative instruments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2009, were as follows:

 
Asset Derivatives
 
Liability Derivatives
 
 
Location on Consolidated
Balance Sheets
 
Fair Value
 
Location on Consolidated
Balance Sheets
 
Fair Value
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Commodity derivatives
designated as hedges:
 
 
Commodity derivative instruments
  $ 7,761  
Commodity derivative instruments
  $ 13,763  
 
Other assets - noncurrent
    2,734  
Other liabilities – noncurrent
    114  
Total derivatives designated as hedges
      10,495         13,877  
   
Commodity derivatives
not designated as hedges:
 
 
Commodity derivative instruments
     
Commodity derivative instruments
    23,144  
 
Other assets - noncurrent
     
Other liabilities – noncurrent
    4,756  
Total derivatives not designated as hedges
              27,900  
Total derivatives
    $ 10,495       $ 41,777  

Note 8 – Fair Value Measurements
On January 1, 2008, the Company elected to measure its investments in certain fixed-income and equity securities at fair value with changes in fair value recognized in income. These investments had previously been accounted for as available-for-sale investments. The Company anticipates using these investments to satisfy its obligations under its unfunded, nonqualified benefit plans for executive officers and certain key management employees, and invests in these fixed-income and equity securities for the purpose of earning investment returns and capital appreciation. These investments, which totaled $34.8 million and $27.7 million as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, are classified as Investments on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The increase in the fair value of these investments for the year ended December 31, 2009, was $7.1 million (before tax). The decrease in the fair value of these investments for the year ended December 31, 2008, was $8.6 million (before tax). The change in fair value, which is considered part of the cost of the plan, is classified in operation and maintenance expense on the Consolidated Statements of Income. The Company did not elect the fair value option for its remaining available-for-sale securities, which are auction rate securities. The Company’s auction rate securities, which totaled $11.4 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, are accounted for as available-for-sale and are recorded at fair value. The fair value of the auction rate securities approximate cost and, as a result, there are no accumulated unrealized gains or losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) on the Consolidated Balance Sheets related to these investments.

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The statement establishes a hierarchy for grouping assets and liabilities, based on the significance of inputs. The Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis are as follows:

 
97

 


   
Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2009, Using
             
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
   
Collateral Provided to Counterparties
   
Balance at December 31, 2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Assets:
                             
Money market funds
  $ 9,124     $ 151,000     $     $     $ 160,124  
Available-for-sale securities
    9,078       37,141                   46,219  
Commodity derivative instruments - current
          7,761                   7,761  
Commodity derivative instruments - noncurrent
          2,734                   2,734  
Total assets measured at fair value
  $ 18,202     $ 198,636     $     $     $ 216,838  
Liabilities:
                                       
Commodity derivative instruments - current
  $     $ 36,907     $     $     $ 36,907  
Commodity derivative instruments - noncurrent
          4,870                   4,870  
Total liabilities measured at fair value
  $     $ 41,777     $     $     $ 41,777  

   
Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2008, Using
             
   
Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)
   
Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
   
Collateral Provided to Counterparties
   
Balance at December 31, 2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Assets:
                             
Available-for-sale securities
  $ 27,725     $ 11,400     $     $     $ 39,125  
Commodity derivative instruments - current
          78,164                   78,164  
Commodity derivative instruments - noncurrent
          3,222                   3,222  
Total assets measured at fair value
  $ 27,725     $ 92,786     $     $     $ 120,511  
Liabilities:
                                       
Commodity derivative instruments - current
  $     $ 67,629     $     $ 11,100     $ 56,529  
Commodity derivative instruments - noncurrent
     —       23,534                   23,534  
Total liabilities measured at fair value
  $     $ 91,163     $     $ 11,100     $ 80,063  

The estimated fair value of the Company’s Level 1 money market funds is valued at the net asset value of shares held by the Company, based on published market quotations in active markets. The estimated fair value of the Company’s Level 1 available-for-sale securities is based on quoted market prices in active markets for identical equity and fixed-income securities. The estimated fair value of the Company’s Level 2 money market funds and available-for-sale securities is based on comparable market transactions or underlying investments. The estimated fair value of the Company’s Level 2 commodity derivative

 
98

 

instruments is based upon futures prices, volatility and time to maturity, among other things.

The Company’s long-term debt is not measured at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and the fair value is being provided for disclosure purposes only. The estimated fair value of the Company’s long-term debt was based on quoted market prices of the same or similar issues. The estimated fair value of the Company's long-term debt at December 31 was as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
   
Carrying
   
Fair
   
Carrying
   
Fair
 
   
Amount
   
Value
   
Amount
   
Value
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Long-term debt
  $ 1,499,306     $ 1,566,331     $ 1,647,302     $ 1,577,907  

The carrying amounts of the Company's remaining financial instruments included in current assets and current liabilities approximate their fair values.

Note 9 – Debt
Certain debt instruments of the Company and its subsidiaries, including those discussed below, contain restrictive covenants and cross-default provisions. In order to borrow under the respective credit agreements, the Company and its subsidiaries must be in compliance with the applicable covenants and certain other conditions, all of which the Company and its subsidiaries, as applicable, were in compliance with at December 31, 2009. In the event the Company and its subsidiaries do not comply with the applicable covenants and other conditions, alternative sources of funding may need to be pursued.

 
99

 

The following table summarizes the outstanding credit facilities of the Company and its subsidiaries:

Company
Facility
   
Facility
Limit
     
Amount
Outstanding at
December 31, 2009
     
Amount
Outstanding at
December 31, 2008
     
Letters of
Credit at
December 31, 2009
   
Expiration
Date
 
(Dollars in millions)
MDU Resources Group, Inc.
Commercial paper/Revolving
credit agreement
(a)
  $ 125.0       $  
(b)
  $ 22.5  
(b)
  $    
6/21/11
 
MDU Energy Capital, LLC
Master shelf agreement
    $ 175.0       $ 165.0       $ 165.0       $    
8/14/10
(c)
Cascade Natural Gas Corporation
Revolving credit agreement
    $ 50.0  
(d)
  $       $ 48.1       $ 1.9  
(e)
12/28/12
(f)
Intermountain Gas Company
Revolving credit agreement
    $ 65.0  
(g)
  $ 10.3       $ 36.5       $    
8/31/10
 
Centennial Energy
Holdings, Inc.
Commercial paper/Revolving
credit agreement
(h)
  $ 400.0       $  
(b)
  $ 150.0  
(b)
  $ 26.4  
(e)
12/13/12
 
Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline Company
Uncommitted long-term private shelf agreement
    $ 125.0       $ 87.5       $ 72.5       $    
12/23/10
(i)

(a)
The $125 million commercial paper program is supported by a revolving credit agreement with various banks totaling $125 million (provisions allow for increased borrowings, at the option of the Company on stated conditions, up to a maximum of $150 million). There were no amounts outstanding under the credit agreement.
(b)
Amount outstanding under commercial paper program.
(c)
Or such time as the agreement is terminated by either of the parties thereto.
(d)
Certain provisions allow for increased borrowings, up to a maximum of $75 million.
(e)
The outstanding letters of credit, as discussed in Note 19, reduce amounts available under the credit agreement.
(f)
Provisions allow for an extension of up to two years upon consent of the banks.
(g)
Certain provisions allow for increased borrowings, up to a maximum of $70 million.
(h)
The $400 million commercial paper program is supported by a revolving credit agreement with various banks totaling $400 million (provisions allow for increased borrowings, at the option of Centennial on stated conditions, up to a maximum of $450 million). There were no amounts outstanding under the credit agreement.
(i)
Certain provisions allow for an extension to December 23, 2011.

In order to maintain the Company’s and Centennial’s respective commercial paper programs in the amounts indicated above, both the Company and Centennial must have revolving credit agreements in place at least equal to the amount of their commercial paper programs. While the amount of commercial paper outstanding does not reduce available capacity under the respective revolving credit agreements, the Company and Centennial do not issue commercial paper in an aggregate amount exceeding the available capacity under their credit agreements.

The following includes information related to the preceding table.

Short-term borrowings
MDU Resources Group, Inc.   The Company had $57.0 million outstanding under a $175 million term loan agreement at December 31, 2008. This agreement expired on March 24, 2009.

Cascade Natural Gas Corporation Any borrowings under the $50 million revolving credit agreement would be classified as short-term borrowings as Cascade intends to repay the borrowings within one year.

Cascade’s credit agreement contains customary covenants and provisions, including a covenant of Cascade not to permit, at any time, the ratio of total debt to total capitalization to be greater than 65 percent. Cascade's credit agreement also contains cross-default provisions. These provisions state that if Cascade fails to make any payment with respect to any indebtedness or contingent

 
100

 

obligation, in excess of a specified amount, under any agreement that causes such indebtedness to be due prior to its stated maturity or the contingent obligation to become payable, Cascade will be in default under the credit agreement. Certain of Cascade's financing agreements and Cascade's practices limit the amount of subsidiary indebtedness.

Intermountain Gas Company The weighted average interest rate for borrowings outstanding under the credit agreement at December 31, 2009, was 3.25 percent. The credit agreement contains customary covenants and provisions, including covenants of Intermountain not to permit, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, (A) the ratio of funded debt to total capitalization (determined on a consolidated basis) to be greater than 65 percent, or (B) the ratio of Intermountain’s earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to interest expense (determined on a consolidated basis), for the 12-month period ended each fiscal quarter, to be less than 2 to 1. Other covenants include limitations on the sale of certain assets and on the making of certain loans and investments.

Intermountain's credit agreement contains cross-default provisions. These provisions state that if (i) Intermountain fails to make any payment with respect to any indebtedness or guarantee in excess of $5 million, (ii) any other event occurs that would permit the holders of indebtedness or the beneficiaries of guarantees to become payable, or (iii) certain conditions result in an early termination date under any swap contract, then Intermountain shall be in default under the revolving credit agreement.

Long-term debt
MDU Resources Group, Inc. The Company’s revolving credit agreement supports its commercial paper program. The commercial paper borrowings are classified as long-term debt as they are intended to be refinanced on a long-term basis through continued commercial paper borrowings.

The Company’s credit agreement contains customary covenants and provisions, including covenants of the Company not to permit, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, (A) the ratio of funded debt to total capitalization (determined on a consolidated basis) to be greater than 65 percent or (B) the ratio of funded debt to capitalization (determined with respect to the Company alone, excluding its subsidiaries) to be greater than 65 percent. Also included is a covenant that does not permit the ratio of the Company's earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to interest expense (determined with respect to the Company alone, excluding its subsidiaries), for the 12-month period ended each fiscal quarter, to be less than 2.5 to 1. Other covenants include restrictions on the sale of certain assets and on the making of certain investments.

There are no credit facilities that contain cross-default provisions between the Company and any of its subsidiaries.

In November 2009, the Company completed a defeasance of its outstanding 8.60% Secured Medium-Term Notes, Series A, due April 1, 2012 (8.60% Notes), by depositing approximately $5.5 million with the Mortgage trustee. The $5.5 million deposit will be used solely to satisfy the principal and remaining interest obligations on the 8.60% Notes. These securities are the only remaining first mortgage bonds outstanding under the Mortgage, other than $30.0 million of first mortgage bonds which were held by the Indenture trustee for the benefit of the senior note holders. In connection with the defeasance of the 8.60% Notes, the Mortgage was discharged and the lien of the Indenture was discharged so that the Company's 5.98% Senior Notes due 2033 are now unsecured.

 
101

 

MDU Energy Capital, LLC  The master shelf agreement contains customary covenants and provisions, including covenants of MDU Energy Capital not to permit (A) the ratio of its total debt (on a consolidated basis) to adjusted total capitalization to be greater than 70 percent, or (B) the ratio of subsidiary debt to subsidiary capitalization to be greater than 65 percent, or (C) the ratio of Intermountain’s total debt (determined on a consolidated basis) to total capitalization to be greater than 65 percent. The agreement also includes a covenant requiring the ratio of MDU Energy Capital earnings before interest and taxes to interest expense (on a consolidated basis), for the 12-month period ended each fiscal quarter, to be greater than 1.5 to 1. In addition, payment obligations under the master shelf agreement may be accelerated upon the occurrence of an event of default (as described in the agreement). 

Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. Centennial’s revolving credit agreement supports its commercial paper program. The Centennial commercial paper borrowings are classified as long-term debt as Centennial intends to refinance these borrowings on a long-term basis through continued Centennial commercial paper borrowings.

Centennial’s credit agreement and the Centennial uncommitted long-term master shelf agreement contain customary covenants and provisions, including a covenant of Centennial and certain of its subsidiaries, not to permit, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of total debt to total capitalization to be greater than 65 percent (for the $400 million credit agreement) and 60 percent (for the master shelf agreement). The master shelf agreement also includes a covenant that does not permit the ratio of Centennial's earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization to interest expense, for the 12-month period ended each fiscal quarter, to be less than 1.75 to 1. Other covenants include minimum consolidated net worth, limitation on priority debt and restrictions on the sale of certain assets and on the making of certain loans and investments.

Pursuant to a covenant under the credit agreement, Centennial may only make distributions to the Company in an amount up to 100 percent of Centennial’s consolidated net income after taxes for the immediately preceding fiscal year. The write-down of the natural gas and oil properties in 2009 would have negatively affected Centennial’s ability to make distributions to the Company in 2010, however, in November 2009, the lenders under the credit agreement consented to permit Centennial to make distributions during 2010 in an aggregate amount up to 100 percent of its consolidated net income after taxes during fiscal year 2009 without giving effect to the write-down.

Certain of Centennial’s financing agreements contain cross-default provisions. These provisions state that if Centennial or any subsidiary of Centennial fails to make any payment with respect to any indebtedness or contingent obligation, in excess of a specified amount, under any agreement that causes such indebtedness to be due prior to its stated maturity or the contingent obligation to become payable, the applicable agreements will be in default. Certain of Centennial’s financing agreements and Centennial’s practices limit the amount of subsidiary indebtedness.

Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline Company   The uncommitted long-term private shelf agreement contains customary covenants and provisions, including a covenant of Williston Basin not to permit, as of the end of any fiscal quarter, the ratio of total debt to total capitalization to be greater than 55 percent. Other covenants include limitation on priority debt and some restrictions on the sale of certain assets and the making of certain investments.

 
102

 

Long-term Debt Outstanding Long-term debt outstanding at December 31 was as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
   
   
(In thousands)
   
First mortgage bonds and notes:
             
Secured Medium-Term Notes, Series A, 8.60%
  $     $ 5,500    
Senior Notes, 5.98%, due December 15, 2033
          30,000  
(a)
Total first mortgage bonds and notes
          35,500    
Senior Notes at a weighted average rate of 6.07%, due on dates ranging from October 30, 2010 to March 8, 2037
    1,370,455       1,271,227    
Commercial paper supported by revolving credit agreements
          172,500    
Medium-Term Notes at a weighted average rate of 7.72%, due on dates ranging from September 4, 2012 to March 16, 2029
    81,000       81,000    
Other notes at a weighted average rate of 5.24%, due on dates ranging from September 1, 2020 to February 1, 2035
    42,070       42,971    
Credit agreements at a weighted average rate of 5.67%, due on dates ranging from April 1, 2010 to November 30, 2038
    5,781       44,205    
Discount
          (101 )  
Total long-term debt
    1,499,306       1,647,302    
Less current maturities
    12,629       78,666    
Net long-term debt
  $ 1,486,677     $ 1,568,636    
(a) The $30.0 million of 5.98% Senior Notes became unsecured upon the defeasance of the outstanding 8.60% Notes, as previously discussed.

The amounts of scheduled long-term debt maturities for the five years and thereafter following December 31, 2009, aggregate $12.6 million in 2010; $72.3 million in 2011; $136.3 million in 2012; $258.8 million in 2013; $9.1 million in 2014 and $1,010.2 million thereafter.

Note 10 – Asset Retirement Obligations
The Company records obligations related to the plugging and abandonment of natural gas and oil wells, decommissioning of certain electric generating facilities, reclamation of certain aggregate properties, special handling and disposal of hazardous materials at certain electric generating facilities, natural gas distribution and transmission facilities and buildings, and certain other obligations associated with leased properties.

 
103

 

A reconciliation of the Company's liability, which is included in other liabilities, for the years ended December 31 was as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 70,147     $ 64,453  
Liabilities incurred
    2,418       2,943  
Liabilities acquired
          2,369  
Liabilities settled
    (9,319 )     (3,188 )
Accretion expense
    3,385       3,191  
Revisions in estimates
    9,548       207  
Other
    180       172  
Balance at end of year
  $ 76,359     $ 70,147  

The Company believes that any expenses related to asset retirement obligations at the Company’s regulated operations will be recovered in rates over time and, accordingly, defers such expenses as regulatory assets.

The fair value of assets that are legally restricted for purposes of settling asset retirement obligations at December 31, 2009 and 2008, was $5.9 million.

Note 11 – Preferred Stocks
Preferred stocks at December 31 were as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(Dollars in thousands)
 
Authorized:
           
Preferred –
           
500,000 shares, cumulative, par value $100, issuable in series
           
Preferred stock A –
           
1,000,000 shares, cumulative, without par value, issuable in series
           
(none outstanding)
           
Preference
           
500,000 shares, cumulative, without par value, issuable in series
           
(none outstanding)
           
Outstanding:
           
4.50% Series – 100,000 shares
  $ 10,000     $ 10,000  
4.70% Series – 50,000 shares
    5,000       5,000  
Total preferred stocks
  $ 15,000     $ 15,000  

The 4.50% Series and 4.70% Series preferred stocks outstanding are subject to redemption, in whole or in part, at the option of the Company with certain limitations on 30 days notice on any quarterly dividend date at a redemption price, plus accrued dividends, of $105 per share and $102 per share, respectively.

In the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, all preferred stock series holders are entitled to $100 per share, plus accrued dividends.

The affirmative vote of two-thirds of a series of the Company's outstanding preferred stock is necessary for amendments to the Company's charter or bylaws that adversely affect that series;

 
104

 

creation of or increase in the amount of authorized stock ranking senior to that series (or an affirmative majority vote where the authorization relates to a new class of stock that ranks on parity with such series); a voluntary liquidation or sale of substantially all of the Company's assets; a merger or consolidation, with certain exceptions; or the partial retirement of that series of preferred stock when all dividends on that series of preferred stock have not been paid. The consent of the holders of a particular series is not required for such corporate actions if the equivalent vote of all outstanding series of preferred stock voting together has consented to the given action and no particular series is affected differently than any other series.

Subject to the foregoing, the holders of common stock exclusively possess all voting power. However, if cumulative dividends on preferred stock are in arrears, in whole or in part, for one year, the holders of preferred stock would obtain the right to one vote per share until all dividends in arrears have been paid and current dividends have been declared and set aside.

Note 12 – Common Stock
The Stock Purchase Plan provides interested investors the opportunity to make optional cash investments and to reinvest all or a percentage of their cash dividends in shares of the Company's common stock. The K-Plan is partially funded with the Company's common stock. From January 2007 through March 2007 and October 1, 2008 through October 21, 2008, the Stock Purchase Plan and K-Plan, with respect to Company stock, were funded with shares of authorized but unissued common stock. From April 2007 through September 30, 2008, and October 22, 2008 through December 2009, purchases of shares of common stock on the open market were used to fund the Stock Purchase Plan and K-Plan. At December 31, 2009, there were 23.2 million shares of common stock reserved for original issuance under the Stock Purchase Plan and K-Plan.

The Company depends on earnings from its divisions and dividends from its subsidiaries to pay dividends on common stock. The declaration and payment of dividends is at the sole discretion of the board of directors, subject to limitations imposed by state laws, applicable regulatory limitations, and compliance with the requirements of the Company’s credit agreements. These requirements are not expected to affect the Company’s ability to pay dividends in the near term.

Note 13 – Stock-Based Compensation
The Company has several stock-based compensation plans and is authorized to grant options, restricted stock and stock for up to 16.9 million shares of common stock and has granted options, restricted stock and stock of 7.3 million shares through December 31, 2009. The Company generally issues new shares of common stock to satisfy stock option exercises, restricted stock, stock and performance share awards.

Total stock-based compensation expense was $3.4 million, net of income taxes of $2.2 million in 2009; $3.7 million, net of income taxes of $2.3 million in 2008; and $4.7 million, net of income taxes of $3.1 million in 2007.

As of December 31, 2009, total remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to stock-based compensation was approximately $5.6 million (before income taxes) which will be amortized over a weighted average period of 1.5 years.

Stock options
The Company has stock option plans for directors, key employees and employees. The Company has not granted stock options since 2003. Options granted to key employees automatically vest after nine years, but the plan provides for accelerated vesting based on the attainment of certain performance goals or upon a change in control of the Company, and expire 10 years after the date

 
105

 


of grant. Options granted to directors and employees vest at the date of grant and three years after the date of grant, respectively, and expire 10 years after the date of grant.

The fair value of each option outstanding was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model.

A summary of the status of the stock option plans at December 31, 2009, and changes during the year then ended was as follows:

   
Number of
Shares
   
Weighted Average
Exercise
Price
 
Balance at beginning of year
    1,003,824     $ 13.39  
Forfeited
    (24,188 )     13.22  
Exercised
    (154,765 )     13.23  
Balance at end of year
    824,871       13.42  
Exercisable at end of year
    799,703     $ 13.41  

Summarized information about stock options outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2009, was as follows:

     
Options Outstanding
   
Options Exercisable
 
           
Remaining
   
Weighted
   
Aggregate
         
Weighted
   
Aggregate
 
Range of          
Contractual
   
Average
   
Intrinsic
         
Average
   
Intrinsic
 
Exercisable
   
Number
   
Life
   
Exercise
   
Value
   
Number
   
Exercise
   
Value
 
Prices
   
Outstanding
   
in Years
   
Price
   
(000's)
   
Exercisable
   
Price
   
(000's)
 
                                             
$ 9.61 – 12.00       12,131       .5     $ 9.93     $ 166       12,131     $ 9.93     $ 166  
  12.01 – 14.50       745,970       1.2       13.21       7,751       726,235       13.21       7,545  
  14.51 – 17.13       66,770       1.2       16.48       475       61,337       16.51       435  
Balance at end of year
      824,871       1.2     $ 13.42     $ 8,392       799,703     $ 13.41     $ 8,146  

The aggregate intrinsic value in the preceding table represents the total intrinsic value (before income taxes), based on the Company's stock price on December 31, 2009, which would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options as of that date.

The weighted average remaining contractual life of options exercisable was 1.2 years at December 31, 2009.

The Company received cash of $2.1 million, $5.9 million and $10.2 million from the exercise of stock options for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was $1.3 million, $8.1 million and $11.2 million, respectively.

Restricted stock awards
Prior to 2002, the Company granted restricted stock awards under a long-term incentive plan. The restricted stock awards granted vest at various times ranging from one year to nine years from the date of issuance, but certain grants may vest early based upon the attainment of certain performance goals or upon a change in control of the Company. The grant-date fair value is the market price of the Company's stock on the grant date.

 
106

 

A summary of the status of the restricted stock awards for the year ended December 31, 2009, was as follows:
         
Weighted
 
   
Number
   
Average
 
   
of
   
Grant-Date
 
   
Shares
   
Fair Value
 
Nonvested at beginning of period
    20,606     $ 13.22  
Vested
           
Forfeited
    (2,970 )     13.22  
Nonvested at end of period
    17,636     $ 13.22  

Stock awards
Nonemployee directors may receive shares of common stock instead of cash in payment for directors' fees under the nonemployee director stock compensation plan. There were 49,649 shares with a fair value of $879,000, 45,675 shares with a fair value of $1.2 million and 48,228 shares with a fair value of $1.5 million issued under this plan during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Performance share awards
Since 2003, key employees of the Company have been awarded performance share awards each year. Entitlement to performance shares is based on the Company's total shareholder return over designated performance periods as measured against a selected peer group.

Target grants of performance shares outstanding at December 31, 2009, were as follows:

   
Target Grant
Grant Date
Performance Period
of Shares
February 2007
2007-2009
175,596
February 2008
2008-2010
183,102
February 2009
2009-2011
275,807

Participants may earn from zero to 200 percent of the target grant of shares based on the Company's total shareholder return relative to that of the selected peer group. Compensation expense is based on the grant-date fair value. The grant-date fair value of performance share awards granted during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was $20.39, $30.71 and $23.55, per share, respectively. The grant-date fair value for the performance shares was determined by Monte Carlo simulation using a blended volatility term structure in the range of 40.40 percent to 50.98 percent in 2009, 21.54 percent to 22.97 percent in 2008 and 18.17 percent to 18.73 percent in 2007 comprised of 50 percent historical volatility and 50 percent implied volatility and a risk-free interest rate term structure in the range of .30 percent to 1.36 percent in 2009, 1.87 percent to 2.23 percent in 2008 and 4.75 percent to 5.21 percent in 2007 based on U.S. Treasury security rates in effect as of the grant date. In addition, the mean over all simulation paths of the discounted dividends expected to be earned in the performance period used in the valuation was $1.79, $1.64 and $1.25 per target share for the 2009, 2008 and 2007 awards, respectively. The fair value of performance share awards that vested during the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, was $2.8 million, $8.5 million and $6.0 million, respectively.

 
107

 

A summary of the status of the performance share awards for the year ended December 31, 2009, was as follows:
   
Weighted
 
Number
Average
 
of
Grant-Date
 
Shares
Fair Value
Nonvested at beginning of period
546,867
$26.55
Granted
278,178
20.39
Vested
(151,848)
25.22
Forfeited
  (38,692)
25.35
Nonvested at end of period
634,505
$24.24

Note 14 – Income Taxes
The components of income (loss) before income taxes for each of the years ended December 31 were as follows:
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
United States
  $ (227,021 )   $ 436,029     $ 508,210  
Foreign
    7,655       5,120       4,600  
Income (loss) before income taxes
  $ (219,366 )   $ 441,149     $ 512,810  

Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31 was as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Current:
                 
Federal
  $ 64,389     $ 82,279     $ 106,399  
State
    8,284       (184 )     15,135  
Foreign
    254       (104 )     235  
      72,927       81,991       121,769  
Deferred:
                       
 Income taxes –
                       
Federal
    (147,607 )     59,963       58,030  
State
    (22,370 )     5,332       9,656  
Investment tax credit – net
    213       (405 )     (414 )
      (169,764 )     64,890       67,272  
Change in uncertain tax benefits
    562       422       869  
Change in accrued interest
    183       173       114  
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (96,092 )   $ 147,476     $ 190,024  


 
108

 

Components of deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities recognized at December 31 were as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Deferred tax assets:
           
Regulatory matters
  $ 85,712     $ 46,855  
Accrued pension costs
    79,052       93,371  
Asset retirement obligations
    24,091       22,707  
Deferred compensation
    11,411       12,015  
Other
    59,763       62,456  
Total deferred tax assets
    260,029       237,404  
Deferred tax liabilities:
               
Depreciation and basis differences on property,
               
plant and equipment
    601,426       562,326  
Basis differences on natural gas and oil producing
               
properties
    116,521       284,231  
Regulatory matters
    53,835       65,909  
Natural gas and oil price swap and collar agreements
          30,414  
Other
    51,070       42,725  
Total deferred tax liabilities
    822,852       985,605  
Net deferred income tax liability
  $ (562,823 )   $ (748,201 )

As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, no valuation allowance has been recorded associated with the above deferred tax assets.

The following table reconciles the change in the net deferred income tax liability from December 31, 2008, to December 31, 2009, to deferred income tax benefit:

   
2009
 
(In thousands)
 
Change in net deferred income tax liability from the preceding table
  $ (185,378 )
Deferred taxes associated with other comprehensive loss
    18,574  
Deferred taxes associated with acquisitions
    762  
Other
    (3,722 )
Deferred income tax benefit for the period
  $ (169,764 )


 
109

 

Total income tax expense (benefit) differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income (loss) before taxes. The reasons for this difference were as follows:

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
   
Amount
   
%
 
   
(Dollars in thousands )
 
Computed tax at federal statutory rate
  $ (76,778 )     35.0     $ 154,402       35.0     $ 179,484       35.0  
Increases (reductions)
                                               
resulting from:
                                               
State income taxes,
                                               
net of federal income
                                               
tax benefit (expense)
    (7,280 )     3.3       10,709       2.4       17,121       3.3  
Deductible K-Plan
                                               
dividends
    (2,369 )     1.1       (2,144 )     (.5 )     (2,134 )     (.4 )
Depletion allowance
    (2,320 )     1.0       (2,932 )     (.7 )     (4,073 )     (.8 )
Federal renewable energy
                                               
credit
    (1,452 )     .7       (1,235 )     (.3 )            
Foreign operations
    (1,148 )     .5       423       .1       9,603       1.8  
Domestic production
                                               
activities deduction
    (856 )     .4       (3,031 )     (.7 )     (4,787 )     (.9 )
Resolution of tax matters
                                               
and uncertain tax
                                               
positions
    881       (.4 )     595       .1       208        
Other
    (4,770 )     2.2       (9,311 )     (2.0 )     (5,398 )     (.9 )
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ (96,092 )     43.8     $ 147,476       33.4     $ 190,024       37.1  

The income tax benefit in 2009 resulted largely from the Company’s write-down of natural gas and oil properties, as discussed in Note 1.

Pr ior to the sale of the domestic independent power production assets on July 10, 2007, as discussed in Note 3, t he Company considered earnings (including the gain from the sale of its foreign equity method investment in a natural gas-fired electric generating facility in Brazil in 2005) to be reinvested indefinitely outside of the United States and, accordingly, no U.S. deferred income taxes were recorded with respect to such earnings. Following the sale of these assets, the Company reconsidered its long-term plans for future development and expansion of its foreign investment and has determined that it has no immediate plans to explore or invest in additional foreign investments at this time. Therefore in the third quarter of 2007, deferred income taxes were accrued with respect to the temporary differences which had not been previously recorded. The amount of cumulative undistributed earnings for which there are temporary differences is approximately $36.8 million at December 31, 2009. The amount of deferred tax liability, net of allowable foreign tax credits, associated with the undistributed earnings at December 31, 2009, was approximately $10.5 million, which was largely recognized in 2007. Future e arnings will also be subject to additional U.S. taxes, net of allowable foreign tax credits.

The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, and various state, local and foreign jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local, or non-U.S. income tax examinations by tax authorities for years ending prior to 2004.

On January 1, 2007, upon the adoption of accounting guidance related to uncertain tax positions, the Company recognized a decrease in the liability for unrecognized tax benefits, which was not

 
110

 

material and was accounted for as an increase to the January 1, 2007, balance of retained earnings. At the date of adoption, the amount of unrecognized tax benefits was $4.5 million, including interest.

A reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest) for the years ended December 31, was as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 5,586     $ 3,735     $ 4,241  
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
          1,102       373  
Additions for tax positions of prior years
    562       1,811       588  
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
          (1,062 )      
Lapse of statute of limitations
                (1,467 )
Balance at end of year
  $ 6,148     $ 5,586     $ 3,735  

Included in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2009, were $540,000 of tax positions for which the ultimate deductibility is highly certain but for which there is uncertainty about the timing of such deductibility. Because of the impact of deferred tax accounting, other than interest and penalties, the disallowance of the shorter deductibility period would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would accelerate the payment of cash to the taxing authority to an earlier period. The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would affect the effective tax rate at December 31, 2009, was $6.4 million, including approximately $804,000 for the payment of interest and penalties.

The Company does not anticipate the amount of unrecognized tax benefits to significantly increase or decrease within the next 12 months.

For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Company recognized approximately $190,000, $819,000 and $680,000, respectively, in interest expense. Penalties were not material in 2009, 2008 and 2007. The Company recognized interest income of approximately $165,000, $223,000 and $480,000 for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The Company had accrued liabilities of approximately $1.6 million, $1.4 million and $718,000 at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, for the payment of interest.

Note 15 – Business Segment Data
The Company’s reportable segments are those that are based on the Company’s method of internal reporting, which generally segregates the strategic business units due to differences in products, services and regulation. The vast majority of the Company’s operations are located within the United States. The Company also has investments in foreign countries, which largely consist of Centennial Resources’ equity method investment in the Brazilian Transmission Lines.

The electric segment generates, transmits and distributes electricity in Montana, North Dakota, South Dakota and Wyoming. The natural gas distribution segment distributes natural gas in those states as well as in Idaho, Minnesota, Oregon and Washington. These operations also supply related value-added products and services.

The construction services segment specializes in constructing and maintaining electric and communication lines, gas pipelines, fire suppression systems, and external lighting and traffic signalization equipment. This segment also provides utility excavation services and inside

 
111

 


electrical wiring, cabling and mechanical services, sells and distributes electrical materials, and manufactures and distributes specialty equipment.

The pipeline and energy services segment provides natural gas transportation, underground storage and gathering services through regulated and nonregulated pipeline systems primarily in the Rocky Mountain and northern Great Plains regions of the United States. This segment also provides cathodic protection and energy-related services.

The natural gas and oil production segment is engaged in natural gas and oil acquisition, exploration, development and production activities in the Rocky Mountain and Mid-Continent regions of the United States and in and around the Gulf of Mexico.

The construction materials and contracting segment mines aggregates and markets crushed stone, sand, gravel and related construction materials, including ready-mixed concrete, cement, asphalt, liquid asphalt and other value-added products. It also performs integrated contracting services. This segment operates in the central, southern and western United States and Alaska and Hawaii.

The Other category includes the activities of Centennial Capital, which insures various types of risks as a captive insurer for certain of the Company’s subsidiaries. The function of the captive insurer is to fund the deductible layers of the insured companies’ general liability and automobile liability coverages. Centennial Capital also owns certain real and personal property. The Other category also includes Centennial Resources' equity method investment in the Brazilian Transmission Lines.

The information below follows the same accounting policies as described in the Summary of Significant Accounting Policies. Information on the Company's businesses as of December 31 and for the years then ended was as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
External operating revenues:
                 
Electric
  $ 196,171     $ 208,326     $ 193,367  
Natural gas distribution
    1,072,776       1,036,109       532,997  
Pipeline and energy services
    235,322       440,764       369,345  
      1,504,269       1,685,199       1,095,709  
Construction services
    818,685       1,256,759       1,102,566  
Natural gas and oil production
    338,425       420,637       288,148  
Construction materials and contracting
    1,515,122       1,640,683       1,761,473  
Other
                 
      2,672,232       3,318,079       3,152,187  
Total external operating revenues
  $ 4,176,501     $ 5,003,278     $ 4,247,896  
                         


 
112

 


Intersegment operating revenues:
                 
Electric
  $     $     $  
Natural gas distribution
                 
Construction services
    379       560       649  
Pipeline and energy services
    72,505       91,389       77,718  
Natural gas and oil production
    101,230       291,642       226,706  
Construction materials and contracting
                 
Other
    9,487       10,501       10,061  
Intersegment eliminations
    (183,601 )     (394,092 )     (315,134 )
Total intersegment operating revenues
  $     $     $  
                         
Depreciation, depletion and amortization:
                       
Electric
  $ 24,637     $ 24,030     $ 22,549  
Natural gas distribution
    42,723       32,566       19,054  
Construction services
    12,760       13,398       14,314  
Pipeline and energy services
    25,581       23,654       21,631  
Natural gas and oil production
    129,922       170,236       127,408  
Construction materials and contracting
    93,615       100,853       95,732  
Other
    1,304       1,283       1,244  
Total depreciation, depletion and amortization
  $ 330,542     $ 366,020     $ 301,932  
                         
Interest expense:
                       
Electric
  $ 9,577     $ 8,674     $ 6,737  
Natural gas distribution
    30,656       24,004       13,566  
Construction services
    4,490       4,893       4,878  
Pipeline and energy services
    8,896       8,314       8,769  
Natural gas and oil production
    10,621       12,428       8,394  
Construction materials and contracting
    20,495       24,291       23,997  
Other
    43       374       10,717  
Intersegment eliminations
    (679 )     (1,451 )     (4,821 )
Total interest expense
  $ 84,099     $ 81,527     $ 72,237  
                         
Income taxes:
                       
Electric
  $ 8,205     $ 8,225     $ 8,528  
Natural gas distribution
    16,331       18,827       6,477  
Construction services
    15,189       26,952       26,829  
Pipeline and energy services
    22,982       15,427       18,524  
Natural gas and oil production
    (187,000 )     68,701       78,348  
Construction materials and contracting
    25,940       8,947       39,045  
Other
    2,261       397       12,273  
Total income taxes
  $ (96,092 )   $ 147,476     $ 190,024  
                         


 
113

 


Earnings (loss) on common stock:
                 
Electric
  $ 24,099     $ 18,755     $ 17,700  
Natural gas distribution
    30,796       34,774       14,044  
Construction services
    25,589       49,782       43,843  
Pipeline and energy services
    37,845       26,367       31,408  
Natural gas and oil production
    (296,730 )     122,326       142,485  
Construction materials and contracting
    47,085       30,172       77,001  
Other
    7,357       10,812       (4,380 )
Earnings (loss) on common stock before income from discontinued operations
    (123,959 )     292,988       322,101  
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax
                109,334  
Total earnings (loss) on common stock
  $ (123,959 )   $ 292,988     $ 431,435  
                         
Capital expenditures:
                       
Electric
  $ 115,240     $ 72,989     $ 91,548  
Natural gas distribution
    43,820       398,116       500,178  
Construction services
    12,814       24,506       18,241  
Pipeline and energy services
    70,168       42,960       39,162  
Natural gas and oil production
    183,140       710,742       283,589  
Construction materials and contracting
    26,313       127,578       189,727  
Other
    3,196       774       1,621  
Net proceeds from sale or disposition of property
    (26,679 )     (86,927 )     (24,983 )
Net capital expenditures before discontinued operations
    428,012       1,290,738       1,099,083  
Discontinued operations
                (548,216 )
Total net capital expenditures
  $ 428,012     $ 1,290,738     $ 550,867  
                         
Assets:
                       
Electric*
  $ 569,666     $ 479,639     $ 428,200  
Natural gas distribution*
    1,588,144       1,548,005       942,454  
Construction services
    328,895       476,092       456,564  
Pipeline and energy services
    538,230       506,872       500,755  
Natural gas and oil production
    1,137,628       1,792,792       1,299,406  
Construction materials and contracting
    1,449,469       1,552,296       1,642,729  
Other**
    378,920       232,149       322,326  
Total assets
  $ 5,990,952     $ 6,587,845     $ 5,592,434  
                         


 
114

 


Property, plant and equipment:
                 
Electric*
  $ 941,791     $ 848,725     $ 784,705  
Natural gas distribution*
    1,456,208       1,429,487       948,446  
Construction services
    116,236       111,301       101,935  
Pipeline and energy services
    675,199       640,921       600,712  
Natural gas and oil production
    2,028,794       2,477,402       1,923,899  
Construction materials and contracting
    1,514,989       1,524,029       1,538,716  
Other
    33,365       30,372       31,833  
Less accumulated depreciation, depletion and
                       
amortization
    2,872,465       2,761,319       2,270,691  
Net property, plant and equipment
  $ 3,894,117     $ 4,300,918     $ 3,659,555  
  * Includes allocations of common utility property.
 
**    Includes assets not directly assignable to a business (i.e. cash and cash equivalents, certain accounts receivable, certain investments and other miscellaneous current and deferred assets).
 
Note: The results reflect a $620.0 million ($384.4 million after tax) and $135.8 million ($84.2 million after tax) noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties in 2009 and 2008, respectively.
 

The pipeline and energy services segment and the Other category recognized income from discontinued operations, net of tax, of $106,000 and $109.2 million, respectively for the year ended December 31, 2007.

Excluding income from discontinued operations at pipeline and energy services, earnings from electric, natural gas distribution and pipeline and energy services are substantially all from regulated operations. Earnings from construction services, natural gas and oil production, construction materials and contracting, and other are all from nonregulated operations.

Capital expenditures for 2009, 2008 and 2007 include noncash transactions, including the issuance of the Company's equity securities, in connection with acquisitions and the outstanding indebtedness related to the 2008 Intermountain acquisition and the 2007 Cascade acquisition. The net noncash transactions were immaterial in 2009, $97.6 million in 2008 and $217.3 million in 2007.

Note 16 – Employee Benefit Plans
The Company has noncontributory defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans for certain eligible employees. The Company uses a measurement date of December 31 for all of its pension and postretirement benefit plans.

Effective January 1, 2006, the Company discontinued defined pension plan benefits to all nonunion and certain union employees hired after December 31, 2005. These employees that would have been eligible for defined pension plan benefits are eligible to receive additional defined contribution plan benefits. In 2009, the Company evaluated several provisions of its employee defined benefit plans for nonunion and certain union employees. As a result of this evaluation, the Company determined that, effective January 1, 2010, all benefit and service accruals of these plans were frozen. These employees will be eligible to receive additional defined contribution plan benefits.

Effective January 1, 2010, eligibility to receive retiree medical benefits was modified at certain of the Company’s businesses. Current employees who attain age 55 with 10 years of continuous service by December 31, 2010, will be provided the current retiree medical insurance benefits or

 
115

 

can elect the new benefit, if desired, regardless of when they retire. All other current employees must meet the new eligibility criteria of age 60 and 10 years of continuous service at the time they retire. These employees will be eligible for a specified company funded Retiree Reimbursement Account. Employees hired after December 31, 2009, will not be eligible for retiree medical benefits.

Changes in benefit obligation and plan assets for the year ended December 31, 2009 and 2008, and amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008, were as follows:
 
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Change in benefit obligation:
                       
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 358,525     $ 359,923     $ 94,325     $ 81,581  
Service cost
    8,127       8,812       2,206       1,977  
Interest cost
    21,919       21,264       5,465       5,079  
Plan participants' contributions
                2,369       2,120  
Amendments
                (9,319 )     (382 )
Actuarial (gain) loss
    26,188       (8,336 )     813       763  
Curtailment gain
    (38,166 )                  
Acquisition
                      9,872  
Benefits paid
    (23,678 )     (23,138 )     (7,708 )     (6,685 )
Benefit obligation at end of year
    352,915       358,525       88,151       94,325  
Change in net plan assets:
                               
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of year
    226,214       330,966       60,085       73,684  
Actual gain (loss) on plan assets
    42,084       (83,960 )     8,600       (20,058 )
Employer contribution
    10,707       2,346       3,638       3,212  
Plan participants' contributions
                2,369       2,120  
Acquisition
                      7,812  
Benefits paid
    (23,678 )     (23,138 )     (7,708 )     (6,685 )
Fair value of net plan assets at end of year
    255,327       226,214       66,984       60,085  
Funded status – under
  $ (97,588 )   $ (132,311 )   $ (21,167 )   $ (34,240 )
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated
                               
Balance Sheets at December 31:
                               
Other accrued liabilities (current)
  $     $     $ (459 )   $ (407 )
Other liabilities (noncurrent)
    (97,588 )     (132,311 )     (20,708 )     (33,833 )
Net amount recognized
  $ (97,588 )   $ (132,311 )   $ (21,167 )   $ (34,240 )
Amounts recognized in accumulated other
                               
comprehensive (income) loss consist of:
                               
Actuarial loss
  $ 99,985     $ 131,081     $ 20,134     $ 23,418  
Prior service cost (credit)
    430       2,685       (14,716 )     (8,151 )
Transition obligation
                6,378       8,503  
Total
  $ 100,415     $ 133,766     $ 11,796     $ 23,770  

Employer contributions and benefits paid in the preceding table include only those amounts contributed directly to, or paid directly from, plan assets. Accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss in the above table includes amounts related to regulated operations, which are recorded as regulatory assets (liabilities) and are expected to be reflected in rates charged to customers over time.

Unrecognized pension actuarial losses in excess of 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation or the market-related value of assets is amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected average remaining service lives of active participants. The market-related value of assets is determined using a five-year average of assets. Unrecognized postretirement net transition obligation is amortized over a 20-year period ending 2012.

 
116

 

The accumulated benefit obligation for the defined benefit pension plans reflected above was $340.3 million and $312.1 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The projected benefit obligation, accumulated benefit obligation and fair value of plan assets for the pension plans with accumulated benefit obligations in excess of plan assets at December 31 were as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Projected benefit obligation
  $ 352,915     $ 358,525  
Accumulated benefit obligation
  $ 340,341     $ 312,110  
Fair value of plan assets
  $ 255,327     $ 226,214  

Components of net periodic benefit cost for the Company's pension and other postretirement benefit plans for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

   
Pension Benefits
   
Other Postretirement Benefits
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Components of net periodic benefit cost:
                                   
Service cost
  $ 8,127     $ 8,812     $ 9,098     $ 2,206     $ 1,977     $ 1,865  
Interest cost
    21,919       21,264       18,591       5,465       5,079       4,212  
Expected return on assets
    (25,062 )     (26,501 )     (22,524 )     (5,471 )     (5,657 )     (4,776 )
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
    605       665       756       (2,756 )     (2,755 )     (1,300 )
Recognized net actuarial loss
    2,096       1,050       1,605       970       594       73  
Curtailment loss
    1,650                                
Amortization of net transition obligation
                      2,125       2,125       2,125  
Net periodic benefit cost, including amount capitalized
    9,335       5,290       7,526       2,539       1,363       2,199  
Less amount capitalized
    1,127       642       991       330       307       373  
Net periodic benefit cost
    8,208       4,648       6,535       2,209       1,056       1,826  
Other changes in plan assets and benefit obligations recognized in accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss:
                                               
Net (gain) loss
    (29,000 )     102,125       (11,095 )     (2,314 )     26,478       1,507  
Acquisition-related actuarial loss
                12,291                   9,818  
Prior service credit
                      (9,321 )     (382 )      
Acquisition-related prior service credit
                (1,842 )                 (12,472 )
Amortization of actuarial loss
    (2,096 )     (1,050 )     (1,605 )     (970 )     (594 )     (73 )
Amortization of prior service (cost) credit
    (2,255 )     (665 )     (756 )     2,756       2,755       1,300  
Amortization of net transition obligation
                      (2,125 )     (2,125 )     (2,125 )
Total recognized in accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss
    (33,351 )     100,410       (3,007 )     (11,974 )     26,132       (2,045 )
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost and accumulated other comprehensive (income) loss
  $ (25,143 )   $ 105,058     $ 3,528     $ (9,765 )   $ 27,188     $ (219 )

The estimated net loss and prior service cost for the defined benefit pension plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2010 are $2.4 million and $152,000, respectively. The estimated net loss, prior service credit and transition obligation for the other postretirement benefit plans that will be amortized from accumulated other comprehensive loss into net periodic benefit cost in 2010 are $1.0 million, $3.5 million and $2.1 million, respectively.

 
117

 

Weighted average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations at December 31 were as follows:
         
Other
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
Postretirement Benefits
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
Discount rate
    5.75 %     6.25 %     5.75 %     6.25 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %     4.00 %

Weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost for the years ended December 31 were as follows:
         
Other
 
   
Pension Benefits
   
Postretirement Benefits
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2009
   
2008
 
                         
Discount rate
    6.25 %     6.00 %     6.25 %     6.00 %
Expected return on plan assets
    8.50 %     8.50 %     7.50 %     7.50 %
Rate of compensation increase
    4.00 %     4.20 %     4.00 %     4.50 %

The expected rate of return on plan assets is based on the targeted asset allocation of 70 percent equity securities and 30 percent fixed-income securities and the expected rate of return from these asset categories. The expected return on plan assets for other postretirement benefits reflects insurance-related investment costs.

Health care rate assumptions for the Company's other postretirement benefit plans as of December 31 were as follows:
   
2009
   
2008
 
Health care trend rate assumed for next year
    6.0%-9.0 %     6.0%-9.0 %
Health care cost trend rate – ultimate
    5.0%-6.0 %     5.0%-6.0 %
Year in which ultimate trend rate achieved
    1999-2017       1999-2017  

The Company's other postretirement benefit plans include health care and life insurance benefits for certain employees. The plans underlying these benefits may require contributions by the employee depending on such employee's age and years of service at retirement or the date of retirement. The accounting for the health care plans anticipates future cost-sharing changes that are consistent with the Company's expressed intent to generally increase retiree contributions each year by the excess of the expected health care cost trend rate over 6 percent.

Assumed health care cost trend rates may have a significant effect on the amounts reported for the health care plans. A one percentage point change in the assumed health care cost trend rates would have had the following effects at December 31, 2009:

   
1 Percentage
   
1 Percentage
 
   
Point Increase
   
Point Decrease
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Effect on total of service
           
and interest cost components
  $ 91     $ (922 )
Effect on postretirement
               
benefit obligation
  $ 2,435     $ (9,679 )


 
118

 

The Company's pension assets are managed by 12 outside investment managers. The Company's other postretirement assets are managed by one outside investment manager. The Company's investment policy with respect to pension and other postretirement assets is to make investments solely in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of the plans and for the exclusive purpose of providing benefits accrued and defraying the reasonable expenses of administration. The Company strives to maintain investment diversification to assist in minimizing the risk of large losses. The Company's policy guidelines allow for investment of funds in cash equivalents, fixed-income securities and equity securities. The guidelines prohibit investment in commodities and future contracts, equity private placement, employer securities, leveraged or derivative securities, options, direct real estate investments, precious metals, venture capital and limited partnerships. The guidelines also prohibit short selling and margin transactions. The Company's practice is to periodically review and rebalance asset categories based on its targeted asset allocation percentage policy.

 
119

 

The fair value of the Company’s pension net plan assets by category is as follows:

 
Fair Value Measurements at
December 31, 2009, Using
  
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets
   
Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
   
Balance at December 31,
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Assets:
                       
Common stocks (a)
  $ 133,989     $     $     $ 133,989  
Collective and mutual funds (b)
    39,234       10,379             49,613  
U.S. government and U.S. government-sponsored securities (c)
          28,091             28,091  
Corporate and municipal bonds (d)
          27,968             27,968  
Collateral held on loaned securities (e)
          21,597       937       22,534  
Cash and cash equivalents
    17,958                   17,958  
Total assets measured at fair value
    191,181       88,035       937       280,153  
Liabilities:
                               
Obligation for collateral received
    24,826                   24,826  
Net assets measured at fair value
  $ 166,355     $ 88,035     $ 937     $ 255,327  

(a)
This category includes approximately 75 percent U.S. common stocks and 25 percent non-U.S. common stocks.
(b)
Collective and mutual funds invest approximately 43 percent in common stock of large-cap U.S. companies, 21 percent in asset-backed securities, 17 percent in cash and cash equivalents, 8 percent in small-cap U.S. companies and 11 percent in other investments.
(c)
This category includes approximately 69 percent U.S. government-sponsored securities (asset-backed securities) and 31 percent U.S. government securities.
(d)
This category includes approximately 78 percent corporate bonds and 22 percent municipal bonds.
(e)
This category includes collateral held at December 31, 2009, as a result of participation in a securities lending program. Cash collateral is invested by the trustee primarily in repurchase agreements, money market funds, corporate bonds, commercial paper, asset-backed securities and certificates of deposit.


 
120

 

The following table sets forth a summary of changes in the fair value of the pension plan’s Level 3 assets for the year ended December 31, 2009:

 
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant
Unobservable Inputs (Level 3)
 
   
Collateral Held on Loaned Securities
 
 
(In thousands)
 
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 573  
Total realized/unrealized losses
    80  
Purchases, issuances and settlements (net)
    284  
Balance at end of year
  $ 937  

The fair value of the Company’s other postretirement benefit plan assets by asset category is as follows:

   
Fair Value Measurements
at December 31, 2009, Using
       
   
Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for Identical
Assets
   
Significant
Other
Observable Inputs
   
Significant Unobservable Inputs
   
Balance at December 31,
 
   
(Level 1)
   
(Level 2)
   
(Level 3)
   
2009
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Assets:
                       
Money market funds
  $ 1,469     $     $     $ 1,469  
Common stock
    2,897                   2,897  
Insurance investment contract*
          62,618             62,618  
Total assets measured at fair value
  $ 4,366     $ 62,618     $     $ 66,984  
* Invested in mutual funds.
 

The Company expects to contribute approximately $10.2 million to its defined benefit pension plans and approximately $4.1 million to its postretirement benefit plans in 2010.

 
121

 

The following benefit payments, which reflect future service, as appropriate, are expected to be paid:
         
Other
 
   
Pension
   
Postretirement
 
Years
 
Benefits
   
Benefits
 
   
(In thousands)
 
2010
  $ 20,431     $ 6,027  
2011
    20,744       6,244  
2012
    21,496       6,431  
2013
    22,151       6,686  
2014
    22,640       6,905  
2015 - 2019
    122,347       37,504  

The following Medicare Part D subsidies are expected: $637,000 in 2010; $675,000 in 2011; $725,000 in 2012; $765,000 in 2013; $807,000 in 2014; and $4.7 million during the years 2015 through 2019.

In addition to company-sponsored plans, certain employees are covered under multi-employer pension plans administered by a union. Amounts contributed in 2009 to defined benefit and defined contribution multi-employer plans were $32.5 million and $16.4 million, respectively. Amounts contributed to the multi-employer plans were $73.1 million and $51.5 million in 2008 and 2007, respectively.

In addition to the qualified plan defined pension benefits reflected in the table at the beginning of this note, the Company also has unfunded, nonqualified benefit plans for executive officers and certain key management employees that generally provide for defined benefit payments at age 65 following the employee's retirement or to their beneficiaries upon death for a 15-year period. The Company had investments of $67.9 million at December 31, 2009, consisting of equity securities of $32.1 million, life insurance carried on plan participants (payable upon the employee's death) of $29.8 million, fixed-income securities of $2.7 million and other investments of $3.3 million, which the Company anticipates using to satisfy obligations under these plans. The Company's net periodic benefit cost for these plans was $8.8 million, $9.0 million and $7.6 million in 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The total projected benefit obligation for these plans was $93.0 million and $87.2 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The accumulated benefit obligation for these plans was $84.8 million and $77.3 million at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively. A discount rate of 5.75 percent and 6.25 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and a rate of compensation increase of 4.00 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, were used to determine benefit obligations. A discount rate of 6.25 percent and 6.00 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, and a rate of compensation increase of 4.00 percent and 4.25 percent at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively, were used to determine net periodic benefit cost.

The amount of benefit payments for the unfunded, nonqualified benefit plans, as appropriate, are expected to aggregate $4.6 million in 2010; $5.0 million in 2011; $5.3 million in 2012; $5.9 million in 2013; $5.9 million in 2014; and $36.3 million for the years 2015 through 2019.

The Company sponsors various defined contribution plans for eligible employees. Costs incurred by the Company under these plans were $20.5 million in 2009, $23.8 million in 2008 and $21.1 million in 2007.

 
122

 

Note 17 – Jointly Owned Facilities
The consolidated financial statements include the Company's 22.7 percent and 25.0 percent ownership interests in the assets, liabilities and expenses of the Big Stone Station and the Coyote Station, respectively. Each owner of the Big Stone and Coyote stations is responsible for financing its investment in the jointly owned facilities.

The Company's share of the Big Stone Station and Coyote Station operating expenses was reflected in the appropriate categories of operating expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Income.

At December 31, the Company's share of the cost of utility plant in service and related accumulated depreciation for the stations was as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Big Stone Station:
           
Utility plant in service
  $ 60,220     $ 61,030  
Less accumulated depreciation
    39,940       39,473  
    $ 20,280     $ 21,557  
Coyote Station:
               
Utility plant in service
  $ 131,042     $ 127,151  
Less accumulated depreciation
    82,402       82,018  
    $ 48,640     $ 45,133  

In April 2009, the Company purchased a 25 MW ownership interest in the Wygen III electric generation facility, which is under construction near Gillette, Wyoming, and is expected to be online in the second quarter of 2010. The Company’s balance of construction work in progress related to this facility that is included in property, plant and equipment on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009, is $56.1 million.

Note 18 – Regulatory Matters and Revenues Subject to Refund
In November 2006, Montana-Dakota filed an application with the NDPSC requesting an advance determination of prudence of Montana-Dakota's ownership interest in Big Stone Station II. In August 2008, the NDPSC approved Montana-Dakota’s request for advance determination of prudence for ownership in the proposed Big Stone Station II for a minimum of 121.8 MW up to a maximum of 133 MW and a proportionate ownership share of the associated transmission electric resources. The intervenors in the proceeding appealed the NDPSC order to the North Dakota District Court which affirmed the order of the NDPSC. The intervenors then appealed the North Dakota District Court order to the North Dakota Supreme Court. The Big Stone Station II participants subsequently decided not to proceed with the project and on December 2, 2009, Montana-Dakota filed an application with the NDPSC for a determination that Montana-Dakota’s continued participation in the Big Stone Station II is no longer prudent. The parties have stipulated that the intervenors will move to dismiss their appeal to the North Dakota Supreme Court if the NDPSC grants Montana-Dakota’s pending application for a determination that its participation in the Big Stone Station II is no longer prudent. On December 4, 17, and 23, 2009, Montana-Dakota filed an application with the NDPSC, SDPUC, and MTPSC, respectively, for authority to defer the costs incurred for securing new electric generation, primarily Big Stone Station II, until the next general rate case.
 
 

 
123

 

On August 14, 2009, Montana-Dakota filed an application with the WYPSC for an electric rate increase. Montana-Dakota requested a total increase of $6.2 million annually or approximately 31 percent above current rates. The rate increase request was necessitated by the Company’s 25 MW ownership interest in the Wygen III power generation facility currently under construction near Gillette, Wyoming. The generation will replace a portion of the purchased power currently used to serve its Wyoming system. On January 14, 2010, Montana-Dakota filed a supplement to the application to reflect the inclusion of bonus tax depreciation on the Wygen III plant, reducing its request to a $5.1 million annual increase or approximately 25 percent above current rates. A hearing has been set for February 23, 2010.

In December 1999, Williston Basin filed a general natural gas rate change application with the FERC. Williston Basin began collecting such rates effective June 1, 2000, subject to refund. There had been one remaining issue outstanding related to this rate change application regarding certain service restrictions. After various steps in this proceeding, including a Williston Basin Request for Rehearing, an appeal to the D.C. Appeals Court, and a remand to FERC, the FERC, on October 30, 2009, issued its Order on Remand in which it upheld its previous decision. No party requested rehearing of the order, which is now final, and no issue is outstanding in this application.

Note 19 – Commitments and Contingencies
Litigation
Coalbed Natural Gas Operations Fidelity’s CBNG operations are and have been the subject of numerous lawsuits in Montana and Wyoming. The current cases involve the permitting and use of water produced in connection with Fidelity’s CBNG development in the Powder River Basin. Some of these cases challenge the issuance of discharge permits by the Montana DEQ and approval of other water management tools by the MBOGC.

In April 2006, the Northern Cheyenne Tribe filed a complaint in Montana Twenty-Second Judicial District Court against the Montana DEQ seeking to set aside Fidelity’s renewed direct discharge and treatment permits. The Northern Cheyenne Tribe claimed the Montana DEQ violated the Clean Water Act and the Montana Water Quality Act by failing to include in the permits conditions requiring application of the best practicable control technology currently available and by failing to impose a nondegradation policy like the one the BER adopted soon after the permit was issued. In addition, the Northern Cheyenne Tribe claimed that the actions of the Montana DEQ violated the Montana State Constitution’s guarantee of a clean and healthful environment, that the Montana DEQ’s related environmental assessment was invalid, that the Montana DEQ was required, but failed, to prepare an EIS and that the Montana DEQ failed to consider other alternatives to the issuance of the permits. Fidelity, the NPRC, and the TRWUA were granted leave to intervene in this proceeding. On January 12, 2009, the Montana Twenty-Second Judicial District Court decided the case in favor of Fidelity and the Montana DEQ in all respects, denying the motions of the Northern Cheyenne Tribe, TRWUA, and NPRC, and granting the cross-motions of the Montana DEQ and Fidelity in their entirety. As a result, Fidelity may continue to utilize its direct discharge and treatment permits. The NPRC, the TRWUA and the Northern Cheyenne Tribe appealed the decision to the Montana Supreme Court on March 9, 11, and 13, 2009, respectively.

Fidelity’s discharge of water pursuant to its two permits is its primary means for managing CBNG-produced water. Fidelity believes that its discharge permits should, assuming normal operating conditions, allow Fidelity to continue its existing CBNG operations through the expiration of the permits in March 2011. If its permits are set aside, Fidelity’s CBNG operations in Montana could be significantly and adversely affected.

 
124

 


In October 2003, Tongue & Yellowstone Irrigation District, NPRC and MEIC filed a lawsuit in Montana First Judicial District Court challenging the MBOGC’s ROD adopting the 2003 Final EIS which analyzed CBNG development in the State of Montana. Through the amendment of the plaintiffs’ pleadings and as a result of discovery, the defendants have now determined that the primary legal issue before the Court is whether the ROD authorizes the “wasting” of ground water in violation of the Montana State Constitution and the public trust doctrine. Specifically, the plaintiffs contend that various water management tools, including Fidelity’s direct discharge permits, allow for the waste of water. Should the Montana First Judicial District Court determine that Fidelity’s direct discharge permits violate the Montana State Constitution, Fidelity’s Montana CBNG operations could be significantly and adversely affected.

Fidelity will continue to vigorously defend its interests in all CBNG-related litigation in which it is involved. If the plaintiffs are successful in these lawsuits, the ultimate outcome of the actions could adversely impact Fidelity’s existing CBNG operations and/or the future development of this resource in the affected regions.

Electric Operations In June 2008, the Sierra Club filed a complaint in the South Dakota Federal District Court against Montana-Dakota and the two other co-owners of the Big Stone Station. The complaint alleged certain violations of the PSD and NSPS provisions of the Clean Air Act and certain violation of the South Dakota SIP. The action further alleged that the Big Stone Station was modified and operated without obtaining the appropriate permits, without meeting certain emissions limits and NSPS requirements and without installing appropriate emission control technology, all allegedly in violation of the Clean Air Act and the South Dakota SIP. The Sierra Club alleged that these actions contributed to air pollution and visibility impairment and have increased the risk of adverse health effects and environmental damage. The Sierra Club sought declaratory and injunctive relief to bring the co-owners of the Big Stone Station into compliance with the Clean Air Act and the South Dakota SIP and to require them to remedy the alleged violations. The Sierra Club also sought unspecified civil penalties, including a beneficial mitigation project. The Company believes the claims are without merit and that Big Stone Station has been and is being operated in compliance with the Clean Air Act and the South Dakota SIP. On March 31, 2009, the District Court granted the motion of the co-owners to dismiss the complaint. The Sierra Club filed a motion requesting the District Court to reconsider its ruling on a portion of the order dismissing the complaint which was denied on July 22, 2009.   On July 30, 2009, the Sierra Club appealed from the orders dismissing the case and denying the motion for reconsideration to the United States Court of Appeals for the Eighth Circuit. The United States has filed a brief as amicus curiae supporting the Sierra Club’s position in the appeal and the State of South Dakota filed a brief as amicus curiae supporting the Big Stone Station owners’ position in the appeal.

Construction Materials   LTM is a third-party defendant in litigation pending in Oregon Circuit Court regarding the concrete floors in an industrial food processing facility located in Jackson County, Oregon. The complaint against the facility construction contractor alleges the concrete floors of the facility are defective and must be removed and replaced for suitable repair. Damages, including disruption of the food processing operations, have been estimated by the plaintiff to be in excess of $32 million. The construction contractor’s answer and third-party complaint alleges the owner and third-party defendants, including LTM which supplied the concrete, are primarily responsible for any defects in the concrete surfaces. Discovery is currently being conducted by the parties. A trial date has not been set.

 
125

 

The Company also is involved in other legal actions in the ordinary course of its business. Although the outcomes of any such legal actions cannot be predicted, management believes that the outcomes with respect to these other legal proceedings will not have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

Environmental matters
Portland Harbor Site In December 2000, MBI was named by the EPA as a PRP in connection with the cleanup of a riverbed site adjacent to a commercial property site acquired by MBI from Georgia-Pacific West, Inc. in 1999. The riverbed site is part of the Portland, Oregon, Harbor Superfund Site. The EPA wants responsible parties to share in the cleanup of sediment contamination in the Willamette River. To date, costs of the overall remedial investigation and feasibility study of the harbor site are being recorded, and initially paid, through an administrative consent order by the LWG, a group of several entities, which does not include MBI or Georgia-Pacific West, Inc. Investigative costs are indicated to be in excess of $70 million. It is not possible to estimate the cost of a corrective action plan until the remedial investigation and feasibility study have been completed, the EPA has decided on a strategy and a ROD has been published. Corrective action will be taken after the development of a proposed plan and ROD on the harbor site is issued. MBI also received notice in January 2008 that the Portland Harbor Natural Resource Trustee Council intends to perform an injury assessment to natural resources resulting from the release of hazardous substances at the Harbor Superfund Site. The Trustee Council indicates the injury determination is appropriate to facilitate early settlement of damages and restoration for natural resource injuries. It is not possible to estimate the costs of natural resource damages until an assessment is completed and allocations are undertaken.

Based upon a review of the Portland Harbor sediment contamination evaluation by the Oregon DEQ and other information available, MBI does not believe it is a Responsible Party. In addition, MBI has notified Georgia-Pacific West, Inc., that it intends to seek indemnity for liabilities incurred in relation to the above matters pursuant to the terms of their sale agreement. MBI has entered into an agreement tolling the statute of limitations in connection with the LWG’s potential claim for contribution to the costs of the remedial investigation and feasibility study. By letter of March 2, 2009, LWG stated its intent to file suit against MBI and others to recover LWG’s investigation costs to the extent MBI cannot demonstrate its non-liability for the contamination or is unwilling to participate in an alternative dispute resolution process that has been established to address the matter. At this time, MBI has agreed to participate in the alternative dispute resolution process.

The Company believes it is not probable that it will incur any material environmental remediation costs or damages in relation to the above referenced administrative action.

Manufactured Gas Plant Sites There are three claims against Cascade for cleanup of environmental contamination at manufactured gas plant sites operated by Cascade’s predecessors.

The first claim is for soil and groundwater contamination at a site in Oregon and was received in 1995. There are PRPs in addition to Cascade that may be liable for cleanup of the contamination. Some of these PRPs have shared in the investigation costs. It is expected that these and other PRPs will share in the cleanup costs. Several alternatives for cleanup have been identified, with preliminary cost estimates ranging from approximately $500,000 to $11.0 million. An ecological risk assessment draft report was submitted to the Oregon DEQ in June 2009. The assessment showed no unacceptable risk to the aquatic ecological receptors present in the shoreline along the site and concluded that no further ecological investigation is necessary. The report is being reviewed by the Oregon DEQ. It is anticipated the Oregon DEQ will recommend a cleanup

 
126

 

alternative for the site after it completes its review of the report. It is not known at this time what share of the cleanup costs will actually be borne by Cascade.

The second claim is for contamination at a site in Washington and was received in 1997. A preliminary investigation has found soil and groundwater at the site contain contaminants requiring further investigation and cleanup. EPA conducted a Targeted Brownfields Assessment of the site and released a report summarizing the results of that assessment in August 2009. The assessment confirms that contaminants have affected soil and groundwater at the site, as well as sediments in the adjacent Port Washington Narrows. Alternative remediation options have been identified with preliminary cost estimates ranging from $340,000 to $6.4 million. Data developed through the assessment and previous investigations indicates the contamination likely derived from multiple, different sources and multiple current and former owners of properties and businesses in the vicinity of the site may be responsible for the contamination. There is currently not enough information to estimate the potential liability to Cascade associated with this claim.

The third claim is also for contamination at a site in Washington. Cascade received notice from a party in May 2008 that Cascade may be a PRP, along with other parties, for contamination from a manufactured gas plant owned by Cascade’s predecessor from about 1946 to 1962. The notice indicates that current estimates to complete investigation and cleanup of the site exceed $8.0 million. There is currently not enough information available to estimate the potential liability to Cascade associated with this claim.

To the extent these claims are not covered by insurance, Cascade will seek recovery through the OPUC and WUTC of remediation costs in its natural gas rates charged to customers.

Operating leases
The Company leases certain equipment, facilities and land under operating lease agreements. The amounts of annual minimum lease payments due under these leases as of December 31, 2009, were $25.2 million in 2010, $20.3 million in 2011, $15.3 million in 2012, $12.6 million in 2013, $6.7 million in 2014 and $43.9 million thereafter. Rent expense was $43.4 million, $35.3 million and $35.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

Purchase commitments
The Company has entered into various commitments, largely natural gas and coal supply, purchased power, natural gas transportation and storage and construction materials supply contracts. These commitments range from 1 to 51 years. The commitments under these contracts as of December 31, 2009, were $507.6 million in 2010, $288.3 million in 2011, $192.1 million in 2012, $105.7 million in 2013, $90.3 million in 2014 and $234.9 million thereafter. These commitments were not reflected in the Company's consolidated financial statements. Amounts purchased under various commitments for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, were $723.1 million, approximately $1.0 billion (including the acquisition of Intermountain as discussed in Note 2) and $857.0 million (including the acquisition of Cascade as discussed in Note 2), respectively.

 
127

 

Guarantees
In connection with the sale of MPX in June 2005 to Petrobras, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of the Company has agreed to indemnify Petrobras for 49 percent of any losses that Petrobras may incur from certain contingent liabilities specified in the purchase agreement. Centennial has agreed to unconditionally guarantee payment of the indemnity obligations to Petrobras for periods ranging up to five and a half years from the date of sale. The guarantee was required by Petrobras as a condition to closing the sale of MPX.

Centennial guaranteed CEM's obligations under a construction contract with LPP for a 550-MW combined-cycle electric generating facility near Hobbs, New Mexico. Centennial Resources sold CEM in July 2007 to Bicent Power LLC, which provided a $10 million bank letter of credit to Centennial in support of the guarantee obligation. On February 27, 2009, Centennial received a Notice and Demand from LPP under the guaranty agreement alleging that CEM did not meet certain of its obligations under the construction contract and demanding that Centennial indemnify LPP against all losses, damages, claims, costs, charges and expenses arising from CEM’s alleged failures. On December 4, 2009, LPP submitted a demand for arbitration of its dispute with CEM to the American Arbitration Association. The demand seeks compensatory damages of $146 million plus damages for increased operating, capital and construction costs related to a water treatment facility for the generating facility. LPP’s notice of demand for arbitration also demanded performance of the guarantee by Centennial. The Company believes the indemnification claims against Centennial are without merit and intends to vigorously defend against such claims.

In connection with the pending sale of the Brazilian Transmission Lines, as discussed in Note 4, Centennial has agreed to guarantee the performance of certain of the Company’s indirect wholly owned subsidiaries in three purchase and sale agreements. Centennial has agreed to unconditionally guarantee payment of the indemnity obligations of the wholly owned subsidiary sellers for periods ranging up to 10 years from the date of sale. The guarantees were required by the buyers as a condition to the sale of the Brazilian Transmission Lines.

In addition, WBI Holdings has guaranteed certain of Fidelity’s natural gas swap and collar agreement obligations. There is no fixed maximum amount guaranteed in relation to the natural gas swap and collar agreements as the amount of the obligation is dependent upon natural gas commodity prices. The amount of hedging activity entered into by the subsidiary is limited by corporate policy. The guarantees of the natural gas swap and collar agreements at December 31, 2009, expire in 2010 and 2011; however, Fidelity continues to enter into additional hedging activities and, as a result, WBI Holdings from time to time may issue additional guarantees on these hedging obligations. There were no amounts outstanding by Fidelity at December 31, 2009. In the event Fidelity defaults under its obligations, WBI Holdings would be required to make payments under its guarantees.

Certain subsidiaries of the Company have outstanding guarantees to third parties that guarantee the performance of other subsidiaries of the Company. These guarantees are related to construction contracts, natural gas transportation and sales agreements, gathering contracts, a conditional purchase agreement and certain other guarantees. At December 31, 2009, the fixed maximum amounts guaranteed under these agreements aggregated $234.4 million. The amounts of scheduled expiration of the maximum amounts guaranteed under these agreements aggregate $65.3 million in 2010; $141.8 million in 2011; $16.7 million in 2012; $1.8 million in 2013; $200,000 in 2014; $1.0 million in 2018; $300,000 in 2019; $3.3 million, which is subject to expiration on a specified number of days after the receipt of written notice; and $4.0 million, which has no scheduled maturity date. The amount outstanding by subsidiaries of the Company under the above guarantees was $570,000 and was reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at

 
128

 

December 31, 2009. In the event of default under these guarantee obligations, the subsidiary issuing the guarantee for that particular obligation would be required to make payments under its guarantee.

Certain subsidiaries have outstanding letters of credit to third parties related to insurance policies, materials obligations, natural gas transportation agreements and other agreements that guarantee the performance of other subsidiaries of the Company. At December 31, 2009, the fixed maximum amounts guaranteed under these letters of credit, aggregated $37.1 million, which are scheduled to expire in 2010. There were no amounts outstanding under the above letters of credit at December 31, 2009.

WBI Holdings has an outstanding guarantee to Williston Basin. This guarantee is related to a natural gas transportation and storage agreement that guarantees the performance of Prairielands. At December 31, 2009, the fixed maximum amount guaranteed under this agreement was $5.0 million and is scheduled to expire in 2011. In the event of Prairielands’ default in its payment obligations, WBI Holdings would be required to make payment under its guarantee. The amount outstanding by Prairielands under the above guarantee was $870,000. Prairielands also had $650,000 outstanding under a guarantee with Fidelity that will expire when paid. The amounts outstanding under these guarantees were not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2009, because these intercompany transactions are eliminated in consolidation.

In addition, Centennial and Knife River have issued guarantees to third parties related to the Company’s routine purchase of maintenance items, materials and lease obligations for which no fixed maximum amounts have been specified. These guarantees have no scheduled maturity date. In the event a subsidiary of the Company defaults under its obligation in relation to the purchase of certain maintenance items, materials or lease obligations, Centennial or Knife River would be required to make payments under these guarantees. Any amounts outstanding by subsidiaries of the Company for these maintenance items and materials were reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet at December 31, 2009.

In the normal course of business, Centennial has purchased surety bonds related to construction contracts and reclamation obligations of its subsidiaries. In the event a subsidiary of Centennial does not fulfill a bonded obligation, Centennial would be responsible to the surety bond company for completion of the bonded contract or obligation. A large portion of the surety bonds is expected to expire within the next 12 months; however, Centennial will likely continue to enter into surety bonds for its subsidiaries in the future. As of December 31, 2009, approximately $532 million of surety bonds were outstanding, which were not reflected on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Note 20 – Subsequent Events
The Company evaluated for events or transactions between the balance sheet date and February 17, 2010, the date of the issuance of the financial statements, that would require recognition or disclosure in the financial statements.

 
129

 

Supplementary Financial Information
Quarterly Data (Unaudited)
The following unaudited information shows selected items by quarter for the years 2009 and 2008:

   
First
   
Second
   
Third
   
Fourth
 
   
Quarter*
   
Quarter
   
Quarter
   
Quarter **
 
   
(In thousands, except per share amounts)
 
2009
                       
Operating revenues
  $ 1,094,005     $ 958,040     $ 1,107,927     $ 1,016,529  
Operating expenses
    1,634,924       857,975       947,654       889,045  
Operating income (loss)
    (540,919 )     100,065       160,273       127,484  
Net income (loss)
    (343,803 )     55,311       92,584       72,634  
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
Basic
    (1.87 )     .30       .50       .39  
Diluted
    (1.87 )     .30       .50       .38  
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    183,787       183,964       185,160       187,748  
Diluted
    183,787       184,398       185,425       188,373  
                                 
2008
                               
Operating revenues
  $ 1,121,907     $ 1,251,772     $ 1,333,834     $ 1,295,765  
Operating expenses
    994,335       1,053,281       1,130,537       1,313,088  
Operating income (loss)
    127,572       198,491       203,297       (17,323 )
Net income (loss)
    71,051       115,507       118,382       (11,267 )
Earnings (loss) per common share:
                               
Basic
    .39       .63       .65       (.06 )
Diluted
    .39       .63       .64       (.06 )
Weighted average common shares outstanding:
                               
Basic
    182,599       182,972       183,219       183,603  
Diluted
    183,130       183,727       184,081       183,603  
  *  2009 reflects a $384.4 million after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties.
**  2008 reflects an $84.2 million after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties.
 

Certain Company operations are highly seasonal and revenues from and certain expenses for such operations may fluctuate significantly among quarterly periods. Accordingly, quarterly financial information may not be indicative of results for a full year.

Natural Gas and Oil Activities (Unaudited)
Fidelity is involved in the acquisition, exploration, development and production of natural gas and oil resources. Fidelity's activities include the acquisition of producing properties with potential development opportunities, exploratory drilling and the operation and development of production properties. Fidelity shares revenues and expenses from the development of specified properties in the Rocky Mountain and Mid-Continent regions of the United States and in and around the Gulf of Mexico in proportion to its ownership interests.

Fidelity owns in fee or holds natural gas leases for the properties it operates in Colorado, Montana, North Dakota, Texas, Utah and Wyoming. These rights are in the Bonny Field in eastern Colorado, the Baker Field in southeastern Montana and southwestern North Dakota, the Bowdoin area in north-central Montana, the Powder River Basin of Montana and Wyoming, the Bakken area in North Dakota, the Paradox Basin of Utah, the Tabasco and Texan Gardens fields of Texas

 
130

 

and the Big Horn Basin in Wyoming. In 2008, Fidelity acquired and became the operator of natural gas properties in Rusk County in eastern Texas.
 
The information that follows includes Fidelity's proportionate share of all its natural gas and oil interests.

The following table sets forth capitalized costs and accumulated depreciation, depletion and amortization related to natural gas and oil producing activities at December 31:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Subject to amortization
  $ 1,815,380     $ 2,211,865     $ 1,750,233  
Not subject to amortization
    178,214       232,081       142,524  
Total capitalized costs
    1,993,594       2,443,946       1,892,757  
Less accumulated depreciation,
                       
depletion and amortization
    969,630       846,074       681,101  
Net capitalized costs
  $ 1,023,964     $ 1,597,872     $ 1,211,656  
Note: Net capitalized costs as of December 31, 2009 and 2008, reflect noncash write-downs of the Company’s natural gas and oil properties, as discussed in Note 1.


Capital expenditures, including those not subject to amortization, related to natural gas and oil producing activities were as follows:

Years ended December 31,
    2009 *     2008 *     2007 *
   
(In thousands)
 
Acquisitions:
                       
Proved properties
  $ 3,879     $ 225,610     $ 426  
Unproved properties
    8,771       107,419       17,731  
Exploration
    33,123       109,828       48,744  
Development * *
    135,202       260,098       214,433  
Total capital expenditures
  $ 180,975     $ 702,955     $ 281,334  
* Excludes net additions to property, plant and equipment related to the recognition of future liabilities for asset retirement obligations associated with the plugging and abandonment of natural gas and oil wells, as discussed in Note 10, of $2.0 million, $3.0 million and $5.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 **  Includes expenditures for proved undeveloped reserves of $32.5 million, $46.7 million and $74.6 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
 


 
131

 

The following summary reflects income resulting from the Company's operations of natural gas and oil producing activities, excluding corporate overhead and financing costs:

Years ended December 31,
 
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Revenues:
                 
Sales to affiliates
  $ 101,230     $ 291,642     $ 226,706  
Sales to external customers
    338,425       420,488       287,557  
Production costs
    123,148       161,401       123,924  
Depreciation, depletion and
                       
amortization*
    126,278       167,427       124,599  
Write-down of natural gas and oil properties
    620,000       135,800        
Pretax income
    (429,771 )     247,502       265,740  
Income tax expense
    (164,216 )     91,593       98,729  
Results of operations for
                       
producing activities
  $ (265,555 )   $ 155,909     $ 167,011  
*  Includes accretion of discount for asset retirement obligations of $2.7 million, $2.5 million and $2.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, as discussed in Note 10.
 

The following table summarizes the Company's estimated quantities of proved natural gas and oil reserves at December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and reconciles the changes between these dates. Estimates of proved reserves were prepared in accordance with guidelines established by the industry and the SEC. The estimates are arrived at using actual historical wellhead production trends and/or standard reservoir engineering methods utilizing available geological, geophysical, engineering and economic data. Other factors used in the reserve estimates are natural gas and oil prices, current estimates of well operating and future development costs, taxes, timing of operations, and the interests owned by the Company in the properties. These estimates are refined as new information becomes available.

The reserve estimates as of December 31, 2009, were calculated using SEC Defined Prices and prior to that time, reserve estimates were calculated using spot market prices that existed at the end of the applicable period. SEC Defined Prices used for the December 31, 2009, reserve estimates for natural gas were significantly lower than December 31, 2008, spot market prices. As a result, the Company had significant negative revisions of previous estimates to its reserves. Because SEC rules require proved reserves to be economically producible, the price used is inherent in that determination. If the rules regarding the prices used to calculate reserves had not been changed, the Company believes it would not have had significant negative revisions to its reserves due to pricing, as spot market prices on December 31, 2009, were higher than December 31, 2008, spot market prices.

The reserve estimates are prepared by internal engineers assigned to an asset team by geographic area and are reviewed and approved by management. In addition, the Company engages an independent third party to audit its proved reserves. Ryder Scott Company, L.P. reviewed the Company’s proved reserve quantity estimates as of December 31, 2009.

Estimates of economically recoverable natural gas and oil reserves and future net revenues therefrom are based upon a number of variable factors and assumptions. For these reasons, estimates of economically recoverable reserves and future net revenues may vary from actual results.

 
132

 


   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
Natural
         
Natural
         
Natural
       
   
Gas
   
Oil
   
Gas
   
Oil
   
Gas
   
Oil
 
   
(MMcf/MBbls)
 
Proved developed and
                                   
undeveloped reserves:
                                   
Balance at beginning of year
    604,282       34,348       523,737       30,612       538,100       27,100  
Production
    (56,632 )     (3,111 )     (65,457 )     (2,808 )     (62,798 )     (2,365 )
Extensions and discoveries
    26,882       2,569       78,338       4,941       77,701       3,772  
Improved recovery
                            444       1,614  
Purchases of proved reserves
                92,564       834       2       6  
Sales of reserves in place
    (22 )     (248 )                 (6 )     (42 )
Revisions of previous
                                               
estimates
    (126,085 )     658       (24,900 )     769       (29,706 )     527  
Balance at end of year
    448,425       34,216       604,282       34,348       523,737       30,612  
Proved reserves:
                                               
Developed
    321,561       26,794       431,180       26,862       420,137       25,658  
Undeveloped
    126,864       7,422       173,102       7,486       103,600       4,954  
Balance at end of year
    448,425       34,216       604,282       34,348       523,737       30,612  

The level of proved undeveloped reserves converted to developed in 2009 was less than anticipated as the Company’s drilling plans were modified due to the lower price environment experienced in 2009 and the Company’s focus to preserve capital. The Company did not have any material proved undeveloped locations that remained undeveloped for five years or more as of December 31, 2009.

The Company's interests in natural gas and oil reserves are located in the United States and in and around the Gulf of Mexico.

The standardized measure of the Company's estimated discounted future net cash flows of total proved reserves associated with its various natural gas and oil interests at December 31 was as follows:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Future cash inflows
  $ 2,991,200     $ 3,970,000     $ 5,302,300  
Future production costs
    1,095,600       1,325,600       1,415,700  
Future development costs
    315,000       377,300       237,600  
Future net cash flows before income taxes
    1,580,600       2,267,100       3,649,000  
Future income tax expense
    291,000       501,200       1,179,900  
Future net cash flows
    1,289,600       1,765,900       2,469,100  
10% annual discount for estimated timing of
                       
cash flows
    630,800       796,100       1,107,200  
Discounted future net cash flows relating to
                       
proved natural gas and oil reserves
  $ 658,800     $ 969,800     $ 1,361,900  


 
133

 

The following are the sources of change in the standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows by year:

   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
 
   
(In thousands)
 
Beginning of year
  $ 969,800     $ 1,361,900     $ 1,003,500  
Net revenues from production
    (200,900 )     (547,000 )     (354,100 )
Change in net realization
    (364,800 )     (687,100 )     527,900  
Extensions and discoveries, net of future
                       
production-related costs
    70,500       209,600       310,300  
Improved recovery, net of future production-related costs
                38,100  
Purchases of proved reserves, net of future production-related costs
          138,100       200  
Sales of reserves in place
    (1,100 )           (1,300 )
Changes in estimated future development costs
    43,600       11,000       (22,600 )
Development costs incurred during the current year
    46,400       66,300       103,000  
Accretion of discount
    115,900       183,800       133,700  
Net change in income taxes
    142,800       372,300       (212,500 )
Revisions of previous estimates
    (155,500 )     (132,200 )     (163,700 )
Other
    (7,900 )     (6,900 )     (600 )
Net change
    (311,000 )     (392,100 )     358,400  
End of year
  $ 658,800     $ 969,800     $ 1,361,900  

The estimated discounted future cash inflows from estimated future production of proved reserves were computed using prices as previously discussed. Future development and production costs attributable to proved reserves were computed by applying year-end costs to be incurred in producing and further developing the proved reserves. Future development costs estimated to be spent in each of the next three years to develop proved undeveloped reserves as of December 31, 2009, are $88.9 million in 2010, $69.1 million in 2011 and $41.8 million in 2012. Future income tax expenses were computed by applying statutory tax rates, adjusted for permanent differences and tax credits, to estimated net future pretax cash flows.

The standardized measure of discounted future net cash flows does not purport to represent the fair market value of natural gas and oil properties. There are significant uncertainties inherent in estimating quantities of proved reserves and in projecting rates of production and the timing and amount of future costs. In addition, future realization of natural gas and oil prices over the remaining reserve lives may vary significantly from SEC Defined Prices.
 
134


Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

The following information includes the evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures by the Company’s chief executive officer and the chief financial officer, along with any significant changes in internal controls of the Company.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
The term "disclosure controls and procedures" is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s controls and other procedures are designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. The Company’s disclosure controls and procedures include controls and procedures designed to provide reasonable assurance that information required to be disclosed is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. The Company’s chief executive officer and chief financial officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures and they have concluded that, as of the end of the period covered by this report, such controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Changes in Internal Controls
The Company maintains a system of internal accounting controls that is designed to provide reasonable assurance that the Company’s transactions are properly authorized, the Company’s assets are safeguarded against unauthorized or improper use, and the Company’s transactions are properly recorded and reported to permit preparation of the Company’s financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America. There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2009, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The information required by this item is included in this Form 10-K at Item 8 – Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting.

Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm
The information required by this item is included in this Form 10-K at Item 8 – Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.
 
135

Part III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The information required by this item is included in the last sentence of the third paragraph under the caption "Item 1. Election of Directors" and under the captions "Item 1. Election of Directors – Director Nominees," "Information Concerning Executive Officers," the first paragraph and the second, third and fourth sentences of the second paragraph under "Corporate Governance – Audit Committee," "Corporate Governance – Code of Conduct," the second sentence of the last paragraph under "Corporate Governance – Board Meetings and Committees" and "Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is included under the caption "Executive Compensation" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
136

Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Equity Compensation Plan Information
The following table includes information as of December 31, 2009, with respect to the Company's equity compensation plans:

Plan Category
 
(a)
Number of securities to be issued upon exercise of outstanding options, warrants and rights
   
(b)
Weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights
   
(c)
Number of securities remaining available for future issuance under equity compensation plans (excluding securities reflected in column (a))
 
Equity compensation plans approved by stockholders (1)
    1,087,973 (2)   $ 19.80       7,262,380 (3)(4)
Equity compensation plans   not approved by stockholders (5)
    371,403       13.22       2,361,073 (6)
Total
    1,459,376     $ 18.13       9,623,453  

(1)
Consists of the 1992 Key Employee Stock Option Plan, the Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, the Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan and the Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan.
(2)
Includes 634,505 performance shares.
(3)
In addition to being available for future issuance upon exercise of options, 357,757 shares under the Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan may instead be issued in connection with stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance units, performance shares or other equity-based awards, and 5,861,739 shares under the Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan may instead be issued in connection with stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, performance units, performance shares or other equity-based awards.
(4)
This amount also includes 364,628 shares available for issuance under the Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan. Under this plan, in addition to a cash retainer, nonemployee Directors are awarded 4,050 shares following the Company's annual meeting of stockholders. Prior to January 1, 2009, the Company's Chairman of the Board of Directors received an additional $50,000 in stock under the plan each December as part of his retainer. A non-employee Director may acquire additional shares under the plan in lieu of receiving the cash portion of the Director's retainer or fees.
(5)
Consists of the 1998 Option Award Program and the Group Genius Innovation Plan.
(6)
In addition to being available for future issuance upon exercise of options, 219,050 shares under the Group Genius Innovation Plan may instead be issued in connection with stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, performance stock or other equity-based awards.

The following equity compensation plans have not been approved by the Company's stockholders.

The 1998 Option Award Program
The 1998 Option Award Program is a broad-based plan adopted by the Board of Directors, effective February 12, 1998. The plan permits the grant of nonqualified stock options to employees of the Company and its subsidiaries. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the plan is 3,795,330. Shares granted may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury
 
137

shares, or shares purchased on the open market. Option exercise prices are equal to the market value of the Company's shares on the date of the option grant. Optionees receive dividend equivalents on their options, with any credited dividends paid in cash to the optionee if the option vests, or forfeited if the option is forfeited. Vested options remain exercisable for one year following termination of employment due to death or disability and for three months following termination of employment for any other reason.

Unvested options are forfeited upon termination of employment. Subject to the terms and conditions of the plan, the plan's administrative committee determines the number of shares subject to options granted to each participant and the other terms and conditions pertaining to such options, including vesting provisions. All options become immediately exercisable in the event of a change in control of the Company.

In 2001, 450 options (adjusted for the three-for-two stock splits in October 2003 and July 2006) were granted to each of approximately 5,900 employees. No officers received grants. These options vested on February 13, 2004. As of December 31, 2009, options covering 371,403 shares of common stock were outstanding under the plan and 2,142,023 shares remained available for future grant. Options covering 1,281,904 shares had been exercised.

The Group Genius Innovation Plan
The Group Genius Innovation Plan was adopted by the Board of Directors, effective May 17, 2001, to encourage employees to share ideas for new business directions for the Company and to reward them when the idea becomes profitable. Employees of the Company and its subsidiaries who are selected by the plan's administrative committee are eligible to participate in the plan. Officers and Directors are not eligible to participate. The plan permits the granting of nonqualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, performance stock and other awards. The maximum number of shares that may be issued under the plan is 223,150. Shares granted under the plan may be authorized but unissued shares, treasury shares or shares purchased on the open market. Restricted stockholders have voting rights and, unless determined otherwise by the plan's administrative committee, receive dividends paid on the restricted stock. Dividend equivalents payable in cash may be granted with respect to options and performance shares. The plan's administrative committee determines the number of shares or units subject to awards, and the other terms and conditions of the awards, including vesting provisions and the effect of employment termination. Upon a change in control of the Company, all options and stock appreciation rights become immediately vested and exercisable, all restricted stock becomes immediately vested, all restricted stock units become immediately vested and are paid out in cash, and target payout opportunities under all performance units, performance stock, and other awards are deemed to be fully earned, with awards denominated in stock paid out in shares and awards denominated in units paid out in cash. As of December 31, 2009, 4,100 shares of stock had been granted to 73 employees.

The remaining information required by this item is included under the caption "Security Ownership" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
138

Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is included under the captions "Related Person Transaction Disclosure," "Corporate Governance – Director Independence" and the second sentence of the third paragraph under "Corporate Governance – Board Meetings and Committees" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this item is included under the caption "Accounting and Auditing Matters" in the Proxy Statement, which information is incorporated herein by reference.


 
139

 

Part IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a) Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits

Index to Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedules

1. Financial Statements
The following consolidated financial statements required under this item are included under Item 8 – Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
Page
   
Consolidated Statements of Income for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009
74
   
Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2009 and 2008
75
   
Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders' Equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009
76
   
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009
77
   
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
78

2. Financial Statement Schedules

MDU Resources Group, Inc.
Schedule II - Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
Years Ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
                     
       
Additions
     
   
Balance at
 
Charged to
         
Balance
   
Beginning
 
Costs and
         
at End
Description
 
of Year
 
Expenses
 
Other*
 
Deductions**
 
of Year
   
(In thousands)
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
               
    2009
 
$13,691
 
$12,152
 
$1,412
 
$10,606
 
$16,649
    2008
 
14,635
 
12,191
 
2,115
 
15,250
 
13,691
    2007
 
                7,725
 
8,799
 
5,533
 
7,422
 
14,635
  * Allowance for doubtful accounts for companies acquired and recoveries.
**   Uncollectible accounts written off.

All other schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required, or because the information required is included in the Company's Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes thereto.

 
140

 

3. Exhibits

3(a)
Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company, as amended, dated May 17, 2007, filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Form 8-A/A, filed on June 27, 2007, in File No. 1-3480*
   
 3(b)
Company Bylaws, as amended and restated, on November 12, 2009**
   
 4(a)
Indenture of Mortgage, dated as of May 1, 1939, as restated in the Forty-Fifth Supplemental Indenture, dated as of April 21, 1992, and the Forty-Sixth through Fiftieth Supplements thereto between the Company and the New York Trust Company (The Bank of New York, successor Corporate Trustee) and A. C. Downing (Douglas J. MacInnes, successor Co-Trustee), filed as Exhibit 4(a) to Form S-3, in Registration No. 33-66682; and Exhibits 4(e), 4(f) and 4(g) to Form S-8, in Registration No. 33-53896; and Exhibit 4(c)(i) to Form S-3, in Registration No. 333-49472; and Exhibit 4(e) to Form S-8, in Registration No. 333-112035*
   
 4(b)
Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2003, between the Company and The Bank of New York, as trustee, filed as Exhibit 4(f) to Form S-8 on January 21, 2004, in Registration No. 333-112035*
   
4(c)
First Supplemental Indenture, dated as of November 17, 2009, between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon, as trustee**
   
4(d)
Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. Master Shelf Agreement, dated April 29, 2005, among Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. and the Prudential Insurance Company of America, filed as Exhibit 4(a) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, filed on August 3, 2005, in File No. 1-3480*
   
4(e)
Letter Amendment No. 1 to Amended and Restated Master Shelf Agreement, dated May 17, 2006, among Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, and certain investors described in the Letter Amendment filed as Exhibit 4(a) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, filed on August 4, 2006, in File No. 1-3480*
   
4(f)
MDU Resources Group, Inc. Credit Agreement, dated June 21, 2005, among MDU Resources Group, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as Administrative Agent, and The Other Financial Institutions Party thereto, filed as Exhibit 4(b) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2005, filed on August 3, 2005, in File No. 1-3480*
   
4(g)
First Amendment, dated June 30, 2006, to Credit Agreement, dated June 21, 2005, among MDU Resources Group, Inc., Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as administrative agent, and certain lenders described in the credit agreement, filed as Exhibit 4(b) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2006, filed on August 4, 2006, in File No. 1-3480*


 
141

 


4(h)
Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. Credit Agreement, dated December 13, 2007, among Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent, and The Other Financial Institutions party thereto, filed as Exhibit 4(j) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2007, filed on February 20, 2008, in File No. 1-3480*
   
4(i)
Consent dated November 9, 2009, under Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. Credit Agreement, among Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc., U.S. Bank National Association, as Administrative Agent, and The Other Financial Institutions party thereto**
   
4(j)
MDU Energy Capital, LLC Master Shelf Agreement, dated as of August 9, 2007, among MDU Energy Capital, LLC and the Prudential Insurance Company of America, filed as Exhibit 4 to Form 8-K dated August 16, 2007, filed on August 16, 2007, in File No. 1-3480*
   
4(k)
Indenture dated as of August 1, 1992, between Cascade Natural Gas Corporation and The Bank of New York relating to Medium-Term Notes, filed by Cascade Natural Gas Corporation as Exhibit 4 to Form 8-K dated August 12, 1992, in File No. 1-7196*
   
4(l)
First Supplemental Indenture dated as of October 25, 1993, between Cascade Natural Gas Corporation and The Bank of New York relating to Medium-Term Notes and the 7.5% Notes due November 15, 2031, filed by Cascade Natural Gas Corporation as Exhibit 4 to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 1993, in File No. 1-7196*
   
4(m)
Second Supplemental Indenture, dated January 25, 2005, between Cascade Natural Gas Corporation and The Bank of New York, as trustee, filed by Cascade Natural Gas Corporation as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K dated January 25, 2005, filed on January 26, 2005, in File No. 1-7196*
   
4(n)
Third Supplemental Indenture dated as of March 8, 2007, between Cascade Natural Gas Corporation and The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A., as Successor Trustee, filed by Cascade Natural Gas Corporation as Exhibit 4.1 to Form 8-K dated March 8, 2007, filed on March 8, 2007, in File No. 1-7196*
   
4(o)
Amendment No. 1 to Master Shelf Agreement, dated October 1, 2008, among MDU Energy Capital, LLC, Prudential Investment Management, Inc., The Prudential Insurance Company of America, and the holders of the notes thereunder, filed as Exhibit 4(b) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended September 30, 2008, filed on November 5, 2008, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(a)
1992 Key Employee Stock Option Plan, as revised, filed as Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 21, 2007, in File No. 1-3480*
   
 +10(b)
Supplemental Income Security Plan, as amended and restated November 12, 2009**
   
 +10(c)
Directors' Compensation Policy, as amended May 14, 2009, filed as Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, filed on August 7, 2009, in File No. 1-3480*


 
142

 


 +10(d)
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, as amended May 15, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10(a) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, filed on August 7, 2008, in File No. 1-3480*
   
 +10(e)
Non-Employee Director Stock Compensation Plan, as amended May 15, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10(d) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2008, filed on August 7, 2008, in File No. 1-3480*
   
 +10(f)
Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended November 12, 2009**
   
 +10(g)
1998 Option Award Program, as amended November 12, 2009**
   
 +10(h)
Group Genius Innovation Plan, as amended November 12, 2009**
   
+10(i)
WBI Holdings, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended January 31, 2008, and Rules and Regulations, as amended November 11, 2009**
   
+10(j)
Knife River Corporation Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended January 31, 2008, and Rules and Regulations, as amended November 16, 2009**
   
+10(k)
Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan, as amended November 12, 2009**
   
+10(l)
MDU Resources Group, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended November 15, 2007, and Rules and Regulations, as amended November 11, 2009**
   
+10(m)
Montana-Dakota Utilities Co. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended November 15, 2007, and Rules and Regulations, as amended November 11, 2009**
   
+10(n)
Form of Change of Control Employment Agreement, as amended May 15, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated May 15, 2008, filed on May 20, 2008, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(o)
MDU Resources Group, Inc. Executive Officers with Change of Control Employment Agreements Chart, as of December 31, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10(p) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2008, filed on February 13, 2009, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(p)
Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan for John G. Harp, dated December 4, 2006, filed as Exhibit 10(ag) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 21, 2007, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(q)
Employment Letter for John G. Harp, dated July 20, 2005, filed as Exhibit 10(ah) to Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2006, filed on February 21, 2007, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(r)
Form of Performance Share Award Agreement under the Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan, as amended August 13, 2008, filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Form 8-K dated August 13, 2008, filed on August 19, 2008, in File No. 1-3480*


 
143

 


+10(s)
MDU Construction Services Group, Inc. Executive Incentive Compensation Plan, as amended January 31, 2008, and Rules and Regulations, as amended February 16, 2009, filed as Exhibit 10(c) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, filed on May 6, 2009, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(t)
John G. Harp 2009 additional incentive opportunity, filed as Exhibit 10(f) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, filed on May 6, 2009, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(u)
Form of 2009 Annual Incentive Award Agreement under the Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10(g) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended March 31, 2009, filed on May 6, 2009, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(v)
MDU Resources Group, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, as restated June 1, 2009, filed as Exhibit 10(b) to Form 10-Q for the quarter ended June 30, 2009, filed on August 7, 2009, in File No. 1-3480*
   
+10(w)
Instrument of Amendment to the MDU Resources Group, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, dated December 2, 2009**
   
+10(x)
    Instrument of Amendment to the MDU Resources Group, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, dated December 30, 2009**
   
12
Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges and Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends**
   
21
Subsidiaries of MDU Resources Group, Inc.**
   
23(a)
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm**
   
23(b)
Consent of Ryder Scott Company, L.P.**
   
31(a)
Certification of Chief Executive Officer filed pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
   
31(b)
Certification of Chief Financial Officer filed pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
   
32
Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer furnished pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002**
   
99(a)
Sales Agency Financing Agreement entered into between MDU Resources Group, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, filed as Exhibit 1 to Form 8-K dated September 5, 2008, filed on September 5, 2008, in File No. 1-3480*
   
99(b)
Ryder Scott Company, L.P. report dated January 22, 2010 **


 
144

 


101
The following materials from MDU Resources Group, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) the Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Common Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text and (vi) Schedule II – Consolidated Valuation and Qualifying Accounts, tagged as a block of text
————————————————————————
    * Incorporated herein by reference as indicated.
  **   Filed herewith.
    +    Management contract, compensatory plan or arrangement.

MDU Resources Group, Inc. agrees to furnish to the SEC upon request any instrument with respect to long-term debt that MDU Resources Group, Inc. has not filed as an exhibit pursuant to the exemption provided by Item 601(b)(4)(iii)(A) of Regulation S-K.



 
145

 


Signatures
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

     
MDU Resources Group, Inc.
       
Date:
February 17, 2010
By:
/s/ Terry D. Hildestad
     
Terry D. Hildestad
(President and Chief Executive Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant in the capacities and on the date indicated.
 

Signature
Title
Date
     
/s/ Terry D. Hildestad
Chief Executive Officer and Director
February 17, 2010
Terry D. Hildestad
(President and Chief Executive Officer)
   
     
/s/ Doran N. Schwartz
Chief Financial Officer
February 17, 2010
Doran N. Schwartz
(Vice President and Chief Financial Officer)
   
     
/s/ Nicole A. Kivisto
Chief Accounting Officer
February 17, 2010
Nicole A. Kivisto
(Vice President, Controller and Chief Accounting Officer)
   
     
/s/ Harry J. Pearce
Director
February 17, 2010
Harry J. Pearce
   
(Chairman of the Board)
   
     
/s/ Thomas Everist
Director
February 17, 2010
Thomas Everist
   
     
/s/ Karen B. Fagg
Director
February 17, 2010
Karen B. Fagg
   
     
/s/ A. Bart Holaday
Director
February 17, 2010
A. Bart Holaday
   
     
/s/ Dennis W. Johnson
Director
February 17, 2010
Dennis W. Johnson
   
     
/s/ Thomas C. Knudson
Director
February 17, 2010
Thomas C. Knudson
   
     
/s/ Richard H. Lewis
Director
February 17, 2010
Richard H. Lewis
   
     
     /s/ Patricia L. Moss
Director
February 17, 2010
Patricia L. Moss
   
     
/s/ Sister Thomas Welder
Director
February 17, 2010
Sister Thomas Welder
   
     
     /s/ John K. Wilson
Director
February 17, 2010
John K. Wilson
   


 
146

 


 














Bylaws of

MDU Resources
GROUP, INC.




















11/09

 
 

 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
TO BYLAWS
 
Page No.
OFFICES
1
 
1.01 Registered Office
1
 
1.02 Other Offices
1
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
1
 
2.01 Place of Meetings
1
 
2.02 Annual Meetings
1
 
2.03 Notice of Annual Meeting
2
 
2.04 Stockholders List
2
 
2.05 Notice of Special Meeting
2
 
2.06 Quorum
2
 
2.07 Voting Rights
3
 
2.08 Nominations for Director
3
 
2.09 Business at Meetings of Stockholders
6
DIRECTORS
8
 
3.01 Authority of Directors
8
 
3.02 Qualifications
8
 
3.03 Place of Meetings
9
 
3.04 Annual Meetings
9
 
3.05 Regular Meetings
9
 
3.06 Special Meetings
9
 
3.07 Quorum
9
 
3.08 Participation of Directors by Conference Telephone
9
 
3.09 Written Action of Directors
9
 
3.10 Committees
9
 
3.11 Reports of Committees
10
 
3.12 Compensation of Directors
10
 
3.13 Chairman of the Board
10
 
3.14 Lead Director
10
NOTICES
11
 
4.01 Notices
11
 
4.02 Waiver
11

 
 

 


OFFICERS
11
 
5.01 Election, Qualifications
11
 
5.02 Additional Officers
11
 
5.03 Salaries
11
 
5.04 Term
11
 
5.05 Chief Executive Officer
11
 
5.06 The President
12
 
5.07 The Vice Presidents
12
 
5.08 The Secretary and Assistant  Secretaries
12
 
5.09 Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers
12
 
5.10 General Counsel
13
 
5.11 Authority and Duties
13
 
5.12 Execution of Instruments
13
 
5.13 Execution of Proxies
13
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
14
 
6.01 Certificates
14
 
6.02 Signatures
14
 
6.03 Special Designation on Certificates
14
 
6.04 Lost Certificates
14
 
6.05 Transfers of Stock
15
 
6.06 Record Date
15
 
6.07 Registered Stockholders
15
GENERAL PROVISIONS
15
 
7.01 Dividends
15
 
7.02 Checks
15
 
7.03 Fiscal Year
15
 
7.04 Seal
15
 
7.05 Inspection of Books and Records
16
 
7.06 Amendments
16
 
7.07 Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents; Insurance
16
 
7.08 Severability
18


 
 

 

 
BYLAWS OF
MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
 
OFFICES
 
1.01             Registered Office .  The registered office shall be in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, State of Delaware.
 
1.02            Other Offices .  The Corporation may also have offices at such other places, both within and without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors may from time to time determine or the business of the Corporation may require.
 
MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS
                2.01           Place of Meetings .  All meetings of the stockholders for the election of Directors shall be held in the City of Bismarck, State of North Dakota, at such place as may be fixed from time to time by the Board of Directors, or at such other place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors, or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, by means of remote communication as authorized by the laws of Delaware, as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting.  Meetings of stockholders for any other purpose may be held at such time and place, within or without the State of Delaware, or, in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors, by means of remote communication as authorized by the laws of Delaware as shall be stated in the notice of the meeting or in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
 
2.02            Annual Meetings.   Annual meetings of stockholders shall be held on the fourth Tuesday of April in each year, if not a legal holiday, and if a legal holiday, then on the next secular day following, at 11:00 A.M., or at such other date and time as shall be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors and stated in the notice of the meeting, at which they shall elect a Board of Directors and transact such other business as may properly be brought before the meeting.  The election of directors shall be by written ballot including, if authorized by the Board of Directors, by ballot submitted by electronic transmission in compliance with the laws of Delaware.
 
Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, each director shall be elected by the vote of the majority of the votes cast with respect to the director at any meeting for the election of directors at which a quorum is present, provided that if, as of the day next preceding the date the Corporation first gives its notice of meeting for such meeting of stockholders, the number of nominees (including any nominees stockholders have proposed to nominate by giving notice pursuant to Section 2.08 hereof) exceeds the number of directors to be elected, the directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors.  For purposes of this Section, a majority of the votes cast means that the number of votes cast “for” a director’s election must exceed the number of votes cast “against” that director’s election (with “abstentions” and “broker nonvotes” not counted as a vote cast either “for” or

 
1

 

“against” that director’s election).  If directors are to be elected by a plurality of the votes of the shares present in person or represented by proxy at any such meeting and entitled to vote on the election of directors, stockholders shall not be permitted to vote “against” a nominee.
 
2.03            Notice of Annual Meeting.   Notice, in writing or by a form of electronic transmission in compliance with the laws of Delaware, of the annual meeting, stating the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, shall be given to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the date of the meeting.
 
2.04            Stockholders List.   The officer who has charge of the stock ledger of the Corporation shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder.  Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder, for any purpose germane to the meeting, for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting:  (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting or (ii) during ordinary business hours, at the principal place of business of the Corporation.  If the meeting is to be held at a place, then the list shall also be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present.  If the meeting is to be held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network, and the information required to access the electronic list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.
 
2.05            Notice of Special Meeting.   Notice of a special meeting, in writing or by a form of electronic transmission as determined solely by the Board of Directors in compliance with the laws of Delaware, stating the place, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which the stockholders and proxy holders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called, shall be given not less than ten (10) nor more than sixty (60) days before the date of the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting.  Business transacted at a special meeting of stockholders shall be confined to the purpose or purposes of the meeting specified in the notice of meeting (or supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors.  Stockholders may not make nominations for directors or bring any business before a special meeting of stockholders.
 
2.06            Quorum.   The holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at all meetings of the stockholders for the transaction of business, except as provided herein and except as otherwise provided by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation.  If, however, such quorum shall not be present or represented at any meeting of the stockholders, the stockholders entitled to vote thereat, present in person or represented by proxy, shall have power to adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice of the adjourned meeting, if the time, place, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxy holders

 
2

 

may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such adjourned meeting are announced at the meeting at which the adjournment is taken.  At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified.  If the adjournment is for more than thirty days, or if, after the adjournment, a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.
 
2.07            Voting Rights .  When a quorum is present at any meeting, the vote of the holders of a majority of the stock having voting power, present in person or represented by proxy, shall decide any question brought before such meeting, unless the question is one upon which, by express provision of the statutes, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a different vote is required, in which case such express provision shall govern and control the decision of such question.  Unless otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall, at every meeting of the stockholders, be entitled to one vote in person or by proxy for each share of the capital stock having voting power held by such stockholder, but no proxy shall be voted on after three years from its date, unless the proxy provides for a longer period.
 
2.08            Nominations for Director. Nominations of persons for election to the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be made only (i) by the Board of Directors at any meeting of stockholders and (ii) at an annual meeting of stockholders, by any stockholder of the Corporation who is entitled to vote for the election of directors and who has complied with the procedures established by this Section 2.08.  For a nomination to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder, the stockholder intending to make the nomination (the “Proponent”) must have given timely and proper notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, in accordance with, and containing all information and the completed questionnaire provided for in, this Section 2.08.
 
To be timely, a Proponent’s notice must be delivered to or mailed to the Secretary of the Corporation and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business 90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, in the event the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 60 days after such anniversary date then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of the meeting or the 10th day following the date of Public Disclosure (defined below) of the date of the annual meeting.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of stockholders or announcement thereof commence a new time period or extend any time period for the giving of a Proponent’s notice as required by this Section 2.08.
 
A Proponent’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:  (a) as to each person the Proponent proposes to nominate for election as a director at the annual meeting, (i) the name, age, business address, residence address and telephone number of such nominee and the name, business address and residence address of any Nominee Associated Persons (defined below), (ii) the principal occupation or employment of such nominee, (iii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are owned (beneficially and

 
3

 

of record) by or on behalf of such nominee and by or on behalf of any Nominee Associated Person, as of the date of the Proponent’s notice, (iv) a description of such nominee’s qualifications to be a director and (v) a statement as to whether such nominee would be an independent director, and the basis therefor, under the listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange and the Corporate Governance Guidelines and (b) as to the Proponent and any Stockholder Associated Person (defined below) on whose behalf the nomination is being made, (i) the name and address of the Proponent, and any holder of record of the Proponent’s shares of stock, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of any Stockholder Associated Person, (ii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are owned (beneficially and of record) by or on behalf of the Proponent and by or on behalf of any Stockholder Associated Person, as of the date of the Proponent’s notice, the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent with respect thereto, (iii) a representation and agreement that the Proponent will notify the Corporation in writing of the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are owned (beneficially and of record) by or on behalf of the Proponent and by or on behalf of any Stockholder Associated Person, as of the record date for the meeting, not later than the close of business on the third business day following the later of the record date or the date of Public Disclosure of the record date, (iv) a description of all purchases and sales of, or other transactions involving in any way, shares of stock of the Corporation by or on behalf of the Proponent and by or on behalf of any Stockholder Associated Person during the twenty-four month period prior to the date of the Proponent’s notice, including the date of the transactions, the class and number of shares and the consideration (without regard to whether such shares were or were not owned by the Proponent or any such person), (v) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, including any Derivative Instrument (defined below), that has been entered into or is in effect as of the date of the Proponent’s notice, by or on behalf of the Proponent, any Stockholder Associated Person, any nominee or any Nominee Associated Person, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, the Proponent, any Stockholder Associated Person, any nominee or any Nominee Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, (vi) a representation and agreement that the Proponent will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding, including any Derivative Instrument, that has been entered into or is in effect as of the record date for the meeting, not later than the close of business on the third business day following the later of the record date or the date of Public Disclosure of the record date, (vii) a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been entered into or is in effect as of the date of the Proponent’s notice, between or among the Proponent, any Stockholder Associated Person, any nominee, any Nominee Associated Person or any other person, and that relates to such nomination or such nominee’s service as a director of the Corporation, (viii) a representation and agreement that the Proponent will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been entered into or is in effect as of the record date for the meeting, not later than the close of business on the third business day following the later of the record date or the date of Public Disclosure of the record date, (ix) a representation that the Proponent is the holder of record or beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the annual meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to nominate any such nominee and (x) a representation as to whether the Proponent intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to stockholders and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such nomination.

 
4

 

The Proponent’s notice shall also include a completed questionnaire (in the form provided by the Secretary of the Corporation upon request by the Proponent) signed by such nominee with respect to information of the type required by the Corporation’s Questionnaires for Directors and Officers of the Corporation in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders and Various Reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission.  The completed questionnaire shall include a statement that such nominee, if elected, before such nominee is nominated to serve on the Board of Directors at the next meeting of stockholders at which such nominee would face election, will tender to the Board of Directors his or her irrevocable resignation that will be effective in an uncontested election of Directors only, upon (i) such nominee’s receipt of a greater number of votes “against” election than votes “for” election at the Corporation’s meeting of stockholders and (ii) acceptance of such resignation by the Board of Directors, in accordance with the Corporation’s Corporate Governance Guidelines and Policy on Majority Voting for Directors.  The questionnaire shall also include a representation and agreement that such nominee (i) is not and will not become a party to (A) any agreement, arrangement or understanding with, and has not given any commitment or assurance to, any person or entity as to how such nominee, if elected as a director of the Corporation, will act or vote on any issue or question (a “Voting Commitment”) that has not been, or will not be within three business days thereafter, disclosed to the Corporation or (B) any Voting Commitment that could limit or interfere with the nominee’s ability to comply, if elected as a director of the Corporation, with such nominee’s fiduciary duties under applicable law, (ii) is not and will not become a party to any agreement, arrangement or understanding with any person or entity other than the Corporation with respect to any direct or indirect compensation, reimbursement or indemnification in connection with service or action as a director of the Corporation that has not been, or will not be within three business days thereafter, disclosed to the Corporation and (iii) in such nominee’s individual capacity and on behalf of any person or entity on whose behalf the nomination is being made, would be in compliance, if elected as a director of the Corporation, and will comply, with applicable law and all applicable corporate governance, code of conduct and ethics, conflict of interest, corporate opportunities, confidentiality and stock ownership and trading policies and guidelines of the Corporation.
 
No person proposed to be nominated by a stockholder shall be eligible for election as a director of the Corporation unless such person is nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.08.  If the Proponent intending to nominate a person for election as a director of the Corporation at an annual meeting pursuant to this Section 2.08 does not give timely and proper notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, in accordance with, and containing all information and the completed questionnaire provided for in, this Section 2.08, or if the Proponent (or a qualified representative of the Proponent) does not appear at the meeting to nominate such person for election as a director of the Corporation, then, in any such case, such proposed nomination shall not be made, notwithstanding the fact that proxies in respect of such nomination may have been solicited or obtained.  The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the nomination was not properly made in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.08, and, if the chairman should so determine, he or she shall declare to the meeting that such nomination was not properly made and shall be disregarded.
 
The requirements of this Section 2.08 shall apply to the nomination by a stockholder of a person for election as a director without regard to whether such nomination also is intended to be included in the

 
5

 

Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), or whether such nomination is presented to stockholders by means of a proxy solicitation by any person other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors.
 
For purposes of the Bylaws:
 
"Derivative Instrument" means any option, warrant, convertible security, stock appreciation right, swap or similar right with an exercise or conversion privilege or a settlement payment or mechanism at a price related to any class or series of shares of stock of the Corporation or with a value derived in whole or in part from the value of any class or series of shares of stock of the Corporation, whether or not such instrument or right shall be subject to settlement in the underlying class or series of shares of stock of the Corporation or otherwise directly or indirectly owned and any other direct or indirect opportunity to profit or share in any profit derived from any increase or decrease in the value of shares of stock of the Corporation.
 
"Nominee Associated Person" of any nominee for election as a director means (i) any affiliate or associate (as such terms are defined for purposes of the Exchange Act) of the nominee and any other person acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such nominee and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Nominee Associated Person.
 
"Public Disclosure" means disclosure made in a press release reported by Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or a comparable national news service or in a document filed by the Corporation pursuant to Section 13, 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.
 
"Stockholder Associated Person" of any stockholder means (i) any affiliate or associate (as such terms are defined for purposes of the Exchange Act) of the stockholder and any other person acting in concert with any of the foregoing, (ii) any beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation owned of record or beneficially by such stockholder and (iii) any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with such Stockholder Associated Person.
 
2.09            Business at Meetings of Stockholders.   At any meeting of stockholders, only such business shall be transacted as shall have been properly brought before the meeting.  To be properly brought before a meeting of stockholders, business must be (a) specified in the notice of meeting (or any supplement thereto) given by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, (b) otherwise properly brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors or (c) in the case of an annual meeting of stockholders, properly brought before the meeting by a stockholder who is entitled to vote and who has complied with the procedures established by this Section 2.09.  For business to be properly brought before an annual meeting by a stockholder (other than the nomination of a person for election as a director, which is governed by Section 2.08 of these Bylaws), the Proponent (defined in Section 2.08) must have given timely and proper notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, in accordance with, and containing all information provided for, in this Section 2.09, and such business must be a proper matter for stockholder action under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.
 
To be timely, a Proponent’s notice must be delivered to or mailed to the Secretary of the Corporation and received at the principal executive offices of the Corporation not later than the close of business

 
6

 

90 days prior to the first anniversary of the preceding year’s annual meeting of stockholders; provided, however, in the event the date of the annual meeting is advanced more than 30 days prior to such anniversary date or delayed more than 60 days after such anniversary date, then to be timely such notice must be received by the Corporation not later than the close of business on the later of the 90th day prior to the date of the meeting or the 10th day following the date of Public Disclosure (defined in Section 2.08) of the date of the annual meeting.  In no event shall any adjournment or postponement of an annual meeting of stockholders or announcement thereof commence a new time period or extend any time period for the giving of a Proponent’s notice as required by this Section 2.09.
 
A Proponent’s notice to the Secretary shall set forth:  (a) as to each matter the Proponent proposes to bring before the annual meeting, a description of the business desired to be brought before the annual meeting, the reasons for transacting such business at the meeting and the text of any resolutions to be proposed, and whether the Proponent has communicated with any other stockholder or beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation regarding such business and (b) as to the Proponent and any Stockholder Associated Person (defined in Section 2.08) on whose behalf the proposal is being made, (i) the name and address of the Proponent, and any holder of record of the Proponent’s shares of stock, as they appear on the Corporation’s books, and of any Stockholder Associated Person, (ii) the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are owned (beneficially and of record) by or on behalf of the Proponent and by or on behalf of any Stockholder Associated Person, as of the date of the Proponent’s notice, the date such shares were acquired and the investment intent with respect thereto, (iii) a representation and agreement that the Proponent will notify the Corporation in writing of the class and number of shares of stock of the Corporation that are owned (beneficially and of record) by or on behalf of the Proponent and by or on behalf of any Stockholder Associated Person, as of the record date for the meeting, not later than the close of business on the third business day following the later of the record date or the date of Public Disclosure of the record date, (iv) a description of all purchases and sales of, or other transactions involving in any way, shares of stock of the Corporation by or on behalf of the Proponent and by or on behalf of any Stockholder Associated Person during the twenty-four month period prior to the date of the Proponent’s notice, including the date of the transactions, the class and number of shares and the consideration (without regard to whether such shares involved were or were not owned by the Proponent or any such person), (v) a description of any agreement, arrangement or understanding, including any Derivative Instrument (defined in Section 2.08), that has been entered into or is in effect as of the date of the Proponent’s notice, by or on behalf of the Proponent or any Stockholder Associated Person, the effect or intent of which is to mitigate loss to, manage risk or benefit of stock price changes for, or increase or decrease the voting power of, the Proponent or any Stockholder Associated Person with respect to the Corporation’s securities, (vi) a representation and agreement that the Proponent will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding, including any Derivative Instrument, that has been entered into or is in effect as of the record date for the meeting, not later than the close of business on the third business day following the later of the record date or the date of Public Disclosure of the record date, (vii) any material interest of the Proponent or any Stockholder Associated Person in such business, (viii) a description of any other agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been entered into or is in effect as of the date of the Proponent’s notice, between or among the Proponent, any Stockholder Associated Person or any other person, and that relates to such business,

 
7

 

(ix) a representation and agreement that the Proponent will notify the Corporation in writing of any such agreement, arrangement or understanding that has been entered into or is in effect as of the record date for the meeting, not later than the close of business on the third business day following the later of the record date or the date of Public Disclosure of the record date, (x) a representation that the Proponent is the holder of record or beneficial owner of shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote for the election of directors at the annual meeting and intends to appear in person or by proxy at the meeting to propose such business and (xi) a representation as to whether the Proponent intends to deliver a proxy statement and/or form of proxy to stockholders and/or otherwise to solicit proxies from stockholders in support of such proposal.
 
No business proposed by a stockholder shall be transacted at an annual meeting of stockholders except in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 2.09.  If the Proponent intending to propose business at an annual meeting pursuant to this Section 2.09 does not give timely and proper notice thereof in writing to the Secretary of the Corporation, in accordance with, and containing all information provided for in, this Section 2.09, or if the Proponent (or a qualified representative of the Proponent) does not appear at the meeting to present the proposed business, then, in any such case, such business shall not be transacted, notwithstanding the fact that proxies in respect of such business may have been solicited or obtained.  The chairman of the meeting shall, if the facts warrant, determine that the business was not properly brought before the meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Section 2.09, and, if the chairman should so determine, he or she shall declare to the meeting that such business was not properly brought before the meeting and shall not be transacted.
 
The requirements of this Section 2.09 shall apply to any business to be brought before an annual meeting of stockholders by a stockholder (other than the nomination by a stockholder of a person for election as a director, which is governed by Section 2.08 of these Bylaws) without regard to whether such business also is intended to be included in the Corporation’s proxy statement pursuant to Rule 14a-8 of the Exchange Act or whether such business is presented to stockholders by means of a proxy solicitation by any person other than by or on behalf of the Board of Directors.
 
DIRECTORS
                3.01            Authority of Directors .  The business of the Corporation shall be managed by its Board of Directors which may exercise all such powers of the Corporation and do all such lawful acts and things as are not by statute or by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws directed or required to be exercised or done by the stockholders.
 
3.02           Qualifications.   A person who is not an officer of the Corporation shall be ineligible to serve as a Director beyond the first regular meeting of the Board of Directors after the date he shall have attained the age of seventy (70).  A person who is a “high ranking executive” (as defined in Section 5.01) of the Corporation shall be ineligible to serve as a Director beyond the first regular meeting of the Board of Directors after the date he shall have attained the age of sixty-five (65).  A person shall be ineligible as a Director if, at the time he would otherwise be eligible for election, he is a former officer of the Corporation.  Other restrictions and qualifications for Directors may be fixed from time to time by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

 
8

 

3.03            Place of Meetings .  The Board of Directors of the Corporation may hold meetings, both regular and special, either within or without the State of Delaware.
 
3.04            Annual Meetings .  The first meeting of each newly elected Board of Directors shall be held at such time and place as shall be specified in a notice given as herein provided for regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or as shall be specified in a duly executed waiver of notice thereof.
 
3.05            Regular Meetings.   Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at the office of the Corporation in Bismarck, North Dakota, on the second Thursday following the first Monday of February, May, August and November of each year; provided, however, that if a legal holiday, then on the next preceding day that is not a legal holiday.  Regular meetings of the Board of Directors may be held at other times and other places within or without the State of North Dakota on at least five days’ notice to each Director, either personally or by mail, telephone or another form of electronic transmission in compliance with the laws of Delaware.
 
3.06            Special Meetings.   Special meetings of the Board may be called by the Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer or President on three days’ notice to each Director, either personally or by mail, telephone or another form of electronic transmission in compliance with the laws of Delaware; special meetings shall be called by the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President or Secretary in like manner and on like notice on the written request of a majority of the Board of Directors.
 
3.07            Quorum .  At all meetings of the Board, a majority of the Directors shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the Directors present at any such meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of the Board of Directors, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.  If a quorum shall not be present at any meeting of the Board of Directors, the Directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum shall be present.
 
3.08            Participation of Directors by Conference Telephone .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any member of the Board, or of any committee designated by the Board, may participate in any meeting of such Board or committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other.  Participation in any meeting by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.
 
3.09            Written Action of Directors .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or of any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting, if all members of the Board or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission, and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of proceedings of the Board or committee.
 
3.10            Committees.   The Board of Directors may by resolution passed by a majority of the whole Board designate one or more committees, each committee to consist of two or more Directors of the Corporation.

 
9

 

The Board may designate one or more Directors as alternate members of any committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee.  In the absence or disqualification of a member of a committee, the member or members thereof present at any meeting and not disqualified from voting, whether or not he or they constitute a quorum, may unanimously appoint another member of the Board of Directors to act at the meeting in the place of any such absent or disqualified member.  The Chairman of the Board shall appoint another member of the Board of Directors to fill any committee vacancy which may occur.  At all meetings of any such committee, fifty percent of the total number of committee members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business and the act of a majority of the committee members present at any such meeting at which there is a quorum shall be the act of any such committee, except as may be otherwise specifically provided by statute, the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws.  Any such committee shall have, and may exercise, the power and authority specifically granted by the Board to the committee, but no such committee shall have the power or authority to amend the Certificate of Incorporation, adopt an agreement of merger or consolidation, recommend to the stockholders the sale, lease or exchange of the Corporation’s property and assets, recommend to the stockholders a dissolution of the Corporation or a revocation of a dissolution, or amend the Bylaws of the Corporation.  Such committee or committees shall have such name or names as may be determined from time to time by resolution adopted by the Board of Directors.
 
3.11            Reports of Committees .  Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its meetings and report the same to the Board of Directors when required.
 
3.12            Compensation of Directors .  Unless otherwise restricted by the Certificate of Incorporation, the Board of Directors shall have the authority to fix the compensation of Directors.  The Directors may be paid their expenses, if any, of attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors and may be paid a fixed sum for attendance at each meeting of the Board of Directors or a stated salary as Director.  No such payment shall preclude any Director from serving the Corporation in any other capacity and receiving compensation therefor.  Members of special or standing committees may be allowed compensation for attending committee meetings.
 
3.13            Chairman of the Board .  The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after the annual meeting of the stockholders of the Corporation.  The Chairman shall preside at all meetings of the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation, and shall, subject to the direction and control of the Board, be its representative and medium of communication, and shall perform such duties as may from time to time be assigned to the Chairman by the Board.
 
3.14            Lead Director.   At the first meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of the stockholders, those Directors who are not employees of the Corporation (“Non-employee Directors”) shall, by a resolution adopted by a majority of the Non-employee Directors present at the meeting, choose a Lead Director whenever an employee Director is serving as Chairman of the Board of Directors.  During the period of time a Non-employee Director serves as Chairman of the Board, no Lead Director will be chosen.  The Lead Director shall have such duties and responsibilities as shall be fixed from time to time by resolution adopted by a majority of the whole Board of Directors.

 
10

 

 
NOTICES
4.01            Notices .  Whenever, under the provisions of the statutes or of the Certificate of Incorporation or of these Bylaws, notice is required to be given to any Director or stockholder, it shall not be construed to mean personal notice, but such notice may be given in writing, by mail, addressed to such Director or stockholder, at his address as it appears on the records of the Corporation, with postage thereon prepaid, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be deposited in the United States mail.  Notice to Directors may also be given by telephone or another form of electronic transmission in compliance with the laws of Delaware.  Notice to the stockholders may also be given by a form of electronic transmission consented to by the stockholder to whom the notice is given, as provided by the laws of Delaware.
 
4.02            Waiver .  Whenever notice is required to be given under any provision of the statutes or the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, a written waiver, signed by the person entitled to notice, or a waiver by electronic transmission by the person entitled to notice, whether before or after the time stated therein, shall be deemed equivalent to notice.
 
OFFICERS
5.01            Election, Qualifications. The officers of the Corporation shall be chosen by the Board of Directors at its first meeting after each annual meeting of the stockholders and shall include a President, a Chief Executive Officer, a Vice President, a Secretary, a Treasurer and a General Counsel.  The Board of Directors may also choose additional Vice Presidents, and one or more Assistant Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers.  Any number of offices may be held by the same person, unless the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws otherwise provide.  Except for an officer serving as a Director who may serve through the first regular meeting of the Board of Directors after he has attained the age of sixty-five (65), no “high ranking executive” of the Corporation may serve in that capacity beyond the date he shall have attained the age of sixty-five (65); “high ranking executive” shall mean the President, the Chief Executive Officer, any Vice President, the Secretary, the Treasurer, the General Counsel, the chief executive officers of the Corporation’s public utility divisions, and any other officer of the Corporation so designated by the Board of Directors.
 
5.02            Additional Officers .  The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined from time to time by the Board.
 
5.03            Salaries .  The salaries of all principal officers of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.
 
5.04            Term .  The officers of the Corporation shall hold office until their successors are chosen and qualify.  Any officer elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time by the affirmative vote of a majority of the Board of Directors.  Any vacancy occurring in any office of the Corporation shall be filled by the Board of Directors.
 
5.05            Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer shall, subject to the authority of the Board of Directors, determine the general policies of the Corporation.  The Chief Executive Officer shall submit

 
11

 

a report of the operations of the Company for the fiscal year to the stockholders at their annual meeting and from time to time shall report to the Board of Directors all matters within his knowledge which the interests of the Corporation may require be brought to the Board’s notice.
 
5.06            The President .  The President shall have general and active management of the business of the Corporation and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect.
 
5.07            The Vice Presidents .  In the absence of the President or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, the Vice President (or in the event there be more than one Vice President, the Vice Presidents in the order designated, or in the absence of any designation, then in the order of their election) shall perform the duties of the President, and when so acting, shall have all the powers of and be subject to all the restrictions upon the President.  The Vice Presidents shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
 
5.08            The Secretary and Assistant Secretaries .  The Secretary shall record all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and Directors in a book to be kept for that purpose.  He shall give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and special meetings of the Board of Directors, and shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed by the Board of Directors or Chief Executive Officer, under whose supervision he shall be.  He shall have custody of the corporate seal of the Corporation and he, or an assistant secretary, shall have authority to affix the same to any instrument requiring it.  The Board of Directors may give general authority to any other officer to affix the seal of the Corporation.
 
The Assistant Secretary, or if there be more than one, the Assistant Secretaries in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election) shall, in the absence of the Secretary or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Secretary and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
 
5.09            Treasurer and Assistant Treasurers .  The Treasurer shall have the custody of the corporate funds and securities and shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositories as may be designated by the Board of Directors.
 
He shall disburse the funds of the Corporation as may be ordered by the Board of Directors, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors, at its regular meetings, or when the Board of Directors so requires, an account of all his transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation.
 
If required by the Board of Directors, he shall give the Corporation a bond (which shall be renewed every six years) in such sum and with such surety or sureties as shall be satisfactory to the Board of Directors for the faithful performance of the duties of his office and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of his death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in his possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

 
12

 

The Assistant Treasurer, or if there shall be more than one, the Assistant Treasurers in the order determined by the Board of Directors (or if there be no such determination, then in the order of their election), shall, in the absence of the Treasurer or in the event of his inability or refusal to act, perform the duties and exercise the powers of the Treasurer and shall perform such other duties and have such other powers as the Board of Directors may from time to time prescribe.
 
5.10.          General Counsel.   The General Counsel shall be the legal advisor to the Corporation, the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors and provide legal counsel to all business segments of the Corporation.  The General Counsel shall be responsible for the management of all legal matters involving the Corporation.
 
The General Counsel shall be responsible for the review of the adequacy of the Corporation’s corporate governance procedures and for reporting to senior management, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors on recommended changes, except in those instances in which such duties have been delegated by the Board of Directors to another officer or agent of the Corporation.  The General Counsel shall have responsibility for monitoring and assessing developments in corporate governance including, but not limited to, stock exchange listing standards, legislative enactments, administrative agency regulations and judicial decisions.  The General Counsel shall report to senior management, the Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors regarding matters of significant importance and make recommendations regarding corporate governance guidelines, policies and procedures.
 
5.11            Authority and Duties .  In addition to the foregoing authority and duties, all officers of the Corporation shall respectively have such authority and perform such duties in the management of the business of the Corporation as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors.
 
5.12           Execution of Instruments. All deeds, bonds, mortgages, notes, contracts and other instruments shall be executed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chief Executive Officer, the President, any Vice President or Assistant Vice President, the General Counsel or such other officer or agent of the Corporation as shall be duly authorized by the Board of Directors.  Any officer or agent executing any such documents on behalf of the Corporation may do so (except as otherwise required by applicable law) either under or without the seal of the Corporation and either individually or with an attestation, according to the requirements of the form of the instrument.  If an attestation is required, the document shall be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or any other officer or agent authorized by the Board of Directors.  When authorized by the Board of Directors, the signature of any officer or agent of the Corporation may be a facsimile.
 
5.13            Execution of Proxies .  All capital stocks in other corporations owned by the Corporation shall be voted at the meetings, regular and/or special, of stockholders of said other corporations by the Chief Executive Officer or President of the Corporation, or, in the absence of any of them, by a Vice President, and in the event of the presence of more than one Vice President of the Corporation, then by a majority of said Vice Presidents present at such stockholder meetings, and the Chief Executive Officer or President and Secretary of the Corporation are hereby authorized to execute in the name and under the seal of the

 
13

 

Corporation proxies in such form as may be required by the corporations whose stock may be owned by the Corporation, naming as the attorney authorized to act in said proxy such individual or individuals as said Chief Executive Officer or President and Secretary shall deem advisable, and the attorney or attorneys so named in said proxy shall, until the revocation or expiration thereof, vote said stock at such stockholder meetings only in the event that none of the officers of the Corporation authorized to execute said proxy shall be present thereat.
 
CERTIFICATES OF STOCK
6.01            Certificates .  Shares of the Corporation’s stock may be certificated or uncertificated, as provided under Delaware law.  All certificates of stock of the Corporation shall be numbered and shall be entered in the books of the Corporation as they are issued.  They shall exhibit the holder’s name and number of shares and shall be signed by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, or the Chief Executive Officer, the President or a Vice President and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.
 
6.02            Signatures .  Any of or all the signatures on the certificates may be facsimile.  In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.
 
6.03            Special Designation on Certificates .  If the Corporation shall be authorized to issue more than one class of stock or more than one series of any class, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations, or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights shall be set forth in full or summarized on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, provided, that, except as otherwise provided in Section 202 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware in lieu of the foregoing requirements, there may be set forth on the face or back of the certificate which the Corporation shall issue to represent such class or series of stock, a statement that the Corporation will furnish, without charge to each stockholder who so requests, the powers, designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other special rights of each class of stock or series thereof and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions of such preferences and/or rights.
 
6.04            Lost Certificates .  The Board of Directors may direct a new certificate or certificates to be issued in place of any certificate or certificates theretofore issued by the Corporation alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the person claiming the certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed.  When authorizing such issue of a new certificate or certificates, the Board of Directors may, in its discretion and as a condition precedent to the issuance thereof, require the owner of such lost, stolen or destroyed certificate or certificates, or his legal representative, to advertise the same in such manner as it shall require and/or to give the Corporation a bond in such sum as it may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against the Corporation with respect to the certificate alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed.

 
14

 

6.05            Transfers of Stock .  Transfers of stock shall be made on the books of the Corporation only by the record holder of such stock, or by attorney lawfully constituted in writing, and, in the case of stock represented by a certificate, upon surrender of the certificate.
 
6.06            Record Date .  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, or entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights, or entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix, in advance, a record date, which shall not be more than sixty days nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting, nor more than sixty days prior to any other action.  A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.
 
6.07            Registered Stockholders.   The Corporation shall be entitled to recognize the exclusive right of a person registered on its books as the owner of shares to receive dividends, and to vote as such owner, and to hold liable for calls and assessments a person registered on its books as the owner of shares, and shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share or shares on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware.
 
GENERAL PROVISIONS
7.01            Dividends .  Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation, if any, may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting, pursuant to law.  Dividends may be paid in cash, in property, or in shares of the capital stock, subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation.
 
Before payment of any dividend, there may be set aside out of the funds of the Corporation available for dividends such sum or sums as the Directors from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve or reserves for meeting contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purpose as the Directors shall think conducive to the interest of the Corporation, and the Directors may modify or abolish any such reserve in the manner in which it was created.
 
7.02            Checks .  All checks or demands for money and notes of the Corporation shall be signed by such officer or officers or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate or as designated by an officer of the company if so authorized by the Board of Directors.
 
7.03            Fiscal year .  The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.
 
7.04            Seal .  The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words “Corporate Seal, Delaware.”  The seal may be used by causing it or a facsimile thereof to be impressed or affixed or imprinted, or otherwise.

 
15

 

7.05            Inspection of Books and Records .  Any stockholder of record, in person or by attorney or other agent, shall, upon written demand under oath stating the purpose thereof, have the right, during the usual hours of business, to inspect for any proper purpose the Corporation’s stock ledger, a list of its stockholders, and its other books and records, and to make copies or extracts therefrom.  A proper purpose shall mean a purpose reasonably related to such person’s interest as a stockholder.  In every instance where an attorney or other agent shall be the person who seeks the right to inspection, the demand under oath shall be accompanied by a power of attorney or such other writing which authorizes the attorney or other agent to so act on behalf of the stockholder.  The demand under oath shall be directed to the Corporation at its registered office in the State of Delaware or at its principal place of business in Bismarck, North Dakota.
 
7.06            Amendments .  These Bylaws may be altered, amended or repealed or new Bylaws may be adopted by the stockholders or by the Board of Directors, when such power is conferred upon the Board of Directors by the Certificate of Incorporation, at any regular meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors or at any special meeting of the stockholders or of the Board of Directors if notice of such alteration, amendment, repeal or adoption of new Bylaws be contained in the notice of such special meeting.
 
7.07             Indemnification of Officers, Directors, Employees and Agents; Insurance .
 
(a)           The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys’ fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person’s conduct was unlawful.  The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interest of the Corporation, and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person’s conduct was unlawful.
 
(b)           The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such

 
16

 

person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the Corporation, unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought, shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.
 
(c)           To the extent that a present or former director, officer, employee or agent of a corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in subsections (a) and (b), or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys’ fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.
 
(d)           Any indemnification under subsections (a) and (b) of this Section (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct as set forth in subsections (a) and (b) of this Section.  Such determination shall be made (1) by a majority vote of the directors who are not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, or (2) by a committee of such directors designated by majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, or (3) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (4) by the stockholders.
 
(e)           Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by a present or former officer or director in defending any civil, criminal, administrative or investigative action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director or officer to repay such amount if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized in this Section.  Once the Corporation has received the undertaking, the Corporation shall pay the officer or director within 30 days of receipt by the Corporation of a written application from the officer or director for the expenses incurred by that officer or director.  In the event the Corporation fails to pay within the 30-day period, the applicant shall have the right to sue for recovery of the expenses contained in the written application and, in addition, shall recover all attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred in the action to enforce the application and the rights granted in this Section 7.07.  Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred by other employees and agents shall be paid upon such terms and conditions, if any, as the Board of Directors deems appropriate.
 
(f)           The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those seeking indemnity or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 
17

 

(g)           The Corporation may purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under the provisions of this Section.
 
(h)           For the purposes of this Section, references to “the Corporation” include all constituent corporations absorbed in a consolidation or merger, as well as the resulting or surviving corporation, so that any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such a constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as such person would if such person had served the resulting or surviving corporation in the same capacity.
 
(i)           For purposes of this Section, references to “other enterprises” shall include employee benefit plans; references to “fines” shall include any excise taxes assessed on a person with respect to any employee benefit plan; and references to “serving at the request of the Corporation” shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation which imposes duties on, or involves services by, such director, officer, employee or agent with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants or beneficiaries; and a person who acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation” as referred to in this Section.
 
(j)           The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, this Section shall, unless otherwise provided when authorized or ratified, continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director, officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such a person.
 
7.08            Severability. If any provision of these Bylaws (or any portion, including words or phrases, thereof) or the application of any provision (or any portion, including words or phrases, thereof) to any person or circumstance shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any respect under applicable law by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other provisions hereof (or the remaining portion thereof) or the application of such provision to any other persons or circumstances, which unaffected provisions (or portions thereof) shall remain valid, legal and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 
18

 


 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
 
TO
 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON
(formerly known as The Bank of New York),
Trustee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
_____________________________
 
First Supplemental Indenture
Dated as of November 17, 2009
 
 
 
 
_____________________________
 
Supplemental to the Indenture
dated as of December 15, 2003
 
 
 
_____________________________
 
Amending and Supplementing the Indenture

 
 

 

 

 
 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE
 
FIRST SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE, dated as of November 17, 2009 (this “Supplemental Indenture”) between MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC., a corporation of the State of Delaware, whose address is 1200 West Century Avenue, Bismarck, North Dakota 58503 (the "Company"), and THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON (formerly known as The Bank of New York), a New York banking corporation, whose principal corporate trust address is 101 Barclay Street, New York, New York 10268 as Trustee (the "Trustee"), under the Indenture, dated as of December 15, 2003 (the "Original Indenture"), between the Company and the Trustee, this Supplemental Indenture being supplemental thereto. The Original Indenture and any and all indentures and instruments supplemental thereto are hereinafter collectively called the "Indenture."
 
RECITALS OF THE COMPANY
 
The Original Indenture was authorized, executed and delivered by the Company to provide for the issuance from time to time of its Securities (such term and all other capitalized terms used herein without definition having the meanings assigned to them in the Original Indenture), to be issued in one or more series as contemplated therein, and to provide security for the payment of the principal of and premium, if any, and interest, if any, on the Securities.
 
Pursuant to Section 1811 of the Original Indenture, the Company has delivered to the Trustee a Company Order dated November 17, 2009 whereby the Company elected and specified November 17, 2009 as the Release Date (the “Release Date”), and requested, among other things, that the Trustee execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture pursuant to Sections 1301(m) and 1811(a) of the Original Indenture in order to satisfy and discharge the Lien of the Indenture and to make other amendments permitted by Section 1301(m).
 
The Company has furnished to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel pursuant to Sections 1303 and 1811 of the Indenture and a certificate of an independent expert pursuant to Section 314(d)(1) of the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (“TIA”).
 
The Company has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture to amend the Original Indenture, as heretofore supplemented; and all acts necessary to make this Supplemental Indenture a valid agreement of the Company have been performed.
 
NOW, THEREFORE, THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITNESSETH, that, for and in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, it is mutually covenanted and agreed, for the equal and proportionate benefit of the Holders of the Securities, as follows:
 

 
 

 

 
ARTICLE ONE.
 
AMENDMENT OF THE INDENTURE
 
SECTION 1.   The Original Indenture, as heretofore supplemented, is hereby amended to eliminate the Granting Clauses, the text between the Granting Clauses and Article One of the Original Indenture, Articles Sixteen, Seventeen and Eighteen of the Original Indenture, and any other provision related to the Lien of the Indenture, the Mortgaged Property or the Class A Bonds, which, as a consequence of the occurrence of the Release Date and the resulting release of the Lien of the Indenture, are no longer applicable.
 
ARTICLE ONE.
 
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
 
SECTION 1. This Supplemental Indenture is a supplement to the Original Indenture. As supplemented and amended by this Supplemental Indenture, the Indenture is in all respects ratified, approved and confirmed, and the Original Indenture, the Officer’s Certificate dated as December 23, 2003 creating the Securities of the First Series, and this Supplemental Indenture shall together constitute the Indenture.  Pursuant to Section 1304 of the Original Indenture, the Lien of the Indenture shall be deemed to have been satisfied and discharged upon the execution and delivery of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
SECTION 2. The recitals contained in this Supplemental Indenture shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and the Trustee assumes no responsibility for their correctness and makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture.
 
SECTION 3. Except as expressly amended and supplemented hereby, the Indenture shall continue in full force and effect in accordance with the provisions thereof and is in all respects hereby ratified and confirmed.  This Supplemental Indenture shall be deemed a part of the Indenture in the manner and to the extent herein and therein provided.  This Supplemental Indenture shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York (including without limitation Section 5-1401 of the New York General Obligations Law or any successor statute), except to the extent that the TIA shall be applicable.
 
This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.
 

 
 

 

 
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed, and their respective corporate seals to be hereunto affixed and attested, all as of the day and year first written above.
 
MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
 
 
By:
/s/ Vernon A. Raile                                       
 
Name:  Vernon A. Raile
 
Title:    Executive Vice President, Treasurer
 
and Chief Financial Officer

 
 
And:
/s/ Douglass A. Mahowald                            
 
Name:  Douglass A. Mahowald
 
Title:    Assistant Treasurer and Assistant
 
Secretary

 
[SEAL]
 
ATTEST:
 

 
Executed by MDU Resources
Group, Inc., in the presence of:
 

/s/ Daniel S. Kuntz                                
Daniel S. Kuntz


/s/ Kirsti B. Hourigan                            
Kirsti B. Hourigan
 

 
 

 


 
THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON,
as Trustee
 
 
By:
/s/ Christopher Greene                         
 
Name:  Christopher Greene
 
Title:    Vice President

 
 
And:
/s/ Cheryl Clarke                                 
 
Name:   Cheryl Clarke
 
Title:     Vice President

 
[SEAL]
 
ATTEST:
 
Executed by the Bank of New York Mellon,
as Trustee, in the presence of:
 
/s/ Laurence J. O’Brien                                    
 
/s/ Latoya S. Elvin                                            


 
 

 

STATE OF NORTH DAKOTA                          )
         )    ss.:
COUNTY OF BURLEIGH                                     )
 
On this 17th day of November, 2009, before me, a Notary Public within and for said County, personally appeared Vernon A. Raile and Douglass A. Mahowald, to me personally known to be respectively an Executive Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer and an Assistant Treasurer and Assistant Secretary of MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC. the corporation which executed the within instrument, and who, being each by me duly sworn, did say that they reside respectively at 4105 Montreal Street, #205, Bismarck, North Dakota 58503 and 1410 Territory Drive, Bismarck, North Dakota 58504; that they are respectively an Executive Vice President, Treasurer, and Chief Financial Officer and an Assistant Treasurer and Assistant Secretary of MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC., the corporation named in the foregoing instrument; that the seal affixed to said instrument is the corporate seal of said corporation; that said instrument was signed and sealed in behalf of said corporation by authority of its Board of Directors; and said Daniel S. Kuntz and Kirsti B. Hourigan acknowledged to me said instrument to be the free act and deed of said corporation, and that said corporation executed the same.

 
 
  /s/ Dorothy Vedvick                                                       
Name:  Dorothy Vedvick
 
Notary Public
 
State of North Dakota             
 
Commission

 

 
 

 

STATE OF NEW YORK                     )
)    ss.:
COUNTY OF NEW YORK                  )
 
On this 17 th day of November, 2009, before me, a notary public, the undersigned officer, personally appeared Christopher Greene and Cheryl Clarke, who each acknowledged himself/herself to be a Vice President and a Vice President, respectively, of THE BANK OF NEW YORK MELLON, a New York banking corporation, and that he/she, as such officer, respectively, being authorized to do so, executed the foregoing instrument for the purposes therein contained, by signing the name of the corporation by himself/herself as such officer.
 
In witness whereof, I hereunto set my hand and official seal.
 
 
/s/ Carlos R. Luciano                             
                                                          
Name:
 
Notary Public, State of
 
Commission Expires        


 
 

 



November 9, 2009

Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc.
PO Box 5650
1200 West Century Avenue
Bismarck, ND  58506-5650
Attention:             Vernon A. Raile
Executive Vice President, Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer

 
Re:            Consent under Credit Agreement
 
Ladies/Gentlemen:
 
Please refer to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 13, 2007 (the “ Credit Agreement ”) among Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc. (the “ Company ”), various financial institutions (the “ Banks ”) and U.S. Bank National Association, as administrative agent (in such capacity, the “ Administrative Agent ”).  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein have the respective meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.
 
The Company has notified the Administrative Agent and the Banks that the write-off of certain capitalized costs by the Company pursuant to Rule 4-10 of Regulation S-X of the SEC (the “SEC Rule”) with respect to the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2009 would negatively affect the ability of the Company and its Subsidiaries to pay dividends and make other distributions to their respective equityholders.
 
The Majority Banks agree that, notwithstanding Section 7.08(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement, the Company or any Subsidiary may, during fiscal year 2010, declare or pay cash dividends or other distributions to its equity holders and purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire shares of its capital stock or other equity interests or warrants, rights or options to acquire any such shares or other equity interests for cash, in an aggregate amount for the Company and its Subsidiaries not to exceed 100% of the consolidated net income after taxes of the Company and its Subsidiaries arising during fiscal year 2009 (computed on a consolidated basis but without giving effect to any write-off of capitalized costs pursuant to the SEC Rule with respect to the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2009); provided that in each case immediately after giving effect to such proposed action, no Default or Event of Default would exist.
 
This letter agreement shall become effective when the Administrative Agent shall have received (a) counterparts of this letter agreement executed by the Company and the Majority Banks and (b) a consent fee for each Bank that delivers its executed signature page to this letter agreement to the Administrative Agent prior to 5:00 p.m. (Chicago time) on November 24, 2009, such fee to be in an amount equal to 0.10% of such Bank’s Commitment.
 

 

 
 

 

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the different parties on separate counterparts, and each such counterpart shall be deemed to be an original but all such counterparts shall together constitute one and the same letter agreement.  Delivery of an executed counterpart hereby by facsimile or in .pdf or similar format shall constitute delivery of an original executed counterpart hereof.
 
This letter agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal law of the State of New York without regard to principles of conflicts of law (other than Title 14 of Article 5 of the New York General Obligations Law); provided that the Administrative Agent and the Banks shall retain all rights arising under Federal law.
 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Administrative Agent, as an Issuer and as a Bank
   
   
By:
/s/ Paul Vastola
Name:
Paul Vastola
Title:
Vice President


 
 

 


UNION BANK , N.A. (formerly known as Union
Bank of California, N.A.),
as Co-Syndication Agent and as a Bank
   
   
By:
/s/ Bryan Read
Name:
Bryan Read
Title:
Vice President


 
 

 


ABN AMRO BANK N.V., as Co-Syndication
Agent and as a Bank
   
   
By:
/s/ Michiel van Schaardenburg
Name:
Michiel van Schaardenburg
Title:
Managing Director
   
   
By:
/s/ Michele Costello
Name:
Michele Costello
Title:
Director


 
 

 


BANK OF AMERICA, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
   
   
By:
/s/ Shelley A. McGregor
Name:
Shelley A. McGregor
Title:
Senior Vice President


 
 

 


KEYBANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
   
   
By:
/s/ Keven D. Smith
Name:
Keven D. Smith
Title:
Senior Vice President


 
 

 


JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
   
   
By:
/s/ Jennifer Fitzgerald
Name:
Jennifer Fitzgerald
Title:
Associate

 
 

 


THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ,
LTD., NEW YORK BRANCH
   
   
By:
/s/ CHI-CHENG CHEN
Name:
CHI-CHENG CHEN
Title:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


 
 

 


WELLS FARGO BANK, NATIONAL
ASSOCIATION
   
   
By:
/s/ Keith Luettel
Name:
Keith Luettel
Title:
Assistant Vice President


 
 

 


CIBC INC.
 
   
   
By:
/s/ Robert W Casey Jr
Name:
Robert W Casey Jr
Title:
Executive Director

 
 

 


FIRST INTERSTATE BANK
 
   
   
By:
/s/ Susan M. Riplett
Name:
Susan M. Riplett
Title:
Vice President



 
 

 


UBS LOAN FINANCE LLC
 
   
   
By:
/s/ Marie A. Haddad
Name:
Marie A. Haddad
Title:
Associate Director


 
 

 


TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC
 
   
   
By:
/s/ DEBBI L. BRITO
Name:
DEBBI L. BRITO
Title:
AUTHORIZED SIGNATORY


 
 

 


WILLIAM STREET LLC
 
   
   
By:
/s/ Mark Walton
Name:
Mark Walton
Title:
Authorized Signatory



 
 

 


ACKNOWLEDGED AND AGREED:
 
CENTENNIAL ENERGY HOLDINGS, INC.
   
   
By:
/s/ Vernon A. Raile
Name:
Vernon A. Raile
Title:
Executive Vice President,
 
  Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer


 
 

 














MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.

SUPPLEMENTAL INCOME SECURITY PLAN

(As Amended and Restated Effective as of November 12, 2009)

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page

INTRODUCTION
1
   
ARTICLE I – DEFINITIONS
1
   
ARTICLE II -- ELIGIBILITY
 5
   
ARTICLE III -- SUPPLEMENTAL DEATH AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS
7
   
ARTICLE IV -- REPLACEMENT RETIREMENT BENEFITS
 17
   
ARTICLE V -- DISABILITY BENEFITS
 21
   
ARTICLE VI -- MISCELLANEOUS
 21
   
ARTICLE VII -- ADDITIONAL AFFILIATE COMPANIES
30
   
APPENDIX A AND A-1 –
 
     SCHEDULE OF RETIREMENT AND SURVIVORS BENEFITS
32-33
   
APPENDIX B-1 AND B-2 –
 
     CURRENT PARTICIPANTS ELIGIBLE FOR ARTICLE IV BENEFITS
34
   
APPENDIX C – MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC. SPECIFIED EMPLOYEE POLICY
    REGARDING COMPENSATION
35


 
 

 

INTRODUCTION

The objective of the MDU Resources Group, Inc. Supplemental Income Security Plan (the "Plan") is to provide certain levels of death benefits and retirement income for a select group of management or highly compensated employees and their families. Eligibility for participation in this Plan shall be limited to management or highly compensated employees who are selected by the MDU Resources Group, Inc. ("Company") Board of Director’s Compensation Committee (“Compensation Committee”) upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company (“CEO”).  This Plan became effective January 1, 1982, has been amended from time to time thereafter, and most recently has been amended and restated effective as of November 13, 2008.
The Plan is intended to constitute an unfunded deferred compensation plan maintained by the Company primarily for the purpose of providing non-elective deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees.
ARTICLE I -- DEFINITIONS
Unless a different meaning is plainly implied by the context, the following terms as used in this Plan shall have the following meanings:
1.1           " Administrator " means the Compensation Committee or any other person to whom the Compensation Committee has delegated the authority to administer the Plan.  The Vice President - Human Resources of the Company is initially delegated the authority to perform the administrative responsibilities required under the Plan.
1.2           " Affiliated Company " means any current or future corporation which (a) is in a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code) of which the Company is a member and (b) has been approved by the Compensation Committee

 
1

 

upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer to adopt the Plan for the benefit of its Employees.
1.3           " Beneficiary " means an individual or individuals, any entity or entities (including corporations, partnerships, estates, or trusts) that shall be entitled to receive benefits payable pursuant to the provisions of this Plan by virtue of a Participant's death; provided, however, that if more than one such person is designated as a Beneficiary hereunder, each such person's proportionate share of the death benefit hereunder must clearly be set forth in a written statement of the Participant received by and filed with the Administrator prior to the Participant's death.  If such proportionate share for each Beneficiary is not set forth in the designation, each Beneficiary shall receive an equal share of the death benefits provided hereunder.
1.4           " Company " means MDU Resources Group, Inc., and its successors, if any.
1.5           " Effective Date " of the Plan means January 1, 1982. The Effective Date of this amendment and restatement of the Plan is November 12, 2009.
1.6           " Eligible Retirement Date " means the First Eligible Retirement Date and the last day of each subsequent calendar month.
1.7           " Employee " means each person actively employed by an Employer, as determined by such Employer in accordance with its practices and procedures.
1.8           " Employer " means the Company and any Affiliated Company which shall adopt this Plan with respect to its Employees with the prior approval of the Company as set forth in Article 7 of the Plan.
1.9           “ ERISA ” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 
2

 

1.10           " First Eligible Retirement Date " for a Participant means the last day of the month during which such Participant is both no longer actively employed by the Employer and has attained at least age 65.  For a Key Employee whose employment ceases (for reasons other than death) within six months of becoming age 65 or any time thereafter, the First Eligible Retirement Date that applies to the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit will be six months after the last day of the month during which such Key Employee is both no longer actively employed by the Employer and has attained at least age 65.
1.11           “ Frozen ” in conjunction with the Pension Plan means that benefit accruals ceased for all participants in these plans as of December 31, 2009.
1.12           “ Key Employee ” is a Participant determined to be a Specified Employee under the Company’s Specified Employee Policy Regarding Compensation which was previously adopted by the Company and is attached as Appendix C.
1.13           " Limitation on Benefits " shall mean the statutory limitation on the maximum benefit that may be payable to participants under a Pension Plan due to the application of certain provisions contained in the Code.
1.14           “ Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit ” is the Participant’s total monthly benefit specified in 3.1, minus the Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit.
1.15           “ Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit ” is the Participant’s total monthly vested benefit specified in 3.3(a), 3.3(b) or 3.3(c), if any, as of December 31, 2004.
1.16           " Participant " means a present or former management or highly compensated Employee selected by the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company to receive benefits under this Plan.  An Employee will

 
3

 

become a Participant at the time such Employee commences participation hereunder pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.1 hereof.
1.17           " Pension Plan " means the MDU Resources Group, Inc. Pension Plan for Non-Bargaining Unit Employees, the Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline Company Pension Plan, or the Knife River Corporation Salaried Employees' Pension Plan, as in effect on the Effective Date, amended from time to time, and Frozen as of December 31, 2009.
1.18           " Plan " means the MDU Resources Group, Inc. Supplemental Income Security Plan, as embodied herein, and any amendments thereto.
1.19           " Plan Year " means the calendar year.  The first Plan Year for this Plan shall be the 1982 calendar year.
1.20           " Salary " means annual base salary payable by an Employer to a Participant excluding (a) bonuses, (b) incentive compensation, and (c) any other form of supplemental income.
1.21           " Standard Actuarial Factors " means, with respect to a Participant, the actuarial factors and assumptions commonly used for the calculation of actuarial equivalents for retirement plans as determined by the Administrator.
1.22           " Standard Life Insurance " means life insurance that could be purchased from a commercial life insurance company at standard rates without a surcharge assessed, based on an individual's general good health.
1.23           " Standard Underwriting Factors " means life insurance rating factors utilized by a commercial life insurance company selected by the Administrator which are based on the risk assessment classifications utilized by such insurer to determine if an applicant qualifies for insurance at standard rates or if health or other factors might require a surcharge.

 
4

 

1.24           " Year of Participation " means each 12 consecutive months of participation in the Plan by a Participant while actively employed by one or more of the Employers (including while such Participant is qualified as totally disabled as defined in Article V), as determined at the sole discretion of the Administrator.
ARTICLE II -- ELIGIBILITY
2.1            Eligibility for Participation . The Compensation Committee, upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer, shall determine which management or highly compensated Employees may be eligible to participate in the Plan. The general criteria for initial consideration of an Employee include, but are not limited to, the following:  (a) either an officer or a management employee of an Employer earning an annual base salary of $165,000;  (b) an executive who makes a significant contribution to the Company's success and profitability; and (c) an executive in a business unit where benefits of this nature are a common practice, or there is a specific need to recruit and retain key executives.  Each Employee who is selected as eligible to participate hereunder and who meets the requirements for participation set forth under Section 2.2 hereof shall commence participation on the first day of the month coincident with or next following the date of such Employee's selection. The annual base salary threshold is $165,000 as of January 1, 2008.  The Administrator will, from time to time, compare and possibly adjust the annual base salary threshold to competitive practice and recommend adjustments accordingly to the Compensation Committee.
2.2            Requirements for Participation .  In order to be eligible to participate in the Plan, an Employee selected by the Compensation Committee must (a) be actively at work for one or more of the Employers; (b) have a current state of health and physical condition that would satisfy customary requirements for insurability under Standard Life Insurance; provided,

 
5

 

however, that no provision of this Plan shall be construed or interpreted to limit participation in the Plan in contravention of the Americans With Disabilities Act and related federal and state laws; and (c) consent to supply information or to otherwise cooperate as necessary to allow the Company to obtain life insurance on behalf of such Employee (as set forth under Section 6.3 of the Plan).
2.3            Eligibility for Benefits .  Subject to the provisions of Article III, Plan benefits may commence as of the earlier to occur of (a) the first day of the month following the date of the Participant's death or (b) the Participant's First Eligible Retirement Date if the Participant  elects to receive retirement benefits under Article III hereof.
2.4            Relationship to Other Plans .  Participation in the Plan shall not preclude or limit the participation of the Participant in any other benefit plan sponsored by one or more of the Employers for which such Participant otherwise would be eligible.  However, any benefits payable under this Plan shall not be deemed salary or compensation to the Participant for purposes of determining benefits under any other employee benefit plan maintained by one or more of the Employers.
2.5            Forfeiture of Benefits .  Notwithstanding any provision of this Plan to the contrary, if any Participant is discharged from employment by one or more of the Employers for cause due to willful misconduct, dishonesty, or conviction of a crime or felony, all as determined at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee, the rights of such Participant (or any Beneficiary of such Participant) to any present or future benefit under this Plan shall be forfeited to the extent not prohibited by applicable law.

 
6

 

ARTICLE III -- SUPPLEMENTAL DEATH AND RETIREMENT BENEFITS
3.1            Amount of Benefit .
(a)           Subject to the vesting requirements of Section 3.2 and provisions of Section 3.3 and 3.4 of the Plan, the monthly supplemental death and/or retirement benefits payable on behalf of (or to) a Participant as of such Participant's date of death (or First Eligible Retirement Date) will be an amount determined by the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer at the time of the Participant's commencement of participation in the Plan, and may be  increased from time to time thereafter by the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer. Subject to the discretion of the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer, a Participant shall generally be entitled to have a monthly supplemental death benefit paid on such Participant's behalf (or be entitled to receive a monthly supplemental retirement benefit) equal to the monthly death benefit or monthly retirement benefit (as applicable) corresponding to the Participant's Salary in effect at the date such initial or revised benefit determination is to be effective, all as set forth herein
 
(i)
Appendix A for Participants in the Plan before January 1, 2010, and who have not received a benefit level increase after December 31, 2009, or
 
(ii)
Appendix A-1 for Participants in the Plan before January 1, 2010, and who have received a benefit level increase on or after January 1, 2010, or
 
(iii)
Appendix A-1 for Participants who join the Plan on or after January 1, 2010.

 
7

 

 
No Participant shall receive a benefit level increase that results in a reduced benefit.
Increases in Salary do not automatically result in increases to a Participant's level of benefits. Without limiting the scope of the immediately preceding sentence, it is intended that increases to a Participant’s benefit level after commencement of participation in the Plan will be made only to the extent the Participant’s current compensation exceeds the then current annual base salary threshold determined pursuant to Section 2.1 as a general criterion for eligibility.
(b)           Participants who died, terminated employment with, or retired from, the Employers prior to January 1, 2002, will receive benefits hereunder in accordance with the terms of the Plan as in effect at the time of the Participant's death, termination of employment or retirement from the Employers.
(c)           The benefit amounts determined by the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 3.1(a) above are based on the assumption that each Participant's health and physical condition at the time of such Participant's commencement of participation in the Plan meets customary requirements for Standard Life Insurance. Benefits under the Plan may be reduced by the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer within a reasonable period following the establishment of such benefit level in accordance with Standard Underwriting Factors, but only with respect to that portion of the monthly death or retirement benefit for which the criteria for health and physical condition are not met.  Participants will be notified of any such reduction within a reasonable period following participation in the Plan.  Once benefits have been reduced under this Section 3.1, such benefits shall not be further reduced for the remainder of the Participant's participation in the Plan.

 
8

 

(d)           Participants who die while actively employed will be considered to be 100% vested for the death benefit, and not subject to the vesting schedule.  However, once the participant is no longer actively employed (e.g. resignation, termination, disability, etc.) Section 3.2 applies.
3.2            Vesting .
(a)           If a Participant retires or terminates employment with an Employer before the Participant completes at least 10 Years of Participation, the monthly death and/or retirement benefits to which such Participant otherwise would be entitled under the terms of Section 3.1 hereof shall vest as follows:

 
Vesting Schedule
       
 
Years of Participation
 
Percent of Section
 
Completed by the Participant
 
3.1 Benefits Payable
       
 
  1
 
    0%
 
  2
 
    0%
 
  3
 
  20%
 
  4
 
  40%
 
  5
 
  50%
 
  6
 
  60%
 
  7
 
  70%
 
  8
 
  80%
 
  9
 
  90%
 
10
 
100%

(b)           Participants receiving a benefit increase on or after January 1, 2010, will be subject to an additional vesting period with respect to the benefit level increase. The additional vesting period will be the longer of:
 
(i)
Three Years of Participation, or

 
9

 

 
(ii)
Ten Years of Participation minus the Participant’s number of Years of Participation at the time the benefit level increase is granted to the Participant.
If, after receiving a benefit level increase, a Participant’s employment terminates, for reasons other than death or being an officer of the Employer who attains age 65 and is required to retire, prior to the end of the additional vesting period associated with the benefit level increase, the benefit level increase will be forfeited. In this case, the Participant’s benefit level will revert to the benefit level in effect immediately prior to the benefit level increase.
If, after receiving a benefit level increase, a Participant’s employment is terminated due to death, then the additional vesting period is waived and the survivor’s benefits will reflect the benefit level increase.
If, after receiving a benefit level increase, the Participant is a) an officer of the Employer, b) attains age 65, and c) is required to retire prior to the end of the additional vesting period associated with the benefit level increase, he or she will vest in the benefit level increase as follows:

 
“Years of Participation” After
 
Vesting Percentage of
 
Benefit Level Increase
 
Benefit Level Increase
       
 
Less than 1
 
    0%
 
Between 1 and 2
 
  33%
 
Between 2 and 3
 
  66%
 
3 or More
 
100%

The above vesting schedule under Section 3.2(b) applies only to Participants who are officers of the Employer, attain age 65, are required to retire, and who have satisfied the vesting requirements under Section 3.2(a).

 
10

 

The Compensation Committee, upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer, may waive any or all of the additional vesting requirement associated with a benefit level increase.
3.3            Participant’s Election of Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit .  Upon attainment of age 65 or, as of such Participant's First Eligible Retirement Date (if later), a Participant will be entitled to determine the form of benefit payable under subsection (a) hereof, and the date of commencement of such benefits, subject to the approval of the Administrator, in accordance with the terms of the Plan.  The Participant may elect:
(a)           to defer any payments and retain a future monthly death benefit in amounts determined pursuant to Section 3.1 hereof, multiplied by the appropriate percentage amount set forth in section 3.2, or
(b)           in lieu of any death benefits under this Plan, a monthly retirement benefit determined in accordance with Section 3.1, multiplied by the appropriate percentage amount set forth in Section 3.2, with no death benefit, or
(c)            a percentage of each benefit described in subsections (a and b) above.  The percentage of each benefit must be in even increments of ten percent (10%).
 
(i)
If a Participant has elected to receive less than one hundred percent (100%) of such Participant's monthly retirement benefit (e.g. 50%), the Participant may subsequently elect to begin receiving an additional percentage retirement benefit (e.g. another 20%.) There may be no more than two (2) such additions during the Participant's lifetime, and no more than one (1) such addition during any calendar year.

 
11

 

 
(ii)
Any such addition in retirement benefit payments will result in an equal percentage reduction in death benefits, to the percentage change in retirement benefit.
 
(iii)
Once retirement benefit payments have started, Participants shall not be entitled to subsequently decrease retirement benefit payments.
(d)           Elections under this Section 3.3 must be communicated in writing to the Administrator and will be effective as of the first day of the first month following the Administrator's receipt and the approval of such request by the Chief Executive Officer.
3.4            Participant’s Election of Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit.   Upon attainment of age 65, or as of such Participant’s First Eligible Retirement Date (if later), the Participant’s Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit will automatically be designated as a retirement benefit.  A Participant may, however, make a one-time written election to avoid the automatic designation of the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit as a retirement benefit, and instead designate such benefit as a death benefit (or a combination of retirement and death benefit).  The written election must be made by the Participant on or before the Participant reaches age 64, and once the written election is made it may not be changed.  Should a Participant elect a retirement benefit and subsequently die before attaining age 65, the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit will revert to a death benefit.  Should a Participant who is a Key Employee elect a retirement benefit and subsequently die before their First Eligible Retirement Date, the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit will revert to a death benefit.
3.5            Payment of Monthly Benefits .
(a)            Death Benefits .  Any death benefits payable with respect to a Participant

 
12

 

pursuant to Sections 3.3(a)(b) or (c) or Section 3.4 shall commence on the first day of the calendar month following the date of the Participant's death and shall be payable in monthly installments for a period of 180 months.
(b)            Retirement Benefit for the Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit .  The Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit elected as retirement benefits payable under this Plan shall commence on the Eligible Retirement Date selected by the Participant (upon 30 day's written notice to the Administrator) and will be payable to such Participant in monthly installments for a period of 180 months.  In the event the Participant dies prior to the completion of such 180-month period, the balance of such retirement benefits shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary at such times and in such amounts as if the Participant had not died, such payment being made in addition to any death benefits payable under Section 3.3(c) hereof.  To the extent a Participant elects to commence receiving increased retirement benefits pursuant to Section 3.3(c) (i), the amount of increase of retirement benefits shall be in the form of a monthly benefit payable for a separate 180-month period.
(c)            Retirement Benefit for the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit .  Unless the Participant elects in writing to receive the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit in the form of a monthly death benefit (as specified in 3.4), the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit will take the form of a retirement payment and will be payable as follows:
 
(i)
to a Key Employee, payments will begin the later of (I) the First Eligible Retirement Date, or (II) six months after the last day of the month during which such Key Employee is both no longer actively employed by the Employer and has attained at least age 65.  If such payments begin on (c) (i) (II), the first monthly payment to the Key Employee will include a total

 
13

 

of seven months’ payments.  Also, such first monthly payment will include an interest credit on the first six months’ payments equivalent to one-half of the annual prime interest rate contained in the Wall Street Journal on the Key Employee’s last day of employment (or the first business day after the Key Employee’s last day of employment should the last day of employment be a non-business day).   Payments to the Key Employee will last 173 months.  Should the Key Employee die prior to the completion of the 173 month period, the balance of such retirement benefits shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary at such times and in such amounts as if the Participant had not died, such payment being made in addition to any death benefits payable under Sections 3.3(a) hereof.
 
(ii)
to a Participant who is not a Key Employee, payments will begin on the First Eligible Retirement Date and be payable to such Participant in monthly installments for a period of 180 months.  In the event the Participant dies prior to the completion of such 180-month period, the balance of such retirement benefits shall be paid to the Participant's Beneficiary at such times and in such amounts as if the Participant had not died, such payment being made in addition to any death benefits payable under Sections 3.3(a).
(d)          Actuarial Equivalent Alternative Forms for the Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit.   The normal form of retirement benefit for the Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit to which a Participant shall be entitled shall be determined under paragraph 3.4(b). Alternatively, a participant may elect to receive their Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit in the form of a retirement

 
14

 

benefit in one of the following actuarially equivalent forms (as determined by the Administrator), provided, however, that each alternative form shall also be payable for a certain period of 180 months:  (i) the lifetime of the Participant; (ii) the lifetime of the Participant with the same amount payable to the Participant continued thereafter for the lifetime of the Participant’s spouse; or (iii) the lifetime of the Participant with 67% of the amount payable to the Participant continued thereafter for the lifetime of the Participant’s spouse.  However, in no event will the Company incur more costs in providing the actuarial equivalent alternative form to the Participant than it would otherwise incur in providing the normal form of retirement benefit.  Applying the discount rate used by the Company to calculate the FAS 87 expense, the present value of the Participant’s retirement benefit will be calculated by the Administrator.  The Administrator will then purchase an annuity at a cost no greater than the present value of the retirement benefit.
(e)            Actuarial Equivalent Alternative Forms for the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit .  There are no Actuarial Equivalent Alternative Forms relating to the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefit.
(f)            Single Sum Payment .  Notwithstanding the provisions of subsections (a),  (b), and (c) of this Section 3.5, the Administrator reserves the right to pay the Monthly Pre-Jobs Act Benefit in the form of an actuarially equivalent single sum (as determined by the Administrator) when retirement or death benefits are payable due to termination of employment, excluding disability, or death prior to the Participant's attainment of age 55, or upon the death of the Participant and the primary beneficiary(ies).  The Single Sum Payment will not apply to the Monthly Post-Jobs Act Benefits.

 
15

 

3.6            Exclusions and Limitations .
(a)           No death benefits will be payable with respect to a Participant in the event of such Participant's death by suicide within two (2) years after commencement of participation in the Plan, and no benefit increase will apply in the event of any such Participant's death by suicide within two (2) years after such Participant becomes eligible for an increase in death benefits.
(b)           In the event that a Participant misrepresents any health or physical condition at the time of commencement of participation in the Plan or at the time of a retirement or death benefit increase, no retirement or death benefit or retirement or death benefit increase will be payable under the Plan within two (2) years of such misrepresentation.
3.7            Death of a Beneficiary .
(a)           In the event any Beneficiary predeceases the Participant, is not in existence, is not ascertainable, or is not locatable (see Section 6.11) as of the date benefits under the Plan become payable to such Beneficiary, Plan benefits shall be paid to such contingent Beneficiary or Beneficiaries as shall have been named by the Participant on the Participant's most recent Beneficiary election form that has been received and filed with the Administrator prior to the Participant's death.  If no contingent Beneficiary has been named, the contingent Beneficiary shall be the Participant's estate.
(b)           In the event any Beneficiary dies after commencing to receive monthly benefits under the Plan but prior to the payment of all monthly benefits to which such Beneficiary is entitled, remaining benefits shall be paid to a beneficiary designated by the deceased Beneficiary (the "Secondary Beneficiary"), provided such designation has been received and filed with the Administrator prior to the death of the Beneficiary.  If no such person

 
16

 

has been designated by the deceased Beneficiary, the Secondary Beneficiary shall be the estate of the Beneficiary.  In the event the Secondary Beneficiary shall die prior to the payment of all benefits to which such Secondary Beneficiary is entitled, the remainder of such payments shall be made to such Secondary Beneficiary's estate.  If the Administrator is in doubt as to the right of any person to receive benefits under the Plan, the Administrator may retain such amount, without liability for any interest thereon, until the rights thereto are determined, or the Administrator may pay a single sum amount in accordance with Section 3.5 (f) into any court of competent jurisdiction and such payment shall be a complete discharge of the liability of the Plan and the Employer.
3.8            Discretion As To Benefit Amount .  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company may, with full and complete discretion, disregard Standard Underwriting Factors and customary requirements for Standard Life Insurance in establishing and/or increasing the amount of any Participant's retirement or death benefit under the Plan.
3.9            Suspension of Benefits Upon Reemployment .  Employment with any Employer subsequent to the commencement of Pre-Jobs Act benefits under this Article III may, at the sole discretion of the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, result in the suspension of Pre-Jobs Act benefits for the period of such employment or reemployment.
ARTICLE IV --  REPLACEMENT RETIREMENT BENEFITS
4.1            Participation .  Benefits under this Article IV shall be payable only to those Participants listed on Appendix B-1 and B-2. These Participants whose benefits, under a Pension Plan under which they otherwise participate, are reduced or limited by reason of the Limitation

 
17

 

on Benefits as of December 31, 2009.  Participants listed on Appendix B-1 shall be eligible to receive benefits under Article IV if their employment is terminated for reasons other than death at any time prior to attaining age 65. Additionally, Participants listed on Appendix B-2 may receive benefits under Article IV if they remain continuously employed until attaining age 60.   Benefits under this Article IV (a) shall be payable only for such period that the benefits under the Pension Plan are actually reduced or limited and (b) shall terminate as of the last day of the month immediately preceding the month during which the Participant attains age sixty-five (65). Should the Participant die before his sixty-fifth (65 th ) birthday, and  he had elected a joint and survivor form of payment (specified in Section 4.2 (c)), the Participant’s surviving spouse will receive Article IV benefit payments until the date the Participant would have attained age 65.  Furthermore, benefits under this Article IV also shall be payable only to those Participants who are active Employees on or after January 1, 1997.  Except for Participants listed on Appendix B-1 or Appendix B-2, no current or future Participant will be eligible for benefits under this Article IV.
4.2            Amount and Method of Payment .
(a)            Amount of Benefit .  The amount, if any, of the monthly benefit payable to or on account of a Participant pursuant to this Article IV shall equal the difference of (i) minus (ii) where:
 
(i)
equals the amount of monthly retirement benefits which would be provided to the Participant under the Pension Plan as of December 31, 2009, without regard to the Limitation of Benefits in effect on December 31, 2009; and

 
18

 

 
(ii)
equals the amount of monthly retirement benefits payable to such Participant under the Pension Plan as of December 31, 2009, due to the application of the Limitation on Benefits in effect on December 31, 2009.
provided, however, that no benefits shall be payable to a Participant under this Article IV unless the amount of such monthly benefit is at least fifty dollars ($50).  The benefit amount provided under this Section 4.2(a) shall be determined with reference to the form of benefit determined under section 4.2(c) hereof and shall be calculated in accordance with the Standard Actuarial Factors utilized under the Pension Plan as of December 31, 2009.
(b)            Vesting .  A Participant shall be vested in benefits under this Article IV to the same extent as such Participant is vested in benefits under the applicable Pension Plan.  Although the Pension Plan was Frozen as of December 31, 2009, vesting will continue for Participants listed on Appendix B-2.
(c)            Payment of Benefit .  The benefits provided under this Article IV shall be paid to each such Participant, surviving spouse (as defined under the applicable Pension Plan) or joint annuitant (as defined under the applicable Pension Plan).  Benefits due the Participant under Article IV will commence automatically upon separation of employment from the Employer regardless of the Participant’s timing of payment under the applicable Pension Plan, unless the Participant is a Key Employee, in which case Article IV payments will commence seven months after separation of employment from the Employer.  If the Participant is a Key Employee, the payments otherwise due them in months one through six will be paid cumulatively on the seventh month after separation of employment.  Also, the payment on the seventh month will include an interest credit on the first six months’ payments equivalent to one-half of the annual

 
19

 

prime interest rate contained in the Wall Street Journal on the Key Employee’s last day of employment (or the first business day after the Key Employee’s last day of employment should the last day of employment be a non-business day).   A Participant is limited to receiving Article IV as either a single life annuity (i.e., the lifetime of the Participant) or a qualified joint and survivor annuity (i.e., the lifetime of the Participant with the same amount payable to the Participant continued thereafter for the lifetime of the Participant’s spouse).  Notwithstanding the ability for the Participant to receive a lump-sum payment for their pension benefit under the applicable Pension Plan, there is no lump-sum payment available to Article IV benefits.  Payments shall be made in accordance with, and subject to, the terms and conditions of the applicable Pension Plan; provided, however, that no spousal consent shall be required to commence any form of payment under this Article IV.
(d)            Commencement and Duration of Payments .  Subject to Section 4.2(c), benefits provided under this Article IV shall commence automatically when the Participant becomes eligible for Article IV benefits, without regard to payment under any Pension Plan, and shall continue to age 65 or the death of the Participant, if prior to age 65, and, if applicable, in reduced amount until the death of the Participant's spouse or joint annuitant, whichever is applicable.
(e)            Necessity of Actual Reduction .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, no amount shall be payable under this Article IV unless the Participant's monthly benefit paid under the applicable Pension Plan is actually reduced because of application of the Limitation on Benefits.  Benefits payable to a Participant under this Article IV shall not duplicate benefits payable to such Participant from any other plan or arrangement of the Company.  In the event a change in law or regulation liberalizes the limitations applicable to determining the

 
20

 

Limitation on Benefits such that a Participant may receive additional benefits under the applicable Pension Plan, and the applicable Pension Plan provides for the payment of such additional benefits to the Participant, the amount payable under this Article IV shall be reduced by a corresponding amount.
ARTICLE V -- DISABILITY BENEFITS
5.1            Monthly Disability Benefit .
(a)           If a Participant becomes totally disabled following commencement of participation in the Plan, the Participant shall continue to receive credit for up to two (2) years of Participation under the Plan for so long as the Participant is totally disabled.  Following termination of the participant's employment with the Employer, the Participant's monthly retirement benefits under Article III of the Plan shall commence beginning on or after the Participant's First Eligible Retirement Date.
(b)           A Participant is "totally disabled" if such Participant is disabled within the meaning of the applicable long-term disability plan sponsored by such Participant's Employer, or as determined by Social Security.
(c)           If a Participant who is totally disabled dies before attaining age 65, any death benefit payable to the Participant's Beneficiary will be determined and paid in accordance with the vesting schedule terms of Article III.
ARTICLE VI - MISCELLANEOUS
6.1            Amendment and Termination .  Any action to amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan may be taken at any time, and from time to time, by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company (or any person or persons duly authorized by resolution of the Board of Directors of the Company to take such action) in its sole discretion and without the consent of

 
21

 

any Participant or Beneficiary, but no such action shall retroactively reduce any benefits accrued by any Participant under this Plan prior to the time of such action.
6.2            No Guarantee of Employment .  Nothing contained herein shall be construed as a contract of employment between a Participant and any Employer or shall be deemed to give any Participant the right to be retained in the employ of any Employer.
6.3            Funding of Plan and Benefit Payments .  This Plan is unfunded within the meaning of ERISA.  Each Employer will make Plan benefit payments from its general assets.  Each Employer may purchase policies of life insurance on the lives of Plan Participants and to refuse participation in the Plan to any Employee who, if requested to do so, declines to supply information or to otherwise cooperate so that the Employer may obtain life insurance on behalf of such Participant.  The Employer will be the owner and the beneficiary of any such policy, and Plan benefits will be neither limited to nor secured by any such policy or its proceeds.  Participants and their Beneficiaries shall have no right, title or interest in any such life insurance policies, in any other assets of any Employer or in any investments any Employer may make to assist it in meeting its obligations under the Plan.  All such assets shall be solely the property of such Employer and shall be subject to the claims of such Employer's general creditors.  There are no assets of any Employer that are identified or segregated for purposes of the payment of any benefits under this Plan.  To the extent a Participant or any other person acquires a right to receive payments from an Employer under the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of such Employer and such person shall have only the unsecured promise of the Employer that such payments shall be made.
6.4            Payment Not Assignable .  Except in the case of a Qualified Domestic Relations Order described under Code Section 414(p), Participants and their Beneficiaries shall

 
22

 

not have the right to alienate, anticipate, commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, encumber or otherwise convey the right to receive any payments under the Plan, and any payments under the Plan or rights thereto shall not be subject to the debts, liabilities, contracts, engagements or torts of Participants or their Beneficiaries nor to attachment, garnishment or execution, nor shall they be transferable by operation of law in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency.  Any attempt, whether voluntary or involuntary, to effect any such action shall be null, void and of no effect.
6.5            Applicable Law .  The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be governed by and construed according to the laws of the State of Delaware, except to the extent such laws are preempted by the laws of the United States of America.
6.6            Claims Procedure .
(a)            Right to File a Claim .  Participants and Beneficiaries are entitled to file a claim with respect to benefits or other aspects of the operation of the Plan.  The claim is required to be in writing and must be made to the Administrator.
(b)            Denial of Claim .  If the claim is denied by the Administrator, the claimant shall be notified in writing within ninety (90) days after receipt of the claim or within one hundred eighty (180) days after such receipt if special circumstances require an extension of time.  If special circumstances require an extension of time in order to review the claim, the claimant will be furnished with a written notice of the extension of time within the initial ninety (90) day period.  The notice will include an explanation of the special circumstances that require an extension and the date by which the Administrator expects to make its determination.  In no event, however, will the extension of time exceed 180 days from the date of the receipt of the claim by the Administrator.  A written notice of denial of the claim shall contain the following information:

 
23

 

 
(i)           Specific reason or reasons for the denial;
 
(ii)           Specific reference to the pertinent provisions of the Plan on which the denial is based;
 
(iii)           A description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why the material or information is necessary; and
 
(iv)           A description of the Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to the procedures, including a statement of the claimant’s right to bring a civil action under Section 502(a) of ERISA following a denial upon review of the claim.
 
(c)            Claims Review Procedure .
(i)           Participants or Beneficiaries may request that the Administrator review the denial of the claim.  Such request must be made within sixty (60) days following the date the claimant received written notice of the denial of the claim.  The Administrator shall afford the claimant a full and fair review of the decision denying the claim and shall:
(A)           Provide, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claim; and
(B)           Permit the claimant to submit written comments, documents, records, and other information relating to the claim.

 
24

 

(ii)           The decision on review by the Administrator shall be in writing and shall be issued within sixty (60) days following receipt of the request for review.  The period for decision may be extended to a date not later than one-hundred and twenty (120) days after such receipt if the Administrator determines that special circumstances require extension.  If special circumstances require an extension of time, the claimant shall be furnished written notice prior to the termination of the initial sixty (60) day period which explains the special circumstances requiring an extension of time and the date by which the Administrator expects to render its decision on review.  The decision on review shall include:
 
(A)           Specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination;
 
(B)           References to the specific provisions in the Plan on which the determination is based;
 
(C)           A statement that the claimant is entitled to receive, upon request and free of charge, reasonable access to and copies of all documents, records, and other information relevant to the claimant’s claim; and
 
(D)           A statement of the claimant’s right to bring an action under Section 502(c) of ERISA.
 

 
25

 

(iii)           Any action required or authorized to be taken by the claimant pursuant to this Section may be taken by a representative authorized in writing by the claimant to represent the claimant.
6.7            Plan Administration .
(a)           The Plan shall be administered by the Administrator.  The Administrator shall serve as the final review under the Plan and shall have sole and complete discretionary authority to determine conclusively for all persons, and in accordance with the terms of the documents or instruments governing the Plan, any and all questions arising from the administration of the Plan and interpretation of all Plan provisions.  The Administrator shall make the final determination of all questions relating to participation of employees and eligibility for benefits, and the amount and type of benefits payable to any Participant or Beneficiary.  In no way limiting the foregoing, the Administrator shall have the following specific duties and obligations in connection with the administration of the Plan:
 
(i)
to promulgate and enforce such rules, regulations and procedures as may be proper for the efficient administration of the Plan;
 
(ii)
to determine all questions arising in the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan, including questions of eligibility and of the status and rights of Participants and any other persons hereunder;
 
(iii)
to decide any dispute arising hereunder; provided, however, that the Administrator shall not participate in any matter involving any questions relating solely to the Administrator's own participation or benefit under this Plan;

 
26

 

 
(iv)
to advise the Boards of Directors of the Employers regarding the known future need for funds to be available for distribution;
 
(v)
to compute the amount of benefits and other payments which shall be payable to any Participant or Beneficiary in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and to determine the person or persons to whom such benefits shall be paid;
 
(vi)
to make recommendations to the Board of Directors of the Company with respect to proposed amendments to the Plan;
 
(vii)
to file all reports with government agencies, Participants and other parties as may be required by law, whether such reports are initially the obligation of the Employers, or the Plan;
 
(viii)
to engage an actuary to the Plan, if necessary, and to cause the liabilities of the Plan to be evaluated by such actuary; and
 
(ix)
to have all such other powers as may be necessary to discharge its duties hereunder.
(b)           Decisions by the Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding on all parties and not subject to further review.
(c)           The Administrator may employ attorneys, consultants, accountants or other persons (who may be attorneys, consultants, actuaries, accountants or persons performing other services for, or are employed by, any Employer or any affiliate of any Employer), and the Administrator, the Employers and their other officers and directors shall be entitled to rely upon the advice, opinions or valuations of any such persons.  No member of the Board of Directors of any Employer, the  Chief Executive Officer , the Administrator, nor any other officer, director or

 
27

 

employee of the Company or of any Employer acting on behalf of the Board of Directors of any Employer or the Chief Executive Officer  or the Administrator, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation taken or made in good faith with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Boards of Directors of the Employers, the Chief Executive Officer  and the Administrator and each officer or employee of the Company or of an Employer acting on their behalf shall be fully indemnified and protected by the Company for all costs, liabilities and expenses (including, but not limited to, reasonable attorneys' fees and court costs) relating to any such action, determination or interpretation.
6.8            Binding Nature .  This Plan shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Employers and their successors and assigns and to the Participants, their Beneficiaries and their estates.  Nothing in this Plan shall preclude any Employer from consolidating or merging into or with, or transferring all or substantially all of its assets to another company or corporation, whether or not such company or corporation assumes this Plan and any obligation of the Employer hereunder.
6.9            Withholding Taxes .  The Employers may withhold from any benefits payable under this Plan all federal, state, city or other taxes as shall be required pursuant to any law or governmental regulation or ruling.
6.10            Action Affecting Chief Executive Officer .  To the extent any action required to be taken by the Chief Executive Officer of the Company would decrease, increase, accelerate, delay or otherwise materially impact such individual's benefits under the Plan, such action shall be taken instead by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 
28

 

6.11            Payments Due Missing Persons .  The Administrator shall make a reasonable effort to locate all persons entitled to benefits (including retirement benefits and death benefits for Beneficiaries) under the Plan; however, notwithstanding any provisions of this Plan to the contrary, if, after a period of five years from the date such benefits first become due, any such persons entitled to benefits have not been located, their rights under the Plan shall stand suspended.  Before this provision becomes operative, the Administrator shall send a certified letter to all such persons at their last known address advising them that their benefits under the Plan shall be suspended.  Any such suspended amounts shall be held by the Employer for a period of three additional years (or a total of eight years from the time the benefits first became payable) and thereafter such amounts shall be forfeited and non-payable.
6.12            Liability Limited .  Neither the Employers, the Administrator, nor any agents, employees, officers, directors or shareholders of any of them, nor any other person shall have any liability or responsibility with respect to this Plan, except as expressly provided herein.
6.13            Incapacity .  If the Administrator shall receive evidence satisfactory to it that a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to receive any benefit under the Plan is, at the time when such benefit becomes payable, a minor or is physically or mentally incompetent to receive such benefit and to give a valid release therefore, and that another person or an institution is then maintaining or has custody of such Participant or Beneficiary and that no guardian, committee or other representative of the estate of such Participant or Beneficiary shall have been duly appointed, the Administrator may make payment of such benefit otherwise payable to such Participant or Beneficiary (or to such guardian, committee or other representative of such person's estate) to such other person or institution, and the release of such other person or institution shall be a valid and complete discharge for the payment of such benefit.

 
29

 

6.14            Plurals .  Where appearing in the Plan, this singular shall include the plural, and vice versa, unless the context clearly indicates a different meaning.
6.15            Headings .  The headings and sub-headings in this Plan are inserted for the convenience of reference only and are to be ignored in any construction of the provisions hereof.
6.16            Severability .  In case any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or void, such illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining provisions of this Plan, but shall be fully severable, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if said illegal or invalid provisions had never been inserted herein.
6.17            Payment of Benefits .  All amounts payable hereunder may be paid directly by the Employer or pursuant to the terms of the grantor trust, if any, established as a funding vehicle for benefits provided hereunder.
ARTICLE VII -- ADDITIONAL AFFILIATED COMPANIES
7.1            Participation in the Plan .
(a)           Any Affiliated Company may become an Employer with respect to this Plan with the consent of the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer, upon the following conditions:
 
(i)
such Employer shall make, execute and deliver such instruments as the Company requires; and
 
(ii)
such Employer shall designate the Company, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Administrator, as its agents for purposes of this Plan.

 
30

 
 
(b)           Any such Employer may by action of its Board of Directors withdraw from participation, subject to approval by the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer.
7.2            Effect of Participation .  Each Employer which with the consent of the Compensation Committee upon recommendation of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company complies with Section 7.1(a) shall be deemed to have adopted this Plan for the benefit of its Employees who participate in this Plan.


 
31

 


  APPENDIX  A
SCHEDULE OF RETIREMENT AND SURVIVORS BENEFITS

For Participants in the Plan prior to January 1, 2010

AND

Who have not received a benefit level increase after December 31, 2009

                       
             
Monthly
   
Monthly
 
 
Level
 
Salary
     
Retirement
Benefit
   
Death
Benefit
 
 
 
50
 
$50,000
-
$59,999
 
$1,330
   
$2,660
 
 
51
         
$1,728
   
$3,456
 
 
52
 
$60,000
-
$74,999
 
$1,800
   
$3,600
 
 
53
         
$2,160
   
$4,320
 
 
54
 
$75,000
-
$99,999
 
$2,580
   
$5,160
 
 
55
         
$2,880
   
$5,760
 
 
56
 
$100,000
-
$124,999
 
$3,600
   
$7,200
 
 
57
 
$125,000
-
$149,999
 
$4,470
   
$8,940
 
 
58
 
$150,000
-
$174,999
 
$5,360
   
$10,720
 
 
59
 
$175,000
-
$199,999
 
$6,250
   
$12,500
 
 
60
 
$200,000
-
$224,999
 
$7,300
   
$14,600
 
 
61
 
$225,000
-
$249,999
 
$8,215
   
$16,430
 
 
62
 
$250,000
-
$274,999
 
$9,125
   
$18,250
 
 
63
 
$275,000
-
$299,999
 
$10,475
   
$20,950
 
 
64
 
$300,000
-
$324,999
 
$12,145
   
$24,290
 
 
65
 
$325,000
-
$349,999
 
$13,670
   
$27,340
 
 
66
 
$350,000
-
$399,999
 
$16,110
   
$32,220
 
 
67
 
$400,000
-
$449,999
 
$19,525
   
$39,050
 
 
68
 
$450,000
-
$499,999
 
$22,850
   
$45,700
 
 
69
 
$500,000
-
$599,999
 
$28,800
   
$57,600
 
 
70
 
$600,000
-
$699,999
 
$36,500
   
$73,000
 
 
71
 
$700,000
-
$799,999
 
$42,710
   
$85,420
 
 
72
 
$800,000
-
$899,999
 
$49,220
   
$98,440
 
 
73
 
$900,000
-
$999,999
 
$55,310
   
$110,620
 
 
74
 
$1,000,000
-
$1,099,999
 
$60,200
   
$120,400
 


 
32

 


APPENDIX A-1
SCHEDULE OF RETIREMENT AND SURVIVORS
BENEFITS
 
For Participants in the Plan prior to January 1, 2010, and who have received a
benefit level increase on or after January 1, 2010
                 
OR
                 
For Participants who join the Plan on or after January 1, 2010
                 
                 
           
Monthly
 
Monthly
           
Retirement
 
Death
Level
 
Salary Range
 
Benefit
 
Benefit
58
 
$165,000
-
$174,999
 
$4,288
 
$8,576
59
 
$175,000
-
$199,999
 
$5,000
 
$10,000
60
 
$200,000
-
$224,999
 
$5,840
 
$11,680
61
 
$225,000
-
$249,999
 
$6,572
 
$13,144
62
 
$250,000
-
$274,999
 
$7,300
 
$14,600
63
 
$275,000
-
$299,999
 
$8,380
 
$16,760
64
 
$300,000
-
$324,999
 
$9,716
 
$19,432
65
 
$325,000
-
$349,999
 
$10,936
 
$21,872
66
 
$350,000
-
$399,999
 
$12,888
 
$25,776
67
 
$400,000
-
$449,999
 
$15,620
 
$31,240
68
 
$450,000
-
$499,999
 
$18,280
 
$36,560
69
 
$500,000
-
$599,999
 
$23,040
 
$46,080
70
 
$600,000
-
$699,999
 
$29,200
 
$58,400
71
 
$700,000
-
$799,999
 
$34,168
 
$68,336
72
 
$800,000
-
$899,999
 
$39,376
 
$78,752
73
 
$900,000
-
$999,999
 
$44,248
 
$88,496
74
 
$1,000,000
-
$1,099,999
 
$48,160
 
$96,320




 
33

 





APPENDIX B-1

PARTICIPANTS ELIGIBLE FOR EARLY RETIREMENT BENEFITS UNDER ARTICLE IV

Steven L. Bietz
John K. Castleberry
Terry D. Hildestad
Bruce T. Imsdahl
Vernon A. Raile
Warren L. Robinson
Paul K. Sandness
William E. Schneider




APPENDIX B-2

PARTICIPANTS ELIGIBLE FOR AGE 60 RETIREMENT BENEFITS UNDER ARTICLE IV

David L. Goodin
John G. Harp




 
34

 

APPENDIX C

MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
Specified Employee Policy Regarding Compensation

Effective November 14, 2007, for purposes of all plans, agreements and other arrangements of MDU Resources Group, Inc. (the “Company”) and its affiliates that are subject to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), the determination of individuals who are “specified employees,” as that term is defined in Code Section 409A, shall be determined under this policy, as may be amended from time to time pursuant to paragraph 4 (“Policy”).

1.
Establishment of Specified Employee List.   Between January 1 st and April 1 st of each calendar year, the Company shall establish a “Specified Employee List.”  The Specified Employee List shall become effective on April 1 st of the calendar year in which the Specified Employee List is established and shall cease to be effective on March 31 st of the following calendar year.  Any individual who, as of his or her “separation from service” (within the meaning of Code Section 409A(a)(2)(A)(i)), is on the Specified Employee List then in effect shall be considered a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A.

2.
Inclusion on the Specified Employee List.   The Specified Employee List shall include all individuals who, at any time during the Determination Year, met the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(l)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) and the related regulations (but without regard to Code Section 415(i)(5)).  For this purpose, “Determination Year” shall mean the calendar year ending on the December 31 st prior to the April 1 st when the Specified Employee List becomes effective.  For purposes of determining which individuals meet the requirements of Code Section 416(i)(l)(A)(i), (ii) or (iii) and the related regulations (but without regard to Code Section 415(i)(5)), the term gross compensation shall have the meaning set forth in the MDU Resources Group, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, as may be amended from time to time (the “Retirement Plan”).

3.
Delayed Payments.   If any employee is determined to be a specified employee under this Policy, any compensation to be provided to such specified employee that is required to be delayed to comply with Code Section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i) shall not be provided before the date that is six months after the date of such separation from service (or, if earlier than the end of such six-month period, the date of death of the specified employee).  This Policy shall not apply to any payment that is not treated as deferred compensation under, or is otherwise excluded from, the requirements of Code Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

4.
Changes to Policy.   The Company may amend or modify this Policy at any time; provided, however, that any changes made to the period during which the Specified Employee List is effective or the Determination Year shall not take effect for a period of at least 12 months and any changes made to the definition of compensation (either in the

 
35

 

Policy or in the Retirement Plan) shall not be used to identify specified employees until the next Specified Employee List is established.

 


 
36

 


MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTOR LONG-TERM INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

Article 1. Establishment, Purpose and Duration

1.1            Establishment of the Plan.   MDU Resources Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive plan to be known as the "MDU Resources Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan" (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options (NQSO), Stock Appreciation Rights (SAR), Restricted Stock, Performance Units, Performance Shares and other awards.

The Plan shall become effective when approved by the stockholders at the annual meeting on April 22, 1997, (the "Effective Date"), and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 herein.

1.2            Purpose of the Plan.   The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Company by linking the personal interests of Participants to those of Company stockholders and customers.  The Plan is further intended to assist the Company in its ability to motivate, attract and retain highly qualified individuals to serve as directors of the Company.

1.3            Duration of the Plan.   The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date, as described in Section 1.1 herein, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article 14 herein, until all Shares subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Plan's provisions.

Article 2. Definitions

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below and, when such meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word is capitalized:

2.1            "Award" means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of NQSOs, SARs, Restricted Stock, Performance Units, Performance Shares or any other type of award permitted under Article 10 of the Plan.

2.2            "Award Agreement" means an agreement entered into by each Participant and the Company, setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted to a Participant under the Plan.

 
1

 

2.3            "Base Value" of an SAR shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 herein.

2.4            "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5           A “Change in Control” shall mean:
 
 
(a)
The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 2.5; or
 
 
(b)
Individuals who, as of April 22, 1997, which is the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
 
 
(c)
Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or
 

 
2

 

 
substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
 
 
(d)
Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
 
For avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the sale of a subsidiary, operating entity or business unit of the Company shall not constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

2.6            "Code " means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 
3

 

2.7            "Committee" means the Committee, as specified in Article 3, appointed by the Board to administer the Plan with respect to Awards.

2.8            "Company" means MDU Resources Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto as provided in Article 15 herein.

2.9            "Director" means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.10            "Dividend Equivalent" means, with respect to Shares subject to an Award, a right to be paid an amount equal to dividends declared on an equal number of outstanding Shares.

2.11            "Employee" means any full-time or regularly-scheduled part-time employee of the Company or of the Company's Subsidiaries, who is not covered by any collective bargaining agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.

2.12            "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

2.13            "Exercise Period" means the period during which an SAR or Option is exercisable, as set forth in the related Award Agreement.

2.14            "Fair Market Value" shall mean the average of the high and low sale prices as reported in the consoli­dated transaction reporting system or, if there is no such sale on the relevant date, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported.

2.15            "Freestanding SAR " means an SAR that is granted independently of any Option.

2.16            "Non-Employee Director" means any person who is elected or appointed to the Board and who is not an Employee.

2.17            "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "NQSO" means an option to purchase Shares, granted under Article 6 herein, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

2.18            "Option" means a Nonqualified Stock Option.

2.19            "Option Price" means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option, as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Award Agreement.

 
4

 

2.20            "Participant" means a Non-Employee Director who has an outstanding Award granted under the Plan.

2.21            "Performance Unit" means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 9 herein.

2.22            "Performance Share" means an Award granted to a Participant, as described in Article 9 herein.

2.23            "Period of Restriction" means the period during which the transfer of Restricted Stock is limited in some way, as provided in Article 8 herein.

2.24            "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including usage in the definition of a "group" in Section 13(d) thereof.

2.25            "Restricted Stock" means an Award of Shares granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.

2.26            "Shares" means the shares of common stock of the Company.

2.27            "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means a right, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as an SAR, to receive a payment on the day the right is exercised, pursuant to the terms of Article 7 herein.  Each SAR shall be denominated in terms of one Share.

2.28            "Subsidiary" means any corporation that is a "subsidiary corporation" of the Company as that term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.29            "Tandem SAR" means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a Share under the related Option (and when a Share is purchased under the Option, the Tandem SAR shall be similarly canceled).

Article 3. Administration

3.1            The Committee.   The Plan shall be administered by any committee appointed by the Board or by the Board of Directors (the "Committee").

3.2            Authority of the Committee.   The Committee shall have full power except as limited by law, the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company, subject to such other restricting limitations or directions as may be imposed by the Board and subject to the provisions herein, to determine the

 
5

 

size and types of Awards; to deter­mine the terms and conditions of such Awards in a manner consistent with the Plan; to construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for the Plan's administration; and (subject to the provisions of Article 14 herein) to amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award.  Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations which may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authorities as identified hereunder.

3.3            Restrictions on Share Transferability.   The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to Awards under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions to comply with applicable Federal securities laws, with the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded and with any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

3.4            Approval.   The Committee or the Board shall approve all Awards made under the Plan and all elections made by Participants, prior to their effective date, to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

3.5            Decisions Binding.   All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Participants and their estates and beneficiaries.

3.6            Costs.   The Company shall pay all costs of administration of the Plan.

Article 4. Shares Subject to the Plan

4.1            Number of Shares.   Subject to Section 4.2 herein, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be 595,125.  Shares underlying lapsed or forfeited Awards of Restricted Stock shall not be treated as having been issued pursuant to an Award under the Plan.  Shares that are potentially deliverable under an Award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise settled without the delivery of Shares shall not be treated as having been issued under the Plan.  Shares that are withheld to satisfy the Option Price related to an Option, SAR or other Award pursuant to which the Shares withheld have not yet been issued shall not be deemed to be Shares issued under the Plan.

 
6

 

Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be (i) authorized but unissued Shares of Common Stock, (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares purchased on the open market.

4.2            Adjustments in Authorized Shares.   In the event of any equity restructuring (within the meaning of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123(R)), such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, the Committee shall cause an equitable adjustment to be made (i) in the number and kind of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and (ii) with respect to outstanding Awards, in the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, the Option Exercise Price, Base Value or other price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, any performance conditions relating to Shares, the market price of Shares, or per-Share results, and other terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, in the case of (i) and (ii) to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, such as a merger, consolidation or liquidation, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cause an equitable adjustment as described in the foregoing sentence to be made to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights. The number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be rounded down to a whole number when adjustments are made pursuant to this Section 4.2.  Adjustments made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

Article 5. Eligibility and Participation

5.1            Eligibility.   Persons eligible to participate in the Plan are any persons elected or appointed to the Board who are not Employees.

5.2            Actual Participation.   Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all eligible Non-Employee Directors those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.

Article 6. Stock Options

6.1            Grant of Options.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Options may be granted to a Non-Employee Director at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Shares subject to Options granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Options.

 
7

 

6.2            Option Award Agreement.   Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Option Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the Exercise Period and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, including but not limited to any rights to Dividend Equivalents.

6.3            Exercise of and Payment for Options.   Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve.

A Participant may exercise an Option at any time during the Exercise Period.  Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company or its designee, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by provisions for full payment for the Shares.

The Option Price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable either: (a) in cash or its equivalent, (b) by tendering previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price (provided that Shares which are tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months prior to their tender to satisfy the Option Price), (c) by Share withholding, (d) by cashless exercise or (e) by a combination of (a),(b),(c), and/or (d).

As soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise of an Option and provisions for full payment therefor, the Company shall (i) deliver to the Participant, in the Participant's name or the name of the Participant's designee, a Share certificate or certificates in an appropriate aggregate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option, or (ii) cause to be issued in the Participant's name or the name of the Participant's designee, in book-entry form, an appropriate number of Shares based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option.

6.4            Termination of Director Status.   Each Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant's position on the Board of the Company.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Option Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all Options granted pursuant to the Plan or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of director status.

 
8

 

6.5            Transferability of Options.   Except as otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Award Agreement, no Option granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Options granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or his or her legal representative.

Article 7. Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1            Grant of SARs.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, an SAR may be granted to a Non-Employee Director at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs or any combination of these forms of SAR.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.

The Base Value of a Freestanding SAR shall equal the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the SAR.  The Base Value of Tandem SARs shall equal the Option Price of the related Option.

7.2            SAR Award Agreement.   Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an SAR Award Agreement that shall specify the number of SARs granted, the Base Value, the term of the SAR, the Exercise Period and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

7.3            Exercise and Payment of SARs.   Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option.  A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them.

A Participant may exercise an SAR at any time during the Exercise Period.  SARs shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of SARs being exercised.  Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount equal to the product of:

 
9

 

 
(a)
the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over (ii) the Base Value multiplied by

 
(b)
the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

At the sole discretion of the Committee, the payment to the Participant upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

7.4            Termination of Director Status.   Each SAR Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the Participant's position on the Board of the Company.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the SAR Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all SARs granted pursuant to the Plan or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of director status.

7.5            Transferability of SARs.   Except as otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the SAR Award Agreement, no SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all SARs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or his or her legal representative.

Article 8. Restricted Stock

8.1            Grant of Restricted Stock.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Restricted Stock may be granted to a Non-Employee Director at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of shares of Restricted Stock granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Restricted Stock.

8.2            Restricted Stock Award Agreement.   Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement that shall specify the Period or Periods of Restriction, the number of Restricted Stock Shares granted and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

 
10

 

8.3            Transferability.   Restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be available during his or her lifetime only to such Participant or his or her legal representative.

8.4            Certificate Legend.   Each certificate representing Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may bear
a legend substantially as follows:

 
"The sale or other transfer of the shares of stock represented by this certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, is subject to certain restrictions on transfer as set forth in MDU Resources Group, Inc. Non-Employee Director Long-Term Incentive Compensation Plan, and in a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  A copy of such Plan and such Agreement may be obtained from MDU Resources Group, Inc."

The Company shall have the right to retain the certificates representing Restricted Stock in the Company's possession until such time as all restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied.

8.5            Removal of Restrictions.   Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable thereto.  Once Restricted Stock is released from the restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to have the legend referred to in Section 8.4 removed from his or her stock certificate.

8.6            Voting Rights.   During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Restricted Stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares.

8.7            Dividends and Other Distributions.   Subject to the Committee's right to determine otherwise at the time of grant, during the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Restricted Stock shall receive all regular cash dividends paid with respect to all Shares while they are so held.  All other distributions paid with respect to such Restricted Stock shall be credited to Participants subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid and shall be paid to the Participant within forty-five (45) days following the full vesting of the Restricted Stock with respect to which such distributions were made.

 
11

 

8.8            Termination of Director Status.   Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive unvested Restricted Stock following termination of the Participant's position on the Board of the Company.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all grants of Restricted Stock or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of director status.

Article 9. Performance Units and Performance Shares

9.1            Grant of Performance Units and Performance Shares.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units and/or Performance Shares may be granted to a Non-Employee Director at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and/or Performance Shares granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Awards.

9.2            Performance Unit/Performance Share Award Agreement.   Each grant of Performance Units and/or Performance Shares shall be evidenced by a Performance Unit and/or Performance Share Award Agreement that shall specify the number of Performance Units and/or Performance Shares granted, the initial value (if applicable), the Performance Period, the performance goals and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, including but not limited to any rights to Dividend Equivalents.

9.3            Value of Performance Units/Performance Shares.   Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee at the time of grant.  The value of a Performance Share shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share.  The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Units/Performance Shares that will be paid out to the Participants.  The time period during which the performance goals must be met shall be called a "Performance Period."

9.4            Earning of Performance Units/Performance Shares.   After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Performance Shares shall be entitled to receive a payout with respect to the Perfor­mance Units/Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be

 
12

 

determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved.

9.5            Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Performance Shares.   Payment of earned Perfor­mance Units/Performance Shares shall be made following the close of the applicable Performance Period.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Performance Shares in cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof), which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period.  Such Shares may be granted subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.

9.6            Termination of Director Status.   Each Performance Unit/Performance Share Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive a Performance Unit/Performance Share payment following termination of the Participant's position on the Board of the Company during a Performance Period.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all grants of Performance Units/Performance Shares or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on reasons for termination of director status.

9.7            Transferability.   Except as otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the Performance Unit/Performance Share Award Agreement, Performance Units/Performance Shares may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and a Participant's rights with respect to Performance Units/Performance Shares granted under the Plan shall be available during the Participant's lifetime only to such Participant or the Participant's legal representative.

Article 10.  Other Awards

The Committee shall have the right to grant other Awards which may include, without limitation, the grant of Shares based on certain conditions, the payment of Shares in lieu of cash, or the payment of cash based on performance criteria established by the Committee.  Payment under or settlement of any such Awards shall be made in such manner and at such times as the Committee may determine.

 
13

 

Article 11.  Beneficiary Designation

Each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit.  Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant's lifetime.  In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.

The spouse of a married Participant domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of beneficiary or beneficiaries other than the spouse.

Article 12.  Deferrals

The Committee may permit a Participant to defer the Participant's receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under the Plan.  If any such deferral election is permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals.

Article 13.  Change in Control

The terms of this Article 13 shall immediately become operative, without further action or consent by any person or entity, upon a Change in Control, and once operative shall supersede and take control over any other provisions of this Plan.

Upon a Change in Control

 
(a)
Any and all Options and SARs granted hereunder shall become immediately exercisable;

 
(b)
Any restriction periods and restrictions imposed on Restricted Stock or Awards granted pursuant to Article 10 (if not performance-based) shall be deemed to have expired and such Restricted Stock or Awards shall become immediately vested in full; and

 
(c)
The target payout opportunity attainable under all outstanding Awards of Performance Units, Performance Shares and Awards granted pursuant to Article 10 (if performance-based) shall be deemed to have been fully earned for the entire Performance Period(s) as of the

 
14

 

effective date of the Change in Control, and shall be paid out promptly in Shares or cash pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement, or in the absence of such designation, as the Committee shall determine.

Article 14.  Amendment, Modification and Termination

14.1            Amendment, Modification and Termination.   The Board may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part.

14.2            Awards Previously Granted.   No termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law.

Article 15.  Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

Article 16.  Legal Construction

16.1            Gender and Number.   Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall   include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

16.2            Severability.   In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

16.3            Requirements of Law.   The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

16.4            Governing Law.   To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

 
15

 

Article 17.  Code Section 409A Compliance

To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any Awards granted hereunder comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any related regulations or other guidance promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service, and the terms of the Plan and any Awards shall be interpreted accordingly.

 
16

 





MDU Resources Group, Inc.


1998 Option
Award Program

PLAN DOCUMENT

















This document constitutes part of a Prospectus covering securities that have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933.







MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.

 
 

 

1998 OPTION AWARD PROGRAM


Article 1.                      Establishment, Purpose and Duration

1.1            Establishment of the Plan .  MDU Resources Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the “Company”), hereby establishes the “MDU Resources Group, Inc., 1998 Option Award Program” (hereinafter referred to as the “Plan”), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options.

The Plan shall become effective as of February 12, 1998 (the “Effective Date”), and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 herein.

1.2            Purpose of the Plan .  The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Company by linking the personal interests of Participants to those of Company stockholders.

1.3            Duration of the Plan .  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date, as described in Section 1.1 herein, and shall remain in effect until terminated by the Board of Directors pursuant to Article 9 herein.


Article 2.                      Definitions

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below and, when such meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word is capitalized:

2.1           “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of NQSOs.

2.2           “ Award Agreement ” or “ Option Award Agreement ” means an agreement entered into by each Participant and the Company, setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted to a Participant under the Plan.

2.3           “ Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.4      A “ Change in Control ” shall mean:

(a)           The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by

 
2

 

any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 2.4; or

(b)           Individuals who, as of February 12, 1998, which is the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or

(c)           Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or

(d)           Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.

For avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the sale of a subsidiary, operating entity or business unit of the Company shall not constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

2.5           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 
3

 

2.6           “ Committee ” means the committee, as specified in Article 3, appointed by the Board to administer the Plan with respect to Awards.

2.7           “ Company ” means MDU Resources Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (including its business units), or any successor thereto as provided in Article 11 herein.

2.8           “ Director ” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.9           “ Disability ” means “permanent and total disability” as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2.10           “ Dividend Account ” is defined in Section 6.3 herein.

2.11           “ Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan, as set forth in Section 5.1 herein.

2.12           “ Employee ” means (i) any full-time or regularly-scheduled part-time employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) any bargaining unit employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.  Directors who are not otherwise employed by the Company or a Subsidiary shall not be considered Employees for purposes of the Plan.

                2.13           “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

2.14           “ Exercise Period ” means the period during which an Option is exercisable, as set forth in the related Award Agreement.

2.15           “ Fair Market Value ” shall mean the average of the high and low sale prices as reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system or, if there is no such sale on the relevant date, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported.

2.16           “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” or “ NQSO ” means an option to purchase Shares, granted under Article 6 herein, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

2.17           “ Option ” means a Nonqualified Stock Option.

2.18           “ Option Exercise Price ” means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option, as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Award Agreement.

2.19           “ Participant ” means an Employee who has an outstanding Award granted under the Plan.

 
4

 

2.20           “ Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including usage in the definition of a “group” in Section 13(d) thereof.

2.21           “ Shares ” means the shares of common stock, $1.00 par value, of the Company.

2.22           “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation that is a “subsidiary corporation” of the Company as that term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.23           “ Termination of Service ” means leaving the employ of the Company or any Subsidiary for any reason.   For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant among the Company and any Subsidiaries shall not be deemed a termination of employment.


Article 3.                      Administration

3.1            The Committee . The Plan shall be administered by a committee  (the “Commit­tee”); the members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors.

3.2            Authority of the Committee .  The Committee shall have full power except as limited by law, the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company, subject to such other restricting limitations or directions as may be imposed by the Board and subject to the provisions herein, to determine the Employees to receive Awards; to determine the size of Awards and the terms and conditions thereof; to construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for the Plan’s administration; and (subject to the provisions of Article 9 herein) to amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award.  Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations which may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authorities as identified hereunder.

3.3            Restrictions on Distribution of Shares and Share Transferability .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no liability to deliver any Shares under the Plan unless such delivery would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act of 1933) and applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity and unless the participant’s tax obligations have been satisfied as set forth in Article 10.  The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to Awards under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions to comply with applicable Federal securities laws, with the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded and with any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

3.4            Decisions Binding .  All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants and their estates and beneficiaries.

 
5

 

3.5            Costs . The Company shall pay all costs of administration of the Plan.


Article 4.                      Shares Subject to the Plan

4.1            Number of Shares .  Subject to Section 4.2 herein, the maximum number of Shares available for grant under the Plan shall be three million seven hundred ninety-five thousand three hundred thirty (3,795,330).  Shares underlying lapsed or forfeited Awards may be reused for other Awards.  Shares granted pursuant to the Plan may be (i) authorized but unissued Shares of Common Stock, (ii) Treasury Shares or (iii) Shares purchased on the open market.

4.2            Adjustments in Authorized Shares .  In the event of any equity restructuring such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, the Committee shall cause an equitable adjustment to be made (i) in the number and kind of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan and (ii) with respect to outstanding Awards, in the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, the Option Exercise Price and other terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, in the case of (i) and (ii) to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.  In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, such as a merger, consolidation or liquidation, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cause an equitable adjustment as described in the foregoing sentence to be made to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.  The number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be rounded down to a whole number when adjustments are made pursuant to this Section 4.2.  Adjustments made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.


Article 5.                      Eligibility and Participation

5.1            Eligibility .  Persons eligible to participate in the Plan (“Eligible Employees”) include all Employees, as determined by the Committee.

5.2            Actual Participation . Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all Eligible Employees those to whom Awards shall be granted.


Article 6.                      Stock Options

6.1            Grant of Options .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Options may be granted to Eligible Employees, at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee. The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Shares subject to Options granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Options.

6.2            Option Award Agreement .  Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Option Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Exercise Price, which shall be the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant, the term of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the Exercise Period and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

 
6

 

6.3            Dividend Account .  At the time of the Award, a Dividend Account (the “Dividend Account”) shall be established for each Participant.  If a dividend is declared by the Board on the Common Stock of the Company, an equivalent amount shall be accrued in the Dividend Account of each Participant for each share of Common Stock underlying all unvested Options held by the Participant.  When the Award vests, all amounts in the Dividend Account shall be paid in cash to the Participant.  If the Award is forfeited, all amounts in the Dividend Account shall also be forfeited.

6.4            Exercise of and Payment for Options .  Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve.

A Participant may exercise an Option, in whole but not in part (subject to the Committee’s right to determine otherwise), at any time during the Exercise Period. Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company or its designee, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by provision for full payment for the Shares; provided, however, that the Committee shall have the right in its sole discretion to establish other procedures for the exercise of Options.

The Committee shall have the authority to establish procedures for payment upon the exercise of Options which may include, in the Committee’s sole discretion, payment (a) in cash or its equivalent, (b) by tendering previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Exercise Price (provided that the Shares which are tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months prior to their tender to satisfy the Option Exercise Price), (c) by broker-assisted cashless exercise or (d) by a combination of (a), (b) and/or (c).

As soon as practicable after receipt of a notification of exercise of an Option and provision for full payment therefor, there shall be delivered to the Participant, in the Participant’s name, Share certificates in an appropriate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option(s).

6.5            Termination of Service .

(a)           Upon any Termination of Service, unvested Options and any amounts accrued in a Participant’s Dividend Account shall be forfeited.

(b)           Death

If the Participant dies while still employed, any vested Options, to the extent that they are then exercisable, may be exercised, at any time within one (1) year (even if this extends the term of the Options) after the date of the Participant’s death by the person designated in the Participant’s last will and testament or by the personal representative of the Participant’s estate.

 
7

 


(c)           Disability

If the Participant suffers Disability, any vested Options, to the extent that they are then exercisable, may be exercised at any time within one (1) year (even if this extends the term of the Options) after the date of Disability by the Participant or by a person qualified or authorized to act on behalf of the Participant.

(d)           Other Termination of Service

If the Participant’s Termination of Service is for any reason other than Death or Disability, any vested Options, to the extent that they are then exercisable, may be exercised at any time within the three (3) months (even if this extends the term of the Options) following the date of Termination of Service.

6.6            Transferability of Options .  All Options granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during the Participant’s lifetime only by such Participant, and no Option granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.


Article 7.                      Rights of Employees

7.1            Employment .  Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time, for any reason or no reason in the Company’s sole discretion, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company.

7.2            Participation .  No Employee shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award.

7.3            Limitation of Implied Rights .  Neither a Participant nor any other Person shall, by reason of the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Company or any Subsidiary whatsoever, including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets or other property which the Company or any Subsidiary, in their sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan.  A Participant shall have only a contractual right to the Shares or amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee that the assets of such companies shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any Person.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no Award under the Plan shall confer upon the holder thereof any right as a stockholder of the Company prior to the date on which the individual fulfills all conditions for receipt of such rights.



 
8

 

Article 8.                      Change in Control

The terms of this Article 8 shall immediately become operative, without further action or consent by any person or entity, upon a Change in Control, and once operative shall supersede and take control over any other provisions of this Plan.

Upon a Change in Control, any and all Options granted hereunder shall become immediately exercisable.


Article 9.                      Amendment, Modification and Termination

9.1            Amendment, Modification and Termination .  The Board may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part.

9.2            Awards Previously Granted .  No termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law and except as otherwise provided herein.


Article 10.                      Tax Withholding

10.1            Tax Withholding .  The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local taxes (including the Participant’s FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to an Award made under the Plan.

10.2            Share Withholding .  The Committee shall have the authority to establish procedures with respect to tax withholding required upon the exercise of Options, which may include payment by Participants (a) by tendering previously owned Shares held by the Participant at least six (6) months prior to their tender or (b) by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the minimum statutory total tax which could be imposed on the transaction.


Article 11.                      Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.



 
9

 

Article 12.                      Legal Construction

12.1            Gender and Number .   Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

12.2            Severability .  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

12.3            Requirements of Law .  The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

12.4            Governing Law .  To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

 
10

 



MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
GROUP GENIUS INNOVATION PLAN


Article 1.                      Establishment, Purpose and Duration

1.1            Establishment of the Plan .  MDU Resources Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive plan for employees,  to be known as the "MDU Resources Group, Inc. Group Genius Innovation Plan" (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of nonqualified stock options (NQSOs), stock appreciation rights (SARs), restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance units, performance stock and other awards.

The Plan shall become effective on May 17, 2001 (the "Effective Date") and shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 herein.

1.2            Purpose of the Plan .  The purpose of the Plan is to encourage employees to share ideas for new business directions for the Company and to reward them when the idea becomes profitable.

1.3            Duration of the Plan .  The Plan shall commence on the Effective Date, as described in Section 1.1 herein, and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article 13 herein, until all Stock subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Plan's provisions.


Article 2.                      Definitions

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below and, when such meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word is capitalized:

2.1           “ Award ” means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of NQSOs, SARs, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Performance Units, Performance Stock or any other type of award permitted under Article 10 of the Plan.

2.2           “ Award Agreement ” means an agreement entered into by each Participant and the Company, setting forth the terms and provisions applicable to an Award granted to a Participant under the Plan.

2.3           “ Base Value ” of an SAR shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 herein.

2.4           “ Board ” or “ Board of Directors ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 
-1-

 

 
2.5           A “ Change in Control ” shall mean:
 
(a)   The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 2.5; or
 
(b)   Individuals who, as of May 17, 2001, which is the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
 
(c)   Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no
 

 
-2-

 

Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
 
(d)   Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
 
For avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the sale of a subsidiary, operating entity or business unit of the Company shall not constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

2.6           “ Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

2.7           “ Committee “ means the committee, as specified in Article 3, appointed by the Board to administer the Plan with respect to Awards.

2.8           “ Company ” means MDU Resources Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto as provided in Article 15 herein.

2.9           “ Director ” means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.10           “ Disability ” means "permanent and total disability" as defined under Section 22(e)(3) of the Code.

2.11           “ Dividend Equivalent ” means, with respect to Stock subject to an Award, a right to be paid an amount equal to dividends declared on an equal number of outstanding shares of Stock.

2.12           “ Eligible Employee ” means an Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan, as set forth in Section 5.1 herein.

2.13           “ Employee ” means (i) any full-time or regularly-scheduled part-time employee of the Company or a Subsidiary or (ii) any bargaining unit employee covered by a collective bargaining agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.  Directors who are not otherwise employed by the Company or a Subsidiary shall not be considered Employees for purposes of the Plan.  For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company

 
-3-

 

and any one of its Subsidiaries (or between Subsidiaries) shall not be deemed a termination of employment.

2.14           “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

2.15           “ Exercise Period ” means the period during which an SAR or Option is exercisable, as set forth in the related Award Agreement.

2.16           “ Fair Market Value ” means the average of the high and low sale prices as reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system, or, if there was no such sale on the relevant date, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported.

2.17           “ Freestanding SAR ” means an SAR that is granted independently of any Option.

2.18           “ Nonqualified Stock Option ” or “ NQSO ” means an option to purchase Stock, granted under Article 6 herein, which is not intended to be an incentive stock option under Section 422 of the Code.

2.19           “ Option ” means a Nonqualified Stock Option.

2.20           “ Option Exercise Price ” means the price at which Stock may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option, as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Award Agreement.

2.21           “ Participant ” means an Eligible Employee who has outstanding an Award granted under the Plan.

2.22           “ Performance Period ” means the time period during which Performance Unit/Performance Stock performance goals must be met.

2.23           “ Performance Stock ” means an Award described in Article 9 herein.

2.24           “ Performance Unit ” means an Award described in Article 9 herein.

2.25           “ Period of Restriction ” means the period during which the transfer of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units is limited in some way, as provided in Article 8 herein.

2.26           “ Person ” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including usage in the definition of a "group" in Section 13(d) thereof.

2.27           “ Plan ” means the MDU Resources Group, Inc. Group Genius Innovation Plan.

 
-4-

 

2.28           “ Restricted Stock ” means an Award described in Article 8 herein.

2.29           “ Restricted Stock Unit ” means an Award described in Article 8 herein.

2.30           “ Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.31           “ Stock ” means the common stock, $1.00 par value, of the Company.

2.32           “ Stock Appreciation Right ” or “ SAR ” means a right, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as an SAR, to receive a payment on the day the right is exercised, pursuant to the terms of Article 7 herein. Each SAR shall be denominated in terms of one share of Stock.

2.33           “ Subsidiary ” means any corporation (other than the Company) in an unbroken chain of corporations ending with the Company if each of the corporations other than the last corporation in the chain owns stock possessing 50 percent or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock in one of the other corporations in such chain.

2.34           “ Tandem SAR ” means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a share of Stock under the related Option (and when a share of Stock is purchased under the Option, the Tandem SAR shall be similarly canceled).


Article 3.                      Administration

3.1            The Committee .  The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee or by any other committee (the "Committee") appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors.

3.2            Authority of the Committee .  The Committee shall have full power except as limited by law, the Articles of Incorporation or the Bylaws of the Company, subject to such other restricting limitations or directions as may be imposed by the Board and subject to the provisions herein, to determine the Eligible Employees to receive Awards; to determine the size and types of Awards; to determine the terms and conditions of such Awards; to construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for the Plan's administration; and (subject to the provisions of Article 13 herein) to amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award.  Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations which may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authorities as identified hereunder.

 
-5-

 

3.3            Restrictions on Distribution of Stock and Stock Transferability .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Company shall have no liability to deliver any Stock or benefits under the Plan unless such delivery would comply with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, the Securities Act) and applicable requirements of any securities exchange or similar entity and unless the Participant’s tax obligations have been satisfied as set forth in Article 14.  The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Stock acquired pursuant to Awards under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions to comply with applicable Federal securities laws, with the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Stock is then listed and/or traded and with any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Stock.

3.4            Decisions Binding .  All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants and their estates and beneficiaries.

3.5            Costs .  The Company shall pay all costs of administration of the Plan.


Article 4.                      Stock Subject to the Plan

4.1            Number of Shares of Stock .  Subject to Section 4.2 herein, the maximum number shares of Stock available for grant under the Plan shall be 223,150.  Stock underlying lapsed or forfeited Awards, or Awards that are not paid in Stock, may be reused for other Awards.  Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may be (i) authorized but unissued shares of Stock, (ii) treasury Stock or (iii) Stock purchased on the open market.

4.2            Adjustments in Authorized Stock and Awards .  In the event of any equity restructuring such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, the Committee shall cause an equitable adjustment to be made (i) in the number and kind of shares of Stock that may be delivered under the Plan and (ii) with respect to outstanding Awards, in the number and kind of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Awards, the Option Exercise Price, Base Value or other price of shares of Stock subject to outstanding Awards, any performance goals relating to shares of Stock, the market price of Shares, or per-Share results, and other terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, in the case of (i) and (ii) to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.  In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, such as a merger, consolidation or liquidation, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cause an equitable adjustment as described in the foregoing sentence to be made to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.  The number of shares of Stock subject to any Award shall always be rounded down to a whole number when adjustments are made pursuant to this Section 4.2.  Adjustments made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

 
-6-

 



Article 5.                      Eligibility and Participation

5.1            Eligibility .  Persons eligible to participate in the Plan ("Eligible Employees") include all Employees except officers and directors, as determined by the Committee.

5.2            Actual Participation .  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all Eligible Employees those to whom Awards shall be granted.


Article 6.                      Stock Options

6.1            Grant of Options .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Options may be granted to an Eligible Employee at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of shares of Stock subject to Options granted to each Eligible Employee (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Options.

6.2            Option Award Agreement .  Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Option Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Exercise Price, the term of the Option, the number of shares of Stock to which the Option pertains, the Exercise Period and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, including but not limited to any rights to Dividend Equivalents.

6.3            Exercise of and Payment for Options .  Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and shall be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve.

A Participant may exercise an Option at any time during the Exercise Period. Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by provision for full payment for the Stock.

The Committee shall have the authority to establish procedures for payment upon the exercise of Options, which may include, in the Committee's sole discretion, payment  (a) in cash or its equivalent, (b) by tendering previously acquired shares of Stock having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Exercise Price (provided that the Stock that is tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months prior to its tender), (c) by broker-assisted cashless exercise or (d) by a combination of (a), (b) and/or (c).

 
-7-

 

6.4            Termination .  Each Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee (subject to applicable law), shall be included in the Option Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all Options granted pursuant to the Plan or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

6.5            Transferability of Options .  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, all Options granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant, and no Option granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.


Article 7.                      Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1            Grant of SARs .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, an SAR may be granted to an Eligible Employee at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs or any combination of these forms of SARs.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Eligible Employee (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.

The Base Value of a Freestanding SAR shall equal the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of grant of the SAR. The Base Value of Tandem SARs shall equal the Option Exercise Price of the related Option.

7.2            SAR Award Agreement .  Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an SAR Award Agreement that shall specify the number of SARs granted, the Base Value, the term of the SAR, the Exercise Period and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

7.3            Exercise and Payment of SARs .  Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Stock subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option.  A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Stock for which its related Option is then exercisable.

Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them.

A Participant may exercise an SAR at any time during the Exercise Period.  SARs shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of

 
-8-

 

SARs being exercised.  Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount equal to the product of:

 
(a)
the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock on the date of exercise over (ii) the Base Value multiplied by

 
(b)
the number of shares of Stock with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

At the sole discretion of the Committee, the payment to the Participant upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Stock of equivalent value or in some combination thereof.

7.4            Termination .  Each SAR Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the SAR Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all SARs granted pursuant to the Plan or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.

7.5            Transferability of SARs .  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, all SARs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or his or her legal representative, and no SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.


Article 8.                      Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units

8.1            Grant of Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units may be granted to an Eligible Employee at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units granted to each Eligible Employee (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Awards.

8.2            Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement .  Each grant of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement that shall specify the number of shares of Restricted Stock and/or Restricted Stock Units granted, the initial value (if applicable), the Period or Periods of Restriction, and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

 
-9-

 

8.3            Transferability .  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, during the applicable Period of Restriction, a Participant's rights with respect to the Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units granted under the Plan shall be available during the Participant's  lifetime only to such Participant or the Participant's legal representative, and Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.

8.4            Certificates .  No certificates representing Stock shall be issued to a Participant until such time as all restrictions applicable to such Stock have been satisfied.

8.5            Removal of Restrictions .  Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable thereto.  Once Restricted Stock is released from the restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a certificate.  Payment of Restricted Stock Units shall be made after the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable thereto.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay Restricted Stock Units in cash or in Stock (or in a combination thereof), which has an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the Restricted Stock Units.

8.6            Voting Rights .  During the Period of Restriction, Participants may exercise full voting rights with respect to the Restricted Stock.

8.7            Dividends and Other Distributions .  Subject to the Committee's right to determine otherwise at the time of grant, during the Period of Restriction, Participants shall receive all regular cash dividends paid with respect to the Restricted Stock while it is so held.  All other distributions paid with respect to such Restricted Stock shall be credited to Participants subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid and shall be paid to the Participant promptly after the full vesting of the Restricted Stock with respect to which such distributions were made.

Rights, if any, to Dividend Equivalents on Restricted Stock Units shall be established by the Committee at the time of grant and set forth in the Award Agreement.

8.8            Termination .  Each Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive Restricted Stock and/or a Restricted Stock Unit payment following termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all grants of Restricted Stock/Restricted Stock Units or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination.


 
-10-

 

Article 9.                      Performance Units and Performance Stock

9.1            Grant of Performance Units and Performance Stock .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units and/or Performance Stock may be granted to an Eligible Employee at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and/or shares of Performance Stock granted to each Eligible Employee (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Awards.

9.2            Performance Unit/Performance Stock Award Agreement .  Each grant of Performance Units and/or Performance Stock shall be evidenced by a Performance Unit and/or Performance Stock Award Agreement that shall specify the number of Performance Units and/or shares of Performance Stock granted, the initial value (if applicable), the Performance Period, the performance goals and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, including but not limited to any rights to Dividend Equivalents.

9.3            Value of Performance Units/Performance Stock .  Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee at the time of grant.  The value of a share of Performance Stock shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a share of Stock.  The Committee shall set performance goals in its discretion which, depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Units/Performance Stock that will be paid out to the Participants.

9.4            Earning of Performance Units/Performance Stock .  After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the Participant shall be entitled to receive a payout with respect to the Performance Units/Performance Stock earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding performance goals have been achieved.

9.5            Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Performance Stock .  Payment of earned Performance Units/Performance Stock shall be made following the close of the applicable Performance Period.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Performance Stock in cash or in Stock (or in a combination thereof), which has an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Performance Stock at the close of the applicable Performance Period.  Such Stock may be granted subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.

9.6            Termination .  Each Performance Unit/Performance Stock Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive a Performance Unit/Performance Stock payment following termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries during a Performance Period.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with

 
-11-

 

Participants, need not be uniform among all grants of Performance Units/Performance Stock or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on reasons for termination.

9.7            Transferability .  Except as otherwise determined by the Committee, a Participant's rights with respect to Performance Units/Performance Stock granted under the Plan shall be available during the Participant's lifetime only to such Participant or the Participant's legal representative and Performance Units/Performance Stock may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.


Article 10.                      Other Awards

The Committee shall have the right to grant other Awards which may include, without limitation, the grant of Stock based on attainment of performance goals established by the Committee, the payment of Stock in lieu of cash or cash based on attainment of performance goals established by the Committee and the payment of Stock in lieu of cash under other Company incentive or bonus programs.  Payment under or settlement of any such Awards shall be made in such manner and at such times as the Committee may determine.


Article 11.                      Rights of Participants

11.1            Termination . Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant's employment or other relationship with the Company or any Subsidiary at any time, for any reason or no reason in the Company's or the Subsidiary's sole discretion, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of, or otherwise in any relationship with, the Company or any Subsidiary.

11.2            Participation .  No Eligible Person shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.

11.3            Limitation of Implied Rights .  Neither a Participant nor any other Person shall, by reason of the Plan, acquire any right in or title to any assets, funds or property of the Company or any Subsidiary whatsoever, including, without limitation, any specific funds, assets or other property which the Company or any Subsidiary, in their sole discretion, may set aside in anticipation of a liability under the Plan.  A Participant shall have only a contractual right to the Stock or amounts, if any, payable under the Plan, unsecured by any assets of the Company or any Subsidiary.  Nothing contained in the Plan shall constitute a guarantee that the assets of such companies shall be sufficient to pay any benefits to any Person.

Except as otherwise provided in the Plan, no Award under the Plan shall confer upon the holder thereof any right as a stockholder of the Company prior to the date on which the individual fulfills all conditions for receipt of such rights.

 
-12-

 


Article 12.                      Change in Control

The terms of this Article 12 shall immediately become operative, without further action or consent by any person or entity, upon a Change in Control, and once operative shall supersede and take control over any other provisions of this Plan.

Upon a Change in Control

 
(a)
Any and all Options and SARs granted hereunder shall become immediately vested and exercisable;

 
(b)
Any restriction periods and restrictions imposed on Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall be deemed to have expired; such Restricted Stock shall become immediately vested in full and Stock certificates shall be delivered to Participants, and such Restricted Stock Units shall be paid out in cash; and

 
(c)
The target payout opportunity attainable under all outstanding Awards of Performance Units and Performance Stock and any other Awards shall be deemed to have been fully earned for the entire Performance Period(s) as of the effective date of the Change in Control.  All Awards shall become immediately vested.  All Performance Stock and other Awards denominated in Stock shall be paid out in Stock, and all Performance Units and other Awards shall be paid out in cash.


Article 13.                      Amendment, Modification and Termination

13.1            Amendment, Modification and Termination .  The Board may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan in whole or in part.

13.2            Awards Previously Granted .  No termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law and except as otherwise provided herein.


Article 14.                      Withholding

14.1            Tax Withholding .  The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount (including any Stock withheld as provided below) sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local taxes (including the Participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to an Award made under the Plan.

 
-13-

 

14.2            Stock Withholding .  With respect to tax withholding required upon the exercise of Options or SARs, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or upon any other taxable event arising out of or as a result of Awards granted hereunder, Participants may elect to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by tendering Stock held by the Participant or by having the Company withhold Stock having a Fair Market Value equal to the minimum statutory total tax which could be imposed on the transaction.  All elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing and signed by the Participant.


Article 15.                      Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.


Article 16.                      Legal Construction

16.1            Gender and Number .  Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

16.2            Severability .  In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

16.3            Requirements of Law .  The granting of Awards and the issuance of Stock under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

16.4            Governing Law .  To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware, without regard to conflicts of law provisions.


 
-14-

 


WBI HOLDINGS, INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
   ____________________________________________________________


I.               PURPOSE
The purpose of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is to provide an incentive for key executives of WBI Holdings, Inc. (the "Company") and any subsidiaries participating in the Plan (each a "Subsidiary", and together, the "Subsidiaries") to focus their efforts on the achievement of challenging and demanding corporate objectives.  The Plan is designed to reward successful corporate performance calculated from January 1 to December 31 of each Plan Year, as measured against specified performance goals as well as exceptional individual performance.  When corporate or subsidiary performance reaches or exceeds the performance targets and individual performance is exemplary, incentive compensation awards, in conjunction with salaries, will provide a level of compensation which recognizes the skills and efforts of the key executives.

II.            DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Company’s Executive Incentive Compensation Plan Rules and Regulations.

III.            BASIC PLAN CONCEPT
The Plan provides an opportunity to earn annual incentive compensation based on the achievement of specified annual performance objectives.  A target incentive award for each individual within the Plan is established based on the position level and actual base salary, provided, however, that the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") of the Company in its sole discretion may, instead of actual base

 
WBI - 1

 

salary, use the assigned salary grade market value (midpoint) ("Salary").  The target incentive award represents the amount to be paid, subject to the achievement of the performance objective targets established each year.  Larger incentive awards than target may be authorized when performance exceeds targets; lesser or no amounts may be paid when performance is below target.
It is recognized that during a Plan Year major unforeseen changes in economic and environmental conditions or other significant factors beyond the control of management may substantially affect the ability of the Plan Participants to achieve the specified performance goals.  Therefore, in its review of corporate performance the Committee, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of MDU Resources Group, Inc., may modify the performance targets.  However, it is contemplated that such target modifications will be necessary only in years of unusually adverse or favorable external conditions.

IV.               ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee with the assistance of the President of the Company.  The Committee shall approve annually, prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the list of eligible Participants, and the target incentive award level for each position within the Plan.  The Plan's performance targets for the year shall be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during that Plan Year.  The Committee shall have final discretion to determine actual award payment levels, method of payment, and whether or not payments shall be made for any Plan Year.
The Board of Directors of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, supersede or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, provided that no termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way an award that has met all requirements for payment without

 
WBI - 2

 

the written consent of the Participant holding such award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law.

V.               ELIGIBILITY
Key executives of the Company or the Subsidiaries who are determined by the Committee to have a key role in both the establishment and achievement of Company and/or Subsidiary objectives shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant's employment at any time, for any reason or no reason in the Company's or a Subsidiary's sole discretion, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary.  No executive shall have the right to be selected to receive an award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

VI.            PLAN PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Performance measures shall be established that consider shareholder and customer interests.  These measures shall be evaluated annually based on achievement of specified goals.
The performance measure reflective of shareholders' interest will be the percentage attainment of corporate goals, as determined each year by the Committee.  This measure may be applied at the Company level for some individuals, such as the President, whose major or sole impact is Company-wide, or at the Subsidiary level for individuals whose major or sole impact is on Subsidiary results.
Individual performance will be assessed based on the achievement of annually established individual objectives.
Threshold, target and maximum award levels will be established annually for each performance measure. The Committee

 
WBI - 3

 

will retain the right to make all interpretations as to the actual attainment of the desired results and will determine whether any circumstances beyond the control of management need to be considered.

VII.            TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS
Target incentive awards will be expressed as a percentage of each Participant's Salary.  These percentages shall vary by position and reflect larger reward opportunity for positions having greater effect on the establishment and accomplishment of the Company's or a Subsidiary's objectives.  A schedule showing the target awards as a percentage of Salary for eligible positions will be prepared by the Committee for each Plan Year.

VIII.               INCENTIVE FUND DETERMINATION
The target incentive fund is the sum of the individual target incentive awards for all eligible Participants.  Once the incentive targets have been determined by the Committee, a target incentive fund shall be established and accrued ratably by the Company.  The incentive fund and accruals may be adjusted during the year.
After the close of each Plan Year, the Company will prepare an analysis showing the Company's and each Subsidiary's performance in relation to each of the performance measures employed.  This will be provided to the Committee for review and comparison to threshold, target and maximum performance levels.  In addition, any recommendations of the President will be presented at this time.  The Committee will then determine the amount of the target incentive fund earned.

IX.               INDIVIDUAL AWARD DETERMINATION
Each individual Participant's award will be based first upon the level of performance achieved by the Company and/or the

 
WBI - 4

 

Subsidiary and secondly based upon the individual's performance.  The criteria applicable for assessing individual performance will be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year.  The assessment by the Committee, after consultation with the President, of achievement relative to the established criteria, as determined by a percentage from 0 percent to 200 percent, will be applied to the Participant's target incentive award which has been first adjusted for Company or Subsidiary performance.

X.            PAYMENT OF AWARDS
Except as provided below or as otherwise determined by the Committee, in order to receive an award under the Plan, the Participant must remain in the employment of the Company or the Subsidiary for the entire Service Year.  If a Participant terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Company's Bylaws which provides for mandatory retirement for certain officers on their 65th birthday (or terminates employment with a Subsidiary pursuant to a similar Subsidiary Bylaw provision) and if the Participant's 65th birthday occurs during the Service Year, determination of whether the performance measures have been met will be made at the end of the Service Year, and to the extent met, payment of the award will be made to the Participant, prorated.  Proration of awards shall be based upon the number of full months elapsed from and including January to and including the month in which the Participant's 65th birthday occurs.  The prorated award shall be paid as soon as practicable in the year following the Service Year, but in all events between January 1 and March 10.
A Participant who transfers between the Company or a Subsidiary and another company in the MDU Resources Group, Inc. system may receive a prorated award at the discretion of the Committee.

 
WBI - 5

 

Payments made under this Plan will not be considered part of compensation for pension purposes.  Payments will be made in cash as soon as practicable in the year following the Service Year, but in all events between January 1 and March 10.  Incentive awards may be deferred if the appropriate elections have been executed prior to the beginning of the Service Year.  A deferral election will be effective only for the incentive award earned in the Service Year following the Plan Year in which the election is made.  Deferral elections may not be changed or revoked after the Service Year begins.  Deferred amounts shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the Rules and Regulations, as amended, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the deferral election forms pursuant to which the amounts were deferred.  Deferred amounts will accrue interest at a rate determined annually by the Committee and specified in the Rules and Regulations.
In the event of a "Change in Control" (as defined by the Committee in its Rules and Regulations), any award deferred by a Participant shall become immediately payable to the Participant in cash, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of payment.  In the event the Participant files suit to collect the Participant's deferred award, all of the court costs, other expenses of litigation, and attorneys' fees shall be paid by the Company in the event the Participant prevails upon any of the Participant's claims for payment of a deferred award.

XI.            ACCOUNTING RESTATEMENTS
This Section XI shall apply only to incentive awards granted to Participants in the Plan who are employees of the Company.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the Plan's Rules and Regulations to the contrary, if the Company's audited financial statements are restated, the Committee may, in accordance with the Company's Guidelines for Repayment of Incentives Due to

 
WBI - 6

 

Accounting Restatements , take such actions as it deems appropriate (in its sole discretion) with respect to
 (a)           unpaid incentive awards under the Plan (including incentive awards relating to completed Plan Years, but with respect to which payments have not yet been made or deferred) ("Outstanding Awards") and
(b)           prior incentive awards that were paid (or deferred) within the 3 year period preceding the restatement ("Prior Awards"), provided such Prior Awards were not paid prior to the date the Plan was amended to add this Section XI,
if the calculation of the amounts payable, paid or deferred under such awards are, or would have been, directly impacted by the restatement, including, without limitation, (i) securing (or causing to be secured) repayment of some or all payments made pursuant to (or deferrals relating to) Prior Awards, (ii) making (or causing to be made) additional payments (or crediting additional deferrals), (iii) reducing or otherwise adjusting the amount payable pursuant to Outstanding Awards and/or (iv) causing the forfeiture of Outstanding Awards.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, take different actions pursuant to this Section XI with respect to different awards, different Participants (or beneficiaries) and/or different classes of awards or Participants (or beneficiaries).  The Committee has no obligation to take any action permitted by this Section XI.  The Committee may consider any factors it chooses in taking (or determining whether to take) any action permitted by this Section XI, including, without limitation, the following:
(A)           The reason for the restatement of the financial statements;
(B)           The amount of time between the initial publication and subsequent restatement of the financial statements; and
(C)           The Participant's current employment status, and the viability of successfully obtaining repayment.

 
WBI - 7

 

If the Committee requires repayment of all or part of a Prior Award, the amount of repayment may be based on, among other things, the difference between the amount paid to the individual and the amount that the Committee determines in its sole discretion should have been paid based on the restated results.  The Committee shall determine whether repayment shall be effected (i) by seeking repayment from the Participant, (ii) by reducing (subject to applicable law and the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program or arrangement) the amount that would otherwise be provided to the Participant under any compensatory plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) by withholding payment of future increases in compensation (including the payment of any discretionary bonus amount) or grants of compensatory awards that would otherwise have been made in accordance with the Company's otherwise applicable compensation practices, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.  Additionally, by accepting an incentive award under the Plan, Participants acknowledge and agree that the Committee may take any actions permitted by this Section XI with respect to Outstanding Awards to the extent repayment is to be made pursuant to another plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates.


 
WBI - 8

 

WBI HOLDINGS, INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of WBI Holdings, Inc. (formerly known as Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline Company) (the "Company") hereby adopts the following Rules and Regulations for the administration of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan").

I.               DEFINITIONS
The following definitions shall be used for purposes of these Rules and Regulations and for the purpose of administering the Plan:

 
1.
The "Committee" shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 
2.
The "Company" shall refer to WBI Holdings, Inc.

 
3.
"Participants" for any Plan Year shall be those key executives of the Company or Subsidiaries who have been approved by the Committee as eligible for participation in the Plan for such Plan Year.

 
4.
"Payment Date" shall be the date set by the Committee for payment of awards, other than those awards deferred pursuant to Section X of the Plan and Section VII of these Rules and Regulations.

 
5.
The "Plan" shall refer to the Company Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

6.         The "Plan Year" shall be January 1 through December 31.

 
7.
"Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following transactions or events: (a) any person (which shall not include the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company) ("Person") or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing
 

 
WBI - 9

 

30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; (b) any Person or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company (this part (b) applies only when there is a transfer of stock of the Company and the Company's stock remains outstanding after the transaction); (c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or (d) any Person or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.
 
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no transaction or event shall constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan unless the transaction or event constitutes a change in the ownership of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)), a change in effective control of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)) or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)) and the term Change in Control shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the proper interpretation of the similar provisions in the Section 409A Treasury Regulations.
 
 
8.
The "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 
9.
The “Moody’s Rate” is defined as the average of (i) the number that results from adding the daily Moody’s U.S. Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Average for “A” rated companies as of the last day of each month for the 12-month period ending October 31 and dividing by 12 and (ii) the number that results from adding the daily Moody’s U.S. Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Average for “BBB” rated companies as of the last day of each month

 
WBI - 10

 

for the 12-month period ending October 31 and dividing by 12.

 
10.
"Retirement" means the later of the day the Participant attains age 55 or the day the Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company, MDU Resources Group, Inc. or any subsidiary of MDU Resources Group, Inc.

 
11.
"Service Year" means the Plan Year during which the services giving rise to the incentive award are performed.

 
12.
"Subsidiary" means any subsidiary of the Company participating in the Plan.

 
13.
"Specified Employee" means an employee who, as of the date the employee separates from service, is a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code), as determined under the Company's policy for determining specified employees.

II.               ADMINISTRATION

 
1.
The Committee shall have the full power to construe and interpret the Plan and to establish and to amend these Rules and Regulations for its administration.

 
2.
No member of the Committee shall participate in a decision as to that member's own eligibility for, or award of, an incentive award payment.

 
3.
Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the Committee shall approve a list of eligible key executives and notify those so approved that they are eligible to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year.

 
4.
No later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year, the Committee shall approve an Annual Operating Plan.  The Annual Operating Plan shall include the Plan’s performance measures and target incentive award levels for each salary grade covered by the Plan for the Plan Year.  The Plan’s performance targets for the year shall be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year.  The Annual Operating Plan, insofar as it is relevant to each individual Participant, shall be made available by the Committee to each Participant in the Plan.

 
5.
The Committee shall have final discretion to determine actual award payment levels and whether or not payments shall be made for any Plan Year.  However, unless the

 
WBI - 11

 

Plan's performance objectives are met for the Plan Year, no award shall be made for that Plan Year.  Performance targets modified pursuant to Section III of the Plan will be deemed performance targets for purposes of determining whether or not these targets have been met.

III.            PLAN PERFORMANCE MEASURES

 
1.
The Committee shall establish the percentage attainment of corporate performance measure and the percentage attainment of individual goals measure.  The Committee may establish more or fewer performance measures as it deems necessary.

 
2.
The corporate performance measure may be set by reference to earnings, return on invested capital or any other measure or combination of measures deemed appropriate by the Committee.  It may be established for the Company or for a Subsidiary.

 
3.
Individual performance will be assessed based on the achievement of annually established individual objectives.

 
4.
Plan performance measures may be applied at the Company level for individuals such as the President whose major or sole impact is Company-wide, or at the Subsidiary level for individuals whose major or sole impact is on Subsidiary results.  The Annual Operating Plan shall contain a list of individuals to whom the Plan performance measures will be applied at the Company level and a list of those individuals for whom the Plan performance measures will be applied at the Subsidiary level.  The relevant Subsidiary for each individual will be identified.

 
5.
The Committee shall set threshold, target and maximum award levels for the performance measures for each Subsidiary and for the Company.  Those levels shall be included in the Annual Operating Plan.

 
6.
The Committee will retain the authority to determine whether or not the actual attainment of these measures has been made.

IV.            TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS

 
1.
Target incentive awards will be a percentage of each Participant's Salary, as defined in the Plan.

 
2.
Target incentive awards shall be set by the Committee

 
WBI - 12

 

annually and will be included in the Annual Operating Plan.

 V.               INCENTIVE FUND DETERMINATION

 
1.
The target incentive fund is the sum of the individual target incentive awards for all eligible Participants.

 
2.
Once individual incentive targets have been determined, a target incentive fund shall be established and accrued ratably by the Company.  The incentive fund and accruals may be adjusted during the year.

 
3.
As soon as practicable following the close of each Plan Year, the President will provide the Committee with an analysis showing the Company's and each Subsidiary's performance in relation to the performance measures.  The Committee will review the analysis and determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of the actual incentive fund.

 
4.
In determining the actual incentive fund, the Committee may consider any recommendations of the President.

VI.               INDIVIDUAL AWARD DETERMINATION

 
1.
The Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine each individual Participant's award.  The Committee's decision will be based first upon the level of performance achieved by the Company and/or the Subsidiary and secondly upon the individual's performance.

 
2.
The Committee, after consultation with the President, shall set the award as a percentage from 0 percent to 200 percent of the Participant's target incentive award, adjusted for Company or Subsidiary performance.

VII.               PAYMENT OF AWARDS

 
1.
On the date the Committee determines the awards to be made to individual Participants, it shall also establish the Payment Date.

 
2.
Except as provided below or as the Committee otherwise determines, in order to receive an award under the Plan, a Participant must remain in the employment of the Company or the Subsidiary for the entire Service Year.

 
3.
A Participant who transfers between the Company or a Subsidiary and another company in the MDU Resources

 
WBI - 13

 

Group, Inc. system may receive a prorated award at the discretion of the Committee.

 
4.
If a Participant terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Company's Bylaws which provides for mandatory retirement for certain officers on their 65 th birthday (or terminates employment with a Subsidiary pursuant to a similar Subsidiary Bylaw provision) and if the Participant's 65 th birthday occurs during the Service Year, determination of whether the performance measures have been met will be made at the end of the Service Year, and to the extent met, payment of the award will be made to the Participant, prorated.  Proration of awards shall be based upon the number of full months elapsed from and including January to and including the month in which the Participant's 65 th birthday occurs.

 
5.
Payment of the award shall be made in cash.  Payments shall be made on the Payment Date unless the Participant has deferred, in whole or in part, the receipt of the award by making an election on the deferral form   attached hereto, prior to the beginning of the Service Year.  Deferral elections may not be changed or revoked after the Service Year begins.

 
6.
In the event a Participant has elected to defer receipt of all or a portion of the award, the Company shall set up an account in the Participant's name.  The amount of the Participant's award to the extent deferred will be credited to the Participant's account on the Payment Date.

 
7.
The balance credited to an account of a Participant who has elected to defer receipt of an award will be an unsecured, unfunded obligation of the Company.

 
8.
Interest shall accrue on the balance credited to a Participant's account from the date the balance is credited.  Effective January 1, 2009, the rate of interest for each Plan Year shall be the Moody’s Rate.

 
9.
Interest shall be compounded and credited to the account monthly.

 
10.
A Participant may elect to defer any percentage, not to exceed l00, of an annual award.

 
11.
A Participant electing to defer any part of an award must elect one of the following dates on which (a) payment will be made, if payment will be made in a lump

 
WBI - 14

 

sum or (b) payments will commence, if payment will be made in monthly installments:

 
(a)
Between January 1 and March 10 next following termination of employment with the Company or an affiliated company; or

 
(b)
Between January 1 and March 10 of the fifth year following the year in which the award would have been paid had it not been deferred.

For Participants who previously elected to have payments made or commence on the Payment Date next following termination of employment, their payments will be made or commence between January 1 and March 10 next following their termination of employment with the Company or an affiliated company.  For Participants who elected to have payments made or commence on the Payment Date of the fifth year following the year in which the award may be made, their payments will be made or commence between January 1 and March 10 of the fifth year following the year in which the award would have been paid had it not been deferred.

 
12.
At the same time a Participant makes a deferral election, a Participant may elect to receive the deferred amounts accumulated in the Participant's account in monthly installments, not to exceed 120.  In the event the Participant elects to receive the amounts in the Participant's account in more than one installment, interest shall continue to accrue on the balance remaining in their account at the applicable rate or rates determined annually by the Committee.

 
13.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or these Rules and Regulations to the contrary, if a Specified Employee's employment terminates, to the extent required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 14 below of this Section VII of these Rules and Regulations, payment of any deferred amounts under the Plan that are to be paid during the 6-month period following the Specified Employee's termination of employment shall not be paid or provided until the first business day after the date that is 6 months following the Specified Employee's termination of employment.  Any payment that is made pursuant to the prior sentence shall include the cumulative amount of any amounts that could not be paid during the 6-month period following the Specified Employee's termination of employment.  To the extent payments are deferred pursuant to the prior sentence, such deferred amounts shall continue to accrue interest

 
WBI - 15

 

pursuant to Section VII of these Rules and Regulations until payment occurs.

For all purposes under the Plan and these Rules and Regulations, references to termination of employment and similar terms shall be interpreted to mean "separation from service," as that term is used in Section 409A of the Code, and the Participant's employment shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of the Plan or these Rules and Regulations unless and until a separation from service shall have occurred for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.

 
14.
In the event of the death of a Participant in whose name a deferred account has been set up, the Company shall, within 90 days thereafter, pay to the Participant's estate or the designated beneficiary the entire amount in the deferred account.

 
15.
In the event of a Change in Control any award deferred by a Participant shall become immediately payable to the Participant.  In the event the Participant files suit to collect a deferred award, all of the Participant's court costs, other expenses of litigation, and attorneys' fees shall be paid by the Company in the event the Participant prevails upon any of the claims for payment.


 
WBI - 16

 

PAYROLL ELECTION FORM

Election for Deferred Compensation
and Beneficiary Designation


Pursuant to the WBI Holdings, Inc. Executive Incentive
 Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), I elect to defer
receipt of ____________________ percent of the cash
                      (not to exceed 100)
 
portion of any award which may be payable to me in 2011 for Plan
 
Year incentive earned in 2010 , until the event specified below:
Check one:
Between January 1 and March 10 of the year
following the year I cease to be an employee
of  WBI Holdings, Inc. or an affiliated
_______                               company.

_______                                Between January 1 and March 10 of 2016.


I elect to receive any amounts deferred pursuant to the
designation above and accumulated in my account in
                        monthly installments.
(not to exceed 120)
 
In the event of my death prior to receipt of the balance of
such accumulated amounts, I designate
                                          whose address is
                                          as my beneficiary
to receive such balance.

 
 

 


I understand that this election shall become irrevocable on December 31, 2009.  I further understand that (1) if I am a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) when my employment terminates, to the extent required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B), payment of any deferred amounts under the Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code and that are to be paid during the 6 month period following my termination of employment shall not be paid or provided until the first business day after the date that is 6 months following termination of my employment or, if earlier, within 90 days after my death and (2) for purposes of this election form, I shall not be deemed to have terminated employment with WBI Holdings, Inc. or an affiliated company unless and until a "separation from service" (as that term is used in Section 409A of the Code) shall have occurred.

____________________                                          ____________________
(Print Name)                                                                 (Signature)




                                                                                         ____________________
             (Date)

 
2

 


KNIFE RIVER CORPORATION

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
_________________________________________________________

I.            PURPOSE
The purpose of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is to provide an incentive for key executives of Knife River Corporation (the "Company") and any subsidiaries participating in the Plan (each a "Subsidiary", and together, the "Subsidiaries") to focus their efforts on the achievement of challenging and demanding corporate objectives.  The Plan is designed to reward successful corporate performance calculated from January 1 to December 31 of each Plan Year, as measured against specified performance goals as well as exceptional individual performance.  When corporate or subsidiary performance reaches or exceeds the performance targets and individual performance is exemplary, incentive compensation awards, in conjunction with salaries, will provide a level of compensation which recognizes the skills and efforts of the key executives.

II.            DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Company’s Executive Incentive Compensation Plan Rules and Regulations.

III.            BASIC PLAN CONCEPT
The Plan provides an opportunity to earn annual incentive compensation based on the achievement of specified annual performance objectives.  A target incentive award for each

 
KR-1

 

individual within the Plan is established based on the position level and actual base salary, provided, however, that the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Committee") of the Company in its sole discretion may, instead of actual base salary, use the assigned salary grade market value (midpoint) ("Salary").  The target incentive award represents the amount to be paid, subject to the achievement of the performance objective targets established each year.  Larger incentive awards than target may be authorized when performance exceeds targets; lesser or no amounts may be paid when performance is below target.
It is recognized that during a Plan Year major unforeseen changes in economic and environmental conditions or other significant factors beyond the control of management may substantially affect the ability of the Plan Participants to achieve the specified performance goals.  Therefore, in its review of corporate performance the Committee, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of MDU Resources Group, Inc., may modify the performance targets.  However, it is contemplated that such target modifications will be necessary only in years of unusually adverse or favorable external conditions.

IV.            ADMINISTRATION
The Plan shall be administered by the Committee with the assistance of the President of the Company.  The Committee shall approve annually, prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the list of eligible Participants, and the target incentive award level for each position within the Plan.  The Plan's performance targets for the year shall be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during that Plan

 
KR-2

 

Year.  The Committee shall have final discretion to determine actual award payment levels, method of payment, and whether or not payments shall be made for any Plan Year.
The Board of Directors of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, supersede or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, provided that no termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way an award that has met all requirements for payment without the written consent of the Participant holding such award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law.

V.            ELIGIBILITY
Key executives of the Company or the Subsidiaries who are determined by the Committee to have a key role in both the establishment and achievement of Company and/or Subsidiary objectives shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company or any Subsidiary to terminate any Participant's employment at any time, for any reason or no reason in the Company's or a Subsidiary's sole discretion, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company or any Subsidiary.  No executive shall have the right to be selected to receive an award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.


 
KR-3

 

VI.            PLAN PERFORMANCE MEASURES
Performance measures shall be established that consider shareholder and customer interests.  These measures shall be evaluated annually based on achievement of specified goals.
The performance measure reflective of shareholders' interest will be the percentage attainment of corporate goals, as determined each year by the Committee.  This measure may be applied at the Company level for some individuals, such as the President, whose major or sole impact is Company-wide, or at the Subsidiary level for individuals whose major or sole impact is on Subsidiary results.
Individual performance will be assessed based on the achievement of annually established individual objectives.
Threshold, target and maximum award levels will be established annually for each performance measure.  The Committee will retain the right to make all interpretations as to the actual attainment of the desired results and will determine whether any circumstances beyond the control of management need to be considered.

VII.            TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS
Target incentive awards will be expressed as a percentage of each Participant's Salary.  These percentages shall vary by position and reflect larger reward opportunity for positions having greater effect on the establishment and accomplishment of the Company's or a Subsidiary's objectives.  A schedule showing the target awards as a percentage of Salary for eligible positions will be prepared by the Committee for each Plan Year.


 
KR-4

 

VIII.          INCENTIVE FUND DETERMINATION
The target incentive fund is the sum of the individual target incentive awards for all eligible Participants.  Once the incentive targets have been determined by the Committee, a target incentive fund shall be established and accrued ratably by the Company.  The incentive fund and accruals may be adjusted during the year.
After the close of each Plan Year, the Company will prepare an analysis showing the Company's and each Subsidiary's performance in relation to each of the performance measures employed.  This will be provided to the Committee for review and comparison to threshold, target and maximum performance levels.  In addition, any recommendations of the President will be presented at this time.  The Committee will then determine the amount of the target incentive fund earned.

IX.            INDIVIDUAL AWARD DETERMINATION
Each individual Participant's award will be based first upon the level of performance achieved by the Company and/or the Subsidiary and secondly based upon the individual's performance.  The criteria applicable for assessing individual performance will be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year.  The assessment by the Committee, after consultation with the President, of achievement relative to the established criteria, as determined by a percentage from 0 percent to 200 percent, will be applied to the Participant's target incentive award which has been first adjusted for Company or Subsidiary performance.

 
KR-5

 

X.            PAYMENT OF AWARDS
Except as provided below or as otherwise determined by the Committee, in order to receive an award under the Plan, the Participant must remain in the employment of the Company or the Subsidiary for the entire Service Year.  If a Participant terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Company's Bylaws which provides for mandatory retirement for certain officers on their 65th birthday (or terminates employment with a Subsidiary pursuant to a similar Subsidiary Bylaw provision) and if the Participant's 65th birthday occurs during the Service Year, determination of whether the performance measures have been met will be made at the end of the Service Year, and to the extent met, payment of the award will be made to the Participant, prorated.  Proration of awards shall be based upon the number of full months elapsed from and including January to and including the month in which the Participant's 65th birthday occurs.  The prorated award shall be paid as soon as practicable in the year following the Service Year, but in all events between January 1 and March 10.
A Participant who transfers between the Company or a Subsidiary and another company in the MDU Resources Group, Inc. system may receive a prorated award at the discretion of the Committee.
Payments made under this Plan will not be considered part of compensation for pension purposes.  Payments will be made in cash as soon as practicable in the year following the Service Year, but in all events between January 1 and March 10.  Incentive awards may be deferred if the appropriate elections have been executed prior to the beginning of the Service Year.  A deferral election will be effective only for the incentive

 
KR-6

 

award earned in the Service Year following the Plan Year in which the election is made.  Deferral elections may not be changed or revoked after the Service Year begins.  Deferred amounts shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the Rules and Regulations, as amended, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the deferral election forms pursuant to which the amounts were deferred.  Deferred amounts will accrue interest at a rate determined annually by the Committee and specified in the Rules and Regulations.
In the event of a "Change in Control" (as defined by the Committee in its Rules and Regulations), any award deferred by a Participant shall become immediately payable to the Participant in cash, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of payment.  In the event the Participant files suit to collect the Participant's deferred award, all of the court costs, other expenses of litigation, and attorneys' fees shall be paid by the Company in the event the Participant prevails upon any of the Participant's claims for payment of a deferred award.

XI.            ACCOUNTING RESTATEMENTS
This Section XI shall apply only to incentive awards granted to Participants in the Plan who are employees of the Company.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the Plan's Rules and Regulations to the contrary, if the Company's audited financial statements are restated, the Committee may, in accordance with the Company's Guidelines for Repayment of Incentives Due to Accounting Restatements , take such actions as it deems appropriate (in its sole discretion) with respect to
(a)           unpaid incentive awards under the Plan (including incentive awards relating to completed Plan Years, but with

 
KR-7

 

respect to which payments have not yet been made or deferred) ("Outstanding Awards") and
(b)           prior incentive awards that were paid (or deferred) within the 3 year period preceding the restatement ("Prior Awards"), provided such Prior Awards were not paid prior to the date the Plan was amended to add this Section XI,
if the calculation of the amounts payable, paid or deferred under such awards are, or would have been, directly impacted by the restatement, including, without limitation, (i) securing (or causing to be secured) repayment of some or all payments made pursuant to (or deferrals relating to) Prior Awards, (ii) making (or causing to be made) additional payments (or crediting additional deferrals), (iii) reducing or otherwise adjusting the amount payable pursuant to Outstanding Awards and/or (iv) causing the forfeiture of Outstanding Awards.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, take different actions pursuant to this Section XI with respect to different awards, different Participants (or beneficiaries) and/or different classes of awards or Participants (or beneficiaries).  The Committee has no obligation to take any action permitted by this Section XI.  The Committee may consider any factors it chooses in taking (or determining whether to take) any action permitted by this Section XI, including, without limitation, the following:
(A)           The reason for the restatement of the financial statements;
(B)           The amount of time between the initial publication and subsequent restatement of the financial statements; and
(C)           The Participant's current employment status, and the viability of successfully obtaining repayment.

 
KR-8

 

If the Committee requires repayment of all or part of a Prior Award, the amount of repayment may be based on, among other things, the difference between the amount paid to the individual and the amount that the Committee determines in its sole discretion should have been paid based on the restated results.  The Committee shall determine whether repayment shall be effected (i) by seeking repayment from the Participant, (ii) by reducing (subject to applicable law and the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program or arrangement) the amount that would otherwise be provided to the Participant under any compensatory plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) by withholding payment of future increases in compensation (including the payment of any discretionary bonus amount) or grants of compensatory awards that would otherwise have been made in accordance with the Company's otherwise applicable compensation practices, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.  Additionally, by accepting an incentive award under the Plan, Participants acknowledge and agree that the Committee may take any actions permitted by this Section XI with respect to Outstanding Awards to the extent repayment is to be made pursuant to another plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates.


 
KR-9

 

KNIFE RIVER CORPORATION

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

RULES AND REGULATIONS
__________________________________________________


The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Knife River Corporation (formerly known as Knife River Coal Mining Company) (the "Company") hereby adopts the following Rules and Regulations for the administration of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan").

I.
DEFINITIONS

The following definitions shall be used for purposes of these Rules and Regulations and for the purpose of administering the Plan:

 
1.
The "Committee" shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.

 
2.
The "Company" shall refer to Knife River Corporation.

 
3.
"Participants" for any Plan Year shall be those key executives of the Company or Subsidiaries who have been approved by the Committee as eligible for participation in the Plan for such Plan Year.

 
4.
"Payment Date" shall be the date set by the Committee for payment of awards pursuant to Section X of the Plan, other than those awards deferred pursuant to Section X of the Plan and Section VII of these Rules and Regulations.

 
5.
The "Plan" shall refer to the Knife River Corporation Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.

 
6.
The "Plan Year" shall be January 1 through December 31.

 
7.
"Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following transactions or events: (a) any person (which shall not include the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company) ("Person") or
 

 
KR-10

 

group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; (b) any Person or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company (this part (b) applies only when there is a transfer of stock of the Company and the Company's stock remains outstanding after the transaction); (c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or (d) any Person or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.
 
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no transaction or event shall constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan unless the transaction or event constitutes a change in the ownership of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)), a change in effective control of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)) or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vii)) and the term Change in Control shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the proper interpretation of the similar provisions in the Section 409A Treasury Regulations.
 
 
8.
The "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 
9.
The “Moody’s Rate” is defined as the average of (i) the number that results from adding the daily Moody’s U.S. Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Average for “A” rated

 
KR-11

 

companies as of the last day of each month for the 12-month period ending October 31 and dividing by 12 and (ii) the number that results from adding the daily Moody’s U.S. Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Average for “BBB” rated companies as of the last day of each month for the 12-month period ending October 31 and dividing by 12.

 
10.
" Retirement " means the later of the day the Participant attains age 55 or the day the Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company, MDU Resources Group, Inc. or any Subsidiary of MDU Resources Group, Inc.

 
11.
"Service Year" means the Plan Year during which the services giving rise to the incentive award are performed.

 
12.
“Specified Employee” means an employee who, as of the date the employee separates from service, is a "specified employee" (as that term is used in Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code), as determined under the Company's policy for determining specified employees.

 
13.
" Subsidiary " means any Subsidiary of the Company participating in the Plan.


II.
ADMINISTRATION

 
1.
The Committee shall have the full power to construe and interpret the Plan and to establish and to amend these Rules and Regulations for its administration.

 
2.
No member of the Committee shall participate in a decision as to that member's own eligibility for, or award of, an incentive award payment.

 
3.
Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the Committee shall approve a list of eligible key executives and notify those so approved that they are eligible to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year.

 
4.
No later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year, the Committee shall approve an Annual Operating Plan.  The Annual Operating Plan shall include the Plan’s performance measures and target incentive award levels for each salary grade covered by the Plan for the Plan Year.  The Plan’s performance targets for the year shall be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting

 
KR-12

 

during the Plan Year.  The Annual Operating Plan, insofar as it is relevant to each individual Participant, shall be made available by the Committee to each Participant in the Plan.

 
5.
The Committee shall have final discretion to determine actual award payment levels and whether or not payments shall be made for any Plan Year.  However, unless the Plan's performance objectives are met for the Plan Year, no award shall be made for that Plan Year.  Performance targets modified pursuant to Section III of the Plan will be deemed performance targets for purposes of determining whether or not these targets have been met.

III.
PLAN PERFORMANCE MEASURES

 
1.
The Committee shall establish the percentage attainment of corporate performance measure and the percentage attainment of individual goals measure.  The Committee may establish more or fewer performance measures as it deems necessary.

 
2.
The corporate performance measure may be set by reference to earnings, return on invested capital or any other measure or combination of measures deemed appropriate by the Committee.  It may be established for the Company or for a Subsidiary.

 
3.
Individual performance will be assessed based on the achievement of annually established individual objectives.

 
4.
Plan performance measures may be applied at the Company level for individuals such as the President whose major or sole impact is Company-wide, or at the Subsidiary level for individuals whose major or sole impact is on Subsidiary results.  The Annual Operating Plan shall contain a list of individuals to whom the Plan performance measures will be applied at the Company level and a list of those individuals for whom the Plan performance measures will be applied at the Subsidiary level.  The relevant Subsidiary for each individual will be identified.

 
5.
The Committee shall set threshold, target and maximum award levels for the performance measures, for each Subsidiary and for the Company.  Those levels shall be included in the Annual Operating Plan.

 
KR-13

 

 
6.
The Committee will retain the authority to determine whether or not the actual attainment of these measures has been made.

IV.
TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS

 
1.
Target incentive awards will be a percentage of each Participant's Salary, as defined in the Plan.

 
2.
Target incentive awards shall be set by the Committee annually and will be included in the Annual Operating Plan.

V.
INCENTIVE FUND DETERMINATION

 
1.
The target incentive fund is the sum of the individual target incentive awards for all eligible Participants.

 
2.
Once individual incentive targets have been determined, a target incentive fund shall be established and accrued ratably by the Company.  The incentive fund and accruals may be adjusted during the year.

 
3.
As soon as practicable following the close of each Plan Year, the President will provide the Committee with an analysis showing the Company's and each Subsidiary's performance in relation to the performance measures.  The Committee will review the analysis and determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of the actual incentive fund.

 
4.
In determining the actual incentive fund, the Committee may consider any recommendations of the President.

VI.
INDIVIDUAL AWARD DETERMINATION

 
1.
The Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine each individual Participant's award.  The Committee's decision will be based first upon the level of performance achieved by the Company and/or the Subsidiary and secondly upon the individual's performance.

 
2.
The Committee, after consultation with the President, shall set the award as a percentage from 0 percent to 200 percent of the Participant's target incentive award, adjusted for Company or Subsidiary performance.


 
KR-14

 

VII.
PAYMENT OF AWARDS

 
1.
On the date the Committee determines the awards to be made to individual Participants, it shall also establish the Payment Date.

 
2.
Except as provided below or as the Committee otherwise determines, in order to receive an award under the Plan, a Participant must remain in the employment of the Company or the Subsidiary for the entire Service Year.

 
3.
A Participant who transfers between the Company or a Subsidiary and another company in the MDU Resources Group, Inc. system may receive a prorated award at the discretion of the Committee.

 
4.
If a Participant terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Company's Bylaws which provides for mandatory retirement for certain officers on their 65 th birthday (or terminates employment with a Subsidiary pursuant to a similar Subsidiary Bylaw provision) and if the Participant's 65 th birthday occurs during the Service Year, determination of whether the performance measures have been met will be made at the end of the Service Year, and to the extent met, payment of the award will be made to the Participant, prorated.  Proration of awards shall be based upon the number of full months elapsed from and including January to and including the month in which the Participant's 65 th birthday occurs.

 
5.
Payment of the award shall be made in cash.  Payments shall be made on the Payment Date unless the Participant has deferred, in whole or in part, the receipt of the award by making an election on the deferral form attached hereto, prior to the beginning of the Service Year.  Deferral elections may not be changed or revoked after the Service Year begins.

 
6.
In the event a Participant has elected to defer receipt of all or a portion of the award, the Company shall set up an account in the Participant's name.  The amount of the Participant's award to the extent deferred will be credited to the Participant's account on the Payment Date.

 
7.
The balance credited to an account of a Participant who has elected to defer receipt of an award will be an unsecured, unfunded obligation of the Company.

 
KR-15

 

 
8.
Interest shall accrue on the balance credited to a Participant's account from the date the balance is credited.  Effective January 1, 2009, the rate of interest for each Plan Year shall be the Moody’s Rate.

 
9.
Interest shall be compounded and credited to the account monthly.

 
10.
A Participant may elect to defer any percentage, not to exceed 100, of an annual award.

 
11.
A Participant electing to defer any part of an award must elect one of the following dates on which (a) payment will be made, if payment will be in a lump sum or (b) payments will commence, if payment will be made in monthly installments:

 
(a)
Between January 1 and March 10 next following termination of employment with the Company or an affiliated company; or

 
(b)
Between January 1 and March 10 of the fifth year following the year in which the award would have been paid had it not been deferred.

For Participants who previously elected to have payments made or commence on the Payment Date next following termination of employment, their payments will be made or commence between January 1 and March 10 next following their termination of employment with the Company or an affiliated company.  For Participants who elected to have payments made or commence on the Payment Date of the fifth year following the year in which the award may be made, their payments will be made or commence between January 1 and March 10 of the fifth year following the year in which the award would have been paid had it not been deferred.

 
12.
At the same time a Participant makes a deferral election, a Participant may elect to receive the deferred amounts accumulated in the Participant's account in monthly installments, not to exceed 120.  In the event the Participant elects to receive the amounts in the Participant's account in more than one installment, interest shall continue to accrue on the balance remaining in their account at the applicable rate or rates determined annually by the Committee.

 
13.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or these Rules and Regulations to the contrary, if a Specified Employee's employment terminates, to the extent

 
KR-16

 

required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 14 below of this Section VII of these Rules and Regulations, payment of any deferred amounts under the Plan that are to be paid during the 6 month period following the Specified Employee's termination of employment shall not be paid or provided until the first business day after the date that is 6 months following the Specified Employee's termination of employment.  Any payment that is made pursuant to the prior sentence shall include the cumulative amount of any amounts that could not be paid during the 6 month period following the Specified Employee's termination of employment.  To the extent payments are deferred pursuant to the prior sentence, such deferred amounts shall continue to accrue interest pursuant to Section VII of these Rules and Regulations until payment occurs.
For all purposes under the Plan and these Rules and Regulations, references to termination of employment and similar terms shall be interpreted to mean "separation from service," as that term is used in Section 409A of the Code, and the Participant's employment shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of the Plan or these Rules and Regulations unless and until a separation from service shall have occurred for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.
 
 
14.
In the event of the death of a Participant in whose name a deferred account has been set up, the Company shall, within 90 days thereafter, pay to the Participant's estate or the designated beneficiary the entire amount in the deferred account.

 
15.
In the event of a Change in Control any award deferred by a Participant shall become immediately payable to the Participant.  In the event the Participant files suit to collect a deferred award, all of the Participant's court costs, other expenses of litigation, and attorneys' fees shall be paid by the Company in the event the Participant prevails upon any of the claims for payment.

 
KR-17

 

PAYROLL ELECTION FORM

Election for Deferred Compensation
and Beneficiary Designation


Pursuant to the Knife River Corporation Executive Incentive
 Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), I elect to defer
receipt of ____________________ percent of the cash
                      (not to exceed 100)
 
portion of any award which may be payable to me in 2011 for Plan
 
Year incentive earned in 2010 , until the event specified below:
Check one:
Between January 1 and March 10 of the year
following the year I cease to be an employee
of Knife River Corporation or an affiliated
_______                               company.

_______                                Between January 1 and March 10 of 2016.


I elect to receive any amounts deferred pursuant to the
designation above and accumulated in my account in
                        monthly installments.
(not to exceed 120)
 
In the event of my death prior to receipt of the balance of
such accumulated amounts, I designate
                                          whose address is
                                          as my beneficiary
to receive such balance.

 
 

 


I understand that this election shall become irrevocable on December 31, 2009.  I further understand that (1) if I am a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) when my employment terminates, to the extent required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B), payment of any deferred amounts under the Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code and that are to be paid during the 6 month period following my termination of employment shall not be paid or provided until the first business day after the date that is 6 months following termination of my employment or, if earlier, within 90 days after my death and (2) for purposes of this election form, I shall not be deemed to have terminated employment with Knife River Corporation or an affiliated company unless and until a "separation from service" (as that term is used in Section 409A of the Code) shall have occurred.
 

____________________                                          ____________________
(Print Name)                                                                 (Signature)




                                                                                         ____________________
             (Date)

 
2

 


MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
LONG-TERM PERFORMANCE-BASED INCENTIVE PLAN

Article 1.  Establishment, Purpose and Duration

1.1            Establishment of the Plan.   MDU Resources Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation (hereinafter referred to as the "Company"), hereby establishes an incentive compensation plan to be known as the "MDU Resources Group, Inc. Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan" (hereinafter referred to as the "Plan"), as set forth in this document.  The Plan permits the grant of Nonqualified Stock Options (NQSO), Incentive Stock Options (ISO), Stock Appreciation Rights (SAR), Restricted Stock, Performance Units, Performance Shares and other awards.

The Plan first became effective when approved by the stockholders at the annual meeting on April 22, 1997.  The Plan, as amended, will become effective on April 25, 2006 if it is approved by the stockholders at the 2006 annual meeting.  The Plan shall remain in effect as provided in Section 1.3 herein.

1.2            Purpose of the Plan.   The purpose of the Plan is to promote the success and enhance the value of the Company by linking the personal interests of Participants to those of Company stockholders and customers.

The Plan is further intended to provide flexibility to the Company in its ability to motivate, attract and retain the services of Participants upon whose judgment, interest and special effort the successful conduct of its operations is largely dependent.

1.3            Duration of the Plan.   The Plan shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board of Directors to terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Article 15 herein, until all Shares subject to it shall have been purchased or acquired according to the Plan's provisions.

Article 2.  Definitions

Whenever used in the Plan, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below and, when such meaning is intended, the initial letter of the word is capitalized:

2.1            "Award" means, individually or collectively, a grant under the Plan of NQSOs, ISOs, SARs, Restricted Stock, Performance Units, Performance Shares or any other type of award permitted under Article 10 of the Plan.

2.2            "Award Agreement" means an agreement entered into by each Participant and the Company, setting forth the terms and

 
1

 

provisions applicable to an Award granted to a Participant under the Plan.

2.3            "Base Value" of an SAR shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7.1 herein.

2.4            "Board" or "Board of Directors" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.5           A “Change in Control” shall mean:
 
 
(a)
The acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of 20% or more of either (i) the then outstanding shares of common stock of the Company (the “Outstanding Company Common Stock”) or (ii) the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Outstanding Company Voting Securities”); provided, however, that for purposes of this subsection (a), the following acquisitions shall not constitute a Change in Control: (i) any acquisition directly from the Company, (ii) any acquisition by the Company, (iii) any acquisition by any employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any corporation controlled by the Company or (iv) any acquisition by any corporation pursuant to a transaction which complies with clauses (i), (ii) and (iii) of subsection (c) of this Section 2.5; or
 
 
(b)
Individuals who, as of April 22, 1997, which is the effective date of the Plan, constitute the Board (the “Incumbent Board”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board; provided, however, that any individual becoming a director subsequent to the date hereof whose election, or nomination for election by the Company’s shareholders, was approved by a vote of at least a majority of the directors then comprising the Incumbent Board shall be considered as though such individual were a member of the Incumbent Board, but excluding, for this purpose, any such individual whose initial assumption of office occurs as a result of an actual or threatened election contest with respect to the election or removal of directors or other actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or consents by or on behalf of a Person other than the Board; or
 

 
2

 

 
 
(c)
Consummation of a reorganization, merger or consolidation or sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company (a “Business Combination”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination, (i) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the beneficial owners, respectively, of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 60% of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock and the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, as the case may be, of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination (including, without limitation, a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership immediately prior to such Business Combination of the Outstanding Company Common Stock and Outstanding Company Voting Securities, as the case may be, (ii) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination or any employee benefit plan (or related trust) of the Company or such corporation resulting from such Business Combination) beneficially owns, directly or indirectly, 20% or more of, respectively, the then outstanding shares of common stock of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination or the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination and (iii) at least a majority of the members of the board of directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were members of the Incumbent Board at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board, providing for such Business Combination; or
 
 
(d)
Approval by the shareholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company.
 
For avoidance of doubt, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the sale of a subsidiary, operating entity or business unit of the Company shall not constitute a Change in Control for purposes of this Agreement.

2.6            "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

 
3

 


2.7            "Committee" means the Committee, as specified in Article 3, appointed by the Board to administer the Plan with respect to Awards.

2.8            "Company" means MDU Resources Group, Inc., a Delaware corporation, or any successor thereto as provided in Article 18 herein.

2.9            "Covered Employee" means any Participant who would be considered a "Covered Employee" for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

2.10            " Director" means any individual who is a member of the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.11            "Disability" means "permanent and total disability" as defined under Section 22(e)(3)of the Code.

2.12            "Dividend Equivalent" means, with respect to Shares subject to an Award, a right to be paid an amount equal to dividends declared on an equal number of outstanding Shares.

2.13            "Eligible Employee" means an Employee who is eligible to participate in the Plan, as set forth in Section 5.1 herein.

2.14            "Employee" means any full-time or regularly-scheduled part-time employee of the Company or of the Company's Subsidiaries, who is not covered by any collective bargaining agreement to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party.  Directors who are not otherwise employed by the Company shall not be considered Employees for purposes of the Plan.  For purposes of the Plan, transfer of employment of a Participant between the Company and any one of its Subsidiaries (or between Subsidiaries) shall not be deemed a termination of employment.

2.15            "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended from time to time, or any successor act thereto.

2.16            "Exercise Period" means the period during which an SAR or Option is exercisable, as set forth in the related Award Agreement.

2.17            "Fair Market Value" shall mean the average of the high and low sale prices as reported in the consolidated transaction reporting system or, if there is no such sale on the relevant date, then on the last previous day on which a sale was reported.

2.18            "Freestanding SAR" means an SAR that is granted independently of any Option.

 
4

 


2.19            "Full Value Award" means an Award pursuant to which Shares may be issued, other than an Option or an SAR.

2.20            "Incentive Stock Option" or "ISO " means an option to purchase Shares, granted under Article 6 herein, which is designated as an Incentive Stock Option and satisfies the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

2.21            "Nonqualified Stock Option" or "NQSO" means an option to purchase Shares, granted under Article 6 herein, which is not intended to be an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

2.22            "Option" means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option.

2.23            "Option Price" means the price at which a Share may be purchased by a Participant pursuant to an Option, as determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Award Agreement.

2.24            "Participant" means an Employee of the Company who has outstanding an Award granted under the Plan.

2.25            "Performance Goals" means the performance goals established by the Committee, which shall be based on one or more of the following measures:  sales or revenues, earnings per share, shareholder return and/or value, funds from operations, operating income, gross income, net income, cash flow, return on equity, return on capital, earnings before interest, operating ratios, stock price, customer satisfaction, accomplishment of mergers, acquisitions, dispositions or similar extraordinary business transactions, profit returns and margins, financial return ratios and/or market performance.  Performance goals may be measured solely on a corporate, subsidiary or business unit basis, or a combination thereof.  Performance goals may reflect absolute entity performance or a relative comparison of entity performance to the performance of a peer group of entities or other external measure.

2.26            "Performance Unit" means an Award granted to an Employee, as described in Article 9 herein.

2.27            "Performance Share" means an Award granted to an Employee, as described in Article 9 herein.

2.28            "Period of Restriction" means the period during which the transfer of Restricted Stock is limited in some way, as provided in Article 8 herein.

2.29            "Person" shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act, as used in Sections 13(d)

 
5

 

and 14(d) thereof, including usage in the definition of a "group" in Section 13(d) thereof.

2.30            " Qualified Restricted Stock " means an Award of Restricted Stock designated as Qualified Restricted Stock by the Committee at the time of grant and intended to qualify for the exemption from the limitation on deductibility imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code that is set forth in Section 162(m)(4)(C).

2.31            "Restricted Stock" means an Award of Shares granted to a Participant pursuant to Article 8 herein.

2.32            "Shares" means the shares of common stock of the Company.

2.33            "Stock Appreciation Right" or "SAR" means a right, granted alone or in connection with a related Option, designated as an SAR, to receive a payment on the day the right is exercised, pursuant to the terms of Article 7 herein.  Each SAR shall be denominated in terms of one Share.

2.34            "Subsidiary" means any corporation that is a "subsidiary corporation" of the Company as that term is defined in Section 424(f) of the Code.

2.35            "Tandem SAR " means an SAR that is granted in connection with a related Option, the exercise of which shall require forfeiture of the right to purchase a Share under the related Option (and when a Share is purchased under the Option, the Tandem SAR shall be similarly canceled).

Article 3.  Administration

3.1            The Committee.   The Plan shall be administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board, or by any other Committee appointed by the Board.  The members of the Committee shall be appointed from time to time by, and shall serve at the discretion of, the Board of Directors.

3.2            Authority of the Committee.   The Committee shall have full power except as limited by law, the Articles of Incorporation and the Bylaws of the Company, subject to such other restricting limitations or directions as may be imposed by the Board and subject to the provisions herein, to determine the size and types of Awards; to determine the terms and conditions of such Awards in a manner consistent with the Plan; to construe and interpret the Plan and any agreement or instrument entered into under the Plan; to establish, amend or waive rules and regulations for the Plan's administration; and (subject to the provisions of Article 15 herein) to amend the terms and conditions of any outstanding Award.  Further, the Committee shall make all other determinations

 
6

 

which may be necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan.  As permitted by law, the Committee may delegate its authorities as identified hereunder.

3.3            Restrictions on Share Transferability.   The Committee may impose such restrictions on any Shares acquired pursuant to Awards under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions to comply with applicable Federal securities laws, with the requirements of any stock exchange or market upon which such Shares are then listed and/or traded and with any blue sky or state securities laws applicable to such Shares.

3.4            Approval.   The Board or the Committee shall approve all Awards made under the Plan and all elections made by Participants, prior to their effective date, to the extent necessary to comply with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.

3.5            Decisions Binding.   All determinations and decisions made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan and all related orders or resolutions of the Board shall be final, conclusive and binding on all persons, including the Company, its stockholders, Employees, Participants and their estates and beneficiaries.

3.6            Costs.   The Company shall pay all costs of administration of the Plan.

Article 4.  Shares Subject to the Plan

4.1            Number of Shares.   Subject to Section 4.2 herein, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Awards under the Plan shall be 9,242,806.  Shares underlying lapsed or forfeited Awards of Restricted Stock shall not be treated as having been issued pursuant to an Award under the Plan.  Shares withheld from an Award of Restricted Stock to satisfy tax withholding obligations shall be counted as Shares issued pursuant to an Award under the Plan.  Shares that are potentially deliverable under an Award that expires or is canceled, forfeited, settled in cash or otherwise settled without the delivery of Shares shall not be treated as having been issued under the Plan.  Shares that are withheld to satisfy the Option Price or tax withholding obligations related to an Option, SAR or other Award pursuant to which the Shares withheld have not yet been issued shall not be deemed to be Shares issued under the Plan.

Shares issued pursuant to the Plan may be (i) authorized but unissued Shares of Common Stock, (ii) treasury shares, or (iii) shares purchased on the open market.

 
7

 


4.2            Adjustments in Authorized Shares.   In the event of any equity restructuring such as a stock dividend, stock split, spinoff, rights offering or recapitalization through a large, nonrecurring cash dividend, the Committee shall cause an equitable adjustment to be made (i) in the number and kind of Shares that may be delivered under the Plan, (ii) in the individual limitations set forth in Section 4.3 and (iii) with respect to outstanding Awards, in the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, the Option Price, Base Value or other price of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, any Performance Goals relating to Shares, the market price of Shares, or per-Share results, and other terms and conditions of outstanding Awards, in the case of (i), (ii) and (iii) to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.  In the event of any other change in corporate capitalization, such as a merger, consolidation or liquidation, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, cause an equitable adjustment as described in the foregoing sentence to be made to prevent dilution or enlargement of rights.  The number of Shares subject to any Award shall always be rounded down to a whole number when adjustments are made pursuant to this Section 4.2.  Adjustments made by the Committee pursuant to this Section 4.2 shall be final, binding and conclusive.

4.3            Individual Limitations.   Subject to Section 4.2 herein, (i) the total number of Shares with respect to which Options or SARs may be granted in any calendar year to any Covered Employee shall not exceed 2,250,000 Shares; (ii) the total number of shares of Qualified Restricted Stock that may be granted in any calendar year to any Covered Employee shall not exceed 2,250,000 Shares; (iii) the total number of Performance Shares or Performance Units that may be granted in any calendar year to any Covered Employee shall not exceed 2,250,000 Performance Shares or Performance Units, as the case may be; (iv) the total number of Shares that are intended to qualify for deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code granted pursuant to Article 10 herein in any calendar year to any Covered Employee shall not exceed 2,250,000 Shares; (v) the total cash Award that is intended to qualify for deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code that may be paid pursuant to Article 10 herein in any calendar year to any Covered Employee shall not exceed $6,000,000; and (vi) the aggregate number of Dividend Equivalents that are intended to qualify for deduction under Section 162(m) of the Code that a Covered Employee may receive in any calendar year shall not exceed $6,000,000.

Article 5.  Eligibility and Participation

5.1            Eligibility.   Persons eligible to participate in the Plan include all officers and key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as determined by the Committee, including Employees

 
8

 

who are members of the Board, but excluding Directors who are not Employees.

5.2            Actual Participation.   Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, select from all eligible Employees those to whom Awards shall be granted and shall determine the nature and amount of each Award.

Article 6.  Stock Options

6.1            Grant of Options.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Options may be granted to an Eligible Employee at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Shares subject to Options granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Options.  The Committee may grant ISOs, NQSOs, or a combination thereof.

6.2            Option Award Agreement.   Each Option grant shall be evidenced by an Option Award Agreement that shall specify the Option Price, the term of the Option, the number of Shares to which the Option pertains, the Exercise Period and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, including but not limited to any rights to Dividend Equivalents.  The Option Award Agreement shall also specify whether the Option is intended to be an ISO or an NQSO.

The Option Price for each Share purchasable under any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder shall be not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the Fair Market Value per Share at the date the Option is granted; and provided, further, that in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who, at the time such Incentive Stock Option is granted, owns shares of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary which possess more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary, the Option Price for each Share shall be not less than one hundred ten percent (110%) of the Fair Market Value per Share at the date the Option is granted.  The Option Price will be subject to adjustment in accordance with the provisions of Section 4.2 of the Plan.

No Incentive Stock Option by its terms shall be exercisable after the expiration of ten (10) years from the date of grant of the Option; provided, however, in the case of an Incentive Stock Option granted to a person who, at the time such Option is granted, owns shares of stock of the Company or of any Subsidiary possessing more than ten percent (10%) of the total combined voting power of all classes of shares of stock of the Company or

 
9

 

of any Subsidiary, such Option shall not be exercisable after the expiration of five (5) years from the date such Option is granted.

6.3            Exercise of and Payment for Options.   Options granted under the Plan shall be exercisable at such times and be subject to such restrictions and conditions as the Committee shall in each instance approve.

A Participant may exercise an Option at any time during the Exercise Period.  Options shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company or its designee, setting forth the number of Shares with respect to which the Option is to be exercised, accompanied by provisions for full payment for the Shares.

The Option Price upon exercise of any Option shall be payable either: (a) in cash or its equivalent, (b) by tendering previously acquired Shares having an aggregate Fair Market Value at the time of exercise equal to the total Option Price (provided that Shares which are tendered must have been held by the Participant for at least six (6) months prior to their tender to satisfy the Option Price), (c) by share withholding, (d) by cashless exercise or (e) by a combination of (a),(b),(c), and/or (d).

As soon as practicable after receipt of a written notification of exercise of an Option, provisions for full payment therefor and satisfaction or provision for satisfaction of any tax withholding or other obligations, the Company shall (i) deliver to the Participant, in the Participant's name or the name of the Participant's designee, a Share certificate or certificates in an appropriate aggregate amount based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option, or (ii) cause to be issued in the Participant's name or the name of the Participant's designee, in book-entry form, an appropriate number of Shares based upon the number of Shares purchased under the Option.

6.4            Termination of Employment.   Each Option Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the Option following termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee (subject to applicable law), shall be included in the Option Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all Options granted pursuant to the Plan or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment.  If the employment of a Participant by the Company or by any Subsidiary is terminated for any reason other than death, any Incentive Stock Option granted to such Participant may not be exercised later than three (3) months (one (1) year in the case of termination due to Disability) after the date of such termination of employment.

 
10

 


6.5            Transferability of Options.   Except as otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the Option Award Agreement, no Option granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all Incentive Stock Options granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant.

Article 7.  Stock Appreciation Rights

7.1            Grant of SARs.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, an SAR may be granted to an Eligible Employee at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.  The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs, Tandem SARs or any combination of these forms of SAR.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of SARs granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such SARs.

The Base Value of a Freestanding SAR shall equal the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of grant of the SAR.  The Base Value of Tandem SARs shall equal the Option Price of the related Option.

7.2            SAR Award Agreement.   Each SAR grant shall be evidenced by an SAR Award Agreement that shall specify the number of SARs granted, the Base Value, the term of the SAR, the Exercise Period and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

7.3            Exercise and Payment of SARs.   Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option.  A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable.

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, with respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an ISO: (i) the Tandem SAR will expire no later than the expiration of the underlying ISO; (ii) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR may be for no more than one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the Option Price of the underlying ISO and the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the underlying ISO at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised; and (iii) the Tandem SAR may be exercised only when the Fair Market Value of the Shares subject to the ISO exceeds the Option Price of the ISO.

 
11

 

Freestanding SARs may be exercised upon whatever terms and conditions the Committee, in its sole discretion, imposes upon them.

A Participant may exercise an SAR at any time during the Exercise Period.  SARs shall be exercised by the delivery of a written notice of exercise to the Company, setting forth the number of SARs being exercised.  Upon exercise of an SAR, a Participant shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount equal to the product of:

 
(a)
the excess of (i) the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over (ii) the Base Value multiplied by

 
(b)
the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.

At the sole discretion of the Committee, the payment to the Participant upon SAR exercise may be in cash, in Shares of equivalent value, or in some combination thereof.

7.4            Termination of Employment.   Each SAR Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to exercise the SAR following termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the SAR Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all SARs granted pursuant to the Plan or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment.

7.5            Transferability of SARs.   Except as otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the SAR Award Agreement, no SAR granted under the Plan may be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and all SARs granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be exercisable during his or her lifetime only by such Participant or his or her legal representative.

Article 8.  Restricted Stock

8.1            Grant of Restricted Stock.   Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Restricted Stock may be granted to
Eligible Employees at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of shares of Restricted Stock granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the

 
12

 

provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Restricted Stock.

In addition, the Committee may, prior to or at the time of grant, designate an Award of Restricted Stock as Qualified Restricted Stock, in which event it will condition the grant or vesting, as applicable, of such Qualified Restricted Stock upon the attainment of the Performance Goals selected by the Committee.

8.2            Restricted Stock Award Agreement.   Each Restricted Stock grant shall be evidenced by a Restricted Stock Award Agreement that shall specify the Period or Periods of Restriction, the number of Restricted Stock Shares granted and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine.

8.3            Transferability.   Restricted Stock granted hereunder may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned, or otherwise alienated or hypothecated until the end of the applicable Period of Restriction established by the Committee and specified in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  All rights with respect to the Restricted Stock granted to a Participant under the Plan shall be available during his or her lifetime only to such Participant or his or her legal representative.

8.4            Certificate Legend.   Each certificate representing Restricted Stock granted pursuant to the Plan may bear a legend substantially as follows:

 
"The sale or other transfer of the shares of stock represented by this certificate, whether voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, is subject to certain restrictions on transfer as set forth in MDU Resources Group, Inc. Long-Term Performance-Based Incentive Plan and in a Restricted Stock Award Agreement.  A copy of such Plan and such Agreement may be obtained from MDU Resources Group, Inc."

The Company shall have the right to retain the certificates representing Restricted Stock in the Company's possession until such time as all restrictions applicable to such Shares have been satisfied.

8.5            Removal of Restrictions.   Restricted Stock shall become freely transferable by the Participant after the last day of the Period of Restriction applicable thereto.  Once Restricted Stock is released from the restrictions, the Participant shall be entitled to have the legend referred to in Section 8.4 removed from his or her stock certificate.

8.6            Voting Rights.   During the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Restricted Stock may exercise full voting rights with respect to those Shares.

 
13

 

8.7            Dividends and Other Distributions.   Subject to the Committee's right to determine otherwise at the time of grant, during the Period of Restriction, Participants holding Restricted Stock shall receive all regular cash dividends paid with respect to all Shares while they are so held.  All other distributions paid with respect to such Restricted Stock shall be credited to Participants subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the Restricted Stock with respect to which they were paid and shall be paid to the Participant within forty-five (45) days following the full vesting of the Restricted Stock with respect to which such distributions were made.

8.8            Termination of Employment.   Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive unvested Restricted Stock following termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all grants of Restricted Stock or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on the reasons for termination of employment.

Article 9.  Performance Units and Performance Shares

9.1            Grant of Performance Units and Performance Shares. Subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, Performance Units and/or Performance Shares may be granted to an Eligible Employee at any time and from time to time, as shall be determined by the Committee.

The Committee shall have complete discretion in determining the number of Performance Units and/or Performance Shares granted to each Participant (subject to Article 4 herein) and, consistent with the provisions of the Plan, in determining the terms and conditions pertaining to such Awards.

9.2            Performance Unit/Performance Share Award Agreement. Each grant of Performance Units and/or Performance Shares shall be evidenced by a Performance Unit and/or Performance Share Award Agreement that shall specify the number of Performance Units and/or Performance Shares granted, the initial value (if applicable), the Performance Period, the Performance Goals and such other provisions as the Committee shall determine, including but not limited to any rights to Dividend Equivalents.

9.3            Value of Performance Units/Performance Shares.   Each Performance Unit shall have an initial value that is established by the Committee at the time of grant.  The value of a Performance Share shall be equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share.  The Committee shall set Performance Goals in its discretion which,

 
14

 

depending on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number and/or value of Performance Units/Performance Shares that will be paid out to the Participants.  The time period during which the Performance Goals must be met shall be called a "Performance Period."

9.4            Earning of Performance Units/Performance Shares.   After the applicable Performance Period has ended, the holder of Performance Units/Performance Shares shall be entitled to receive a payout with respect to the Performance Units/Performance Shares earned by the Participant over the Performance Period, to be determined as a function of the extent to which the corresponding Performance Goals have been achieved.

9.5            Form and Timing of Payment of Performance Units/Performance Shares.   Payment of earned Performance Units/Performance Shares shall be made following the close of the applicable Performance Period.  The Committee, in its sole discretion, may pay earned Performance Units/Performance Shares in cash or in Shares (or in a combination thereof), which have an aggregate Fair Market Value equal to the value of the earned Performance Units/Performance Shares at the close of the applicable Performance Period.  Such Shares may be granted subject to any restrictions deemed appropriate by the Committee.

9.6            Termination of Employment.   Each Performance Unit/Performance Share Award Agreement shall set forth the extent to which the Participant shall have the right to receive a Performance Unit/Performance Share payment following termination of the Participant's employment with the Company and its Subsidiaries during a Performance Period.  Such provisions shall be determined in the sole discretion of the Committee, shall be included in the Award Agreement entered into with Participants, need not be uniform among all grants of Performance Units/Performance Shares or among Participants and may reflect distinctions based on reasons for termination of employment.

9.7            Transferability.   Except as otherwise determined by the Committee and set forth in the Performance Unit/Performance Share Award Agreement, Performance Units/Performance Shares may not be sold, transferred, pledged, assigned or otherwise alienated or hypothecated, other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and a Participant's rights with respect to Performance Units/Performance Shares granted under the Plan shall be available during the Participant's lifetime only to such Participant or the Participant's legal representative.

 
15

 

Article 10.  Other Awards

The Committee shall have the right to grant other Awards which may include, without limitation, the grant of Shares based on attainment of Performance Goals established by the Committee, the payment of Shares in lieu of cash, the payment of cash based on attainment of Performance Goals established by the Committee, and the payment of Shares in lieu of cash under other Company incentive or bonus programs.  Payment under or settlement of any such Awards shall be made in such manner and at such times as the Committee may determine.

Article 11.  Beneficiary Designation

Each Participant under the Plan may, from time to time, name any beneficiary or beneficiaries (who may be named contingently or successively) to whom any benefit under the Plan is to be paid in case of his or her death before he or she receives any or all of such benefit.  Each such designation shall revoke all prior designations by the same Participant, shall be in a form prescribed by the Company, and will be effective only when filed by the Participant in writing with the Company during the Participant's lifetime.  In the absence of any such designation, benefits remaining unpaid at the Participant's death shall be paid to the Participant's estate.

The spouse of a married Participant domiciled in a community property jurisdiction shall join in any designation of beneficiary or beneficiaries other than the spouse.

Article 12.  Deferrals

The Committee may permit a Participant to defer the Participant's receipt of the payment of cash or the delivery of Shares that would otherwise be due to such Participant under the Plan.  If any such deferral election is permitted, the Committee shall, in its sole discretion, establish rules and procedures for such payment deferrals.

Article 13.  Rights of Employees

13.1            Employment.   Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant's employment at any time, for any reason or no reason in the Company's sole discretion, nor confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employ of the Company.

13.2            Participation.   No Employee shall have the right to be selected to receive an Award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future Award.


 
16

 

Article 14.  Change in Control

The terms of this Article 14 shall immediately become operative, without further action or consent by any person or entity, upon a Change in Control, and once operative shall supersede and take control over any other provisions of this Plan.

Upon a Change in Control

 
(a)
Any and all Options and SARs granted hereunder shall become immediately exercisable;

 
(b)
Any restriction periods and restrictions imposed on Restricted Stock, Qualified Restricted Stock or Awards granted pursuant to Article 10 (if not performance-based) shall be deemed to have expired and such Restricted Stock, Qualified Restricted Stock or Awards shall become immediately vested in full; and

 
(c)
The target payout opportunity attainable under all outstanding Awards of Performance Units, Performance Shares and Awards granted pursuant to Article 10 (if performance-based) shall be deemed to have been fully earned for the entire Performance Period(s) as of the effective date of the Change in Control, and shall be paid out promptly in Shares or cash pursuant to the terms of the Award Agreement, or in the absence of such designation, as the Committee shall determine.

Article 15.  Amendment, Modification and Termination

15.1            Amendment, Modification and Termination.   The Board may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, suspend or terminate the Plan, in whole or in part, provided that no amendment shall be made which shall increase the total number of Shares that may be issued under the Plan, materially modify the requirements for participation in the Plan, or materially increase the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, in each case unless such amendment is approved by the stockholders.  The Board of Directors of the Company is also authorized to amend the Plan and the Options granted hereunder to maintain qualification as "incentive stock options" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code, if applicable.

15.2            Awards Previously Granted.   No termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written consent of the Participant holding such Award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law and except as otherwise provided herein.


 
17

 

Article 16.  Withholding

16.1            Tax Withholding.   The Company shall have the power and the right to deduct or withhold, or require a Participant to remit to the Company, an amount sufficient to satisfy Federal, state and local taxes (including the Participant's FICA obligation) required by law to be withheld with respect to an Award made under the Plan.

16.2            Share Withholding.   With respect to withholding required upon the exercise of Options or SARs, upon the lapse of restrictions on Restricted Stock, or upon any other taxable event arising out of or as a result of Awards granted hereunder, Participants may elect to satisfy the withholding requirement, in whole or in part, by tendering previously-owned Shares or by having the Company withhold Shares having a Fair Market Value on the date the tax is to be determined equal to the statutory total tax which could be imposed on the transaction.  All elections shall be irrevocable, made in writing and signed by the Participant.

Article 17.  Minimum Vesting

Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary, (a) the minimum vesting period for Full Value Awards with no performance-based vesting characteristics must be at least three years (vesting may occur ratably each month, quarter or anniversary of the grant date over such vesting period); (b) the minimum vesting period for Full Value Awards with performance-based vesting characteristics must be at least one year; and (c) the Committee shall not have discretion to accelerate vesting of Full Value Awards except in the event of a Change in Control or similar transaction, or the death, disability, or termination of employment of a Participant; provided, however, that the Committee may grant a "de minimis" number of Full Value Awards that do not comply with the foregoing minimum vesting standards.  For this purpose "de minimis" means 331,279 Shares available for issuance as Full Value Awards under the Plan, subject to adjustment under Section 4.2 herein.

Article 18.  Successors

All obligations of the Company under the Plan, with respect to Awards granted hereunder, shall be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.


 
18

 

Article 19.  Legal Construction

19.1            Gender and Number.   Except where otherwise indicated by the context, any masculine term used herein also shall include the feminine, the plural shall include the singular and the singular shall include the plural.

19.2            Severability.   In the event any provision of the Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, the illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts of the Plan, and the Plan shall be construed and enforced as if the illegal or invalid provision had not been included.

19.3            Requirements of Law.   The granting of Awards and the issuance of Shares under the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

19.4            Governing Law.   To the extent not preempted by Federal law, the Plan, and all agreements hereunder, shall be construed in accordance with, and governed by, the laws of the State of Delaware.

Article 20.  Accounting Restatements

This Article 20 shall apply to Awards granted to all Participants in the Plan.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or in any Award Agreement to the contrary, if the Company's audited financial statements are restated, the Committee may, in accordance with the Company's Guidelines for Repayment of Incentives Due to Accounting Restatements , take such actions as it deems appropriate (in its sole discretion) with respect to

(a)           Awards then outstanding (including Awards that have vested or otherwise been earned but with respect to which payment of cash or distribution of Shares, as the case may be, has not been made or deferred and also including unvested or unpaid Dividend Equivalents attributable to such outstanding Awards) ("Outstanding Awards") and

(b)           vested, earned and/or exercised Awards and any cash or Shares received with respect to Awards (including, without limitation, dividends and Dividend Equivalents), in each case to the extent payment of cash or distribution of Shares, as the case may be, was received or deferred within the 3 year period preceding the restatement ("Prior Awards"), provided such Prior Awards were not vested, earned, exercised or paid prior to the date the Plan was amended to add this Article 20,

if the terms of any such Outstanding Awards or Prior Awards or the benefits received by a Participant with respect to any such

 
19

 

Outstanding Awards or Prior Awards (including, without limitation, dividends or Dividend Equivalents credited or distributed to a Participant and/or consideration received upon the sale of Shares that were acquired pursuant to the vesting, settlement or exercise of a Prior Award) are, or would have been, directly impacted by the restatement, including, without limitation, (i) securing (or causing to be secured) repayment of all or a portion of any amounts paid, distributed or deferred (including, without limitation, dividends or Dividend Equivalents and/or consideration received upon the sale of Shares that were acquired pursuant to the vesting, settlement or exercise of a Prior Award), (ii) granting additional Awards or making (or causing to be made) additional payments or distributions (or crediting additional deferrals) with respect to Prior Awards, (iii) rescinding vesting (including accelerated vesting) of Outstanding Awards and/or (iv) causing the forfeiture of Outstanding Awards.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, take different actions pursuant to this Article 20 with respect to different Awards, different Participants (or beneficiaries) and/or different classes of Awards or Participants (or beneficiaries).  The Committee has no obligation to take any action permitted by this Article 20.  The Committee may consider any factors it chooses in taking (or determining whether to take) any action permitted by this Article 20, including, without limitation, the following:

(A)           The reason for the restatement of the financial statements;

(B)           The amount of time between the initial publication and subsequent restatement of the financial statements; and

(C)           The Participant's current employment status, and the viability of successfully obtaining repayment.

If the Committee requires repayment of all or part of a Prior Award, the amount of repayment shall be determined by the Committee based on the circumstances giving rise to the restatement.  The Committee shall determine whether repayment shall be effected (i) by seeking repayment from the Participant, (ii) by reducing (subject to applicable law and the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program or arrangement) the amount that would otherwise be provided to the Participant under any compensatory plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) by withholding payment of future increases in compensation (including the payment of any discretionary bonus amount) or grants of compensatory awards that would otherwise have been made in accordance with the Company's otherwise applicable compensation practices, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.  Additionally, by accepting an Award under the Plan, Participants acknowledge and agree that the Committee may take any actions permitted by this Article 20 with

 
20

 

respect to Outstanding Awards to the extent repayment is to be made pursuant to another plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates.

Article 21.  Code Section 409A Compliance

To the extent applicable, it is intended that this Plan and any Awards granted hereunder comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and any related regulations or other guidance promulgated with respect to such Section by the U.S. Department of the Treasury or the Internal Revenue Service ("Section 409A").  Any provision that would cause the Plan or any Award granted hereunder to fail to satisfy Section 409A shall have no force or effect until amended to comply with Section 409A, which amendment may be retroactive to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 
21

 


MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
   ____________________________________________________________

I.          PURPOSE
           The purpose of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is to provide an incentive for key executives of MDU Resources Group, Inc. (the "Company") to focus their efforts on the achievement of challenging and demanding corporate objectives.  The Plan is designed to reward successful corporate performance as measured against specified performance goals as well as exceptional individual performance.  When corporate performance reaches or exceeds the performance targets and individual performance is exemplary, incentive compensation awards, in conjunction with salaries, will provide a level of compensation which recognizes the skills and efforts of the key executives.

II.         DEFINITIONS
           Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Company’s Executive Incentive Compensation Plan Rules and Regulations.

III.        BASIC PLAN CONCEPT
           The Plan provides an opportunity to earn annual incentive compensation based on the achievement of specified annual performance objectives.  A target incentive award for each individual within the Plan is established based on the position level and actual base salary, provided, however, that the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors (the “Committee”) in its sole discretion, may, instead of actual base salary, use the assigned salary grade market value (midpoint) (“Salary”).  The target incentive award represents the amount to be paid, subject to the achievement of the performance objective targets established each year.  Larger incentive awards than

 
 

 

target may be authorized when performance exceeds targets; lesser or no amounts may be paid when performance is below target.
           It is recognized that during a Plan Year major unforeseen changes in economic and environmental conditions or other significant factors beyond the control of management may substantially affect the ability of the Plan Participants to achieve the specified performance goals.  Therefore, in its review of corporate performance the Committee, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, may modify the performance targets.  However, it is contemplated that such target modifications will be necessary only in years of unusually adverse or favorable external conditions.

IV.        ADMINISTRATION
           The Plan shall be administered by the Committee with the assistance of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  The Committee shall approve annually, prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the list of eligible Participants, and the target incentive award level for each position within the Plan.  The Plan’s performance targets for the year shall be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during that Plan Year.  The Committee shall have final discretion to determine actual award payment levels, method of payment, and whether or not payments shall be made for any Plan Year.
           The Board of Directors of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, supersede or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, provided that no termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way an award that has met all requirements for payment without the written consent of the Participant holding such award, unless such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law.

 
MDUR - 2

 

V.         ELIGIBILITY
           Executives who are determined by the Committee to have a key role in both the establishment and achievement of Company objectives shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
           Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time, for any reason or no reason in the Company’s sole discretion, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Company.  No executive shall have the right to be selected to receive an award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

VI.
PLAN PERFORMANCE MEASURES
           Performance measures shall be established that consider shareholder and customer interests.  These measures shall be evaluated annually based on achievement of specified goals.
        The performance measure reflective of shareholder’s interest will be the percentage attainment of corporate goals, as determined each year by the Committee.  This measure may be applied at the corporate level for individuals, such as the Chief Executive Officer, or at the business unit level for individuals whose major or sole impact is on business unit results.
        Individual performance will be assessed based on the achievement of annually established individual objectives.
        Threshold, target and maximum award levels will be established annually for each performance measure and business unit.  The Committee will retain the right to make all interpretations as to the actual attainment of the desired results and will determine whether any circumstances beyond the control of management need to be considered.

 
MDUR - 3

 

VII.   TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS
           Target incentive awards will be expressed as a percentage of each Participant’s Salary.  These percentages shall vary by position and reflect larger reward opportunity for positions having greater effect on the establishment and accomplishment of the Company’s or business unit’s objectives.  An exhibit showing the target awards as a percentage of Salary for eligible positions will be attached to this Plan at the beginning of each Plan Year.

VIII.     INCENTIVE FUND DETERMINATION
           The target incentive fund is the sum of the individual target incentive awards for all eligible Participants.  Once the incentive targets have been determined by the Committee, a target incentive fund shall be established and accrued ratably by the Company.  The incentive fund and accruals may be adjusted during the year.
           At the close of each Plan Year, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company will prepare an analysis showing the Company's or business unit's performance in relation to each of the performance measures employed.  This will be provided to the Committee for review and comparison to threshold, target and maximum performance levels.  In addition, any recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer will be presented at this time.  The Committee will then determine the amount of the target incentive fund earned.
 
IX.        INDIVIDUAL AWARD DETERMINATION
           Each individual Participant's award will be based first upon the level of performance achieved by the Company or business unit and secondly based upon the individual's performance.  The performance measures applicable for assessing individual performance will be established at the beginning of each Plan

 
MDUR - 4

 

Year.  The assessment by the Committee, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, of achievement relative to the established performance measures, as determined by a percentage from 0 percent to 200 percent, will be applied to the Participant's target incentive award which has been first adjusted for Company or business unit performance.

X.         PAYMENT OF AWARDS
           Except as provided below or as otherwise determined by the Committee, in order to receive an award under the Plan, the Participant must remain in the employment of the Company or business unit for the entire Service Year.  If a Participant terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Company’s Bylaws which provides for mandatory retirement for certain officers on their 65 th birthday (or terminates employment with a subsidiary of the Company pursuant to a similar subsidiary Bylaw provision) and if the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs during the Service Year, determination of whether the performance measures have been met will be made at the end of the Service Year, and to the extent met, payment of the award will be made to the Participant, prorated.  Proration of awards shall be based upon the number of full months elapsed from and including January to and including the month in which the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs.  The prorated award shall be paid as soon as practicable in the year following the Service Year, but in all events between January 1 and March 10.
           An individual Participant who transfers between the Company and business units may receive a prorated award at the discretion of the Committee.  Payments made under this Plan will not be considered part of compensation for pension purposes.  Payments will be made in cash as soon as practicable in the year following the Service Year, but in all events between January 1 and March 10.

 
MDUR - 5

 

Incentive awards may be deferred if the appropriate elections have been executed prior to the beginning of the Service Year.  A deferral election will be effective only for the incentive award earned in the Service Year following the Plan Year in which the election is made.  Deferral elections may not be changed or revoked after the Service Year begins.  Deferred amounts shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the Rules and Regulations as amended, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the deferral election forms pursuant to which the amounts were deferred.  Deferred amounts will accrue interest at a rate determined annually by the Committee and specified in the Rules and Regulations.
           In the event of a "Change in Control" (as defined by the Committee in its Rules and Regulations) then any award deferred by each Participant shall become immediately payable to the Participant in cash, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of payment.  In the event the Participant files suit to collect the Participant's deferred award then all of the court costs, other expenses of litigation, and attorneys' fees shall be paid by the Company in the event the Participant prevails upon any of the Participant's claims for payment of a deferred award.

XI.        ACCOUNTING RESTATEMENTS
This Section XI shall apply to incentive awards granted to all Participants in the Plan.  Notwithstanding anything in the Plan or the Plan's Rules and Regulations to the contrary, if the Company's audited financial statements are restated, the Committee may, in accordance with the Company's Guidelines for Repayment of Incentives Due to Accounting Restatements , take such actions as it deems appropriate (in its sole discretion) with respect to
(a)           unpaid incentive awards under the Plan (including incentive awards relating to completed Plan Years, but with

 
MDUR - 6

 

respect to which payments have not yet been made or deferred) ("Outstanding Awards") and
(b)           prior incentive awards that were paid (or deferred) within the three-year period preceding the restatement ("Prior Awards"), provided such Prior Awards were not paid prior to the date the Plan was amended to add this Section XI,
if the calculation of the amounts payable, paid or deferred under such awards are, or would have been, directly impacted by the restatement, including, without limitation, (i) securing (or causing to be secured) repayment of some or all payments made pursuant to (or deferrals relating to) Prior Awards, (ii) making (or causing to be made) additional payments (or crediting additional deferrals), (iii) reducing or otherwise adjusting the amount payable pursuant to Outstanding Awards and/or (iv) causing the forfeiture of Outstanding Awards.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, take different actions pursuant to this Section XI with respect to different awards, different Participants (or beneficiaries) and/or different classes of awards or Participants (or beneficiaries).  The Committee has no obligation to take any action permitted by this Section XI.  The Committee may consider any factors it chooses in taking (or determining whether to take) any action permitted by this Section XI, including, without limitation, the following:
(A)           The reason for the restatement of the financial statements;
(B)           The amount of time between the initial publication and subsequent restatement of the financial statements; and
(C)           The Participant's current employment status, and the viability of successfully obtaining repayment.
           If the Committee requires repayment of all or part of a Prior Award, the amount of repayment may be based on, among other things, the difference between the amount paid to the individual

 
MDUR - 7

 

and the amount that the Committee determines in its sole discretion should have been paid based on the restated results.  The Committee shall determine whether repayment shall be effected (i) by seeking repayment from the Participant, (ii) by reducing (subject to applicable law and the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program or arrangement) the amount that would otherwise be provided to the Participant under any compensatory plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) by withholding payment of future increases in compensation (including the payment of any discretionary bonus amount) or grants of compensatory awards that would otherwise have been made in accordance with the Company's otherwise applicable compensation practices, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.  Additionally, by accepting an incentive award under the Plan, Participants acknowledge and agree that the Committee may take any actions permitted by this Section XI with respect to Outstanding Awards to the extent repayment is to be made pursuant to another plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates.


 
MDUR - 8

 

MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of MDU Resources Group, Inc. (the "Company") adopted Rules and Regulations for the administration of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") on February 9, 1983, following adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors of the Company on November 4, l982.

I.  
DEFINITIONS
 
The following definitions shall be used for purposes of these Rules and Regulations and for the purposes of administering the Plan:
 
 
1.
The "Committee" shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
 
2.
The "Company" shall refer to MDU Resources Group, Inc. alone and shall not refer to its utility division or to any of its subsidiary corporations.
 
 
3.
"Participants" for any Plan Year shall be those executives who have been approved by the Committee as eligible for participation in the Plan for such Plan Year.
 
 
4.
"Payment Date" shall be the date set by the Committee for payment of awards pursuant to Section X of the Plan, other than those awards deferred pursuant to Section X of the Plan and Section VII of these Rules and Regulations.
 
 
5.
The "Plan" shall refer to the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
 
6.             The "Plan Year" shall be the calendar year.
 
 
7.
"Change in Control" shall mean the occurrence of any of the following transactions or events: (a) any person (which shall not include the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit
 

 
MDUR - 9

 

plan of the Company or of any subsidiary of the Company) ("Person") or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; (b) any Person or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company (this part (b) applies only when there is a transfer of stock of the Company and the Company's stock remains outstanding after the transaction); (c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or (d) any Person or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.
 
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no transaction or event shall constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan unless the transaction or event constitutes a change in the ownership of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)), a change in effective control of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)) or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)) and the term Change in Control shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the proper interpretation of the similar provisions in the Section 409A Treasury Regulations.
 

 
MDUR - 10

 

 
8.
The “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 
 
9.
The "Moody's Rate" is defined as the average of (i) the number that results from adding the daily Moody’s U.S. Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Average for “A” rated companies as of the last day of each month for the 12-month period ending October 31 and dividing by 12 and (ii) the number that results from adding the daily Moody’s U.S. Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Average for “BBB” rated companies as of the last day of each month for the 12-month period ending October 31 and dividing by 12.
 
 
10.
“Retirement” means the later of the day the Participant attains age 55 or the day the Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company, its utility division or any of its subsidiary corporations.
 
 
11.
“Service Year” means the Plan Year during which the services giving rise to the incentive award are performed.

 
12.
“Specified Employee” means an employee who, as of the date the employee separates from service, is a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code), as determined under the Company's policy for determining specified employees.

 
II.  
ADMINISTRATION
 
 
1.
The Committee shall have the full power to construe and interpret the Plan and to establish and to amend these Rules and Regulations for its administration.
 
 
2.
No member of the Committee shall participate in a decision as to their own eligibility for, or award of, an incentive award payment.
 
 
3.
Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the Committee shall approve a list of eligible executives and notify those so approved that they are eligible to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year.
 
 
4.
No later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year, the Committee shall
 

 
MDUR - 11

 

approve an Annual Operating Plan.  The Annual Operating Plan shall include the Plan’s performance measures and target incentive award levels for each salary grade covered by the Plan for the Plan Year.  The Plan’s performance targets for the year shall be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year.  The Annual Operating Plan, insofar as it is relevant to each individual Participant, shall be made available by the Committee to each Participant in the Plan.
 
 
5.
The Committee shall have final discretion to determine actual award payment levels, method of payment, and whether or not payments shall be made for any Plan Year.  However, unless the Plan's performance objectives are met for the Plan Year, no award shall be made for that Plan Year.  Performance targets modified pursuant to Section III of the Plan will be deemed performance targets for purposes of determining whether or not these targets have been met.
 

III.            PLAN PERFORMANCE MEASURES
 
 
1.
The Committee shall establish the percentage attainment of corporate performance measure and the percentage attainment of individual goals measure.  The Committee may establish more or fewer performance measures as it deems necessary.
 
 
2.
The corporate performance measure may be set by reference to earnings, return on invested capital or any other measure or combination of measures deemed appropriate by the Committee.  It may be established for the Company or for the individual business unit.
 
 
3.
Individual performance will be assessed based on the achievement of annually established individual objectives.
 
 
4.
Plan performance measures may be applied at the corporate level for individuals such as the Chief Executive Officer whose major or sole impact is Company-wide, or at the business unit level for individuals whose major or sole impact is on the business unit results.  The Annual Operating Plan shall contain a list of individuals to whom the Plan
 

 
MDUR - 12

 

performance measures will be applied at the corporate level and a list of those individuals for whom the Plan performance measures will be applied at the business unit level.  The relevant business unit for each individual will be identified.
 
 
5.
The Committee shall set threshold, target and maximum award levels for the performance measures, for each business unit, and for the Company.  Those levels shall be included in the Annual Operating Plan.
 
 
6.
The Committee will retain the authority to determine whether or not the actual attainment of these measures has been made.
 

IV.            TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS
 
 
1.
Target incentive awards will be a percentage of each Participant’s Salary, as defined in the Plan.
 
 
2.
Target incentive awards shall be set by the Committee annually and will be included in the Annual Operating Plan.
 

V.            INCENTIVE FUND DETERMINATION
 
 
1.
The target incentive fund is the sum of the individual target incentive awards for all eligible Participants.
 
 
2.
Once individual incentive targets have been determined, a target incentive fund shall be established and accrued ratably by the Company.  The incentive fund and accruals may be adjusted during the year.
 
 
3.
As soon as practicable following the close of each Plan Year, the Chief Executive Officer will provide the Committee with an analysis showing the Company's and each relevant business unit's performance in relation to the performance measures.  The Committee will review the analysis and determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of the actual incentive fund.
 
 
4.
In determining the actual incentive fund, the Committee may consider any recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer.
 

 
MDUR - 13

 

VI.            INDIVIDUAL AWARD DETERMINATION
 
 
1.
The Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine each individual Participant's award. The Committee's decision will be based first upon the level of performance achieved by the Company or business unit and second upon the individual's performance.
 
 
2.
The Committee, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, shall set the award as a percentage from 0 percent to 200 percent of the Participant's target incentive award, adjusted for Company or business unit performance.
 

VII.            PAYMENT OF AWARDS
 
 
1.
On the date the Committee determines the awards to be made to individual Participants, it shall also establish the Payment Date.
 
 
2.
Except as provided below or as the Committee otherwise determines, in order to receive an award under the Plan, a Participant must remain in the employment of the Company for the entire Service Year.
 
 
3.
If a Participant terminates employment with the Company pursuant to Section 5.01 of the Company’s Bylaws, which provides for mandatory retirement for certain officers on their 65 th birthday (or terminates employment with a subsidiary of the Company pursuant to a similar subsidiary Bylaw provision), and if the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs during the Service Year, determination of whether the performance measures have been met will be made at the end of the Service Year, and to the extent met, payment of the award will be made to the Participant, prorated.  Proration of awards shall be based upon the number of full months elapsed from and including January to and including the month in which the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs.
 
 
4.
Payment of the awards shall be made in cash.  Payments shall be made on the Payment Date unless the Participant has deferred, in whole or in part, the receipt of the award by making an election on the deferral form attached hereto, prior to the
 

 
MDUR - 14

 

beginning of the Service Year.  Deferral elections may not be changed or revoked after the Service Year begins.
 
 
5.
In the event a Participant has elected to defer receipt of all or a portion of the award, the Company shall set up an account in the Participant's name. The amount of the Participant's award to the extent deferred will be credited to the Participant's account on the Payment Date.
 
 
6.
The balance credited to an account of a Participant who has elected to defer receipt of an award will be an unsecured, unfunded obligation of the Company.
 
 
7.
Interest shall accrue on the balance credited to a Participant's account from the date the balance is credited.  Effective January 1, 2009, the rate of interest for each Plan Year shall be the Moody’s Rate.
 
 
8.
Interest shall be compounded and credited to the account monthly.
 
 
9.
A Participant may elect to defer any percentage, not to exceed l00, of an annual award.
 
 
10.
A Participant electing to defer any part of an award must elect one of the following dates on which (a) payment will be made, if payment will be made in a lump sum or (b) payments will commence, if payment will be made in monthly installments:
 
 
(1)
Between January 1 and March 10 next following termination of employment with the Company or an affiliated company; or

 
(2)
Between January 1 and March 10 of the fifth year following the year in which the award would have been paid had it not been deferred.

For Participants who previously elected to have payments made or commence on the Payment Date next following termination of employment, their payments will be made or commence between January 1 and March 10 next following their termination of employment with the Company or an affiliated company.  For Participants who elected to have payments made or

 
MDUR - 15

 

commence on the Payment Date of the fifth year following the year in which the award may be made, their payments will be made or commence between January 1 and March 10 of the fifth year following the year in which the award would have been paid had it not been deferred.

 
11.
A Participant may elect to receive the deferred amounts accumulated in the Participant's account in monthly installments, not to exceed 120.  In the event the Participant elects to receive the amounts in the Participant's account in more than one installment, interest shall continue to accrue on the balance remaining in their account at the applicable rate or rates determined annually by the Committee.
 
 
12.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or these Rules and Regulations to the contrary, if a Specified Employee's employment terminates, to the extent required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 13 below of this Section VII of these Rules and Regulations, payment of any deferred amounts under the Plan that are to be paid during the 6-month period following the Specified Employee's termination of employment shall not be paid or provided until the first business day after the date that is 6 months following the Specified Employee's termination of employment.  Any payment that is made pursuant to the prior sentence shall include the cumulative amount of any amounts that could not be paid during the 6-month period following the Specified Employee's termination of employment.  To the extent payments are deferred pursuant to the prior sentence, such deferred amounts shall continue to accrue interest pursuant to Section VII of these Rules and Regulations until payment occurs.
 
For all purposes under the Plan and these Rules and Regulations, references to termination of employment and similar terms shall be interpreted to mean “separation from service,” as that term is used in Section 409A of the Code, and the Participant's employment shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of the Plan or these Rules and Regulations unless and until a separation from service shall have occurred for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.
 

 
MDUR - 16

 

 
13.
In the event of the death of a Participant in whose name a deferred account has been set up, the Company shall, within 90 days thereafter, pay to the Participant's estate or the designated beneficiary the entire amount in the deferred account.
 
 
14.
In the event of a "Change in Control" then any award deferred by each Participant shall become immediately payable to the Participant.  In the event the Participant files suit to collect a deferred award then all of the Participant's court costs, other expenses of litigation, and attorneys' fees shall be paid by the Company in the event the Participant prevails upon any of the Participant's claims for payment.
 


 
MDUR - 17

 


PAYROLL ELECTION FORM

Election for Deferred Compensation
and Beneficiary Designation


Pursuant to the MDU Resources Group, Inc. Executive
Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), I elect to defer
receipt of ____________________ percent of the cash
                      (not to exceed 100)
 
portion of any award which may be payable to me in 2011 for Plan
 
Year incentive earned in 2010 , until the event specified below:
Check one:
Between January 1 and March 10 of the year
following the year I cease to be an employee
of MDU Resources Group, Inc.
_______                                or an affiliated company.

_______                                Between January 1 and March 10 of 2016.


I elect to receive any amounts deferred pursuant to the
designation above and accumulated in my account in
                        monthly installments.
(not to exceed 120)
 
In the event of my death prior to receipt of the balance of
such accumulated amounts, I designate
                                          whose address is
                                          as my beneficiary
to receive such balance.

 
 

 


I understand that this election shall become irrevocable on December 31, 2009.  I further understand that (1) if I am a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) when my employment terminates, to the extent required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B), payment of any deferred amounts under the Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code and that are to be paid during the 6 month period following my termination of employment shall not be paid or provided until the first business day after the date that is 6 months following termination of my employment or, if earlier, within 90 days after my death and (2) for purposes of this election form, I shall not be deemed to have terminated employment with MDU Resources Group, Inc. or an affiliated company unless and until a "separation from service" (as that term is used in Section 409A of the Code) shall have occurred.


____________________                                          ____________________
(Print Name)                                                                 (Signature)




                                                                                         ____________________
             (Date)

 
2

 


MONTANA-DAKOTA UTILITIES CO.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
   ____________________________________________________________

I.          PURPOSE
           The purpose of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") is to provide an incentive for key executives of Montana-Dakota Utilities Co. to focus their efforts on the achievement of challenging and demanding corporate objectives.  The Plan is designed to reward successful corporate performance as measured against specified performance goals as well as exceptional individual performance.  When utility performance reaches or exceeds the performance targets and individual performance is exemplary, incentive compensation awards, in conjunction with salaries, will provide a level of compensation which recognizes the skills and efforts of the key executives.  In this Plan, MDU Resources Group, Inc. is defined as the “Company” while Montana-Dakota Utilities Co. is defined as the “Utility Company.”

II.         DEFINITIONS
           Capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Utility Company’s Executive Incentive Compensation Plan Rules and Regulations.

III.       BASIC PLAN CONCEPT
           The Plan provides an opportunity to earn annual incentive compensation based on the achievement of specified annual performance objectives.  A target incentive award for each individual within the Plan is established based on the position level and actual base salary, provided, however, that the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company (the “Committee”) in its sole discretion, may, instead of actual base salary, use the assigned salary grade market value (midpoint) (“Salary”).  The target incentive award represents the amount to be paid, subject to the achievement of the performance

 
 

 

objective targets established each year.  Larger incentive awards than target may be authorized when performance exceeds targets; lesser or no amounts may be paid when performance is below target.
           It is recognized that during a Plan Year major unforeseen changes in economic and environmental conditions or other significant factors beyond the control of management may substantially affect the ability of the Plan Participants to achieve the specified performance goals.  Therefore, in its review of corporate performance the Committee, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer of the Company, may modify the performance targets.  However, it is contemplated that such target modifications will be necessary only in years of unusually adverse or favorable external conditions.

IV.       ADMINISTRATION
           The Plan shall be administered by the Committee with the assistance of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company.  The Committee shall approve annually, prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the list of eligible Participants, and the target incentive award level for each position within the Plan.  The Plan’s performance targets for the year shall be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during that Plan Year.  The Committee shall have final discretion to determine actual award payment levels, method of payment, and whether or not payments shall be made for any Plan Year.
           The Board of Directors of the Company may, at any time and from time to time, alter, amend, supersede or terminate the Plan in whole or in part, provided that no termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way an award that has met all requirements for payment without the written consent of the Participant holding such award, unless

 
MDU - 2

 

such termination, modification or amendment is required by applicable law.

V.        ELIGIBILITY
           Executives who are determined by the Committee to have a key role in both the establishment and achievement of Utility Company objectives shall be eligible to participate in the Plan.
           Nothing in the Plan shall interfere with or limit in any way the right of the Utility Company to terminate any Participant’s employment at any time, for any reason or no reason in the Utility Company’s sole discretion, or confer upon any Participant any right to continue in the employment of the Utility Company.  No executive shall have the right to be selected to receive an award under the Plan, or, having been so selected, to be selected to receive a future award.

VI.
PLAN PERFORMANCE MEASURES
           Performance measures shall be established that consider shareholder and customer interests.  These measures shall be evaluated annually based on achievement of specified goals.
       The performance measure reflective of shareholder’s interest will be the percentage attainment of corporate goals, as determined each year by the Committee.  This measure may be applied at the corporate level for individuals whose major or sole impact is Utility Company-wide, or at the business unit level for individuals whose major or sole impact is on business unit results.
       Individual performance will be assessed based on the achievement of annually established individual objectives.
       Threshold, target and maximum award levels will be established annually for each performance measure and business unit.  The Committee will retain the right to make all interpretations as to the actual attainment of the desired

 
MDU - 3

 

results and will determine whether any circumstances beyond the control of management need to be considered.

VII.      TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS
           Target incentive awards will be expressed as a percentage of each Participant’s Salary.  These percentages shall vary by position and reflect larger reward opportunity for positions having greater effect on the establishment and accomplishment of the Utility Company’s or business unit’s objectives.  An exhibit showing the target awards as a percentage of Salary for eligible positions will be attached to this Plan at the beginning of each Plan Year.

VIII.     INCENTIVE FUND DETERMINATION
           The target incentive fund is the sum of the individual target incentive awards for all eligible Participants.  Once the incentive targets have been determined by the Committee, a target incentive fund shall be established and accrued ratably by the Utility Company.  The incentive fund and accruals may be adjusted during the year.
           At the close of each Plan Year, the Chief Executive Officer of the Company will prepare an analysis showing the Utility Company's and business unit's performance in relation to each of the performance measures employed.  This will be provided to the Committee for review and comparison to threshold, target and maximum performance levels.  In addition, any recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer will be presented at this time.  The Committee will then determine the amount of the target incentive fund earned.


 
MDU - 4

 

IX.       INDIVIDUAL AWARD DETERMINATION
           Each individual Participant's award will be based first upon the level of performance achieved by the Utility Company or business unit and secondly based upon the individual's performance.  The performance measures applicable for assessing individual performance will be established at the beginning of each Plan Year.  The assessment by the Committee, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, of achievement relative to the established performance measures, as determined by a percentage from 0 percent to 200 percent, will be applied to the Participant's target incentive award which has been first adjusted for Utility Company or business unit performance.

X.        PAYMENT OF AWARDS
           Except as provided below or as otherwise determined by the Committee, in order to receive an award under the Plan, the Participant must remain in the employment of the Utility Company or business unit for the entire Service Year.  If a Participant terminates employment with the Utility Company pursuant to a mandatory retirement provision in the Utility Company’s Bylaws that provides for mandatory retirement of certain officers on their 65 th birthday (or terminates employment with a subsidiary of the Company pursuant to a similar subsidiary Bylaw provision), and if the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs during the Service Year, determination of whether the performance measures have been met will be made at the end of the Service Year, and to the extent met, payment of the award will be made to the Participant, prorated.  Proration of awards shall be based upon the number of full months elapsed from and including January to and including the month in which the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs.  The prorated award shall be paid as soon as practicable in the year following the Service Year, but in all events between January 1 and March 10.

 
MDU - 5

 

An individual Participant who transfers between the Utility Company and the Company or any business unit of the Company may receive a prorated award at the discretion of the Committee.  Payments made under this Plan will not be considered part of compensation for pension purposes.  Payments will be made in cash as soon as practicable in the year following the Service Year, but in all events between January 1 and March 10.
           Incentive awards may be deferred if the appropriate elections have been executed prior to the beginning of the Service Year.  A deferral election will be effective only for the incentive award earned in the Service Year following the Plan Year in which the election is made.  Deferral elections may not be changed or revoked after the Service Year begins.  Deferred amounts shall be subject to the terms of the Plan and the Rules and Regulations, as amended, and, to the extent not inconsistent therewith, the deferral election forms pursuant to which the amounts were deferred.  Deferred amounts will accrue interest at a rate determined annually by the Committee and specified in the Rules and Regulations.
           In the event of a "Change in Control" (as defined by the Committee in its Rules and Regulations) then any award deferred by each Participant shall become immediately payable to the Participant in cash, together with accrued interest thereon to the date of payment.  In the event the Participant files suit to collect the Participant's deferred award then all of the court costs, other expenses of litigation, and attorneys' fees shall be paid by the Utility Company in the event the Participant prevails upon any of the Participant's claims for payment of a deferred award.

XI.            ACCOUNTING RESTATEMENTS
This Section XI shall apply to incentive awards granted to all Participants in the Plan.  Notwithstanding anything in the

 
MDU - 6

 

Plan or the Plan's Rules and Regulations to the contrary, if the Utility Company's audited financial statements are restated, the Committee may, in accordance with the Company's Guidelines for Repayment of Incentives Due to Accounting Restatements , take such actions as it deems appropriate (in its sole discretion) with respect to
(a)           unpaid incentive awards under the Plan (including incentive awards relating to completed Plan Years, but with respect to which payments have not yet been made or deferred) ("Outstanding Awards") and
(b)           prior incentive awards that were paid (or deferred) within the three-year period preceding the restatement ("Prior Awards"), provided such Prior Awards were not paid prior to the date the Plan was amended to add this Section XI,
if the calculation of the amounts payable, paid or deferred under such awards are, or would have been, directly impacted by the restatement, including, without limitation, (i) securing (or causing to be secured) repayment of some or all payments made pursuant to (or deferrals relating to) Prior Awards, (ii) making (or causing to be made) additional payments (or crediting additional deferrals), (iii) reducing or otherwise adjusting the amount payable pursuant to Outstanding Awards and/or (iv) causing the forfeiture of Outstanding Awards.  The Committee may, in its sole discretion, take different actions pursuant to this Section XI with respect to different awards, different Participants (or beneficiaries) and/or different classes of awards or Participants (or beneficiaries).  The Committee has no obligation to take any action permitted by this Section XI.  The Committee may consider any factors it chooses in taking (or determining whether to take) any action permitted by this Section XI, including, without limitation, the following:

 
MDU - 7

 

(A)           The reason for the restatement of the financial statements;
(B)           The amount of time between the initial publication and subsequent restatement of the financial statements; and
(C)           The Participant's current employment status, and the viability of successfully obtaining repayment.
           If the Committee requires repayment of all or part of a Prior Award, the amount of repayment may be based on, among other things, the difference between the amount paid to the individual and the amount that the Committee determines in its sole discretion should have been paid based on the restated results.  The Committee shall determine whether repayment shall be effected (i) by seeking repayment from the Participant, (ii) by reducing (subject to applicable law and the terms and conditions of the applicable plan, program or arrangement) the amount that would otherwise be provided to the Participant under any compensatory plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates, (iii) by withholding payment of future increases in compensation (including the payment of any discretionary bonus amount) or grants of compensatory awards that would otherwise have been made in accordance with the Company's otherwise applicable compensation practices, or (iv) by any combination of the foregoing.  Additionally, by accepting an incentive award under the Plan, Participants acknowledge and agree that the Committee may take any actions permitted by this Section XI with respect to Outstanding Awards to the extent repayment is to be made pursuant to another plan, program or arrangement maintained by the Company or any of its affiliates.


 
MDU - 8

 

MONTANA-DAKOTA UTILITIES CO.

EXECUTIVE INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN

RULES AND REGULATIONS

The Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of MDU Resources Group, Inc. (the "Company") adopted Rules and Regulations for the administration of the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan") on February 9, 1983, following adoption of the Plan by the Board of Directors of the Company on November 4, l982.

I.  
DEFINITIONS
 
The following definitions shall be used for purposes of these Rules and Regulations and for the purposes of administering the Plan:
 
 
1.
The "Committee" shall be the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company.
 
 
2.
The "Utility Company" shall refer to Montana-Dakota Utilities Co., a Division of MDU Resources Group, Inc.

 
3.
"Participants" for any Plan Year shall be those executives who have been approved by the Committee as eligible for participation in the Plan for such Plan Year.
 
 
4.
"Payment Date" shall be the date set by the Committee for payment of awards pursuant to Section X of the Plan, other than those awards deferred pursuant to Section X of the Plan and Section VII of these Rules and Regulations.
 
 
5.
The "Plan" shall refer to the Executive Incentive Compensation Plan.
 
6.             The "Plan Year" shall be the calendar year.
 
 
7.
“Change in Control” shall mean the occurrence of any of the following transactions or events: (a) any person (which shall not include the Company, any subsidiary of the Company or any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any subsidiary of the
 

 
MDU - 9

 

Company) ("Person") or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) ownership of stock of the Company possessing 30% or more of the total voting power of the stock of the Company; (b) any Person or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires ownership of the stock of the Company that, together with stock held by such Person or group, constitutes more than 50% of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of the Company (this part (b) applies only when there is a transfer of stock of the Company and the Company's stock remains outstanding after the transaction); (c) a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company is replaced during any 12-month period by directors whose appointment or election is not endorsed by a majority of the members of the Board of Directors of the Company; or (d) any Person or group (as that term is defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)(B)), acquires (or has acquired during the 12-month period ending on the date of the most recent acquisition by such Person or Persons) assets from the Company that have a gross fair market value equal to or more than 40% of the total gross fair market value of all of the assets of the Company immediately before such acquisition or acquisitions.
 
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, no transaction or event shall constitute a Change in Control for purposes of the Plan unless the transaction or event constitutes a change in the ownership of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v)), a change in effective control of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)) or a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of a corporation (as defined in Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(vi)) and the term Change in Control shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the proper interpretation of the similar provisions in the Section 409A Treasury Regulations.
 
 
8.
The “Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
 

 
MDU - 10

 

 
9.
The “Moody’s Rate” is defined as the average of (i) the number that results from adding the daily Moody’s U.S. Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Average for “A” rated companies as of the last day of each month for the 12-month period ending October 31 and dividing by 12 and (ii) the number that results from adding the daily Moody’s U.S. Long-Term Corporate Bond Yield Average for “BBB” rated companies as of the last day of each month for the 12-month period ending October 31 and dividing by 12.
 
 
10.
“Retirement” means the later of the day the Participant attains age 55 or the day the Participant ceases to be an employee of the Company, its utility division or any of its subsidiary corporations.
 
 
11.
“Service Year” means the Plan Year during which the services giving rise to the incentive award are performed.

 
12.
“Specified Employee” means an employee who, as of the date the employee separates from service, is a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code), as determined under the Company's policy for determining specified employees.

 
II.  
ADMINISTRATION
 
 
1.
The Committee shall have the full power to construe and interpret the Plan and to establish and to amend these Rules and Regulations for its administration.
 
 
2.
No member of the Committee shall participate in a decision as to their own eligibility for, or award of, an incentive award payment.
 
 
3.
Prior to the beginning of each Plan Year, the Committee shall approve a list of eligible executives and notify those so approved that they are eligible to participate in the Plan for such Plan Year.
 
 
4.
No later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year, the Committee shall approve an Annual Operating Plan.  The Annual Operating Plan shall include the Plan’s performance measures and target incentive award levels for each salary grade covered by the Plan for the Plan Year.
 

 
MDU - 11

 

The Plan’s performance targets for the year shall be approved by the Committee no later than its regularly scheduled February meeting during the Plan Year.  The Annual Operating Plan, insofar as it is relevant to each individual Participant, shall be made available by the Committee to each Participant in the Plan.
 
 
5.
The Committee shall have final discretion to determine actual award payment levels, method of payment, and whether or not payments shall be made for any Plan Year.  However, unless the Plan's performance objectives are met for the Plan Year, no award shall be made for that Plan Year.  Performance targets modified pursuant to Section III of the Plan will be deemed performance targets for purposes of determining whether or not these targets have been met.
 

III.  
PLAN PERFORMANCE MEASURES
 
 
1.
The Committee shall establish the percentage attainment of corporate performance measure and the percentage attainment of individual goals measure.  The Committee may establish more or fewer performance measures as it deems necessary.
 
 
2.
The corporate performance measure may be set by reference to earnings, return on invested capital or any other measure or combination of measures deemed appropriate by the Committee.  It may be established for the Utility Company or for the individual business unit.
 
 
3.
Individual performance will be assessed based on the achievement of annually established individual objectives.
 
 
4.
Plan performance measures may be applied at the corporate level for individuals whose major or sole impact is Utility Company-wide, or at the business unit level for individuals whose major or sole impact is on the business unit results.  The Annual Operating Plan shall contain a list of individuals to whom the Plan performance measures will be applied at the corporate level and a list of those individuals for whom the Plan performance measures will be applied at the business unit level.  The relevant business unit for each individual will be identified.
 

 
MDU - 12

 

 
5.
The Committee shall set threshold, target and maximum award levels for the performance measures, for each business unit, and for the Utility Company.  Those levels shall be included in the Annual Operating Plan.
 
 
6.
The Committee will retain the authority to determine whether or not the actual attainment of these measures has been made.
 

IV.  
TARGET INCENTIVE AWARDS
 
 
1.
Target incentive awards will be a percentage of each Participant’s Salary, as defined in the Plan.
 
 
2.
Target incentive awards shall be set by the Committee annually and will be included in the Annual Operating Plan.
 

V.  
INCENTIVE FUND DETERMINATION
 
 
1.
The target incentive fund is the sum of the individual target incentive awards for all eligible Participants.
 
 
2.
Once individual incentive targets have been determined, a target incentive fund shall be established and accrued ratably by the Utility Company.  The incentive fund and accruals may be adjusted during the year.
 
 
3.
As soon as practicable following the close of each Plan Year, the Chief Executive Officer will provide the Committee with an analysis showing the Utility Company's and each relevant business unit's performance in relation to the performance measures.  The Committee will review the analysis and determine, in its sole discretion, the amount of the actual incentive fund.
 
 
4.
In determining the actual incentive fund, the Committee may consider any recommendations of the Chief Executive Officer.
 
VI.  
INDIVIDUAL AWARD DETERMINATION
 
 
1.
The Committee shall have the sole discretion to determine each individual Participant's award. The Committee's decision will be based first upon the
 

 
MDU - 13

 

level of performance achieved by the Utility Company or business unit and second upon the individual's performance.
 
 
2.
The Committee, after consultation with the Chief Executive Officer, shall set the award as a percentage from 0 percent to 200 percent of the Participant's target incentive award, adjusted for Utility Company or business unit performance.
 

VII.  
PAYMENT OF AWARDS
 
 
1.
On the date the Committee determines the awards to be made to individual Participants, it shall also establish the Payment Date.
 
 
2.
Except as provided below or as the Committee otherwise determines, in order to receive an award under the Plan, a Participant must remain employed by the Utility Company or one of its business units for the entire Service Year.
 
 
3.
If a Participant terminates employment with the Utility Company pursuant to a mandatory retirement provision in the Utility Company's Bylaws that provides for mandatory retirement of certain officers on their 65 th birthday (or terminates employment with a subsidiary of the Company pursuant to a similar subsidiary Bylaw provision), and if the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs during the Service Year, determination of whether the performance measures have been met will be made at the end of the Service Year, and to the extent met, payment of the award will be made to the Participant, prorated.  Proration of awards shall be based upon the number of full months elapsed from and including January to and including the month in which the Participant’s 65 th birthday occurs.
 
 
4.
Payment of the awards shall be made in cash.  Payments shall be made on the Payment Date unless the Participant has deferred, in whole or in part, the receipt of the award by making an election on the deferral form attached hereto, prior to the beginning of the Service Year.  Deferral elections may not be changed or revoked after the Service Year begins.
 
 
5.
In the event a Participant has elected to defer receipt of all or a portion of the award, the
 

 
MDU - 14

 

Utility Company shall set up an account in the Participant's name. The amount of the Participant's award to the extent deferred will be credited to the Participant's account on the Payment Date.
 
 
6.
The balance credited to an account of a Participant who has elected to defer receipt of an award will be an unsecured, unfunded obligation of the Utility Company.
 
 
7.
Interest shall accrue on the balance credited to a Participant's account from the date the balance is credited.  Effective January 1, 2009, the rate of interest for each Plan Year shall be the Moody’s Rate.
 
 
8.
Interest shall be compounded and credited to the account monthly.
 
 
9.
A Participant may elect to defer any percentage, not to exceed l00, of an annual award.
 
 
10.
A Participant electing to defer any part of an award must elect one of the following dates on which (a) payment will be made, if payment will be made in a lump sum or (b) payments will commence, if payment will be made in monthly installments:
 
 
(1)
Between January 1 and March 10 next following termination of employment with the Utility Company or an affiliated company; or

 
(2)
Between January 1 and March 10 of the fifth year following the year in which the award would have been paid had it not been deferred.

For Participants who previously elected to have payments made or commence on the Payment Date next following termination of employment, their payments will be made or commence between January 1 and March 10 next following their termination of employment with the Utility Company.  For Participants who elected to have payments made or commence on the Payment Date of the fifth year following the year in which the award may be made, their payments will be made or commence between January 1 and March 10 of the fifth year following the year in which the award would have been paid had it not been deferred.

 
MDU - 15

 

 
11.
A Participant may elect to receive the deferred amounts accumulated in the Participant's account in monthly installments, not to exceed 120.  In the event the Participant elects to receive the amounts in the Participant's account in more than one installment, interest shall continue to accrue on the balance remaining in their account at the applicable rate or rates determined annually by the Committee.

 
12.
Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan or these Rules and Regulations to the contrary, if a Specified Employee's employment terminates, to the extent required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B) of the Code, except as otherwise provided in paragraph 13 below of this Section VII of these Rules and Regulations, payment of any deferred amounts under the Plan that are to be paid during the 6-month period following the Specified Employee's termination of employment shall not be paid or provided until the first business day after the date that is 6 months following the Specified Employee's termination of employment.  Any payment that is made pursuant to the prior sentence shall include the cumulative amount of any amounts that could not be paid during the 6-month period following the Specified Employee's termination of employment.  To the extent payments are deferred pursuant to the prior sentence, such deferred amounts shall continue to accrue interest pursuant to Section VII of these Rules and Regulations until payment occurs.
 
For all purposes under the Plan and these Rules and Regulations, references to termination of employment and similar terms shall be interpreted to mean “separation from service,” as that term is used in Section 409A of the Code, and the Participant's employment shall not be deemed to have terminated for purposes of the Plan or these Rules and Regulations unless and until a separation from service shall have occurred for purposes of Section 409A of the Code.
 
 
13.
In the event of the death of a Participant in whose name a deferred account has been set up, the Utility Company shall, within 90 days thereafter, pay to the Participant's estate or the designated beneficiary the entire amount in the deferred account.
 

 
MDU - 16

 

 
14.
In the event of a "Change in Control" then any award deferred by each Participant shall become immediately payable to the Participant.  In the event the Participant files suit to collect a deferred award then all of the Participant's court costs, other expenses of litigation, and attorneys' fees shall be paid by the Utility Company in the event the Participant prevails upon any of the Participant's claims for payment.
 

 
MDU - 17

 


PAYROLL ELECTION FORM

Election for Deferred Compensation
and Beneficiary Designation


Pursuant to the Montana-Dakota Utilities Co. Executive
Incentive Compensation Plan (the "Plan"), I elect to defer
receipt of ____________________ percent of the cash
                      (not to exceed 100)
 
portion of any award which may be payable to me in 2011 for Plan
 
Year incentive earned in 2010 , until the event specified below:
Check one:
Between January 1 and March 10 of the year
following the year I cease to be an employee
of Montana-Dakota Utilities Co. or an affiliated
_______                               company.

_______                                Between January 1 and March 10 of 2016.


I elect to receive any amounts deferred pursuant to the
designation above and accumulated in my account in
                        monthly installments.
(not to exceed 120)
 
In the event of my death prior to receipt of the balance of
such accumulated amounts, I designate
                                          whose address is
                                          as my beneficiary
to receive such balance.

 
 

 


I understand that this election shall become irrevocable on December 31, 2009.  I further understand that (1) if I am a “specified employee” (as that term is used in Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”)) when my employment terminates, to the extent required by Section 409A(a)(2)(B), payment of any deferred amounts under the Plan that are subject to Section 409A of the Code and that are to be paid during the 6 month period following my termination of employment shall not be paid or provided until the first business day after the date that is 6 months following termination of my employment or, if earlier, within 90 days after my death and (2) for purposes of this election form, I shall not be deemed to have terminated employment with Montana-Dakota Utilities Co. or an affiliated company unless and until a "separation from service" (as that term is used in Section 409A of the Code) shall have occurred.


____________________                                          ____________________
(Print Name)                                                                 (Signature)




                                                                                         ____________________
             (Date)

 
2

 


INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT TO THE
MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN


The MDU Resources Group, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan, (as restated June 1, 2009) (the “Plan”), is hereby further amended, effective January 1, 2010, unless otherwise indicated, as follows:

1.
By adding the following sentence to the end of the “Introduction:”

Effective January 1, 2010, the Plan was amended to provide Retirement Contributions to those employees who were Participants in the MDU Resources Group, Inc. Pension Plan for Non-Bargaining Unit Employees, the Knife River Corporation Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan, and the Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline Company Pension Plan, for which future benefits accruals ended as of December 31, 2009.

Explanation:  This amendment adds to the historical provision to the K-Plan that the Pension Plans named in the amendment are being frozen effective December 31, 2009, and a Retirement Contribution will be provided as a replacement contribution to impacted Participants.

2.
By adding  the definition of “Gross Compensation” to Article I of the Plan, as follows:

Gross Compensation – All taxable Compensation paid to an Eligible Employee by the Employer, including but not limited to wages, salary, bonuses, and incentive compensation.

Explanation:  This amendment defines the term “Gross Compensation” as used for testing purposes.

3.
By adding the definition of “Spouse” to Article I of the Plan, as follows:

Spouse  – A “Spouse” means a person of the opposite gender who is legally married or legally separated from the Participant.

Explanation:  This amendment clarifies the definition of spouse to be consistent with other MDU Resources Group, Inc. benefit plans.

4.
By adding the definition of “Company Pension Plan” to Article I of the Plan, as follows:

Company Pension Plan.   Any one or more of the following pension plans: MDU Resources Group, Inc. Pension Plan for Non-Bargaining Unit Employees, Knife River Corporation Salaried Employees’ Pension Plan,

 
1

 


and Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline Company Pension Plan.

Explanation: This amendment adds the definition of “Company Pension Plan” for purposes of the new Retirement Contribution being made on behalf of Participants whose Pension Plan accruals are frozen, effective December 31, 2009.

5.
By replacing “Special Contribution” with “Retirement Contribution” throughout the Plan.

Explanation:  This amendment changes phrases for consistency when identifying additional employer contributions other than profit sharing contributions.

6.
Effective as of January 1, 2009, by adding the following new Section 4A.6   Election to Receive Required Minimum Distributions for 2009 to the Plan immediately following Section 4A.5 thereof:

4A.6            Election to Receive Required Minimum Distributions for 2009.   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4A of the Plan, a Participant or Beneficiary who would have been required to receive a required minimum distributions for 2009 but for the enactment of section 401(a)(9)(H) of the Code (“2009 RMDs”), and who would have satisfied that requirement by receiving distributions that are: (i) equal to the 2009 RMDs; or (ii) one or more payments in a series of substantially equal distributions (that include the 2009 RMDs) made at least annually and expected to last for the life (or life expectancy) of the Participant, the joint lives (or joint life expectancy) of the Participant and the Participant’s designated Beneficiary, or for a period of at least 10 years (“Extended 2009 RMDs”), will not receive those distributions for 2009 unless the Participant or Beneficiary chooses to receive such distributions. Participants and Beneficiaries described in the preceding sentence will be given the opportunity to elect to receive the distributions described in the preceding sentence. In addition, notwithstanding Section 4.7 of the Plan, and solely for purposes of applying the direct rollover provisions of the Plan, 2009 RMDs and Extended 2009 RMDs will be treated as eligible rollover distributions.

Explanation:  This amendment incorporates the required temporary waiver of the Required Minimum Distribution rules under the Worker, Retiree and Employer Recovery Act of 2008 (“WRERA”), and allows amounts distributed as 2009 Required Minimum Distributions to be rolled over into an IRA or other retirement plan.
 

7.
By replacing footnote 5 to Supplement D-2 of the Plan, in its entirety, as follows:

5   Requirement to be an Active Employee on the last day of the Plan Year does not apply to Bitter Creek Pipelines, LLC, Fidelity Exploration & Production Company, Great Plains Natural Gas, Intermountain Gas

 
2

 


Company, and Rocky Mountain Contractors, Inc. (union).  In addition, completion of 1,000 Hours of Service does not apply to Rocky Mountain Contractors, Inc. (union).

Explanation:  This amendment clarifies the Affiliates whose employees are not required to be an Active Employee on the last day of the Plan Year or required to complete 1,000 Hours of Service in order to share in the Supplement D-2 Retirement Contribution.

8.
Effective January 1, 2006, by adding MDU Construction Services Group, Inc. and Hawaiian Cement as Participating Affiliates to Section D-6-2 Eligibility to Share in the Special Contribution of Supplement D-6 of the Plan.

Explanation:  This amendment clarifies that MDU Construction Services Group, Inc. and Hawaiian Cement are Participating Affiliates in the Retirement Contribution Feature of the Plan.

9.
By adding a new Supplement D-6A to the Plan, as follows:

Supplement D-6A

Provisions Relating to the
Retirement Contribution Feature

 
D-6A-1
Introduction.   Effective January 1, 2010, certain Participating Affiliates in the Plan hereby establish a Retirement Contribution Feature as described in this Supplement D-6A.  This Retirement Contribution Feature shall be in addition to all other contributions provided pursuant to the Plan.

 
D-6A-2
Eligibility to Share in the Retirement Contribution.   Participation in the Retirement Contribution for any Plan Year is limited to individuals who were active Participants in a Company Pension Plan as of December 31, 2009.

 
In order to share in the allocation of the Retirement Contribution for any Plan Year, Eligible Employees must complete 1,000 Hours of Service in that Plan Year; provided, however, that if the Participant’s failure to complete 1,000 Hours of Service in the Plan Year is due to the Participant’s Disability, Death, or Retirement on attaining age 60 during such Plan Year, such Participant shall nevertheless be entitled to a Retirement Contribution for such Plan Year.  Individuals who satisfy the preceding requirements for Retirement Contributions are referred to herein as “Supplement D-6A Participants.”

 
3

 



 
D-6A-3
Amount of Retirement Contribution.   For each Plan Year, Supplement D-6A Participants will be credited with the following static contribution based upon their age as of December 31, 2009, and their eligible Compensation, excluding bonuses, for the Plan Year:

Age as of
December 31, 2009
Retirement Contribution
Percentage
Less than 30
5.0%
30 but less than 35
7.0%
35 but less than 40
9.0%
40 but less than 45
10.5%
45 and over
11.5%

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Retirement Contribution Percentage above for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees is more than the amount permitted under Section 415 of the Code, the Participant’s Retirement Contributions shall be reduced to the extent necessary to comply with Section 415 of the Code. The Retirement Contribution Percentage above may also be reduced for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees, as necessary, to pass nondiscrimination testing.
 
 
 
D-6A-4
Vesting.   Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.2 to the contrary, Supplement D-6A Participants shall be vested in their Retirement Contribution upon completing three (3) years of Vesting Service as defined below.

 
A “Year of Vesting Service” means a Plan Year in which the Supplement D-6A Participant completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. In addition, service with any Affiliate that occurred prior to the effective date of Supplement D-6A shall be recognized for purposes of this paragraph.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant shall be fully vested in his or her Retirement Contribution Account upon Death, Disability, or attaining age 60.

 
D-6A-5
Use of Terms.   Terms used in this Supplement D-6A shall, unless defined in this Supplement D-6A or elsewhere noted, have the meaning given to those terms in the Plan.

 
D-6A-6
Inconsistencies with the Plan.   The terms of this Supplement D-6A are a part of the Plan and supersede the provisions of the Plan to the extent necessary to eliminate inconsistencies between the Plan and Supplement D-6A.

 
4

 


Explanation:  This amendment adds a new Supplement to the Plan to provide for Retirement Contributions to the Plan accounts of those Participants who were Participants of one of the Company’s Pension Plans as of December 31, 2009.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MDU Resources Group, Inc., as Sponsoring Employer of the Plan, has caused this Supplement to be duly executed by a member of the MDU Resources Group, Inc. Employee Benefits Committee (“EBC”) on this 2nd day of December, 2009.


   
MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
   
   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS COMMITTEE
     
     
     
 
By:
/s/ Vernon A Raile
   
Vernon A. Raile, Chairman       
 
 

 
5

 


INSTRUMENT OF AMENDMENT TO THE
MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN


The MDU Resources Group, Inc. 401(k) Retirement Plan as restated June 1, 2009 (the “Plan”), is hereby further amended, effective January 1, 2010, as follows:

1.  
By removing the definition of “Retirement” in Article I of the Plan and replacing it with a definition for “Normal Retirement Age” as follows:

Normal Retirement Age – The time a Participant attains age 60.

Explanation:  This amendment removes the reference to termination of employment after age 55, since it does not have any relevance.  This clarifies eligibility to share in Retirement Contributions and Profit Sharing Contributions, and for vesting purposes.

2.  
By replacing Section D-4-2 Eligibility to Share in the Retirement Contribution, Special Transition Contribution, and Profit Sharing Feature of Supplement D-4 Provisions Relating to the Cascade Natural Gas Corporation Retirement Contribution, Special Transition Contribution, and Profit Sharing Contribution, in its entirety, with the following:

 
D-4-2
Eligibility to Share in the Retirement Contribution, Special Transition Contribution, and Profit Sharing Feature . In order to share in the allocation of any Retirement Contribution, Special Transition Contribution, or Profit Sharing Contribution made by Cascade pursuant to Paragraph 3 or 4 for a given Plan Year, a Participant must be an Eligible Employee of Cascade, complete 1,000 Hours of Service in that Plan Year, and be (a) a non-bargaining unit employee, (b) a part of the CSR Bargaining Unit (“CBU”), or (c) a part of the Field Operations Bargaining Unit (“FOBU”).  Effective as of January 1, 2008, a Participant must also be employed by Cascade on the last day of the Plan Year in order to be eligible to share in the allocation of a Profit Sharing Contribution for such Plan Year. However, any Participant who died or became disabled during the Plan Year, or terminated employment on or after attaining age 60 is eligible to share in the Retirement Contribution or Profit Sharing Contribution, if any, for such Plan Year.  Participants who meet the preceding requirements are referred to herein as “Supplement D-4 Participants.”

Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain identified Cascade employees who transfer to Montana-Dakota Utilities Co. effective December 21, 2009 and remain employed on December 31, 2009 shall be entitled to an allocation of the Profit Sharing Contribution for the 2009 Plan Year.

 
1

 




Explanation:  This amendment clarifies that employees who die, become disabled, or terminate employment on or after age 60 (reduced from age 65) are not required to complete 1,000 hours of service in the Plan Year to receive the Retirement Contribution or Profit Sharing Contribution.  This amendment also allows employees who transfer from Cascade to Montana-Dakota Utilities on December 21, 2009 as a result of  reorganization, to receive a Profit Sharing Contribution from Cascade as long as they complete 1,000 hours of service and they are employed by Montana-Dakota Utilities on December 31, 2009.

3.  
By replacing “age 65” with “age 60” throughout the Plan.

Explanation:  This amendment reduces the age at which Participants who terminate employment are eligible to share in Retirement and Profit Sharing Contributions for that Plan Year without completing the 1,000 hours of service or end of year employment requirements. It also reduces the age at which Participants become fully vested regardless of the number of years of service.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, MDU Resources Group, Inc., as Sponsoring Employer of the Plan, has caused this Supplement to be duly executed by a member of the MDU Resources Group, Inc. Employee Benefits Committee (“EBC”) on this 30th day of December, 2009.


 
MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
 
   EMPLOYEE BENEFITS COMMITTEE
     
     
 
By:
/s/ Vernon A. Raile                           
   
Vernon A. Raile, Chairman
 
 

 
2

 


MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES
AND COMBINED FIXED CHARGES AND PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS

   
Years Ended December 31,
 
   
2009
   
2008
   
2007
   
2006
   
2005
 
   
(In thousands of dollars)
 
                               
Earnings Available for
Fixed Charges:
 
                             
Net Income (a)
  $ (126,653 )   $ 293,826     $ 308,288     $ 303,396     $ 250,905  
                                         
Income Taxes
    (96,092 )     147,475       190,024       166,110       146,249  
                                         
      (222,745 )     441,301       498,312       469,506       397,154  
                                         
Rents (b)
    14,475       11,781       11,947       7,688       11,109  
                                         
Interest (c)
    89,943       86,320       76,248       74,531       56,440  
                                         
Total Earnings Available
    for Fixed
Charges
  $ (118,327 )   $ 539,402     $ 586,507     $ 551,725     $ 464,703  
                                         
Preferred Dividend
Requirements
  $ 685     $ 685     $ 685     $ 685     $ 685  
                                         
Ratio of Income
Before Income
Taxes to Net
Income
    176 %     150 %     159 %     154 %     155 %
                                         
Preferred Dividend
Factor on Pretax
Basis
    1,206       1,028       1,089       1,055       1,062  
                                         
Fixed Charges (d)
    109,117       101,452       90,545       84,898       68,934  
                                         
Combined Fixed
Charges and
Preferred Stock
Dividends
  $ 110,323     $ 102,480     $ 91,634     $ 85,953     $ 69,996  
                                         
Ratio of Earnings
to Fixed Charges
    (e)     5.3x       6.5x       6.5x       6.7x  
                                         
Ratio of Earnings
to Combined
Fixed Charges
and Preferred
Stock Dividends
    (e)     5.3x       6.4x       6.4x       6.6x  
 
(a)
Net income excludes undistributed income for equity investees.
 
(b)
Represents interest portion of rents estimated at 33 1/3%.

(c)
Represents interest, amortization of debt discount and expense on all indebtedness and amortization of interest capitalized, and excludes amortization of gains or losses on reacquired debt (which, under the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Uniform System of Accounts, is classified as a reduction of, or increase in, interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income) and interest capitalized.

(d)
Represents rents (as defined above), interest, amortization of debt discount and expense on all indebtedness, and excludes amortization of gains or losses on reacquired debt (which, under the Federal Energy Regulatory Commission Uniform System of Accounts, is classified as a reduction of, or increase in, interest expense in the Consolidated Statements of Income).

(e)
Due to the $384.4 million after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties in the first quarter of 2009, earnings were insufficient by $228.7 million to cover combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009. If the $384.4 million after-tax noncash write-down is excluded, the ratio of earnings to fixed charges and the ratio of earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends would both have been 4.6 times for the twelve months ended December 31, 2009.

 
 

 

The above ratios related to fixed charges and combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends that exclude the effect of the after-tax noncash write-down of natural gas and oil properties are non-GAAP financial measures. The Company believes that these non-GAAP financial measures are useful because the write-down excluded is not indicative of the Company’s cash flows available to meet its fixed charges obligations. The presentation of this additional information is not meant to be considered a substitute for financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP.


 
 

 


MDU RESOURCES GROUP, INC.
List of Subsidiaries
(effective January 1, 2010)


 
Subsidiaries
Jurisdiction of
Formation
 
Alaska Basic Industries, Inc.
Alaska
Ames Sand & Gravel, Inc.
North Dakota
Anchorage Sand and Gravel Company, Inc.
Alaska
Baldwin Contracting Company, Inc.
California
BEH Electric Holdings, LLC
Nevada
Bell Electrical Contractors, Inc.
Missouri
Bitter Creek Pipelines, LLC
Colorado
BMH Mechanical Holdings, LLC
Nevada
Bombard Electric, LLC
Nevada
Bombard Mechanical, LLC
Nevada
Capital Electric Construction Company, Inc.
Kansas
Capital Electric Line Builders, Inc.
Kansas
Cascade Natural Gas Corporation
Washington
Centennial Energy Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
Centennial Energy Resources International, Inc.
Delaware
Centennial Energy Resources LLC
Delaware
Centennial Holdings Capital LLC
Delaware
Central Oregon Redi-Mix, LLC
Oregon
CGC Resources, Inc.
Washington
ClearFlame, LLC
Colorado
Concrete, Inc.
California
Connolly-Pacific Co.
California
Continental Line Builders, Inc.
Delaware
Coordinating and Planning Services, Inc.
Delaware
Desert Fire Holdings, Inc.
Nevada
Desert Fire Protection, a Nevada Limited Partnership
Nevada
Desert Fire Protection, Inc.
Nevada
Desert Fire Protection, LLC
Nevada
D S S Company
California
E.S.I., Inc.
Ohio
Fairbanks Materials, Inc.
Alaska
Fidelity Exploration & Production Company
Delaware
Fidelity Oil Co.
Delaware
Frebco, Inc.
Ohio
FutureSource Capital Corp.
Delaware
Granite City Ready Mix, Inc.
Minnesota
Hamlin Electric Company
Colorado
Harp Engineering, Inc.
Montana
Hawaiian Cement, a partnership
Hawaii
ILB Hawaii, Inc.
Hawaii
Independent Fire Fabricators, LLC
Nevada
Intermountain Gas Company
Idaho
International Line Builders, Inc.
Delaware
InterSource Insurance Company
Vermont
Jebro Incorporated
Iowa
JTL Group, Inc., a Montana corporation
Montana
JTL Group, Inc., a Wyoming corporation
Wyoming
Kent's Oil Service
California
Knife River Corporation
Delaware
Knife River Corporation – North Central
Minnesota
Knife River Corporation – Northwest (f/k/a Morse Bros., Inc.)
Oregon
Knife River Corporation – South
Texas
Knife River Dakota, Inc.
Delaware
Knife River Hawaii, Inc.
Delaware


 
 

 


Knife River Marine, Inc.
Delaware
Knife River Midwest, LLC
Delaware
KRC Aggregate, Inc.
Delaware
KRC Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
LME&U Holdings, LLC
Nevada
Lone Mountain Excavation & Utilities, LLC
Nevada
Loy Clark Pipeline Co.
Oregon
LTM, Incorporated
Oregon
MDU Brasil Ltda.
Brazil
MDU Chile Inversiones Ltda.
Chile
MDU Construction Services Group, Inc.
Delaware
MDU Energy Capital, LLC
Delaware
MDU Industrial Services, Inc.
Delaware
MDU Norte Transmissão de Energia Ltda.
Brazil
MDU Resources International LLC
Delaware
MDU Resources Luxembourg I LLC S.a.r.l.
Luxembourg
MDU Resources Luxembourg II LLC S.a.r.l.
Luxembourg
MDU Sul Transmissão de Energia Ltda.
Brazil
Midland Technical Crafts, Inc.
Delaware
Netricity LLC
Alaska
Northstar Materials, Inc.
Minnesota
Oregon Electric Construction, Inc.
Oregon
Pouk & Steinle, Inc.
California
Prairie Cascade Energy Holdings, LLC
Delaware
Prairie Intermountain Energy Holdings, LLC
Delaware
Prairielands Energy Marketing, Inc.
Delaware
Prairielands Magnetics Limited
Scotland
Rocky Mountain Contractors, Inc.
Montana
USI Industrial Services, Inc.
Delaware
Wagner Group, Inc., The
Delaware
Wagner Industrial Electric, Inc.
Delaware
Wagner-Smith Company, The
Ohio
Wagner-Smith Equipment Co.
Delaware
Wagner-Smith Pumps & Systems, Inc.
Ohio
Warner Enterprises, Inc.
Nevada
WBI Canadian Pipeline, Ltd.
Canada
WBI Energy Services, Inc.
Delaware
WBI Holdings, Inc.
Delaware
WBI Pipeline & Storage Group, Inc.
Delaware
WHC, Ltd.
Hawaii
Williston Basin Interstate Pipeline Company
Delaware


 
 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM


We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-155550 and No. 333-151215 on Form S-3, and No. 33-54486, No. 333-27877, No. 333-84844, No. 333-112035, No. 333-118622, No. 333-114488, No. 333-139156, and No. 333-158572 on Form S-8, of our reports dated February 17, 2010, relating to the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule of MDU Resources Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) (which report expresses an unqualified opinion and includes an explanatory paragraph relating to the Company’s adoption of the definitions and required pricing assumptions outlined in the Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting rules issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission effective as of December 31, 2009), and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2009.


/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Minneapolis, Minnesota
February 17, 2010
 
 

 
CONSENT OF RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.


As independent oil and gas consultants, Ryder Scott Company, L.P. hereby consents to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-155550 and No. 333-151215 on Form S-3, and No. 33-54486, No. 333-27877, No. 333-84844, No. 333-112035, No. 333-118622, No. 333-114488, No. 333-139156, and No. 333-158572 on Form S-8, of all references to our firm’s name and audit of portions of Fidelity Exploration & Production Company’s (“Fidelity”) proved natural gas and oil reserves estimates as of December 31, 2009, as described in our letter to Fidelity dated January 22, 2010, included in or made a part of MDU Resources Group, Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009.


/s/ RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.
TBPE Firm License No. F-1580

Houston, Texas
February 17, 2010
 
 

CERTIFICATION

I, Terry D. Hildestad, certify that:

 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MDU Resources Group, Inc.;

 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))   and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 17, 2010


/s/ Terry D. Hildestad                                           
Terry D. Hildestad
President and Chief Executive Officer
 
 

CERTIFICATION

I, Doran N. Schwartz, certify that:

 
1.
I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of MDU Resources Group, Inc.;

 
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))   and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

 
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

 
5.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:  February 17, 2010

 /s/ Doran N. Schwartz                                           
Doran N. Schwartz
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer




CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Each of the undersigned, Terry D. Hildestad, the President and Chief Executive Officer, and Doran N. Schwartz, the Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of MDU Resources Group, Inc. (the "Company"), DOES HEREBY CERTIFY that:

1.  The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2009 (the "Report"), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

2.  Information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operation of the Company.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has executed this statement this 17 th day of February, 2010.


 /s/ Terry D. Hildestad                                           
Terry D. Hildestad
President and Chief Executive Officer



 /s/ Doran N. Schwartz                                           
Doran N. Schwartz
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer



A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to MDU Resources Group, Inc. and will be retained by MDU Resources Group, Inc. and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.
 
 
 

 


FIDELITY EXPLORATION & PRODUCTION COMPANY








Estimated

Future Reserves

Attributable to Certain

Leasehold and Royalty Interests




SEC Parameters




As of

December 31, 2009




   
/s/ Joseph E. Blankenship, P.E.
   
Joseph E. Blankenship, P.E.
   
TBPE License No. 62093
   
Senior Vice President

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.
TBPE Firm Registration No. F-1580

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 
 
  RYDER SCOTT COMPANY    
  PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS    TBPE REGISTERED ENGINEERING FIRM F-1580
    FAX (713) 651-0849 
    1100 LOUISIANA   SUITE 3800  HOUSTON, TEXAS  77002-5218 TELEPHONE (713) 651-9191 
 


January 22, 2010



Fidelity Exploration & Production Company
1700 Lincoln, Suite 2800
Denver, Colorado  80203


Gentlemen:

At the request of Fidelity Exploration & Production Company (Fidelity), Ryder Scott Company (Ryder Scott) has conducted a reserves audit of the estimates of the proved reserves as prepared by Fidelity’s engineering and geological staff based on the definitions and disclosure guidelines contained in the United States Securities and Exchange Commission Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting, Final Rule released January 14, 2009 in the Federal Register (SEC regulations).

The reserves audit conducted by Ryder Scott was completed on January 15, 2010.  This third party letter report presents the results of our reserves audit based on the guidelines set forth under Section 229.1202(a)(7) and (8) of the SEC regulations.  The estimated reserves shown herein represent Fidelity’s estimated net reserves attributable to the leasehold and royalty interests in certain properties owned by Fidelity and the portion of those reserves reviewed by Ryder Scott, as of December 31, 2009.

The properties reviewed by Ryder Scott incorporate 3326 reserve determinations and are located in the states of Alabama, Colorado, Louisiana, Montana, North Dakota, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Texas, Utah, Wyoming, and in federal waters offshore Louisiana and Texas.

The proved net reserves attributable to the properties that we reviewed account for 100 percent of the total proved net reserves based on estimates prepared by Fidelity as of December 31, 2009.

As prescribed by the Society of Petroleum Engineers in Paragraph 2.2(f) of the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserves Information (SPE auditing standards), a reserves audit is defined as “the process of reviewing certain of the pertinent facts interpreted and assumptions made that have resulted in an estimate of reserves prepared by others and the rendering of an opinion about (1) the appropriateness of the methodologies employed; (2) the adequacy and quality of the data relied upon; (3) the depth and thoroughness of the reserves estimation process; (4) the classification of reserves appropriate to the relevant definitions used; and (5) the reasonableness of the estimated reserve quantities.”

Based on our review, including the data, technical processes and interpretations presented by Fidelity, it is our opinion that the overall procedures and methodologies utilized by Fidelity in determining the proved reserves comply with the current SEC regulations and the overall proved reserves for the reviewed properties as estimated by Fidelity are, in the aggregate, reasonable within the established audit tolerance guidelines set forth in the SPE auditing standards.
 
 
   1200, 530 8TH AVENUE, S.W.  CALGARY, ALBERTA T2P 3S8  TEL (403) 262-2799  FAX (403) 262-2790  
   621 17TH STREET, SUITE 1550  DENVER, COLORADO 80293-1501  TEL (303) 623-9147  FAX (303) 623-4258  
 
 

 
Fidelity Exploration & Production Company
January 22, 2010
Page 2


 
The estimated reserves presented in this report are related to hydrocarbon prices.  Fidelity has informed us that in the preparation of their reserve and income projections, as of December 31, 2009, they used average prices during the 12-month period prior to the ending date of the period covered in this report, determined as unweighted arithmetic averages of the prices in effect on the first-day-of-the-month for each month within such period, unless prices were defined by contractual arrangements as required by the SEC regulations.  Actual future prices may vary significantly from the prices required by SEC regulations; therefore, volumes of reserves actually recovered and the amounts of income actually received may differ significantly from the estimated quantities presented in this report.  The net reserves as estimated by Fidelity attributable to Fidelity's interest in properties that we reviewed are summarized as follows:


SEC PARAMETERS
Estimated Net Reserves
Attributable to Certain Properties of
Fidelity Exploration & Production Company
As of December 31, 2009


   
Proved
   
Developed
     
Total
   
Producing
 
Non-Producing
 
Undeveloped
 
Proved
Total Net Reserves
All Audited by Ryder Scott
               
   Oil/Condensate - Barrels
 
20,225,402
 
1,323,542
 
4,381,279
 
25,930,223
   Plant Products - Barrels
 
2,551,391
 
2,694,256
 
3,040,563
 
8,286,210
   Gas – MMCF
 
271,030
 
50,531
 
126,864
 
448,425


Liquid hydrocarbons are expressed in standard 42 gallon barrels.  All gas volumes are reported on an “as-sold” basis expressed in millions of cubic feet (MMCF) at the official temperature and pressure bases of the areas in which the gas reserves are located.


Reserves Included in This Report

In our opinion, the proved reserves presented in this report comply with the definitions, guidelines and disclosure requirements as required by the SEC regulations.

Proved oil and gas reserves are those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible from a given date forward.  Moreover, estimates of reserves may increase or decrease as a result of future operations, effects of regulation by governmental agencies or geopolitical risks.  As a result, the estimates of oil and gas reserves have an intrinsic uncertainty.  The reserves included in this report are therefore estimates only and should not be construed as being exact quantities.  They may or may not be actually recovered, and if recovered, could be more or less than the estimated amounts.

An abridged version of the SEC reserves definitions from 210.4-10(a) entitled “Petroleum Reserves Definitions” is included as an attachment to this report.


RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 
Fidelity Exploration & Production Company
January 22, 2010
Page 3




Audit Data, Methodology, Procedure and Assumptions

The reserves for the properties that we reviewed were estimated by performance methods or the volumetric method.  In general, reserves attributable to producing wells and/or reservoirs were estimated by performance methods such as decline curve analysis, material balance and/or reservoir simulation which utilized extrapolations of historical production and pressure data available through August, 2009 in those cases where such data were considered to be definitive.  In certain cases, producing reserves were estimated by the volumetric method where there were inadequate historical performance data to establish a definitive trend and where the use of production performance data as a basis for the reserve estimates was considered to be inappropriate.  Reserves attributable to non-producing and undeveloped reserves included herein were estimated by the volumetric method and analogy, which utilized all pertinent well and seismic data available through August, 2009.

Fidelity’s reserves are in conventional formations, coal seams and shales.  Although most of Fidelity’s reserves are based on primary recovery, some of Fidelity’s reserves are based on secondary recovery; examples would include some of Fidelity’s properties operated by Encore Operating, LP in Montana and North Dakota.  Although most of Fidelity’s reserves will be produced through vertical wellbores, some of Fideliy’s reserves will be produced through horizontal wellbores; examples would include Fidelity’s wells producing the Bakken Shale and Barnett Shale.

To estimate economically recoverable oil and gas reserves, we consider many factors and assumptions including, but not limited to, the use of reservoir parameters derived from geological, geophysical and engineering data which cannot be measured directly, economic criteria based on current costs and SEC pricing requirements, and forecasts of future production rates.  Under the SEC regulations 210.4-10(a)(22)(v) and (26), proved reserves must be demonstrated to be economically producible based on existing economic conditions including the prices and costs at which economic producibility from a reservoir is to be determined as of the effective date of the report. Fidelity has informed us that they have furnished us all of the accounts, records, geological and engineering data, and reports and other data required for this investigation.  In performing our audit of Fidelity’s forecast of future production and income, we have relied upon data furnished by Fidelity with respect to property interests owned, production and well tests from examined wells, normal direct costs of operating the wells or leases, other costs such as transportation and/or processing fees, ad valorem and production taxes, recompletion and development costs, abandonment costs after salvage, product prices based on the SEC regulations, geological structural and isochore maps, well logs, core analyses, and pressure measurements.  Ryder Scott reviewed such factual data for its reasonableness; however, we have not conducted an independent verification of the data supplied by Fidelity.

As previously stated, the hydrocarbon prices used by Fidelity are based on the average prices during the 12-month period prior to the ending date of the period covered in this report, determined as the unweighted arithmetic averages of the prices in effect on the first-day-of-the-month for each month within such period, unless prices were defined by contractual arrangements.  For hydrocarbon products sold under contract, the contract prices, including fixed and determinable escalations exclusive of inflation adjustments, were used until expiration of the contract.  Upon contract expiration, the prices were adjusted to the 12-month unweighted arithmetic average as previously described.

The effects of derivative instruments designated as price hedges of oil and gas quantities are not reflected in Fidelity’s individual property evaluations.

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 
Fidelity Exploration & Production Company
January 22, 2010
Page 4




While it may reasonably be anticipated that the future prices received for the sale of production and the operating costs and other costs relating to such production may also increase or decrease from existing levels, such changes were, in accordance with rules adopted by the SEC, omitted from consideration in making this evaluation.

Gas imbalances, if any, were not taken into account in the gas reserve estimates reviewed.  The gas volumes included herein do not attribute gas consumed in operations as reserves.

Operating costs used by Fidelity are based on the operating expense reports of Fidelity and include only those costs directly applicable to the leases or wells. The operating costs include a portion of general and administrative costs allocated directly to the leases and wells.  When applicable for operated properties, the operating costs include an appropriate level of corporate general administrative and overhead costs.  The operating costs for non-operated properties include the COPAS overhead costs that are allocated directly to the leases and wells under terms of operating agreements.  No deduction was made for loan repayments, interest expenses, or exploration and development prepayments that were not charged directly to the leases or wells.

Development costs used by Fidelity are based on authorizations for expenditure for the proposed work or actual costs for similar projects.  The estimated net cost of abandonment after salvage was included for properties where abandonment costs net of salvage were significant.  The estimates of the net abandonment costs furnished by Fidelity were accepted without independent verification.

Because of the direct relationship between volumes of proved undeveloped reserves and development plans, we include in the proved undeveloped category only reserves assigned to undeveloped locations that we have been assured will definitely be drilled.  Fidelity has assured us of their intent and ability to proceed with the development activities included in this report, and that they are not aware of any legal, regulatory or political obstacles that would significantly alter their plans.

Current costs used by Fidelity were held constant throughout the life of the properties.

Fidelity’s forecasts of future production rates are based on historical performance from wells now on production or estimated initial production rates based on test data and other related information for those wells or locations that are not currently producing.  Forecasts of future production rates may be more or less than estimated because of changes in market demand or allowables set by regulatory bodies.  Wells or locations that are not currently producing may start producing earlier or later than anticipated in the forecasts prepared by Fidelity.

Fidelity’s operations may be subject to various levels of governmental controls and regulations.  These controls and regulations may include matters relating to land tenure, drilling, production practices, environmental protection, marketing and pricing policies, royalties, various taxes and levies including income tax, and are subject to change from time to time.  Such changes in governmental regulations and policies may cause volumes of reserves actually recovered and amounts of income actually received to differ significantly from the estimated quantities.

The estimates of reserves presented herein were based upon a detailed study of the properties in which Fidelity owns an interest; however, we have not made any field examination of the properties.  No consideration was given in this report to potential environmental liabilities that may exist nor were any costs included for potential liability to restore and clean up damages, if any, caused by past operating practices.

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 
Fidelity Exploration & Production Company
January 22, 2010
Page 5




Certain technical personnel of Fidelity are responsible for the preparation of reserve estimates on new properties and for the preparation of revised estimates, when necessary, on old properties.  These personnel assembled the necessary data and maintained the data and workpapers in an orderly manner.  We consulted with these technical personnel and had access to their workpapers and supporting data in the course of our audit.

The data described herein were accepted as authentic and sufficient for determining the reserves unless, during the course of our examination, a matter of question came to our attention in which case the data were not accepted until all questions were satisfactorily resolved.  Our audit included such tests and procedures as we considered necessary under the circumstances to render the conclusions set forth herein.

Audit Opinion

In our opinion, Fidelity's estimates of future reserves for the reviewed properties were prepared in accordance with generally accepted petroleum engineering and evaluation principles for the estimation of future reserves as set forth in the Society of Petroleum Engineers’ Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserves Information, and we found no bias in the utilization and analysis of data in estimates for these properties.

The overall proved reserves for the reviewed properties as estimated by Fidelity are, in the aggregate, reasonable within the established audit tolerance guidelines of 10 percent as set forth in the Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserves Information promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers.

In general, and in aggregrate, we were in reasonable agreement with Fidelity's estimates of proved reserves for the properties which we reviewed.  As a consequence, it is our opinion that the data presented herein for the properties that we reviewed fairly reflect the estimated net reserves owned by Fidelity.

Standards of Independence and Professional Qualification

Ryder Scott is an independent petroleum engineering consulting firm that has been providing petroleum consulting services throughout the world for over seventy years.  Ryder Scott is employee-owned and maintains offices in Houston, Texas; Denver, Colorado; and Calgary, Alberta, Canada.  We have over eighty engineers and geoscientists on our permanent staff.  By virtue of the size of our firm and the large number of clients for which we provide services, no single client or job represents a material portion of our annual revenue.  We do not serve as officers or directors of any publicly traded oil and gas company and are separate and independent from the operating and investment decision-making process of our clients.  This allows us to bring the highest level of independence and objectivity to each engagement for our services.

Ryder Scott actively participates in industry related professional societies and organizes an annual public forum focused on the subject of reserves evaluations and SEC regulations.  Many of our staff have authored or co-authored technical papers on the subject of reserves related topics.  We encourage our staff to maintain and enhance their professional skills by actively participating in ongoing continuing education.

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 
Fidelity Exploration & Production Company
January 22, 2010
Page 6




Prior to becoming an officer of the Company, Ryder Scott requires that staff engineers and geoscientists have received professional accreditation in the form of a registered or certified professional engineer’s license or a registered or certified professional geoscientist’s license, or the equivalent thereof, from an appropriate governmental authority or a recognized self-regulating professional organization.

We are independent petroleum engineers with respect to Fidelity.  Neither we nor any of our employees have any interest in the subject properties, and neither the employment to do this work nor the compensation is contingent on our estimates of reserves for the properties which were reviewed.

The professional qualifications of the undersigned, the technical person primarily responsible for auditing the reserves information discussed in this report, are included as an attachment to this letter.

Terms of Usage

This report was prepared for the exclusive use of Fidelity Exploration & Production Company and may not be put to other use without our prior written consent for such use.  The data and work papers used in the preparation of this report are available for examination by authorized parties in our offices.  Please contact us if we can be of further service.

Very truly yours,

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY, L.P.
TBPE Firm Registration No. F-1580



/s/ Joseph E. Blankenship, P.E.

Joseph E. Blankenship, P.E.
TBPE License No. 62093
Senior Vice President
JEB/sm



RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 



 

Professional Qualifications of Primary Technical Person

Mr. Joseph E. Blankenship is the technical person designated to be in responsible charge on behalf of Ryder Scott Company L.P. for the audit of the reserves.  Mr. Blankenship has either been personally responsible or has overseen and approved the estimation and evaluation process with respect to the preparation of this report.

Mr. Blankenship, an employee of Ryder Scott Company L.P. (Ryder Scott) since 1982, is a Senior Vice President and also serves as chief technical advisor for unconventional reserves evaluation.  Mr. Blankenship is responsible for coordinating and supervising staff and consulting engineers of the company in ongoing reservoir evaluation studies worldwide.  Before joining Ryder Scott, Mr. Blankenship served in a number of engineering positions with Exxon Company USA.  For more information regarding Mr. Blankenship’s geographic and job specific experience, please refer to the Ryder Scott Company website at www.ryderscott.com/Experience/Employees.

Mr. Blankenship earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Mechanical Engineering from the University of Alabama in 1977.  He is a member of the Honorary Engineering Society Pi Tau Sigma and is a registered Professional Engineer in the State of Texas.  He is also a member of the Society of Petroleum Engineers (SPE) and the Society of Petroleum Evaluation Engineers (SPEE).  He has served as Chairman of the SPE Newsletter Committee and has been invited by the SPEE to lecture on the subject of Coal Seam evaluation.

In addition to gaining experience and competency through prior work experience, the Texas Board of Professional Engineers requires a minimum of fifteen hours of continuing education annually, including at least one hour in the area of professional ethics, which Mr. Blankenship fulfills.  As part of his 2009 continuing education hours, Mr. Blankenship attended an internally presented 17   hours of formalized training as well as Ryder Scott’s day long 2009 Reserves Conference, and a presentation by Dr. John Lee, on the new SEC regulations relating to the definitions and disclosure guidelines contained in the United States Securities and Exchange Commission Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting, Final Rule released January 14, 2009 in the Federal Register.  Mr. Blankenship attended an additional 2 hours of formalized in-house training as well as 15 hours of formalized external training during 2009 covering such topics as the SPE/WPC/AAPG/SPEE Petroleum Resources Management System, reservoir engineering, geoscience and petroleum economics evaluation methods, procedures and software and ethics for consultants.  Mr. Blankenship was class instructor in Ryder Scott’s 2009 in-house course on unconventional reserves evaluation.

Based on his educational background, professional training and more than 32 years of practical experience in the estimation and evaluation of petroleum reserves, Mr. Blankenship has attained the professional qualifications as a Reserves Estimator and Reserves Auditor set forth in Article III of the “Standards Pertaining to the Estimating and Auditing of Oil and Gas Reserves Information” promulgated by the Society of Petroleum Engineers as of February 19, 2007.



RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 







PETROLEUM RESERVES DEFINITIONS

As Adapted From:
RULE 4-10(a) of REGULATION S-X PART 210
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC)



PREAMBLE

On January 14, 2009, the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (“the Commission”) published the “Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting; Final Rule” in the Federal Register of National Archives and Records Administration (NARA).  The “Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting; Final Rule” includes revisions and additions to the definition section in Rule 4-10 of Regulation S-X, revisions and additions to the oil and gas reporting requirements in Regulation S-K, and amends and codifies Industry Guide 2 in Regulation S-K.  The “Modernization of Oil and Gas Reporting; Final Rule”, including all references to Regulation S-X and Regulation S-K, shall be referred to herein collectively as the “SEC Regulations”.  The SEC Regulations take effect with all filings made with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission as of December 31, 2009, or after January 1, 2010.  Reference should be made to the full text under Title 17, Code of Federal Regulations, Regulation S-X Part 210, Rule 4-10 (a) for the complete definitions, as the following definitions, descriptions and explanations rely wholly or in part on excerpts from the original document (direct passages excerpted from the aforementioned SEC document are denoted in italics herein).

Reserves are those quantities of petroleum which are anticipated to be commercially recovered from known accumulations from a given date forward under defined conditions.  All reserve estimates involve some degree of uncertainty.  The uncertainty depends chiefly on the amount of reliable geologic and engineering data available at the time of the estimate and the interpretation of these data.  The relative degree of uncertainty may be conveyed by placing reserves into one of two principal classifications, either proved or unproved.  Unproved reserves are less certain to be recovered than proved reserves and may be further sub-classified as probable and possible reserves to denote progressively increasing uncertainty in their recoverability.  Under the SEC Regulations as of December 31, 2009, or after January 1, 2010, a company may optionally disclose estimated quantities of probable or possible oil and gas reserves in documents publicly filed with the Commission.  The SEC Regulations continue to prohibit disclosure of estimates of oil and gas resources other than reserves and any estimated values of such resources in any document publicly filed with the Commission unless such information is required to be disclosed in the document by foreign or state law as noted in §229.102 (5).

Reserves estimates will generally be revised as additional geologic or engineering data become available or as economic conditions change.

Reserves may be attributed to either natural energy or improved recovery methods.  Improved recovery methods include all methods for supplementing natural energy or altering natural forces in the reservoir to increase ultimate recovery.  Examples of such methods are pressure maintenance, cycling, waterflooding, thermal methods, chemical flooding, and the use of miscible and immiscible displacement fluids.  Other improved recovery methods may be developed in the future as petroleum technology continues to evolve.



RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 
PETROLEUM RESERVES DEFINITIONS
Page 2



RESERVES (SEC DEFINITIONS)

Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X §229.4-10(a) (26) defines reserves as follows:

Reserves.   Reserves are estimated remaining quantities of oil and gas and related substances anticipated to be economically producible, as of a given date, by application of development projects to known accumulations.  In addition, there must exist, or there must be a reasonable expectation that there will exist, the legal right to produce or a revenue interest in the production, installed means of delivering oil and gas or related substances to market, and all permits and financing required to implement the project.

Note to paragraph (a)(26): Reserves should not be assigned to adjacent reservoirs isolated by major, potentially sealing, faults until those reservoirs are penetrated and evaluated as economically producible.  Reserves should not be assigned to areas that are clearly separated from a known accumulation by a non-productive reservoir ( i.e. , absence of reservoir, structurally low reservoir, or negative test results).  Such areas may contain prospective resources ( i.e. , potentially recoverable resources from undiscovered accumulations).


PROVED RESERVES (SEC DEFINITIONS)

Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X §229.4-10(a) (22) defines proved oil and gas reserves as follows:

Proved oil and gas reserves.   Proved oil and gas reserves are those quantities of oil and gas, which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible—from a given date forward, from known reservoirs, and under existing economic conditions, operating methods, and government regulations—prior to the time at which contracts providing the right to operate expire, unless evidence indicates that renewal is reasonably certain, regardless of whether deterministic or probabilistic methods are used for the estimation. The project to extract the hydrocarbons must have commenced or the operator must be reasonably certain that it will commence the project within a reasonable time.

(i) The area of the reservoir considered as proved includes:

(A) The area identified by drilling and limited by fluid contacts, if any, and

(B) Adjacent undrilled portions of the reservoir that can, with reasonable certainty, be judged to be continuous with it and to contain economically producible oil or gas on the basis of available geoscience and engineering data.

(ii) In the absence of data on fluid contacts, proved quantities in a reservoir are limited by the lowest known hydrocarbons (LKH) as seen in a well penetration unless geoscience, engineering, or performance data and reliable technology establishes a lower contact with reasonable certainty.

(iii) Where direct observation from well penetrations has defined a highest known oil (HKO) elevation and the potential exists for an associated gas cap, proved oil reserves may be assigned in the structurally higher portions of the reservoir only if geoscience, engineering, or performance data and reliable technology establish the higher contact with reasonable certainty.

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 
RESERVES DEFINITIONS
Page 3



(iv) Reserves which can be produced economically through application of improved recovery techniques (including, but not limited to, fluid injection) are included in the proved classification when:
(A) Successful testing by a pilot project in an area of the reservoir with properties no more favorable than in the reservoir as a whole, the operation of an installed program in the reservoir or an analogous reservoir, or other evidence using reliable technology establishes the reasonable certainty of the engineering analysis on which the project or program was based; and

(B) The project has been approved for development by all necessary parties and entities, including governmental entities.

(v) Existing economic conditions include prices and costs at which economic producibility from a reservoir is to be determined. The price shall be the average price during the 12-month period prior to the ending date of the period covered by the report, determined as an unweighted arithmetic average of the first-day-of-the-month price for each month within such period, unless prices are defined by contractual arrangements, excluding escalations based upon future conditions.



[Remainder of this page is left blank intentionally]


RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 



RESERVES STATUS DEFINITIONS AND GUIDELINES

As Adapted From:
RULE 4-10(a) of REGULATION S-X PART 210
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION (SEC)

and

PETROLEUM RESOURCES MANAGEMENT SYSTEM (SPE-PRMS)
Sponsored and Approved by:
SOCIETY OF PETROLEUM ENGINEERS (SPE),
WORLD PETROLEUM COUNCIL (WPC)
AMERICAN ASSOCIATION OF PETROLEUM GEOLOGISTS (AAPG)
SOCIETY OF PETROLEUM EVALUATION ENGINEERS (SPEE)
 
 
 
Reserves status categories define the development and producing status of wells and reservoirs.


DEVELOPED RESERVES (SEC DEFINITIONS)

Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X §229.4-10(a) (6) defines developed oil and gas reserves as follows:

Developed oil and gas reserves are reserves of any category that can be expected to be recovered:

(i) Through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods or in which the cost of the required equipment is relatively minor compared to the cost of a new well; and

(ii) Through installed extraction equipment and infrastructure operational at the time of the reserves estimate if the extraction is by means not involving a well.

Developed Producing (SPE-PRMS Definitions)
While not a requirement for disclosure under the SEC regulations, developed oil and gas reserves may be further sub-classified according to the guidance contained in the SPE-PRMS as Producing or Non-Producing.

Developed Producing Reserves
Developed Producing Reserves are expected to be recovered from completion intervals that are open and producing at the time of the estimate.

Improved recovery reserves are considered producing only after the improved recovery project is in operation.

Developed Non-Producing
Developed Non-Producing Reserves include shut-in and behind-pipe reserves.

RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS
 
 

 
RESERVES STATUS DEFINITIONS AND GUIDELINES
Page 2




Shut-In
Shut-in Reserves are expected to be recovered from:
(1)  
completion intervals which are open at the time of the estimate but which have not yet started producing;
(2)  
wells which were shut-in for market conditions or pipeline connections; or
(3)  
wells not capable of production for mechanical reasons.

Behind-Pipe
Behind-pipe Reserves are expected to be recovered from zones in existing wells which will require additional completion work or future re-completion prior to start of production.

In all cases, production can be initiated or restored with relatively low expenditure compared to the cost of drilling a new well.


UNDEVELOPED RESERVES (SEC DEFINITIONS)

Securities and Exchange Commission Regulation S-X §229.4-10(a) (31) defines undeveloped oil and gas reserves as follows:

Undeveloped oil and gas reserves are reserves of any category that are expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled acreage, or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for recompletion.

(i) Reserves on undrilled acreage shall be limited to those directly offsetting development spacing areas that are reasonably certain of production when drilled, unless evidence using reliable technology exists that establishes reasonable certainty of economic producibility at greater distances.

(ii) Undrilled locations can be classified as having undeveloped reserves only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that they are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless the specific circumstances, justify a longer time.

(iii) Under no circumstances shall estimates for undeveloped reserves be attributable to any acreage for which an application of fluid injection or other improved recovery technique is contemplated, unless such techniques have been proved effective by actual projects in the same reservoir or an analogous reservoir, as defined in paragraph (a)(2) of this section, or by other evidence using reliable technology establishing reasonable certainty.



RYDER SCOTT COMPANY     PETROLEUM CONSULTANTS